Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NBH Holdings Corp.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6021   27-0563799

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

101 Federal Street, 19th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

(617) 303-1810

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

G. Timothy Laney

President and Chief Executive Officer

NBH Holdings Corp.

101 Federal Street, 19th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

(617) 303-1810

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

David E. Shapiro, Esq.

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

Telephone: (212) 403-1000

Facsimile: (212) 403-2000

 

Edward F. Petrosky, Esq.

James O’Connor, Esq.

Sidley Austin LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Telephone: (212) 839-5300

Facsimile: (212) 839-5599

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨        Accelerated Filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class

Of Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $250,000,000   $28,650

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933. This amount represents the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder to be sold by the Registrant and the selling stockholders specified herein.
(2) Includes shares of Class A common stock which may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated November 14, 2011

PROSPECTUS

             Shares

LOGO

NBH Holdings Corp.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This prospectus relates to the initial public offering of our Class A common stock. We are offering              shares of our Class A common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional              shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. We will bear all expenses of registration incurred in connection with this offering, including those of the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no established public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the public offering price per share of our Class A common stock will be between $         and $         per share. We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “     .”

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before making an investment decision to purchase our Class A common stock.

 

 

The shares of our Class A common stock that you purchase in this offering will not be savings accounts, deposits or other obligations of any of our bank or non-bank subsidiaries and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on             .

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
J.P. Morgan    FBR


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     15   

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39   

Use of Proceeds

     41   

Dividend Policy

     42   

Capitalization

     43   

Dilution

     45   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information

     47   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     51   

Business

     99   

Supervision and Regulation

     112   

Management

     125   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

     131   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     149   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Selling Stockholders

     151   

Description of Capital Stock

     153   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     158   

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations

     159   

Underwriting

     162   

Legal Matters

     167   

Experts

     167   

Where You Can Find More Information

     168   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

About this Prospectus

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are not, and the selling stockholders and underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our securities or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about, and to observe, any restrictions as to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.

Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

Market Data

Market data used in this prospectus has been obtained from independent industry sources and publications as well as from research reports prepared for other purposes. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We have not independently verified the data obtained from these sources, and we cannot assure you of the accuracy or completeness of the data. Forward-looking information obtained from these sources is subject to the same qualifications and the additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making an investment decision to purchase Class A common stock in this offering. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” our consolidated financial statements, as well as the statements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for each of our acquisitions, and the related notes thereto and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision to purchase our Class A common stock. Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us,” “NBH” and the “Company” refer to NBH Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Company Overview

NBH Holdings Corp. is a bank holding company that was incorporated in the State of Delaware in June 2009. In October 2009, we raised approximately $1.1 billion through a private offering of our common stock. We are executing a strategy to create long-term stockholder value through the acquisition and operation of community banking franchises in our targeted markets. We believe these markets exhibit attractive demographic attributes, are home to a substantial number of troubled financial institutions and present favorable competitive dynamics, thereby offering long-term opportunities for growth. Our emphasis is on creating meaningful market share with strong revenues complemented by operational efficiencies that we believe will produce attractive risk-adjusted returns.

We believe we have a disciplined approach to acquisitions, both in terms of the selection of targets and the structuring of transactions, which has been exhibited by our four acquisitions to date. As of June 30, 2011, after giving effect to the Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado acquisitions on their respective acquisition dates, we had approximately $6.8 billion in assets, $5.4 billion in deposits and $1.1 billion in stockholders’ equity. We currently operate a network of 103 full-service banking centers, with the majority of those banking centers located in the greater Kansas City region and Colorado. We believe that our established presence positions us well for growth opportunities in our current and complementary markets.

We have a management team consisting of experienced banking executives led by President and Chief Executive Officer G. Timothy Laney. Mr. Laney brings 29 years of banking experience, 24 of which were at Bank of America in a wide range of executive management roles, including serving on Bank of America’s Management Operating Committee. In late 2007, Mr. Laney joined Regions Financial as Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Business Services. Mr. Laney leads our team of executives that have significant experience in completing and integrating mergers and acquisitions and operating banks. Additionally, our board of directors, led by Chairman Frank Cahouet, the former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Mellon Financial, is highly accomplished in the banking industry and includes individuals with broad experience operating and working with banking institutions, regulators and governance considerations.

Our Strategy

Our strategic plan is to become a leading regional bank holding company through selective acquisitions, including distressed and undercapitalized banking institutions that have stable core franchises and significant local market share, while structuring the transactions to limit risk. We plan to achieve this through the acquisition of banking franchises from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and through conservatively structured unassisted transactions. We seek acquisitions that offer opportunities for clear financial benefits through add-on transactions, long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions. Additionally, our acquisition strategy is to identify markets that are relatively unconsolidated, establish a meaningful presence

 

 

1


Table of Contents

within those markets, and take advantage of the operational efficiencies and enhanced market position. Our focus is on building strong banking relationships with small- and mid-sized businesses and consumers, while maintaining a low risk profile designed to generate reliable income streams and attractive risk-adjusted returns. The key components of our strategic plan are:

 

   

Disciplined acquisitions . We seek to carefully select banking acquisition opportunities that we believe have stable core franchises and significant local market share, while structuring the transactions to limit risk. Further, we seek acquisitions in attractive markets that offer substantial benefits through reliable income streams, potential add-on transactions, long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions. We believe we utilize a comprehensive, conservative due diligence process that is strongly focused on loan credit quality.

 

   

Attractive markets . We seek to acquire banking franchises in markets that exhibit attractive demographic attributes. Our focus is on comparatively healthy business markets that are home to a substantial number of troubled institutions for which we believe there are a limited number of potential acquirors. Additionally, we seek banking markets that present favorable competitive dynamics and a lack of consolidation in order to position us for long-term growth. We believe that our two current markets—the greater Kansas City region and Colorado—meet these objectives. We intend to continue to make banking acquisitions in these markets and in complementary markets to expand our existing franchise.

 

   

Focus on client-centered, relationship-driven banking strategy . We continue to add consumer and commercial bankers to execute on a client-centered, relationship-driven banking model. Our consumer bankers focus on knowing their clients in order to best meet their financial needs, offering a full complement of loan, deposit and on-line banking solutions. Our commercial bankers focus on small- and mid-sized businesses with an advisory approach that emphasizes understanding the client’s business and offering a complete array of loan, deposit and treasury management products and services.

 

   

Expansion through organic growth and enhanced product offerings . We believe that our focus on attractive markets will provide long-term opportunities for organic growth, particularly in an improving economic environment. We also believe that our focus on serving consumers and small- to mid-sized businesses, coupled with our enhanced product offerings, will provide an expanded revenue base and new sources of fee income.

 

   

Operating platform and efficiencies . We intend to continue to utilize our comprehensive underwriting and risk management processes and a state-of-the-art, scalable technology platform to support and integrate future growth and realize operating efficiencies throughout our enterprise.

We believe our strategy—growth through selective acquisitions in attractive markets and growth through the retention, expansion and development of client-centered relationships—provides flexibility regardless of economic conditions. We also believe that our established platform for assessing, executing and integrating acquisitions (including FDIC-assisted transactions) creates opportunities in a prolonged economic downturn while the combination of attractive market factors, franchise scale in our targeted markets and our relationship-centered banking focus creates opportunities in an improving economic environment.

Our Markets

Market Criteria

We focus on markets that we believe are characterized by some or all of the following:

 

   

Attractive demographics with household income and population growth above the national average

 

   

Concentration of business activity

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

High quality deposit bases

 

   

Advantageous competitive landscape that provides opportunity to achieve meaningful market presence

 

   

A significant number of troubled banking institutions

 

   

Lack of consolidation in the banking sector and corresponding opportunities for add-on transactions

 

   

Markets sizeable enough to support our long-term growth objectives

Current Markets

Our current markets are broadly defined as the greater Kansas City region and Colorado. Our specific emphasis is on the I-35 corridor surrounding the Kansas City metropolitan statistical area (“MSA”) and the Colorado Front Range corridor, defined as the Denver, Boulder, Colorado Springs, Fort Collins and Greeley MSAs. The table below describes certain key statistics regarding our presence in these markets as of June 30, 2011, adjusted to reflect our acquisitions of Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado.

 

States

   Deposit Market
Share Rank (1)
     Banking
Centers(1)
     Deposits (millions of
dollars) (1)
   Deposit Market
Share (%) (1)

Missouri

     9         42       $ 2,246.6       1.7%

Colorado

     6         58         2,077.1       2.2

Kansas

     12         24         909.2       1.5

MSAs

   Deposit Market
Share Rank (1)
     Banking
Centers(1)
     Deposits (millions
of dollars) (1)
     Deposit Market
Share (%) (1)

Kansas City, MO-KS

     6         50       $ 2,269.8       5.2%

Denver-Aurora-Broomfield, CO

     12         21         887.0       1.5

Greeley, CO

     2         5         301.7       10.3

Saint Joseph, MO-KS

     3         4         268.3       12.9

Maryville, MO

     2         3         162.5       31.7

Kirksville, MO

     2         2         157.1       25.3

Fort Collins-Loveland, CO

     13         4         104.3       2.2

 

(1) Excludes our Texas and California operations and MSAs in which we have less than $100 million in deposits.

Source: SNL Financial as of June 30, 2011.

We believe that these markets have highly attractive demographic, economic and competitive dynamics that are consistent with our objectives and favorable to executing our acquisition and organic growth strategy. The table below describes certain key demographic statistics regarding these markets.

 

Markets

  Deposits
(billions
of
dollars)
    # of
Businesses
(thousands)
    Population
(millions)
    Population
Density
(#/sq. mile)
    Population
Growth (1) (%)
    Median
Household
Income
(dollars)
    Median
Household
Income
Growth (1) (%)
    Top  3
Competitor
Combined
Deposit
Market
Share (%)
 

Kansas City, MO-KS MSA

    43.6        75.1        2.1        261.1        11.7        60,442        32.0        36   

CO Front Range (2)

    78.2        161.5        4.1        275.5        20.3        66,668        32.5        51   

U.S.

          88.0        10.6        54,442        29.1        55 (3)  

 

(1) Population growth and median household income growth are for the period 2000 through 2010.
(2) CO Front Range is a population weighted average of the following Colorado MSAs: Denver, Boulder, Colorado Springs, Fort Collins and Greeley.
(3) Based on U.S. Top 20 MSAs (determined by population).

Source: SNL Financial as of June 30, 2011.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Prospective Markets

We believe there is significant opportunity to both enhance our presence in our current markets and enter new complementary markets that meet our objectives. As we evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, we believe there are many banking institutions that continue to face credit challenges, capital constraints and liquidity issues. As of June 30, 2011, 58 banks in our current markets and in surrounding states had Texas Ratios either (1) in excess of 100% or (2) less than 0%. Texas Ratio is a key measure of a bank’s financial health and is defined as the sum of nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and other real estate owned or “OREO”) and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing divided by the sum of the bank’s tangible common equity and loan loss reserves. We believe this dynamic will provide ongoing opportunities for us to continue to execute our acquisition strategy over the next several years.

The table below highlights banking institutions with a Texas Ratio either (1) in excess of 100% or (2) less than 0% in our current markets and surrounding states:

 

     # of Banks      Total Assets
($ millions)
     Total Deposits
($ millions)
 

By Urban Corridor

        

Kansas City MSA

     13       $ 6,098       $ 4,621   

Colorado Front Range

     7         2,006         1,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Urban Corridor Total

     20         8,104         6,487   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

By Current States

        

Missouri

     19       $ 11,838       $ 10,141   

Kansas

     11         6,033         4,607   

Colorado

     11         3,413         3,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current States Total

     41         21,284         17,847   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Surrounding States (Iowa, Montana, Nebraska, Wyoming, South and North Dakota)

        

Surrounding States Total

     17         6,168         5,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current States & Surrounding States Total

     58       $ 27,452       $ 23,082   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Source: SNL Financial as of June 30, 2011.

Our Acquisitions

Since October 2010, we have completed four acquisitions. We established our presence in the greater Kansas City region through two complementary acquisitions completed in the fourth quarter of 2010. On October 22, 2010, we acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of Hillcrest Bank of Overland Park, Kansas from the FDIC. Through this transaction, we acquired nine full-service banking centers and 32 retirement center locations, which are predominantly located in the greater Kansas City region but also include one full-service banking center and six retirement centers in Colorado and two full-service banking centers and six retirement centers in Texas. On December 10, 2010, we completed our acquisition of a portion of the franchise of Bank Midwest, N.A., which consisted of select performing loans and client deposits, and included 39 full-service banking centers. As a result of these acquisitions, at June 30, 2011, we were the sixth largest depository institution in the Kansas City MSA ranked by deposits with a 5.2% deposit market share according to SNL Financial.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

We expanded in the Colorado market through two complementary acquisitions beginning with the purchase of selected assets and assumption of selected liabilities of Bank of Choice, a state chartered commercial bank based in Greeley, Colorado, from the FDIC on July 22, 2011, which included 16 full-service banking centers. On October 21, 2011, we acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of Community Banks of Colorado, a state chartered bank based in Greenwood Village, Colorado, which included 35 full-service banking centers in Colorado and four in California. The Community Banks of Colorado acquisition enhanced our penetration into the Colorado market, giving us a combined network of 52 full-service banking centers in that state ranking us as the sixth largest depository institution by deposits with a 2.2% deposit market share as of June 30, 2011 according to SNL Financial.

We believe we have a disciplined approach to acquisitions, which has been exhibited in our four acquisitions to date. We believe that we have established critical mass in our current markets and have structured acquisitions that limit our credit risk, which have positioned us for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Selected highlights of our acquisitions appear in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

Acquisition

  Date of
Acquisition
    Fair Value     Full-
Service
Banking
Centers
Acquired
    Capital
Deployed
    After-tax
Bargain
Purchase
Gain
    After-tax
Accretable
Yield
    Goodwill and
Core Deposit
Intangible
 
    Assets
Acquired
    Deposits
Assumed
           

Greater Kansas City Region:

               

Hillcrest Bank (FDIC-assisted)

    10/22/2010      $ 1,376,745      $ 1,234,013        9      $ 170,000      $ 23,611      $ 70,838      $ 5,760   

Bank Midwest

    12/10/2010        2,426,406        2,385,897        39        390,000        —          14,212        74,092   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    $ 3,803,151      $ 3,619,910        48      $ 560,000      $ 23,611      $ 85,050      $ 79,852   

Colorado Market:

               

Bank of Choice (FDIC-assisted) (1)

    7/22/2011      $ 952,187      $ 760,227        16      $ 100,000      $ 39,180      $ 24,511      $ 5,190   

Community Banks of Colorado (FDIC-assisted) (1)

    10/21/2011        1,218,957        1,185,731        39        174,000        —          14,668        29,780   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    $ 2,171,194      $ 1,945,958        55      $ 274,000      $ 39,180      $ 39,179      $ 34,970   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 5,974,295      $ 5,565,868        103      $ 834,000      $ 62,791      $ 124,229      $ 114,822   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts shown are estimated fair value amounts that are subject to refinement until fair values can be determined.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

Leading risk-adjusted operating and expense performance— Since the fourth quarter of 2010, the beginning of our operating history, we have been able to achieve profitability. In the first half of 2011, we have had leading risk-adjusted operating and expense performance for a bank of our size, as measured by our top quartile rank among U.S. bank holding companies with $3 billion to $10 billion of total assets in terms the following metrics.

 

(Six months ended June 30, 2011)

   Pre-Tax
Pre-Provision  Net
Revenue (1)/

Risk Weighted Assets
    Non-Interest
Expense/
Average Assets
 

NBH (2)

     4.41     2.36

Median of U.S. bank holding companies with $3.0 to $10.0 billion in Total Assets

     2.31        2.94   

1st Quartile Cut-Off

     2.88     2.61

 

(1) Pre-tax pre-provision net revenue is a financial measure not reported in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) (a “non-GAAP financial measure”), which we use as supplemental measure to evaluate our performance. We believe that most comparable GAAP financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is the ratio of net income to risk weighted assets, which was 0.84% for the six months ended June 30, 2011. For a reconciliation of all non-GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—About Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

(2) For comparability purposes, pre-tax pre-provision net revenue and Non-Interest Expense for NBH are adjusted to exclude compensation expense with respect to equity grants in connection with the formation of our management team through June 30, 2011. Information with respect to bank holding companies included in the comparative subset has not been adjusted to exclude any stock based compensation.

Source: SNL Financial

We believe our ability to operate efficiently is enhanced by our centralized management structure, our access to attractive labor and real estate costs in our markets, and an infrastructure that is unencumbered by legacy systems. Furthermore, we anticipate additional expense synergies from the integration of our recent acquisitions, which be believe will enhance our financial performance.

 

   

Disciplined focus on building meaningful scale in attractive markets . We believe our current and prospective markets present substantial acquisition and long-term organic growth opportunities, based on the number of distressed banks, retrenching competitors and attractive demographic characteristics. We are actively executing on our strategy to build further scale in our markets and, as of June 30, 2011, according to SNL Financial, after giving effect to the Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado acquisitions:

 

   

over 77% of our deposits were concentrated in the Kansas City MSA and Colorado;

 

   

we were ranked as the sixth largest depository institution in the Kansas City MSA with a 5.2% deposit market share; and

 

   

we were ranked as the sixth largest depository institution in Colorado with a 2.2% deposit market share.

 

   

Attractive risk profile. Nearly our entire loan portfolio has been subjected to acquisition accounting adjustments and, in some cases, is also subject to loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC:

 

   

as of June 30, 2011, 98% of our loans (by dollar amount) were acquired loans and all of those loans were adjusted to their estimated fair values at the time of acquisition;

 

 

6


Table of Contents
   

as of June 30, 2011, 43% of our loans (by dollar amount) were covered by a loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC; and

 

   

for our Bank Midwest acquisition, we selected the acquired assets based on comprehensive due diligence and purchased only select performing loans and client deposits.

We believe we have developed a disciplined and comprehensive credit due diligence process that takes into consideration the potential for a prolonged economic downturn and continued pressure on real estate values. In addition, we have been able to quickly implement conservative credit and operating policies in acquired franchises, allowing for the application of consistent, enterprise-wide risk management procedures, which we believe will help drive continued improvements in asset quality.

 

   

Expertise in FDIC-assisted and unassisted troubled-bank transactions. We believe our discipline and selectivity in identifying target franchises, along with our successful history of working with the FDIC and directly with troubled financial institutions, provide us a substantial advantage in pursuing and consummating future acquisitions. Additionally, we believe our strengths in structuring transactions to limit our risk, our experience in the financial reporting and regulatory process related to troubled bank acquisitions, and our ongoing risk management expertise, particularly in problem loan workouts, collectively enable us to capitalize on the potential of the franchises we acquire.

 

   

Experienced and respected management team and board of directors. Our management team is led by Mr. Laney, a 29 year veteran of the banking industry with significant experience in running complex franchises at both Bank of America and Regions Financial. Mr. Laney leads a respected executive team of bankers with extensive experience at nationally recognized financial institutions who have, on average, 31 years banking experience and have, collectively, completed 38 acquisitions worth over $172.1 billion in assets. Most of our management team members have extensive experience working together at Bank of America or Citizens Financial Group. In addition, our board of directors, led by Chairman Frank Cahouet, is highly accomplished and well versed in the banking industry and provides substantial expertise and experience and valuable perspective to our growth and operating strategies.

 

   

New operating platform implemented and positioned for growth . We have invested in our infrastructure and technology through the implementation of an efficient, industry-leading, scalable platform that supports our risk management activities and our potential for significant future growth and new product offerings. We have centralized our operational functions in Kansas City, which has desirable cost and labor market characteristics. We have built enterprise-wide finance and risk management capabilities that we expect will afford efficiencies as we grow. As we continue to pursue acquisitions, we will seek to integrate new banks quickly and seamlessly convert them to our platform, with a focus on exceeding expectations of our clients and employees while keeping our operating costs low.

 

   

Available capital to support growth . As of June 30, 2011, adjusted to reflect the acquisitions of Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado as well as the net proceeds that we expect to receive from this offering, we had approximately $        million of excess capital available on a consolidated basis to continue to implement our acquisition strategy and to support growth in our existing banking franchises. As of June 30, 2011, our capital ratios exceeded both regulatory guidelines and the level at which we would expect to operate long-term following the deployment of our excess capital.

The Restructuring

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions, we established two newly chartered banks, Hillcrest Bank, N.A. and Bank Midwest, N.A. Subsequently, Bank Midwest, N.A. acquired Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado. In November 2011, we merged Hillcrest Bank, N.A. into Bank

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Midwest, N.A., consolidating our banking operations under a single charter. Through our subsidiary Bank Midwest, N.A., we operate under the following brand names: Bank Midwest in Kansas and Missouri, Community Banks of Colorado and Bank of Choice in Colorado, Community Banks of Colorado in California and Hillcrest Bank in Texas. We believe that conducting our banking operations under a single charter streamlines our operations and enables us to more effectively and efficiently execute our growth strategy. We plan to change the legal name of Bank Midwest, N.A. to NBH Bank, N.A. in early 2012. Further, we expect to change our legal name from NBH Holdings Corp. to National Bank Holdings Corp.

Additional Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 101 Federal Street, 19th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. Our telephone number is (617) 303-1810. Our Internet address is www.nationalbankholdings.com. Information on, or accessible through, our web site is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered by us

         shares of Class A common stock.

 

Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders

         shares of Class A common stock.

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us

         shares of Class A common stock.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

         shares of Class A common stock and          shares of Class B common stock. (1)

 

Use of proceeds

Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering will be $         (or $         if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses. We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering. For additional information, see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Regulatory ownership restrictions

We are a bank holding company. A holder of shares of common stock (or group of holders acting in concert) that (i) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 5% of the total voting power of the Company, (ii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, (iii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 25% or more of the total equity of the Company, or (iv) is otherwise deemed to “control” the Company under applicable regulatory standards, may be subject to important restrictions, such as prior regulatory notice or approval requirements and applicable provisions of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions, or the FDIC Policy Statement. For a further discussion of regulatory ownership restrictions, see “Supervision and Regulation.”

 

Dividend policy

From our inception to date, we have not paid cash dividends to holders of our Class A or Class B common stock.

 

  Currently, Bank Midwest, our bank subsidiary, is prohibited by our operating agreement (the “OCC Operating Agreement”) with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) from paying dividends to us until December 2013 and, therefore, any dividends on our common stock would have to be paid from funds available therefor at the holding company level.

 

  For additional information, see “Dividend Policy.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock

The Class A common stock possesses all of the voting power for all matters requiring action by holders of our common stock, with certain limited exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation provides that, except with respect to voting rights and conversion rights, the Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock are treated equally and identically.

 

Listing

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “             .”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. Please read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 for a discussion of various matters you should consider before making an investment decision to purchase our Class A common stock.

 

(1) Based on 45,623,384 shares of Class A common stock and 6,062,896 shares of Class B non-voting common stock issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2011, there were 88 holders of our Class A common stock and three holders of our Class B non-voting common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus regarding the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering does not include an aggregate of up to          shares of Class A common stock comprised of:

 

   

up to              shares of Class A common stock which may be issued by us upon exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

1,299,168 shares of restricted Class A common stock issued but not yet vested under the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

   

830,700 shares of Class A common stock or Class B non-voting common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with an exercise price of $20.00 per share;

 

   

             shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding value appreciation instruments issued to the FDIC at a weighted average exercise price of $18.44 per share, assuming (1) the FDIC exercises its right to receive payment in full in shares of Class A common stock, and (2) an initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

2,620,832 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $20.00 per share, of which no shares were vested as of June 30, 2011; and

 

   

1,830,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (excluding the 2,620,832 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as noted above).

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Summary Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information

The following table sets forth summary selected historical financial information as of December 31, 2009 and for the period from June 16, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2009, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The summary selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below as of December 31, 2009 and for the period from June 16, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2009 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which we believe include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair presentation of our consolidated financial position at such date and results of operations for this period.

Although we were incorporated on June 16, 2009, we did not have any substantive operations prior to the Hillcrest Bank acquisition on October 22, 2010. Our results of operations for the post-Hillcrest Bank acquisition periods are not comparable to our results of operations for the pre-Hillcrest Bank acquisition periods. Our results of operations for the post-Hillcrest Bank acquisition periods reflect, among other things, the acquisition method of accounting. In addition, we consummated the Bank Midwest acquisition on December 10, 2010, the Bank of Choice acquisition on July 22, 2011 and the Community Banks of Colorado acquisition on October 21, 2011. The Bank Midwest, Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado acquisitions were significant acquisitions and were also accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

The summary unaudited selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below should be read together with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, as well as the statements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for each of our acquisitions, and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

     June 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010 (1)
     December 31,
2009 (1)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information (unaudited, $ in thousands):

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 810,280       $ 1,907,730       $ 1,099,288   

Investment securities

     2,018,293         1,272,395         —     

Loans receivable (2)

        

Covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

     586,898         703,573         —     

Not covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

     778,440         865,297         —     

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     4,957         48         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

     1,360,381         1,568,822         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FDIC indemnification asset

     155,454         161,395         —     

Other real estate owned

     71,500         54,078         —     

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     77,757         79,715         —     

Other assets

     102,191         61,386         565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     4,595,856         5,105,521         1,099,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits

     3,471,844         3,473,339         —     

Other liabilities

     98,418         638,423         2,357   

Total liabilities

     3,570,262         4,111,762         2,357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,025,594         993,759         1,097,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,595,856       $ 5,105,521       $ 1,099,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents
    For the
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2011
    For the
Twelve Months
Ended
December 31, 2010 (1)
    For the Period
June 16, 2009
through
December 31, 2009 (1)
 

Consolidated Income Statement Information (unaudited, in thousands, except for share and per share information):

     

Interest income

  $ 85,653      $ 21,422      $ 481   

Interest expense

    20,934        5,512        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    64,719        15,910        481   

Provision for loan losses

    12,686        88        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    52,033        15,822        481   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest income

    20,091        42,163        —     

Non-interest expense

    63,146        48,981        1,847   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    8,978        9,004        (1,366
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income before taxes

    3,220        2,953        168   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 5,758      $ 6,051      $ (1,534
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share Information (3):

     

Earnings (loss) per share, basic and diluted

  $ 0.11      $ 0.11      $ (0.07

Book value per share

  $ 19.75      $ 19.13      $ 18.90   

Tangible book value per share (4)

  $ 18.25      $ 17.60      $ 18.90   

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (5)

    51,936,280        53,000,454        21,251,006   

Common shares outstanding (5)

    51,936,280        51,936,280        58,068,304   
    As of and for
the Six
Months Ended
June 30, 2011
    As of and for
the Twelve
Months Ended
December 31, 2010 (1)
    As of and for
the Period June 16,
2009 through
December 31, 2009 (1)
 

Other Information (unaudited):

     

Financial ratios

     

Return on average assets (6)(7)

    0.25     0.60     -0.33

Adjusted return on average assets (6)(7)

    0.50     1.72     -0.33

Return on average equity (6)

    1.15     0.61     -0.33

Adjusted return on average equity (6)(7)

    2.31     1.73     -0.33

Net income to risk weighted assets (6)

    0.84     0.46     NM   

Adjusted pre-provision pre-tax net revenue to risk weighted assets (6)(7)

    4.41     1.97     NM   

Interest earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities (end of period) (8)

    119.48     129.91     N/A   

Loans to deposits ratio (end of period) (2)

    39.33     45.17     N/A   

Non-interest bearing deposits to total deposits (end of period)

    10.11     10.36     N/A   

Yield on interest-earning assets (8)

    4.16     1.64     0.23

Cost of interest bearing liabilities (8)

    1.32     1.65     N/A   

Interest rate spread (9)

    2.84     -0.01     NM   

Net interest margin (10)

    3.14     1.22     N/A   

Non-interest expense to average assets (6)

    2.74     4.89     NM   

Adjusted non-interest expense to average assets (6)

    2.36     3.23     NM   

Efficiency Ratio (11)

    74.46     84.34     NM   

Adjusted efficiency ratio (6)(11)

    64.29     55.74     NM   

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    As of and for
the six
months ended
June 30, 2011
    As of and for
the twelve
months ended
December 31, 2010 (1)
    As of and for
the period June 16,
2009 through
December 31, 2009 (1)
 

Asset quality ratios (2)(12)(13)

     

Non-performing loans to total loans

    2.33     0.95     N/A   

Covered non-performing loans to total non-performing loans

    49.61     97.12     N/A   

Non-performing assets to total assets

    2.25     1.35     N/A   

Covered non-performing assets to total non-performing assets

    84.50     99.38     N/A   

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

    0.36     0.00     N/A   

Allowance for loan losses to total non-covered loans

    0.64     0.01     N/A   

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

    15.61     0.32     N/A   

Net charge-offs to average loans (6)

    1.08     0.01     N/A   

Consolidated capital ratios

     

Total Stockholders’ equity to total assets

    22.32     19.46     99.79

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (4)

    20.98     18.19     99.79

Tier 1 leverage

    20.50     17.88     N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital

    66.70     69.57     N/A   

Total risk-based capital

    66.07     69.57     N/A   

 

(1) The Company was incorporated on June 16, 2009, but neither the Company nor Bank Midwest, its bank subsidiary, had any substantive operations prior to the first acquisition on October 22, 2010. The period from June 16, 2009 to December 31, 2009 contained 200 days.
(2) Total loans are net of unearned discounts and deferred fees and costs.
(3) Per share information is calculated based on the aggregate number of our shares of Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock outstanding.
(4) Tangible book value per share and tangible common equity to tangible assets are non-GAAP financial measures. Tangible book value per share is computed as total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets, net, divided by common shares outstanding at the balance sheet date. For purposes of computing tangible common equity to tangible assets, tangible common equity is calculated as common stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets, net, and tangible assets is calculated as total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets, net. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are book value per share and total stockholders’ equity to total assets. See the reconciliation under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—About Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(5) On March 11, 2010, we repurchased 6,382,024 shares of our Class A common stock in response to the FDIC’s issued guidance in the FDIC Policy Statement. More information on the FDIC Policy Statement is described under “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.”
(6) Ratio is annualized for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and for the period from June 16, 2010 to December 31, 2010. See note 1 above.
(7) “Adjusted” calculations exclude stock-based compensation expense. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—About Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
(8) Interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2010 exclude investment securities that were purchased (and therefore included in investment securities balances) but not settled as of the balance sheet date.
(9) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield of interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
(10) Net interest margin represents net interest income, including accretion income, as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(11) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense as a percent of net interest income plus non-interest income.
(12) Non-performing loans consist of non-accruing loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest and restructured loans, but exclude loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 in which the pool is still performing. These ratios may therefore not be comparable to similar ratios of our peers. For additional information on our treatment of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition.”
(13) Non-performing assets include non-performing loans and OREO.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated historical financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making an investment decision to purchase our Class A common stock. The occurrence or realization of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, cash flows and capital levels. In any such case, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Banking Operations

We have recently completed four acquisitions and have a limited operating history from which investors can evaluate our future prospects and financial and operating performance.

We were organized in June 2009 and acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of Hillcrest Bank, Bank Midwest, Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado in October 2010, December 2010, July 2011 and October 2011, respectively. Because our banking operations began in 2010, we have a limited operating history upon which investors can evaluate our operational performance or compare our recent performance to historical performance. Although we acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of four depository institutions which had operated for longer periods of time than we have, their business models and experiences are not reflective of our plans. Accordingly, our limited time operating our acquired franchises may make it difficult to predict our future prospects and financial and operating performance. Moreover, because 43% of our loans and 100% of our OREO, in each case as of June 30, 2011, are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC and all of the loans and OREO we acquired were marked to fair value at the time of our acquisition, we believe that the historical financial results of the acquisitions are less instructive to an evaluation of our future prospects and financial and operating performance. Certain other factors may also make it difficult to predict our future prospects and financial and operating performance, including, among others:

 

   

our current asset mix, loan quality and allowance for loan losses are not representative of our anticipated future asset mix, loan quality and allowance for loan losses, which may change materially as we undertake organic loan origination and banking activities and pursue future acquisitions;

 

   

43% of our loans and 100% of our OREO, in each case as of June 30, 2011, are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, which reimburse a variable percentage of losses experienced on these assets, or were acquired at a substantial discount; thus, we may face higher losses once the FDIC loss sharing arrangement expires and losses may exceed the discounts we received;

 

   

the income we report from certain acquired assets due to loan discount, accretable yield and the accretion of the FDIC indemnification asset will be higher than the returns available in the current market and, if we are unable to make new performing loans and acquire other performing assets in sufficient volume, we may be unable to generate the earnings necessary to implement our growth strategy;

 

   

our significant cash reserves and liquid investment securities portfolio, which result in large part from the proceeds of our 2009 private offering of common stock and cash received in connection with our acquisitions of Hillcrest Bank, Bank Midwest, Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado, are unlikely to be representative of our future cash position;

 

   

our historical cost structure and capital expenditure requirements are not reflective of our anticipated cost structure and capital spending as we integrate our acquisitions and operate our organic banking platform; and

 

   

our regulatory capital ratios, which are required by agreements we have reached with our regulators and which result in part from the proceeds of our private offering of common stock, are not necessarily representative of our future regulatory capital ratios.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our acquisition history may not be indicative of our ability to execute our external growth strategy, and our inability to execute such strategy would materially and adversely affect us.

Our acquisition history should be viewed in the context of the recent opportunities available to us as a result of the confluence of our access to capital at a time when market dislocations of historical proportions resulted in attractive asset acquisition opportunities. As conditions change, we may prove to be unable to execute our external growth strategy, which would materially and adversely affect us. See “—Risks Relating to our Growth Strategy.”

Continued or worsening general business and economic conditions could materially and adversely affect us.

Our business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States, which remain guarded. If the U.S. economy is unable to steadily emerge from the recent recession that began in 2007 or we experience worsening economic conditions, such as a so-called “double-dip” recession, we could be materially and adversely affected. Weak economic conditions may be characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, including a lack of liquidity and/or depressed prices in the secondary market for mortgage loans, increased delinquencies on loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity. All of these factors would be detrimental to our business. Our business is significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government, its agencies and government-sponsored entities. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could have a material adverse effect on us.

The geographic concentration of our two core markets in the greater Kansas City region and Colorado makes our business highly susceptible to downturns in the local economies and depressed banking markets, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, we are a regional banking franchise concentrated in the greater Kansas City region and Colorado. We operate banking centers located primarily in Missouri, Kansas and Colorado. As of June 30, 2011, 41.2% of our total loans (by dollar amount) were in Missouri, 10.9% were in Kansas and 2.7% were in Colorado. A deterioration in local economic conditions in the loan market or in the residential or commercial real estate market could have a material adverse effect on the quality of our portfolio, the demand for our products and services, the ability of borrowers to timely repay loans and the value of the collateral securing loans. In addition, if the population, employment or income growth in one of our core markets is negative or slower than projected, income levels, deposits and real estate development could be adversely impacted and we could be materially and adversely affected. If any of these developments were to result in losses that materially and adversely affected Bank Midwest’s capital, we and Bank Midwest might be subject to regulatory restrictions on operations and growth and to a requirement to raise additional capital. See “Supervision and Regulation.”

Our two core markets are susceptible to adverse weather and natural disasters and these events could negatively impact the economies of our markets, our operations or our customers, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our two core markets are the greater Kansas City region and Colorado. These markets are susceptible to severe weather, including tornadoes, flooding, hail storms and damaging winds. The occurrence of adverse weather and natural or manmade disasters could destroy, or cause a decline in the value of, mortgaged properties that serve as our collateral and increase the risk of delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures and losses on our loans, damage our banking facilities and offices, negatively impact regional economic conditions, result in a decline in local loan demand and loan originations and negatively impact the implementation of our growth strategy. We cannot predict natural or manmade disasters or severe weather events nor the damage that may be caused by them, be it to our operations, our collateral, our customers or the economies in our current or future markets, and such events could materially and adversely affect us.

 

16


Table of Contents

Any changes in how we determine the impact of loss share accounting on our financial information could have a material adverse effect on us.

A material portion of our financial results is based on loss share accounting, which is subject to assumptions and judgments made by us, our accountants and our regulators. Loss share accounting is a complex accounting methodology. If these assumptions are incorrect or we change or modify our assumptions, it could have a material adverse effect on us or our previously reported results. As such, any financial information generated through the use of loss share accounting is subject to modification or change. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Application of Critical Accounting Policies—Accounting for Acquired Loans and the Related FDIC Indemnification Asset” for additional information on loss share accounting.

Our financial information reflects the application of the acquisition method of accounting. Any change in the assumptions used in such methodology could have a material adverse effect on us.

As a result of our recent acquisitions, our financial information is heavily influenced by the application of the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires management to make assumptions regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to determine their fair values at the time of acquisition. Additionally, we periodically remeasure the expected cash flows on certain loans that were acquired with deteriorated credit quality, and this remeasurement can cause fluctuations in the accretion rates of these loans. Our interest income, interest expense and net interest margin (which were equal to $85.7 million, $20.9 million and 3.14%, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2011) reflect the impact of accretion and amortization of the fair value adjustments made to the carrying amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and our non-interest income (which totaled $20.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011) for periods subsequent to the acquisitions includes the effects of discount accretion and accretion of the FDIC indemnification asset. In addition, the balances of many of our acquired assets were significantly reduced by the adjustments to fair value recorded in conjunction with the relevant acquisition. If our assumptions are incorrect and we change or modify our assumptions, it could have a material adverse effect on us or our previously reported results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Application of Critical Accounting Policies—Accounting for Acquired Loans and the Related FDIC Indemnification Asset” for additional information on the impact of acquisition method of accounting on our financial information.

Our business is highly susceptible to credit risk.

As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that the collateral securing the payment of their loans (if any) may not be sufficient to assure repayment. The risks inherent in making any loan include risks with respect to the ability of borrowers to repay their loans and, if applicable, the period of time over which the loan is repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting and guidelines, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers and risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral. Similarly, we have credit risk embedded in our securities portfolio. Our credit standards, procedures and policies may not prevent us from incurring substantial credit losses, particularly in light of market developments in recent years.

Although we do not have a long enough operating history to have restructured many of our loans for borrowers in financial difficulty, in the future, we may restructure originated or acquired loans if we believe the borrowers are likely to fully repay their restructured obligations. We may also be subject to legal or regulatory requirements for restructured loans. For our originated loans, if interest rates or other terms are modified subsequent to extension of credit or if terms of an existing loan are renewed because a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and a concession is granted, we may be required to classify such action as a troubled debt restructuring (which we refer to in this prospectus as “TDR”). With respect to restructured loans, we may grant

 

17


Table of Contents

concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties in order to facilitate repayment of the loan by (1) reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining life of the loan to lower than the current market rate for new loans with similar risk or (2) extension of the maturity date. In situations where a TDR is unsuccessful and the borrower is unable to satisfy the terms of the restructured loan, the loan would be placed on nonaccrual status and written down to the underlying collateral value less estimated selling costs. For further discussion of circumstances in which we restructure acquired and originated loans, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition—Asset Quality.”

Recent economic and market developments and the potential for continued economic disruption present considerable risks to us and it is difficult to determine the depth and duration of the economic and financial market problems and the many ways in which they may impact our business in general. Any failure to manage such risks may materially and adversely affect us.

Our loan portfolio has been, and will continue to be, affected by the ongoing correction in residential and commercial real estate values and reduced levels of residential and commercial real estate sales.

Soft residential and commercial real estate markets, higher delinquency and default rates, heightened vacancy rates and volatile and constrained secondary credit markets have affected the real estate industry generally and in the areas in which our business is currently most heavily concentrated. We may be materially and adversely affected by declines in real estate values.

We make credit and reserve decisions based on the current conditions of borrowers or projects combined with our expectations for the future. As of June 30, 2011, approximately 45.5% of our total loans (by dollar amount) had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the loan is outstanding. A continued weakening of the real estate conditions in any of our markets could continue to result in an increase in the number of borrowers who default on their loans and a reduction in the value of any collateral securing their loans, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on us. If we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy a borrower’s obligations during a period of reduced real estate values, we could be materially and adversely affected. The declines in home prices in the markets we serve, along with the reduced availability of mortgage credit, also may result in increases in delinquencies and losses in our portfolio of loans related to residential real estate construction and development as the ability to refinance those loans decreases. Further declines in home prices coupled with a deepened economic recession and continued rises in unemployment levels could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in our allowance for loan losses. In that event, we could also be materially and adversely affected.

Additionally, recent weakness in the secondary market for residential lending could have a material adverse impact on us. Significant ongoing disruptions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loans have limited the market for and liquidity of most mortgage loans other than conforming Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans. The effects of ongoing mortgage market challenges, combined with the ongoing correction in residential real estate market prices and reduced levels of home sales, could adversely affect the value of collateral securing mortgage loans, mortgage loan originations and gains on sale of mortgage loans. Continued declines in real estate values and home sales volumes, and financial stress on borrowers as a result of job losses or other factors, could have further adverse effects on borrowers that result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Our non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans may be dependent on factors outside the control of our borrowers.

Our loan portfolio includes non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties, as well as real estate construction and development loans. As of June 30, 2011, our non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $782.9

 

18


Table of Contents

million, or 57.3% of our total loan portfolio. Nonperforming non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $14.1 million as of June 30, 2011. These loans typically involve repayment dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. This may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. These loans expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be liquidated as easily as residential real estate. If we foreclose on such loans, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for a 1-4 family residential property because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, charge-offs on non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios.

We depend on our executive officers and key personnel to implement our strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services.

We believe that the implementation of our strategy will depend in large part on the skills of our executive management team and our ability to motivate and retain these and other key personnel. Accordingly, the loss of service of one or more of our executive officers or key personnel could reduce our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy and materially and adversely affect us. Leadership changes will occur from time to time, and we cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur or whether we will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. We believe our executive management team possesses valuable knowledge about the banking industry and that their knowledge and relationships would be very difficult to replicate. Although our Chief Executive Officer has entered into an employment agreement with us, it is possible that he may not complete the term of his employment agreement or may choose not to renew it upon expiration. Furthermore, we do not have employment agreements with any of our other employees. Our success also depends on the experience of our branch managers and lending officers and on their relationships with the customers and communities they serve. The loss of these key personnel could negatively impact our banking operations. The loss of key senior personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our allowance for loan losses and fair value adjustments may prove to be insufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio.

Lending money is a substantial part of our business, and each loan carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid in accordance with its terms or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things:

 

   

the financial condition and cash flows of the borrower and/or the project being financed;

 

   

the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral, in the case of a collateralized loan;

 

   

the discount on the loan at the time of its acquisition;

 

   

the duration of the loan;

 

   

the credit history of a particular borrower; and

 

   

changes in economic and industry conditions.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which we believe is appropriate to provide for probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. The amount of this allowance is determined by our management through periodic reviews.

The application of the acquisition method of accounting to our completed acquisitions has impacted our allowance for loan losses. Under the acquisition method of accounting, all acquired loans were recorded in our

 

19


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements at their fair value at the time of acquisition and the related allowance for loan loss was eliminated because credit quality, among other factors, was considered in the determination of fair value. To the extent that our estimates of fair value are too high, we will incur losses (some of which may be covered by our loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC) associated with the acquired loans.

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding our loans, identification of additional problem loans by us and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. If current trends in the real estate markets continue, we expect that we will continue to experience increased delinquencies and credit losses, particularly with respect to construction, land development and land loans. In addition, our regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and capital and may have a material adverse effect on us.

Our loss sharing agreements impose restrictions on the operation of our business and extensive record-keeping requirements, and failure to comply with the terms of our loss sharing agreements with the FDIC may result in significant losses.

In October 2010, we acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of Hillcrest Bank in an FDIC-assisted transaction. Subsequently, on October 22, 2011, we completed the FDIC-assisted acquisition of selected assets and assumption of selected liabilities of Community Banks of Colorado. A significant portion of our revenue is derived from assets acquired in those transactions. Certain of the loans, commitments and foreclosed assets acquired in those transactions are covered by the loss sharing agreements, which provide that a significant portion of the losses related to those covered assets will be borne by the FDIC. We may, however, experience difficulties in complying with the requirements of the loss sharing agreements, including the extensive record-keeping and documentation relating to the status and reimbursement of covered assets. The required terms of the agreement are extensive and failure to comply with any of the terms could result in a specific asset or group of assets losing their loss sharing coverage. Additionally, complying with the extensive requirements to avail ourselves of the loss sharing coverage could take management time and attention away from other aspects of running our business.

Our loss sharing agreements also impose limitations on the manner in which we manage loans covered by loss sharing. For example, under the loss sharing agreements, we may not, without FDIC consent, sell a covered loan even if in the ordinary course of our business we determine that taking such action would be advantageous for the Company. These restrictions could impair our ability to manage problem loans, extend the amount of time that such loans remain on our balance sheet and increase the amount of our losses.

We hold and acquire a significant amount of OREO from time to time, which may lead to increased operating expenses and vulnerability to additional declines in real property values.

When necessary, we foreclose on and take title to the real estate (some of which is covered by our FDIC loss sharing arrangement) serving as collateral for our loans as part of our business. Real estate that we own but do use in the ordinary course of our operations is referred to as “other real estate owned” or “OREO” property. At June 30, 2011, we had OREO with an aggregate book value of $71.5 million. Increased OREO balances have led to greater expenses as we incur costs to manage and dispose of the properties. Despite some of the OREO being covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, we expect that our earnings will continue to be negatively affected by various expenses associated with OREO, including personnel costs, insurance and taxes, completion and repair costs, valuation adjustments and other expenses associated with property ownership, as well as by the funding costs associated with OREO assets. We evaluate OREO properties periodically and write down the carrying value of the properties if the results of our evaluation require it. The expenses associated with OREO and any further OREO write-downs could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

20


Table of Contents

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to one or more of these properties. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing defaulted loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous conditions or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on nonresidential real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on us.

The expanding body of federal, state and local regulation and/or the licensing of loan servicing, collections or other aspects of our business may increase the cost of compliance and the risks of noncompliance.

We service our own loans, and loan servicing is subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities as well as to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on those activities. The volume of new or modified laws and regulations has increased in recent years and, in addition, some individual municipalities have begun to enact laws that restrict loan servicing activities including delaying or temporarily preventing foreclosures or forcing the modification of certain mortgages. If regulators impose new or more restrictive requirements, we may incur additional significant costs to comply with such requirements which may further adversely affect us. In addition, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could possibly lead to civil and criminal liability; loss of licensure; damage to our reputation in the industry; fines and penalties and litigation, including class action lawsuits; or administrative enforcement actions. Any of these outcomes could harm our results of operations or financial condition.

The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to market conditions outside of our control.

As of June 30, 2011, the fair value of our investment securities portfolio was approximately $2.0 billion. We have historically taken a conservative investment strategy, with concentrations of securities that are backed by government sponsored enterprises. In the future, we may seek to increase yields through more aggressive strategies, which may include a greater percentage of corporate securities and structured credit products. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions in respect of the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, and changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the capital markets. Any of these factors, among others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments and realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods and declines in other comprehensive income, which could have a material adverse effect on us. The process for determining whether impairment of a security is other-than-temporary usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security.

We face significant competition from other financial institutions and financial services providers, which may materially and adversely affect us.

Consumer and commercial banking is highly competitive. Our markets contain a large number of community and regional banks as well as a significant presence of the country’s largest commercial banks. We compete with other state and national financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings

 

21


Table of Contents

banks and credit unions, for deposits and loans. In addition, we compete with financial intermediaries, such as consumer finance companies, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, securities firms, mutual funds and several government agencies, as well as major retailers, in providing various types of loans and other financial services. Some of these competitors may have a long history of successful operations in our markets, greater ties to local businesses and more expansive banking relationships, as well as better established depositor bases. Competitors may also have greater resources and access to capital and may possess an advantage by being capable of maintaining numerous banking locations in more convenient sites, operating more ATMs and conducting extensive promotional and advertising campaigns or operating a more developed Internet platform. Competitors may also exhibit a greater tolerance for risk and behave more aggressively with respect to pricing in order to increase their market share.

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Increased competition among financial services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions may adversely affect our ability to market our products and services. Technological advances have lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to compete in our market without a retail footprint by offering competitive rates, as well as non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among others:

 

   

the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on quality service, effective and efficient products and services, high ethical standards and safe and sound assets;

 

   

the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

 

   

the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

 

   

the ability to attract and retain highly qualified employees to operate our business;

 

   

the ability to expand our market position;

 

   

customer satisfaction with our level of service;

 

   

the ability to operate our business effectively and efficiently; and

 

   

industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could materially and adversely affect us.

We may not be able to meet the cash flow requirements of deposit withdrawals and other business needs unless we maintain sufficient liquidity.

We require liquidity to make loans and to repay deposit and other liabilities as they become due or are demanded by customers. As a result of a decline in depositor confidence, interest rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, FDIC insurance costs, the returns available to customers on alternative investments and general economic conditions, a substantial number of our customers could withdraw their bank deposits with us from time to time, resulting in our deposit levels decreasing substantially, and our reserves may not be able to cover such withdrawals and our other business needs, including amounts necessary to operate and grow our business. This would require us to seek third party funding or other sources of liquidity, such as asset sales. Our access to third party funding sources, including our ability to raise funds through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity or equity-related securities, incurrence of debt, and federal funds purchased, may be impacted by our financial strength, performance and prospects and may also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the unstable credit markets. We cannot assure you that we will have access to third party funding in sufficient amounts on favorable terms, or the ability to undertake asset sales or access other sources of liquidity, when needed, or at all, which could materially and adversely affect us.

 

22


Table of Contents

We may not be able to retain or develop a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources.

We expect to depend on checking, savings and money market deposit account balances and other forms of customer deposits as our primary source of funding for our lending activities. Our future growth will largely depend on our ability to retain and grow a strong, low-cost deposit base. Because 60.7% of our deposit base as of June 30, 2011 is time deposits, the large majority of which we acquired, it may prove harder to maintain and grow our deposit base than would otherwise be the case. During the 12 months following June 30, 2011, $1.6 billion of our time deposits are schedule to mature. Additionally, as of June 30, 2011 we had approximately $548.1 million of time deposits we assumed from the FDIC that are not subject to early withdrawal penalties, making these deposits more volatile than typical time deposits. We are working to transition certain of our customers to lower cost traditional banking services as higher cost funding sources, such as high interest time deposits, mature. Many banks in the United States are struggling to maintain depositors in light of the recent financial crisis, and there may be competitive pressures to pay higher interest rates on deposits, which could increase funding costs and compress net interest margins. There is no assurance that customers will transition to lower yielding savings and investment products or continue their business with our bank subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect us. In addition, with recent concerns about bank failures, customers have become concerned about the extent to which their deposits are insured by the FDIC, particularly customers that may maintain deposits in excess of insured limits. Customers may withdraw deposits in an effort to ensure that the amount that they have on deposit with us is fully insured and may place them in other institutions or make investments that are perceived as being more secure. Further, even if we are able to grow and maintain our deposit base, the account and deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits, we could lose a relatively low cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. Additionally, any such loss of funds could result in lower loan originations, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Recent market disruptions caused increased liquidity risks which could recur in the future.

The recent disruption and illiquidity in the credit markets created challenges for banking institutions that made potential funding sources more difficult to access, less reliable and more expensive. In addition, liquidity in the inter-bank market, as well as the markets for commercial paper and other short-term instruments, contracted significantly. Current market conditions present significant challenges in the management of banks and banks’ customers’ liquidity, which may exceed those challenges experienced in the recent past and could materially and adversely affect us.

Extended foreclosure processes and new homeowner protection laws and regulations might restrict or delay our ability to foreclose and collect payments for loans under the loss sharing agreements.

For the loans covered by the loss sharing agreements, we cannot collect loss share payments until we liquidate the properties securing those loans. These loss share payments could be delayed by an extended foreclosure process, including delays resulting from a court backlog, local or national foreclosure moratoriums or other delays, and these delays could have a material adverse effect on us. New homeowner protection laws and regulations may also delay the initiation or completion of foreclosure proceedings on specified types of residential mortgage loans. Any such limitations are likely to cause delayed or reduced collections from borrowers. Any restriction on our ability to foreclose on a loan, any requirement that we forgo a portion of the amount otherwise due on a loan or any requirement that we advance principal, interest, tax and insurance payments or that we modify any original loan terms could materially and adversely affect us.

Like other financial services institutions, our asset and liability structures are monetary in nature. Such structures are affected by a variety of factors, including changes in interest rates, which can impact the value of financial instruments held by us.

Like other financial services institutions, we have asset and liability structures that are essentially monetary in nature and are directly affected by many factors, including domestic and international economic and political

 

23


Table of Contents

conditions, broad trends in business and finance, legislation and regulation affecting the national and international business and financial communities, monetary and fiscal policies, inflation, currency values, market conditions, the availability and terms (including cost) of short-term or long-term funding and capital, the credit capacity or perceived creditworthiness of customers and counterparties and the level and volatility of trading markets. Such factors can impact customers and counterparties of a financial services institution and may impact the value of financial instruments held by a financial services institution.

Our earnings and cash flows largely depend upon the level of our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we earn on loans, investments and other interest earning assets, and the interest we pay on interest bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently and at different times to market interest rate changes, changes in interest rates can increase or decrease our net interest income. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates would reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest earning assets mature or reprice more quickly, and because the magnitude of repricing of interest earning assets is often greater than interest bearing liabilities, falling interest rates would reduce net interest income.

Accordingly, changes in the level of market interest rates affect our net yield on interest earning assets and liabilities, loan and investment securities portfolios and our overall results. Changes in interest rates may also have a significant impact on any future loan origination revenues. Historically, there has been an inverse correlation between the demand for loans and interest rates. Loan origination volume and revenues usually decline during periods of rising or high interest rates and increase during periods of declining or low interest rates. Changes in interest rates also have a significant impact on the carrying value of a significant percentage of the assets, both loans and investment securities, on our balance sheet. We may incur debt in the future and that debt may also be sensitive to interest rates and any increase in interest rates could materially and adversely affect us. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, particularly the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). We cannot predict the nature and timing of the Federal Reserve’s interest rate policies or other changes in monetary policies and economic conditions, which could materially and adversely affect us.

We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers, and systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our business is highly dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. We outsource many of our major systems, such as data processing, loan servicing and deposit processing systems. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If significant, sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and/or subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, we provide our customers with the ability to bank remotely, including online over the internet and over the telephone. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet and other remote channels is a critical element of remote banking. Our network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security breaches. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. To the extent that our activities or the activities of our customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could

 

24


Table of Contents

expose us to claims, regulatory scrutiny, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and could materially and adversely affect us.

As a public company, we will be required to meet periodic reporting requirements under the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Complying with federal securities laws as a public company is expensive, and we will incur significant time and expense enhancing, documenting, testing, and certifying our internal control over financial reporting. Any deficiencies in our financial reporting or internal controls could materially and adversely affect us and the market price of our Class A common stock.

Prior to becoming a public company, we have not been required to comply with the requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (which we refer to in this prospectus as the SEC) to have our consolidated financial statements completed, reviewed or audited and filed within a specified time. As a publicly traded company following completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports containing our consolidated financial statements with the SEC within a specified time following the completion of quarterly and annual periods. We will also be required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 concerning internal control over financial reporting. We may experience difficulty in meeting the SEC’s reporting requirements. Any failure by us to file our periodic reports with the SEC in a timely manner could harm our reputation and cause investors and potential investors to lose confidence in us and reduce the market price of our Class A common stock.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses. Compliance with these and other rules of the SEC and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly. Beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending in the year after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, SEC rules will require that our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer periodically certify the existence and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to our assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. This process will require significant documentation of policies, procedures and systems, review of that documentation by our internal auditing and accounting staff and our outside independent registered public accounting firm, and testing of our internal control over financial reporting by our internal auditing and accounting staff and our outside independent registered public accounting firm. This process will involve considerable time and attention, may strain our internal resources, and will increase our operating costs. We may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses and outside auditor fees during the implementation of these changes and thereafter.

During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies that would have to be remediated to satisfy the SEC rules for certification of our internal control over financial reporting. As a consequence, we would have to disclose in periodic reports we file with the SEC any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. The existence of a material weakness would preclude management from concluding that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and would preclude our independent auditors from issuing an unqualified opinion that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. In addition, disclosures of this type in our SEC reports could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting and may negatively affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary to produce reliable financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we have deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting, it may materially and adversely affect us.

We rely on our systems and employees, and any errors or fraud could materially and adversely affect us.

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and outsiders, clerical recordkeeping errors and transactional errors. Our business is dependent on our employees as well as third parties to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions. We could be materially and

 

25


Table of Contents

adversely affected if one of our employees causes a significant operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates our operations or systems. Third parties with which we do business also could be sources of operational risk to us, including breakdowns or failures of such parties’ own systems or employees. Any of these occurrences could result in our diminished ability to operate our business, potential liability to customers, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Risks Relating to our Growth Strategy

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth.

Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully manage our rapid growth. Our rapid growth has placed, and it may continue to place, significant demands on our operations and management. Whether through additional acquisitions or organic growth, our current plan to expand our business is dependent upon our ability to:

 

   

continue to implement and improve our operational, credit, financial, management and other internal risk controls and processes and our reporting systems and procedures in order to manage a growing number of client relationships;

 

   

scale our technology platform;

 

   

integrate our acquisitions and develop consistent policies throughout the various businesses; and

 

   

attract and retain management talent.

We may not successfully implement improvements to, or integrate, our management information and control systems, procedures and processes in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. In particular, our controls and procedures must be able to accommodate an increase in loan volume in various markets and the infrastructure that comes with new banking centers and banks. Thus, our growth strategy may divert management from our existing franchises and may require us to incur additional expenditures to expand our administrative and operational infrastructure and, if we are unable to effectively manage and grow our banking franchise, we could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to manage future expansion in our operations, we may experience compliance and operational problems, have to slow the pace of growth, or have to incur additional expenditures beyond current projections to support such growth, any one of which could materially and adversely affect us.

Our acquisitions generally will require regulatory approvals, and failure to obtain them would restrict our growth.

We intend to complement and expand our business by pursuing strategic acquisitions of community banking franchises. Generally, any acquisition of target financial institutions, banking centers or other banking assets by us will require approval by, and cooperation from, a number of governmental regulatory agencies, possibly including the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and the FDIC, as well as state banking regulators. In acting on applications, federal banking regulators consider, among other factors:

 

   

the effect of the acquisition on competition;

 

   

the financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, capital levels and future prospects of the applicant and the bank(s) involved;

 

   

the quantity and complexity of previously consummated acquisitions;

 

   

the managerial resources of the applicant and the bank(s) involved;

 

   

the convenience and needs of the community, including the record of performance under the Community Reinvestment Act (which we refer to in this prospectus as the “CRA”);

 

26


Table of Contents
   

the effectiveness of the applicant in combating money laundering activities; and

 

   

the extent to which the acquisition would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system.

Such regulators could deny our application based on the above criteria or other considerations, which would restrict our growth, or the regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to us. For example, we could be required to sell banking centers as a condition to receiving regulatory approvals, and such a condition may not be acceptable to us or may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.

The success of future transactions will depend on our ability to successfully identify and consummate acquisitions of banking franchises that meet our investment objectives. Because of the intense competition for acquisition opportunities and the limited number of potential targets, we may not be able to successfully consummate acquisitions on attractive terms, or at all, that are necessary to grow our business.

The success of future transactions will depend on our ability to successfully identify and consummate transactions with target banking franchises that meet our investment objectives. There are significant risks associated with our ability to identify and successfully consummate these acquisitions. There are a limited number of acquisition opportunities, and we expect to encounter intense competition from other banking organizations competing for acquisitions and also from other investment funds and entities looking to acquire financial institutions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and consummating acquisitions directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess ongoing banking operations with greater financial, technical, human and other resources and access to capital than we do, which could limit the acquisition opportunities we pursue. Our competitors may be able to achieve greater cost savings, through consolidating operations or otherwise, than we could. These competitive limitations give others an advantage in pursuing certain acquisitions. In addition, increased competition may drive up the prices for the acquisitions we pursue and make the other acquisition terms more onerous, which would make the identification and successful consummation of those acquisitions less attractive to us. Competitors may be willing to pay more for acquisitions than we believe are justified, which could result in us having to pay more for them than we prefer or to forego the opportunity. As a result of the foregoing, we may be unable to successfully identify and consummate acquisitions on attractive terms, or at all, that are necessary to grow our business.

To the extent that we are unable to identify and consummate attractive acquisitions, or increase loans through organic loan growth, we may be unable to successfully implement our growth strategy, which could materially and adversely affect us.

We intend to grow our business through strategic acquisitions of banking franchises coupled with organic loan growth. Previous availability of attractive acquisition targets may not be indicative of future acquisition opportunities, and we may be unable to identify any acquisition targets that meet our investment objectives. Additionally, organic loan growth has so far been limited and our loan balances have declined from December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2011 as loan repayments from customers have generally outpaced loan originations due not only to our limited time to cultivate relationships with our customers, but also due to the generally weakened economy and lower levels of borrowing demand. As a result, a significant portion of our income thus far has been derived from the accretion recognized on acquired assets rather than from cash interest income. As our acquired loan portfolio, which produces higher yields than our originated loans due to loan discount, accretable yield and the accretion of the FDIC indemnification asset, is paid down, we expect downward pressure on our income to the extent that the runoff is not replaced with other high-yielding loans. For example, the yield on the covered loans of our acquired loan portfolio for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was 9.04% while the yield on our originated (and thus non-covered) loans for the same period ranged from approximately 4% to 6% depending on loan type and characteristics. As a result of the foregoing, if we are unable to replace loans in our existing portfolio with comparable high-yielding loans, we could be materially and adversely affected.

 

27


Table of Contents

Because we intend to make acquisitions that involve distressed assets, we may not be able to realize the value we predict from these assets or make sufficient provision for future losses in the value of, or accurately estimate the future writedowns to be taken in respect of, these assets.

Delinquencies and losses in the loan portfolios and other assets we acquire may exceed our initial forecasts developed during our due diligence investigation prior to their acquisition and, thus, produce lower risk-adjusted returns than we believed our purchase price supported. Furthermore, our due diligence investigation may not reveal all material issues. The diligence process in FDIC-assisted transactions is also expedited due to the short acquisition timeline that is typical for these transactions. If, during the diligence process, we fail to identify all relevant issues related to an acquisition, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in significant losses. Any of these events could materially and adversely affect us. Current economic conditions have created an uncertain environment with respect to asset valuations and there is no certainty that we will be able to sell assets or institutions after we acquire them if we determine it would be in our best interests to do so. In addition, currently there is limited or no liquidity for certain asset classes we hold, including commercial real estate and construction and development loans.

The success of future transactions will depend on our ability to successfully combine the target financial institution’s banking franchises with our existing banking business and, if we experience difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

The success of future transactions will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully combine the target financial institution’s banking franchises with our existing banking business. As with any acquisition involving financial institutions, there may be business disruptions that result in the loss of customers or cause customers to remove their accounts and move their business to competing financial institutions. It is possible that the integration process could result in additional expenses, the disruption of ongoing business and inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers, depositors and employees and to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Integration efforts, including integration of a target financial institution’s systems into our systems, may divert our management’s attention and resources, and we may be unable to develop, or experience prolonged delays in the development of, the systems necessary to operate our acquisitions, such as a financial reporting platform or a human resources reporting platform call center. If we experience difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the particular acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. Additionally, we may be unable to recognize synergies, operating efficiencies and/or expected benefits within expected timeframes and cost projections, or at all. We may also not be able to preserve the goodwill of an acquired financial institution.

Projected operating results for banking franchises to be acquired by us may be inaccurate and may vary significantly from actual results.

We will generally establish the pricing of transactions and the capital structure of banking franchises to be acquired by us on the basis of financial projections for such banking franchises. In general, projected operating results will be based primarily on management judgments. In all cases, projections are only estimates of future results that are based upon assumptions made at the time that the projections are developed and the projected results may vary significantly from actual results. General economic, political and market conditions, which are not predictable, can have a material adverse impact on the reliability of such projections. In the event that the projections made in connection with our acquisitions, or future projections with respect to new acquisitions, are not accurate, such inaccuracies could materially and adversely affect us.

Our officers and directors may have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business opportunities to us or another entity for which they have fiduciary or contractual obligations.

Our officers and directors may become subject to fiduciary obligations in connection with their service on the boards of directors of other corporations. To the extent that our officers and directors become aware of

 

28


Table of Contents

acquisition opportunities that may be suitable for entities other than us to which they have fiduciary or contractual obligations, or they are presented with such opportunities in their capacities as fiduciaries to such entities, they may honor such obligations to such other entities. In addition, our officers and directors will not have any obligation to present us with any acquisition opportunity that does not fall within the parameters of our business (see “Business”). You should assume that to the extent any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an opportunity that may be suitable both for us and another entity to which such person has a fiduciary or contractual obligation to present such opportunity as set forth above, he or she may first give the opportunity to such other entity or entities and may give such opportunity to us only to the extent such other entity or entities reject or are unable to pursue such opportunity. In addition, you should assume that to the extent any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an acquisition opportunity that does not fall within the above parameters but that may otherwise be suitable for us, he or she may not present such opportunity to us. In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under Delaware law are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity, the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business and it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Risks Relating to the Regulation of Our Industry

The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 may have a material adverse effect on our business.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (which we refer to as the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which imposes significant regulatory and compliance changes. The key effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business are:

 

   

changes to regulatory capital requirements;

 

   

exclusion of hybrid securities, including trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010 from tier 1 capital;

 

   

creation of new government regulatory agencies (such as the Financial Stability Oversight Council, which will oversee systemic risk, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which will develop and enforce rules for bank and non-bank providers of consumer financial products);

 

   

potential limitations on federal preemption;

 

   

changes to deposit insurance assessments;

 

   

regulation of debit interchange fees we earn;

 

   

changes in retail banking regulations, including potential limitations on certain fees we may charge; and

 

   

changes in regulation of consumer mortgage loan origination and risk retention.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act restricts the ability of banks to engage in certain proprietary trading or to sponsor or invest in private equity or hedge funds. The Dodd-Frank Act also contains provisions designed to limit the ability of insured depository institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates to conduct certain swaps and derivatives activities and to take certain principal positions in financial instruments.

Some provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately upon its enactment. Many provisions, however, will require regulations to be promulgated by various federal agencies in order to be implemented, some of which have been proposed by the applicable federal agencies. The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may have unintended effects, which will not be clear until implementation. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act could limit our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise materially and adversely affect us. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate

 

29


Table of Contents

and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements could also materially and adversely affect us. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to investors in our Class A common stock. For a more detailed description of the Dodd-Frank Act, see “Supervision and Regulation—Changes in Laws, Regulations or Policies and the Dodd-Frank Act.”

We operate in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, could materially and adversely affect us.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and legislation that govern almost all aspects of our operations. Intended to protect customers, depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) these laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividends or distributions that we can pay, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt, and impose certain specific accounting requirements on us that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could materially and adversely affect us. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive and also materially and adversely affect us.

We are subject to substantial regulatory limitations that limit the way in which we may operate our business.

Our bank subsidiary, Bank Midwest, is subject to specific requirements pursuant to an operating agreement (the “OCC Operating Agreement”) it entered into with the OCC in connection with our acquisition of Bank Midwest. The OCC Operating Agreement requires, among other things, that Bank Midwest maintain various financial and capital ratios and provide notice to, and obtain consent from, the OCC with respect to any additional failed bank acquisitions from the FDIC or the appointment of any new director or senior executive officer of Bank Midwest.

Bank Midwest (and, with respect to certain provisions, the Company) is also subject to a separate Order of the FDIC, dated November 4, 2010 (the “FDIC Order”) issued in connection with the FDIC’s approval of our application for deposit insurance for Bank Midwest. The FDIC Order requires, among other things, that during the first three years following our acquisition of Bank Midwest, Bank Midwest must obtain the FDIC’s approval before implementing certain compensation plans, submit updated business plans and reports of material deviations from those plans to the FDIC and comply with the applicable requirements of the FDIC Policy Statement. Additionally, the FDIC Order requires that Bank Midwest maintain a ratio of tier 1 common equity to total assets equal to at least 10% during such three-year period and to remain “well capitalized” thereafter.

A failure by us or Bank Midwest to comply with the requirements of the OCC Operating Agreement or the FDIC Order, or the objection by the OCC or the FDIC to any materials or information submitted pursuant to the OCC Operating Agreement or the FDIC Order, could prevent us from executing our business strategy and materially and adversely affect us.

The FDIC’s restoration plan and the related increased assessment rate could materially and adversely affect us.

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as our subsidiary bank, up to applicable limits. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that

 

30


Table of Contents

institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to its regulators. Market developments have significantly depleted the DIF of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. As a result of recent economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has increased the deposit insurance assessment rates and thus raised deposit insurance premiums for insured depository institutions. If these increases are insufficient for the DIF to meet its funding requirements, there may need to be further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums may materially and adversely affect us, including by reducing our profitability or limiting our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.

Federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we become subject as a result of such examinations could materially and adversely affect us.

Federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal banking agency were to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that the Company or its management was in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance. If we become subject to such regulatory actions, we could be materially and adversely affected.

We are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, and restrictions on expansion activity. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation.

The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support our subsidiary bank.

As a matter of policy, the Federal Reserve, which examines us and our subsidiaries, expects a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as a source of strength for the institution. Under this requirement, we could be required to provide financial assistance to our subsidiary bank should our subsidiary bank experience financial distress.

 

31


Table of Contents

A capital injection may be required at times when we do not have the resources to provide it and therefore we may be required to borrow the funds or raise additional equity capital from third parties. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its indebtedness. Any financing that must be done by the holding company in order to make the required capital injection may be difficult and expensive and no assurance can be given that such financing will be available on attractive terms, or at all, which likely would have a material adverse effect on us.

The short-term and long-term impact of the new regulatory capital standards and the forthcoming new capital rules U.S. banks is uncertain.

On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, announced an agreement to a strengthened set of capital requirements for internationally active banking organizations in the United States and around the world, known as Basel III. Basel III increases the requirements for minimum common equity, minimum tier 1 capital, and minimum total capital, to be phased in over time until fully phased in by January 1, 2019.

Various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act increase the capital requirements of bank holding companies, such as the Company, and non-bank financial companies that are supervised by the Federal Reserve. The leverage and risk-based capital ratios of these entities may not be lower than the leverage and risk-based capital ratios for insured depository institutions. In particular, bank holding companies, many of which have long relied on trust preferred securities as a component of their regulatory capital, will no longer be permitted to count trust preferred securities toward their tier 1 capital. While the Basel III changes and other regulatory capital requirements will likely result in generally higher regulatory capital standards, it is difficult at this time to predict how any new standards will ultimately be applied to us and our subsidiary banks.

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “PATRIOT Act”) and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Treasury Department to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements, and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (the “OFAC”). If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions (such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans), which could materially and adversely affect us. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us.

 

32


Table of Contents

Federal, state and local consumer lending laws may restrict our ability to originate certain mortgage loans or increase our risk of liability with respect to such loans and could increase our cost of doing business.

Federal, state and local laws have been adopted that are intended to eliminate certain lending practices considered “predatory.” These laws prohibit practices such as steering borrowers away from more affordable products, selling unnecessary insurance to borrowers, repeatedly refinancing loans and making loans without a reasonable expectation that the borrowers will be able to repay the loans irrespective of the value of the underlying property. It is our policy not to make predatory loans, but these laws create the potential for liability with respect to our lending and loan investment activities. They increase our cost of doing business and, ultimately, may prevent us from making certain loans and cause us to reduce the average percentage rate or the points and fees on loans that we do make.

Risks Relating to Our Class A Common Stock

There is currently no market for our Class A common stock and an active, liquid market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained, which likely would materially and adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Before this offering, there has been no established public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange, but we cannot assure you that our application will be approved. Even if approved, we cannot assure you that an active, liquid trading market for our Class A common stock will develop and be sustained following this offering, which likely would materially and adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock. We also cannot assure you that stockholders will be able to sell their shares of our Class A common stock at the volume, prices and times desired.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations and be highly volatile, which may make it difficult for stockholders to sell their shares of our Class A common stock at the volume, prices and times desired.

The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate substantially and be highly volatile, which may make it difficult for stockholders to sell their shares of our Class A common stock at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that will impact the market price of our Class A common stock, including, without limitation:

 

   

general market conditions, including price levels and volume;

 

   

national, regional and local economic or business conditions;

 

   

the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve;

 

   

our actual or projected financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, cash flows and capital levels;

 

   

changes in, or failure to meet, our publicly disclosed expectations as to our future financial and operating performance;

 

   

publication of research reports about us, our competitors or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts’ estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage;

 

   

market valuations, as well as the financial and operating performance and prospects, of similar companies;

 

   

future issuances or sales, or anticipated sales, of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

the availability, terms and deployment of capital;

 

   

the impact of changes in financial services laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance);

 

   

unanticipated regulatory or judicial proceedings, and related liabilities and costs;

 

   

the timely implementation of services and products by us and the acceptance of such services and products by customers;

 

   

our ability to continue to grow our business internally and through acquisitions and successful integration of new or acquired financial institutions, banking centers or other banking assets while controlling costs;

 

   

compliance with laws and regulatory requirements, including those of federal, state and local agencies;

 

   

our failure to satisfy the continuing listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange;

 

   

our failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines;

 

   

actual, potential or perceived accounting problems affecting us;

 

   

rapidly changing technology;

 

   

other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services; and

 

   

other news, announcements or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our core markets or the financial services industry.

The stock markets in general have experienced substantial fluctuations and volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance and prospects of particular companies. These broad market movements may materially and adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock. In the past, stockholders have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against companies following significant declines in the market price of their securities. Any similar litigation against us could divert management’s attention and resources and materially and adversely affect us.

Our ability to pay dividends is subject to regulatory limitations and our bank subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends to us, which is also subject to regulatory limitations.

Prior to this offering, we have never paid cash dividends to holders of our common stock. Our ability to declare and pay dividends depends both on the ability of our bank subsidiary to pay dividends to us and on certain federal regulatory considerations, including the guidelines of the Federal Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends. Because we are a separate legal entity from our bank subsidiary and we do not have significant operations of our own, any dividends paid by us to our common stockholders would have to be paid from funds at the holding company level that are legally available therefor. However, as a bank holding company, we are subject to general regulatory restrictions on the payment of cash dividends. Federal bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prohibit bank holding companies from engaging in unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their business, which depending on the financial condition and liquidity of the holding company at the time, could include the payment of dividends. Additionally, various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends that our bank subsidiary can pay to us as its holding company without regulatory approval. Our bank subsidiary is currently prohibited by our OCC Operating Agreement from paying

 

34


Table of Contents

dividends to us until December 2013. Therefore, other than the net proceeds that we received or will receive, as the case may be, from the 2009 private offering and this offering and from any future financing at the holding company level, we do not have, and do not expect to have in the future, liquidity at the holding company level to pay dividends to our common stockholders. Finally, holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our board of directors may, in its unilateral discretion, declare out of funds legally available for such purpose based on a variety of considerations, including, without limitation, our historical and projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, capital levels, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations, general economic conditions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

You will incur immediate dilution as a result of this offering.

If you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the pro forma net tangible book value of your shares. As a result, you will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, representing the difference between such assumed initial public offering price and our pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as of June 30, 2011. Accordingly, if we were liquidated at our pro forma net tangible book value, you would not receive the full amount of your investment. See “Dilution.”

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline significantly due to actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our common stock in the future.

Actual or anticipated issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock following this offering could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and on terms that we deem appropriate. The issuance of any shares of our common stock in the future also would, and equity-related securities could, dilute the percentage ownership interest held by stockholders prior to such issuance.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of Class A common stock and              outstanding shares of Class B non-voting common stock. All of the              shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us) will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) may be sold publicly only in compliance with the limitations described under “Shares Eligible For Future Sale.” In addition, existing holders of 51,936,280 shares of our common stock (including 45,623,384 shares of Class A common stock and 6,062,896 shares of Class B non-voting common stock, as of June 30, 2011) are entitled to the benefits of a registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with our 2009 private offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for more information regarding the rights of existing stockholders under the registration rights agreement. Certain of these holders also hold warrants to purchase up to 830,700 additional shares of Class A common stock or Class B non-voting common stock. We also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register an aggregate of approximately 5,750,000 million shares of Class A common stock issued or reserved for future issuance under the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our stockholders, and these shares, once issued (including upon exercise of outstanding options), will be available for sale into the public market, subject to the restrictions described above, if applicable, for affiliate holders.

 

35


Table of Contents

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our Class A common stock upon our liquidation, and future issuances of equity securities, which would dilute the holdings of our existing Class A common stockholders and may be senior to our Class A common stock for the purposes of making distributions, periodically or upon liquidation, may negatively affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

In the future, we may issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings. Upon our liquidation, holders of our debt securities and other loans and preferred stock will receive a distribution of our available assets before Class A common stockholders. If we incur debt in the future, our future interest costs could increase, and adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.

We are not required to offer any additional equity securities to existing Class A common stockholders on a preemptive basis. Therefore, additional common stock issuances, directly or through convertible or exchangeable securities, warrants or options, will dilute the holdings of our existing Class A common stockholders and such issuances or the perception of such issuances may reduce the market price of our Class A common stock. Our preferred stock, if issued, would likely have a preference on distribution payments, periodically or upon liquidation, which could eliminate or otherwise limit our ability to make distributions to Class A common stockholders. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts. Thus, Class A common stockholders bear the risk that our future issuances of debt or equity securities or our incurrence of other borrowings will negatively affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation may inhibit a takeover of us, which could discourage transactions that would otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders and could entrench management.

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include limits on the aggregate ownership of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and the unilateral ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock, which may make it more difficult to remove management and may discourage transactions that would otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, including those involving payment of a premium over the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

Certain provisions of our loss sharing agreements may have anti-takeover effects and could limit our ability and the ability of our stockholders to engage in certain transactions.

The loss sharing agreements we entered into with the FDIC in connection with the Hillcrest Bank and Community Banks of Colorado acquisitions require that we receive prior FDIC consent, which may be withheld by the FDIC in its sole discretion, prior to us or our stockholders engaging in certain transactions, including those that would otherwise be in their best interests. If any such transaction is completed without prior FDIC consent, the FDIC would have the right to discontinue the loss sharing arrangement with us.

Among other things, prior FDIC consent is required for (1) a merger or consolidation of us with or into another company if our stockholders will own less than 66.66% of the combined company, or of our bank subsidiary with or into another company, if we will own less than 66.66% of the combined company, (2) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of our bank subsidiary and (3) a sale of shares by a stockholder, or a group of related stockholders, that will effect a change in control of our bank subsidiary, as determined by the FDIC with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended (the “Change in Bank Control Act”) (generally, the acquisition of between 10% and 25% of our voting securities where the presumption of control is not rebutted, or the acquisition by any person, acting directly or indirectly or through or

 

36


Table of Contents

in concert with one or more persons, of more than 25% of our voting securities). If we or any stockholder desired to enter into any such transaction, the FDIC may not grant its consent in a timely manner, without conditions, or at all. If one of these transactions were to occur without prior FDIC consent and the FDIC withdrew its loss share arrangement with us, we could be materially and adversely affected.

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities.

We have renounced, in our certificate of incorporation, any interest or expectancy in any acquisition opportunities that our officers or directors become aware of and which may be suitable for other entities to which our officers or directors have a fiduciary or contractual obligation or which were presented to them in their capacity as fiduciaries of such other entities. This would apply even if the acquisition opportunity is in the same or similar line of business in which we operate. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on us.

Stockholders may be deemed to be acting in concert or otherwise in control of us and our bank subsidiary, which could impose prior approval requirements and result in adverse regulatory consequences for such holders.

We are a bank holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve. Any entity (including a “group” composed of natural persons) owning 25% or more of a class of our outstanding shares of voting stock, or a lesser percentage if such holder or group otherwise exercises a “controlling influence” over us, may be subject to regulation as a “bank holding company” in accordance with the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). In addition, (1) any bank holding company or foreign bank with a U.S. presence is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHCA to acquire or retain 5% or more of a class of our outstanding shares of voting stock, and (2) any person other than a bank holding company may be required to obtain prior regulatory approval under the Change in Bank Control Act to acquire or retain 10% or more of our outstanding shares of voting stock. Any stockholder that is deemed to “control” the Company for bank regulatory purposes would become subject to prior approval requirements and ongoing regulation and supervision. Such a holder may be required to divest amounts equal to or exceeding 5% of the voting shares of investments that may be deemed incompatible with bank holding company status, such as an investment in a company engaged in non-financial activities. Regulatory determination of “control” of a depository institution or holding company is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. Potential investors are advised to consult with their legal counsel regarding the applicable regulations and requirements.

Our common stock owned by holders determined by a bank regulatory agency to be acting in concert would be aggregated for purposes of determining whether those holders have control of a bank or bank holding company. Each stockholder obtaining control that is a “company” would be required to register as a bank holding company. “Acting in concert” generally means knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards the common goal of acquiring control of a bank or a parent company, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement. The manner in which this definition is applied in individual circumstances can vary and cannot always be predicted with certainty. Many factors can lead to a finding of acting in concert, including where: (i) the stockholders are commonly controlled or managed; (ii) the stockholders are parties to an oral or written agreement or understanding regarding the acquisition, voting or transfer of control of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company; (iii) the stockholders each own stock in a bank and are also management officials, controlling stockholders, partners or trustees of another company; or (iv) both a stockholder and a controlling stockholder, partner, trustee or management official of such stockholder own equity in the bank or bank holding company.

 

37


Table of Contents

We and certain of our stockholders are required to comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Policy Statement, including a prohibition on sales or transfers of our securities by each such stockholder until three years from such stockholder’s acquisition of shares of common stock (except in the case of certain mutual fund holders) without prior FDIC approval.

As the agency responsible for resolving the failure of banks, the FDIC has discretion to determine whether a party is qualified to bid on a failed institution. The FDIC adopted the FDIC Policy Statement in August 2009 and issued related guidance in January and April 2010. The FDIC Policy Statement imposes restrictions and requirements on certain institutions—including us and our bank subsidiary—and their investors. Unless we, together with a group of investors holding an aggregate of at least 30% of our common stock, along with all investors holding more than 5% of our total voting power, are then in compliance with the FDIC Policy Statement, the FDIC may not permit us to bid on failed institutions.

The FDIC Policy Statement imposes the following restrictions and requirements, among others. First, our bank subsidiary is required to maintain a ratio of tier 1 common equity to total assets of at least 10% for a period of three years, and thereafter maintain a capital level sufficient to be well capitalized under regulatory standards during the remaining period of ownership of the investors. This amount of capital exceeds that required under otherwise applicable regulatory requirements. Second, investors that collectively own 80% or more of two or more depository institutions are required to pledge to the FDIC their proportionate interests in each institution to indemnify the FDIC against any losses it incurs in connection with the failure of one of the institutions. Third, our bank subsidiary is prohibited from extending credit to its investors and to affiliates of its investors. Fourth, investors may not employ ownership structures that use entities domiciled in bank secrecy jurisdictions (which the FDIC has interpreted to apply to a wide range of non-U.S. jurisdictions). Fifth, investors are prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring shares of our common stock that they own for a three-year period following the time of certain acquisitions of failed institutions by us without FDIC approval. The transfer restrictions in the FDIC Policy Statement do not apply to open-ended investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), issue redeemable securities and allow investors to redeem on demand. Sixth, investors may not employ complex and functionally opaque ownership structures to own a beneficial interest in our bank subsidiary. Seventh, investors may be required to provide information to the FDIC, such as with respect to the size of the capital fund or funds, their diversification, their return profiles, their marketing documents, their management teams, and their business models.

The FDIC Policy Statement applies to any of our stockholders who hold more than 5% of our total voting power.

 

38


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Any statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, predictions, forecasts, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance are not historical facts and may be forward-looking. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “anticipate,” “believes,” “can,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “predicts,” “potential,” “should,” “will,” “estimate,” “plans,” “projects,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expects,” “intends” and similar words or phrases. These statements are only predictions and involve estimates, known and unknown risks, assumptions and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those expressed in or contemplated by such forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are more fully described under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. The inclusion of such forward-looking statements should not be regarded as a representation by us, the selling stockholders, the underwriters or any other person that the results expressed in or contemplated by such forward-looking statements will be achieved. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, business strategy and growth prospects. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed in or contemplated by the forward looking statements, including, but not limited to:

 

   

ability to execute our business strategy;

 

   

changes in the regulatory environment, including changes in regulation that affect the fees that we charge;

 

   

economic, market, operational, liquidity, credit and interest rate risks associated with our business;

 

   

our ability to identify potential candidates for, and consummate, acquisitions of banking franchises on attractive terms, or at all;

 

   

our ability to integrate acquisitions and to achieve synergies, operating efficiencies and/or other expected benefits within expected time-frames, or at all, or within expected cost projections, and to preserve the goodwill of acquired banking franchises;

 

   

our ability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the composition of such growth;

 

   

business and economic conditions generally and in the financial services industry;

 

   

increased competition in the financial services industry, nationally, regionally or locally, resulting in, among other things, credit quality deterioration;

 

   

changes in the economy or supply-demand imbalances affecting local real estate values;

 

   

volatility and direction of market interest rates;

 

   

effects of any changes in trade and monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve;

 

   

governmental legislation and regulation, including changes in accounting regulation or standards;

 

   

failure of politicians to reach consensus on a bipartisan basis;

 

   

acts of war or terrorism, natural disasters such as tornadoes, flooding, hail storms and damaging winds, earthquakes, hurricanes or fires, or the effects of pandemic flu;

 

   

the timely development and acceptance of new products and services and perceived overall value of these products and services by users;

 

39


Table of Contents
   

changes in the Company’s management personnel;

 

   

continued consolidation in the financial services industry;

 

   

ability to maintain or increase market share;

 

   

implement and/or improve operational management and other internal risk controls and processes and our reporting system and procedures;

 

   

a weakening of the economy which could materially impact credit quality trends and the ability to generate loans;

 

   

the impact of current economic conditions and the Company’s results of operations on its ability to borrow additional funds to meet its liquidity needs;

 

   

fluctuations in face value of investment securities due to market conditions;

 

   

changes in fiscal, monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government, its agencies and government sponsored entities;

 

   

inability to receive dividends from our subsidiary bank(s) and to service debt and satisfy obligations as they become due;

 

   

costs and effects of legal and regulatory developments, including the resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other governmental inquiries, and the results of regulatory examinations or reviews;

 

   

changes in estimates of future loan reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements;

 

   

changes in capital classification;

 

   

impact of reputational risk on such matters as business generation and retention; and

 

   

the Company’s success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items.

All forward-looking statements are necessarily only estimates of future results, and there can be no assurance that actual results will not differ materially from those expressed in or contemplated by the particular forward-looking statement, and, therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. Any forward-looking statements as qualified in its entirety by reference to the matters discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or circumstances, except as required by applicable law.

 

40


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $        , or approximately $         if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us of this offering by $        , or $         if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses.

We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including the acquisition of depository institutions through traditional unassisted and FDIC-assisted bank acquisitions, as well as through selective acquisitions of banking franchises that are consistent with our growth strategy. We will temporarily invest any of the proceeds we do not use immediately upon receipt in short-term investment grade instruments, interest-bearing bank accounts, certificates of deposit, money market securities or U.S. government securities.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering by our selling stockholders.

 

41


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

From our inception date, we have not paid cash dividends to holders of our common stock. As a bank holding company, any dividends paid to us by our subsidiary financial institution are subject to various federal and state regulatory limitations and also subject to the ability of our bank subsidiary to pay dividends to us. Currently, Bank Midwest, our bank subsidiary, is prohibited by our OCC Operating Agreement from paying dividends to us until December 2013, and, therefore, any dividends to our common stockholders would have to be paid from funds legally available therefor at the holding company level. In addition, in the future we may enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements that restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends. Any determination to pay cash dividends in the future will be at the unilateral discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a variety of considerations, including, without limitation, our historical and projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, capital levels, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations, general economic conditions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

42


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2011 on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to our sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, as well as the statements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     At June 30, 2011  
     Actual      As Adjusted  
     (unaudited)  
     (dollars in thousands, except
share and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 810,280       $                

Long-term debt

     —        

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock $0.01 par value per share: 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and out-standing, actual; 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     —        

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock authorized, 45,623,384 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, actual,              shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, as adjusted; and 200,000,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock authorized, 6,062,896 shares of Class B non-voting common stock issued and outstanding, actual,              shares of Class B non-voting common stock issued and outstanding, as adjusted (1)

     520      

Additional Paid-in capital

     991,260      

Retained earnings

     10,275      

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     23,539      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,025,594      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

     1,025,594      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Based on 45,623,384 shares of Class A common stock and 6,062,896 shares of Class B non-voting common stock issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2011 and excludes an aggregate of up to                 shares of Class A common stock comprised of:

 

   

up to                 shares of Class A common stock which may be issued by us upon exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

1,299,168 shares of restricted Class A common stock issued but not yet vested under the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

   

830,700 shares of Class A common stock or Class B non-voting common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with an exercise price of $20.00 per share;

 

   

             shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding value appreciation instruments issued to the FDIC at a weighted average exercise price of $18.44 per share, assuming (1) the

 

43


Table of Contents
 

FDIC exercises its right to receive payment in full in shares of Class A common stock, and (2) an initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

2,620,832 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $20.00 per share, of which no shares were vested as of June 30, 2011; and

 

   

1,830,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (excluding the 2,620,832 issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as noted above).

 

44


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted by the amount by which the initial offering price per share paid by the purchasers of Class A common stock in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock following this offering. As of June 30, 2011, our net tangible book value was approximately $947.8 million, or $18.25 per share of common stock based on 51,936,280 shares of common stock issued and outstanding (including 45,623,384 shares of Class A common stock and 6,062,896 shares of Class B non-voting common stock). Net tangible book value per share equals total consolidated tangible assets minus total consolidated liabilities divided by the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and Class B non-voting common stock.

Our net tangible book value, as of June 30, 2011 would have been approximately $        , or $         per share of common stock based on             shares of common stock issued and outstanding (including shares of Class A common stock and             shares of Class B non-voting common stock), after giving effect to the sale by us of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us.

This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of $         per share to the new investors who purchase our Class A common stock in this offering. Sales of shares by our selling stockholders in this offering do not affect our net tangible book value.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2011

   $ 18.25      

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $                
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock would increase (decrease) our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2011 by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to new investors in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us. The number of shares offered by us in this offering may be increased or decreased from the number of shares on the cover page of this prospectus. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, together with a $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock, would increase (decrease) our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2011 by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to new investors in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share of $         per share, the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, together with a $1.00 decrease in the assumed public offering price of $         per share, would result in our net tangible book value, as of June 30, 2011, of approximately $         million, or $         per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

45


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full in this offering, our net tangible book value at June 30, 2011 would be $         million, or $         per share, representing an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of $         per share to the new investors who purchase our Class A common stock in this offering.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2011, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us for these shares and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by the new investors in this offering. The calculation below reflecting the effect of shares purchased by new investors is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the offering price range set forth in the cover of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
 
      

Number

   Percent       Amount        Percent       Per Share  

Existing stockholders

                           $                

New investors

                           $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100.0        100.0   $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The above discussion and tables include 45,623,384 shares of Class A common stock and 6,062,896 shares of Class B non-voting common stock issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2011, and exclude 1,299,168 shares of restricted Class A common stock issued but not yet vested under the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, 830,700 shares of Class A common stock or Class B non-voting common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants issued to certain investors (as described more fully under “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Warrants”),              shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding value appreciation instruments issued to the FDIC (as described more fully under the heading “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—FDIC Value Appreciation Instrument”) and 2,620,832 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $20.00 per share, of which no shares of common stock were vested as of June 30, 2011. To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all outstanding options had been exercised as of June 30, 2011, the net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $                 and total dilution per share to new investors would be $                .

 

46


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth summary selected historical financial information as of December 31, 2009 and for the period from June 16, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2009, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The summary selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below as of December 31, 2009 and for the period from June 16, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2009 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which we believe include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair presentation of our consolidated financial position at such date and results of operations for this period.

Although we were incorporated on June 16, 2009, we did not have any substantive operations prior to the Hillcrest Bank acquisition on October 22, 2010. Our results of operations for the post-Hillcrest Bank acquisition periods are not comparable to our results of operations for the pre-Hillcrest Bank acquisition periods. Our results of operations for the post-Hillcrest Bank acquisition periods reflect, among other things, the acquisition method of accounting. In addition, we consummated the Bank Midwest acquisition on December 10, 2010, the Bank of Choice acquisition on July 22, 2011 and the Community Banks of Colorado acquisition on October 21, 2011. The Bank Midwest, Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado acquisitions were significant acquisitions and were also accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

The summary unaudited selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, as well as the statements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for each of our acquisitions, and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     June 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010 (1)
     December 31,
2009 (1)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information (unaudited, $ in thousands):

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 810,280       $ 1,907,730       $ 1,099,288   

Investment securities

     2,018,293         1,272,395         —     

Loans receivable (2)

        

Covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

     586,898         703,573         —     

Not covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

     778,440         865,297         —     

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     4,957         48         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

     1,360,381         1,568,822         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FDIC indemnification asset

     155,454         161,395         —     

Other real estate owned

     71,500         54,078         —     

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     77,757         79,715         —     

Other assets

     102,191         61,386         565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     4,595,856         5,105,521         1,099,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits

     3,471,844         3,473,339         —     

Other liabilities

     98,418         638,423         2,357   

Total liabilities

     3,570,262         4,111,762         2,357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,025,594         993,759         1,097,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,595,856       $ 5,105,521       $ 1,099,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents
    For the
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2011
    For the
Twelve Months
Ended
December 31, 2010 (1)
    For the Period
June 16, 2009
through
December 31, 2009 (1)
 

Consolidated Income Statement Information (unaudited, in thousands, except for share and per share information):

     

Interest income

  $ 85,653      $ 21,422      $ 481   

Interest expense

    20,934        5,512        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    64,719        15,910        481   

Provision for loan losses

    12,686        88        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    52,033        15,822        481   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest income

    20,091        42,163        —     

Non-interest expense

    63,146        48,981        1,847   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    8,978        9,004        (1,366
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income before taxes

    3,220        2,953        168   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 5,758      $ 6,051      $ (1,534
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share Information (3):

     

Earnings (loss) per share, basic and diluted

  $ 0.11      $ 0.11      $ (0.07

Book value per share

  $ 19.75      $ 19.13      $ 18.90   

Tangible book value per share (4)

  $ 18.25      $ 17.60      $ 18.90   

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (5)

    51,936,280        53,000,454        21,251,006   

Common shares outstanding (5)

    51,936,280        51,936,280        58,068,304   
    As of and for
the six
months ended
June 30, 2011
    As of and for
the twelve
months ended
December 31, 2010 (1)
    As of and for
the period June 16,
2009 through
December 31, 2009 (1)
 

Other Information (unaudited):

     

Financial ratios

     

Return on average assets (6)(7)

    0.25     0.60     -0.33

Adjusted return on average assets (6)(7)

    0.50     1.72     -0.33

Return on average equity (6)

    1.15     0.61     -0.33

Adjusted return on average equity (6)(7)

    2.31     1.73     -0.33

Net income to risk weighted assets (6)

    0.84     0.46     NM   

Adjusted pre-provision pre-tax net revenue to risk weighted assets (6)(7)

    4.41     0.70     NM   

Interest earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities (end of period) (8)

    119.48     129.91     N/A   

Loans to deposits ratio (end of period) (2)

    39.33     45.17     N/A   

Non-interest bearing deposits to total deposits (end of period)

    10.11     10.36     N/A   

Yield on interest-earning assets (8)

    4.16     1.64     0.23

Cost of interest bearing liabilities (8)

    1.32     1.65     N/A   

Interest rate spread (9)

    2.84     -0.01     NM   

Net interest margin (10)

    3.14     1.22     N/A   

Non-interest expense to average assets (6)

    2.74     4.89     NM   

Adjusted non-interest expense to average assets (6)

    2.36     3.23     NM   

Efficiency Ratio (11)

    74.46     84.34     NM   

Adjusted efficiency ratio (6)(11)

    64.29     55.74     NM   

 

48


Table of Contents
    As of and for
the six
months ended
June 30, 2011
    As of and for
the twelve
months ended
December 31, 2010 (1)
    As of and for
the period June 16,
2009 through
December 31, 2009 (1)
 

Asset quality ratios (2)(12)(13)

     

Non-performing loans to total loans

    2.33     0.95     N/A   

Covered non-performing loans to total non-performing loans

    49.61     97.12     N/A   

Non-performing assets to total assets

    2.25     1.35     N/A   

Covered non-performing assets to total non-performing assets

    84.50     99.38     N/A   

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

    0.36     0.00     N/A   

Allowance for loan losses to total non-covered loans

    0.64     0.01     N/A   

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

    15.61     0.32     N/A   

Net charge-offs to average loans (6)

    1.08     0.01     N/A   

Consolidated capital ratios

     

Total Stockholders’ equity to total assets

    22.32     19.46     99.79

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (4)

    20.98     18.19     99.79

Tier 1 leverage

    20.50     17.88     N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital

    66.70     69.57     N/A   

Total risk-based capital

    66.07     69.57     N/A   

 

(1) The Company was incorporated on June 16, 2009, but neither the Company nor Bank Midwest, its bank subsidiary, had any substantive operations prior to the first acquisition on October 22, 2010. The period from June 16, 2009 to December 31, 2009 contained 200 days.
(2) Total loans are net of unearned discounts and deferred fees and costs.
(3) Per share information is calculated based on the aggregate number of our shares of Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock outstanding.
(4) Tangible book value per share and tangible common equity to tangible assets are non-GAAP financial measures. Tangible book value per share is computed as total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets, net, divided by common shares outstanding at the balance sheet date. For purposes of computing tangible common equity to tangible assets, tangible common equity is calculated as common stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets, net, and tangible assets is calculated as total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets, net. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are book value per share and total stockholders’ equity to total assets. See the reconciliation under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—About Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(5) On March 11, 2010, we repurchased 6,382,024 shares of our Class A common stock in response to the FDIC’s issued guidance in the FDIC Policy Statement. More information on the FDIC Policy Statement is described under “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.”
(6) Ratio is annualized for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and for the period from June 16, 2010 to December 31, 2010. See note 1 above.
(7) “Adjusted” calculations exclude stock-based compensation expense. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—About Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
(8) Interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2010 exclude investment securities that were purchased (and therefore included in investment securities balances) but not settled as of the balance sheet date.
(9) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield of interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(10) Net interest margin represents net interest income, including accretion income, as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

49


Table of Contents
(11) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense as a percent of net interest income plus non-interest income.
(12) Non-performing loans consist of non-accruing loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest and restructured loans, but exclude loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 in which the pool is still performing. These ratios may therefore not be comparable to similar ratios of our peers. For additional information on our treatment of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition.”
(13) Non-performing assets include non-performing loans and OREO.

 

 

50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and with the other financial and statistical data presented in this prospectus, as well as the statements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for each of our acquisitions. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause actual results to differ materially from management’s expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” and should be read herewith.

Readers are cautioned that meaningful comparability of current period financial information to prior periods is limited. Prior to the completion of the Hillcrest Bank acquisition on October 22, 2010, we had no banking operations and our activities were limited to corporate organization matters and due diligence. As a result, core operating results are limited to those of the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, the three months ended March 31, 2011, and a partial quarter during the three months ended December 31, 2010. Additionally, the comparability of data related to our acquisitions prior to the respective dates of acquisition is limited because, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value at their respective dates of acquisition and do not have a significant resemblance to the assets and liabilities of the predecessor banking franchises. The comparability of pre-acquisition data is compromised not only by the fair value accounting applied, but also by the FDIC loss-sharing agreements in place that cover a variable percentage of losses on a material portion of the losses incurred on certain assets acquired in the Hillcrest Bank acquisition. In the Bank Midwest acquisition, only specific, performing loans were chosen for acquisition. Moreover, we received a considerable amount of cash during the settlement of these acquisitions, we paid off borrowings, and we contributed significant capital to each banking franchise we acquired. All of these actions materially changed the balance sheet composition, liquidity, and capital structure of the acquired banking franchises. Additionally, we have completed two additional acquisitions subsequent to June 30, 2011, and, unless noted otherwise, this management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations excludes the impacts of those acquisitions. We believe that the impact of these acquisitions to our financial condition and results of operations is, and will continue to be, significant, and the absence of this information limits the comparability to prior or future periods and the usefulness of the discussion herein.

Overview

NBH Holdings Corp. is a bank holding company that was incorporated in the State of Delaware in June 2009. In October 2009, we raised approximately $1.1 billion through a private offering of our common stock. We are executing a strategy to create long-term stockholder value through the acquisition and operation of community banking franchises in our targeted markets. We believe these markets exhibit attractive demographic attributes, are home to a substantial number of troubled financial institutions and present favorable competitive dynamics, thereby offering long-term opportunities for growth. Our emphasis is on creating meaningful market share with strong revenues complemented by operational efficiencies that we believe will produce attractive risk-adjusted returns.

We believe we have a disciplined approach to acquisitions, both in terms of the selection of targets and the structuring of transactions, which has been exhibited by our four acquisitions to date. As of June 30, 2011, after giving effect to the Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado acquisitions on their respective acquisition dates, we had approximately $6.8 billion in assets, $5.4 billion in deposits and $1.1 billion in stockholders’ equity. We currently operate a network of 103 full-service banking centers, with the majority of those banking centers located in the greater Kansas City region and Colorado. We believe that our established presence positions us well for growth opportunities in our current and complementary markets.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our strategic plan is to become a leading regional bank holding company through selective acquisitions, including distressed and undercapitalized banking institutions that have stable core franchises and significant local market share, while structuring the transactions to limit risk. We plan to achieve this through the acquisition of banking franchises from the FDIC and through conservatively structured unassisted transactions. We seek acquisitions that offer opportunities for clear financial benefits through add-on transactions, long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions. Additionally, our acquisition strategy is to identify markets that are relatively unconsolidated, establish a meaningful presence within those markets, and take advantage of the operational efficiencies and enhanced market position. Our focus is on building strong banking relationships with small-and mid-sized businesses and consumers, while maintaining a low risk profile designed to generate reliable income streams and attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Through our acquisitions, we have established a solid core banking franchise with operations in the greater Kansas City region and in Colorado, with a sizable presence for deposit gathering and customer relationship building necessary for growth.

Operating Highlights and Key Challenges

Prior to completion of Hillcrest Bank acquisition on October 22, 2010, we had no banking operations and our activities were limited to corporate organization matters and acquisition due diligence. The three and six months ended June 30, 2011 mark our first two full quarters with banking operations and include the results of operations of Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest (two of our four acquisitions to date). These operations resulted in the following highlights as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2011:

Attractive risk profile.

 

   

As of June 30, 2011, 98% of our total loans (by dollar amount) were acquired loans and all of those loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition.

 

   

As of June 30, 2011, 43%, or $586.9 million, of our total loans (by dollar amount) were covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

Strong capital position.

 

   

As of June 30, 2011, our tier 1 leverage ratio was 20.5% and our tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 66.7%.

 

   

As of June 30, 2011, after giving effect to our acquisition of Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado in July and October of 2011, respectively, we had approximately $210 million of capital available to deploy.

Core-deposit funded balance sheet.

 

   

As of June 30, 2011, total deposits made up 97% of our total liabilities.

 

   

As of June 30, 2011, we did not have any brokered deposits.

Attractive risk-adjusted returns and revenue streams.

 

   

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, our pre-tax pre-provision net revenue was 4.61% and 4.41%, respectively, of total risk weighted assets (for reconciliation, see “—About Non-GAAP Financial Measures”).

 

   

For the three months ended June 30, 2011, the average annual yield on our loan portfolio was 7.88% per annum.

 

   

Cost of deposits declined 16 basis points during the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the first quarter of 2011 due to our emphasis on core deposits and our new consumer banking strategy that focuses on lower cost core deposits.

 

   

Adjusted non-interest expense to average assets of 2.44% and 2.36% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively.

 

52


Table of Contents

During the first quarter of 2011, we completed the deployment of much of the cash received in our acquisitions into our investment securities portfolio and, as a result, our investment portfolio as of June 30, 2011 comprised a larger portion of our balance sheet than our loan portfolio. We expect that continued steady resolution of troubled assets, coupled with loan payoffs, will offset loan originations in the near-term. As a result, we expect that our investment securities portfolio will continue to be one of the largest components of our balance sheet.

In the first two quarters of 2011, we worked actively to grow our banking franchise and implement consistent lending policies and a technology infrastructure designed to support our acquisition strategy, provide for future growth and achieve operational efficiencies. This included the implementation of a scalable data processing and operating platform and hiring key personnel to execute our relationship banking strategy.

Key Challenges

There are a number of significant challenges confronting us and our industry. Economic conditions remain guarded and increasing bank regulation is adding costs and uncertainty to all U.S. banks. We face a variety of challenges in implementing our business strategy, including being a new entity, hiring talented people, the challenges of acquiring distressed franchises and rebuilding them, deploying our remaining capital on quality targets, low interest rates and low demand from high quality borrowers.

Broad economic conditions, including those in our core markets, remain strained and both commercial and residential real estate values remain under pressure, which may lead to further elevated levels of non-performing assets and continued deterioration in credit quality, ultimately having a negative impact on the quality of our loan portfolio. Loan balances declined during the first half of 2011 due both to repayment and resolution of existing loans and limited organic loan growth that resulted from curtailed real estate activities and economic recession. Additionally, the historically low interest rate environment limits the yields we are able to obtain on interest earning assets, including both new assets acquired as we grow and assets that replace existing, higher yielding assets covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements as they are paid down or mature. For example, our acquired loans, particularly our covered loans, produce higher yields than our originated loans due to the recognition of accretion of interest rate adjustments and accretable yield. As a result, we expect the yields on our loans to decline as our acquired loan portfolio pays down and we expect downward pressure on our income to the extent that the runoff on our acquired loan portfolio is not replaced with comparable high-yielding loans.

Increased regulation, such as the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act and potential higher required capital ratios, could reduce our competitiveness as compared to other banks or lead to industry-wide decreases in profitability. While certain external factors are out of our control and may provide obstacles during the implementation of our business strategy, we believe we are prepared to deal with these challenges. We remain flexible, yet methodical, in our strategic decision making so that we can quickly respond to market changes and the inherent challenges and opportunities that accompany such changes.

Performance Overview

As a financial institution, we routinely evaluate and review our consolidated statements of financial condition and results of operations. We evaluate the levels, trends and mix of the statements of financial condition and statement of operations line items and compare those levels to our budgeted expectations, our peers, industry averages and trends. Due to our short operating history, comparisons to our prior historical performance are limited, but are used to the extent available.

Within our statements of financial condition, we specifically evaluate and manage the following:

Loan balances —We monitor our loan levels to evaluate loan originations, payoffs, and profitability. We forecast loan originations and payoffs within the overall loan portfolio, and we work to resolve problem loans

 

53


Table of Contents

and OREO in an expeditious manner. We track the runoff of our covered assets as well as the loan relationships that we have identified as “non-core” and put particular emphasis on the buildup of core relationships.

Asset quality —We monitor the asset quality of our loans and OREO through a variety of metrics, and we work to resolve problem assets in an efficient manner. Specifically, we monitor the resolution of problem loans through payoffs, pay downs and foreclosure activity. We marked all of our acquired assets to fair value at the date of acquisition, taking into account our estimation of credit quality. Additionally, the majority of the loans and all of the OREO acquired in the Hillcrest Bank acquisition are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. Therefore, our evaluation of traditional credit quality metrics and the allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) levels, especially when compared to industry averages or to other financial institutions, takes into account the fact that any credit quality deterioration that existed at the date of acquisition was considered in the original valuation of those assets on our balance sheet.

Many of the loans that we acquired in the Hillcrest Bank acquisition showed signs of credit quality deterioration at the date of acquisition. These loans are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. As described more fully below under “—Application of Critical Accounting Policies” and in note 2 in our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010, these loans may be considered performing, even though they may be contractually past due, if collection of the carrying value of such loans in our balance sheet is expected.

Deposit balances —We monitor our deposit levels by type, market and rate. Our loans are funded primarily through our deposit base, and we seek to optimize our deposit mix in order to provide a reliable, low-cost funding source.

Liquidity —We monitor liquidity based on policy limits and through projections of sources and uses of cash. In order to test the adequacy of our liquidity, we routinely perform various liquidity stress test scenarios that incorporate wholesale funding maturities, if any, certain deposit run-off rates and committed line of credit draws. We manage our liquidity primarily through our balance sheet mix and the interest rates that we offer on our loan and deposit products, coupled with contingency funding plans as necessary.

Capital —We monitor our capital levels, including evaluating the effects of potential acquisitions, to ensure continued compliance with regulatory requirements and with the operating agreements that we have with our regulators, which are described under “Supervision and Regulation”. We review our tier 1 leverage capital ratios, our tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and our total risk-based capital ratios on a quarterly basis.

Within our consolidated results of operations, we specifically evaluate the following:

Net interest income —Net interest income represents the amount by which interest income on interest-earning assets exceeds interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. We generate interest income through interest and dividends on investment securities and interest-bearing bank deposits and loans. Our acquired loans produce higher yields than our originated loans due to the recognition of accretion of fair value adjustments and accretable yield, as is more fully described under “—Application of Critical Accounting Policies.” As a result, we expect downward pressure on our interest income to the extent that the runoff of our acquired loan portfolio is not replaced with comparable high-yielding loans. We incur interest expense on our interest-bearing deposits and repurchase agreements and future borrowings, including any debt assumed in acquisitions. We strive to maximize our interest income by acquiring and originating high-yielding loans and investing excess cash in investment securities. Furthermore, we seek to minimize our interest expense through low-cost funding sources, thereby maximizing our net interest income.

Provision for loan losses —The provision for loan losses includes the amount of expense that is required to maintain ALL at an adequate level to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Additionally, we incur a provision for loan losses on loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 as a

 

54


Table of Contents

result of a decrease in the net present value of the expected cash flows during the periodic remeasurement of the cash flows associated with these loans. The determination of the amount of the provision for loan losses and the related ALL is complex and involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity to maintain a level of ALL that is considered by management to be appropriate under GAAP.

Non-interest income —Non-interest income consists primarily of service charges, bank card fees, gains on sales of investment securities, and other non-interest income. Also included in non-interest income is FDIC loss-sharing income, which consists of accretion on our FDIC indemnification asset and reimbursement of costs related to the resolution of covered assets, offset by amortization on our clawback liability. For additional information on our clawback liability, see note 3 in our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements and note 2 in our annual audited consolidated financial statements. Due to fluctuations in the accretion rates on the FDIC indemnification asset and the amortization of clawback liability and due to varying levels of expenses related to the resolution of covered assets, the FDIC loss-sharing income is not consistent on a period-to-period basis, but is expected to decline over time as covered assets are resolved.

Non-interest expense —The primary components of our non-interest expense are salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, professional fees and data processing and telecommunications. Any expenses related to the resolution of covered assets are also included in non-interest expense. These expenses are dependent on individual resolution circumstances and, as a result, are not consistent from period to period. We expect these expenses to decline over time as covered assets are resolved. We seek to manage our non-interest expense in order to maximize efficiencies.

Net income —We utilize traditional industry return ratios such as return on average assets, return on average equity and return on risk-weighted assets to measure and assess our returns in relation to our balance sheet profile.

 

55


Table of Contents

In evaluating the financial statement line items described above, we evaluate and manage our performance based on key earnings indicators, balance sheet ratios, asset quality metrics and regulatory capital ratios, among others. The table below presents some of the primary performance indicators that we use to analyze our business on a regular basis for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and March 31, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

 

Key Ratios

   As of and for the
six months ended
June 30, 2011
    As of and for the
three months ended
June 30, 2011
    As of and for the
three months ended
March 31, 2011
 

Return on average assets (1)

     0.25     0.15     0.35

Adjusted return on average assets (1)(2)

     0.50     0.40     0.60

Return on average equity (1)

     1.15     0.67     1.66

Adjusted return on average equity (1)(2)

     2.31     1.82     2.83

Net income to risk weighted assets (1)

     0.84     0.49     1.16

Adjusted pre-provision pre-tax net revenue to risk weighted assets (1)(2)

     4.41     4.61     4.09

Interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities (end of period)

     119.48     119.48     123.66

Loans to deposits ratio (end of period)

     39.33     39.33     41.20

Non-interest bearing deposits to total deposits (end of period)

     10.11     10.11     8.94

Yield on interest-earning assets (1)

     4.16     4.28     3.99

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities (1)

     1.32     1.23     1.37

Interest rate spread (1)(3)

     2.84     3.05     2.62

Net interest margin (1)(4)

     3.14     3.33     2.92

Non-interest expense to average assets (1)

     2.74     2.82     2.66

Adjusted non-interest expense to average assets (1)(2)

     2.36     2.44     2.29

Efficiency ratio (1)(5)

     74.46     73.54     75.44

Adjusted efficiency ratio (1)(2)(5)

     64.29     63.69     64.93

Asset Quality Ratios (6)(7)(8)

      

Non-performing loans to total loans

     2.33     2.33     2.53

Covered non-performing loans to total non-performing loans

     49.61     49.61     42.83

Non-performing assets to total assets

     2.25     2.25     1.81

Covered non-performing assets to total non-performing assets

     84.50     84.50     77.74

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     0.36     0.36     0.18

Allowance for loan losses to total non-covered loans

     0.64     0.64     0.31

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     15.61     15.61     6.96

Net charge-offs to average loans

     1.08     1.82     0.38

Consolidated Capital Ratios

      

Total Stockholders' equity to total assets

     22.32     22.32     21.66

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (9)

     20.98     20.98     20.29

Tier 1 leverage capital ratio

     20.50     20.50     19.84

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     66.70     66.70     64.47

Total risk-based capital ratio

     67.07     67.07     64.67

 

(1) Ratio is annualized.

 

(2) “Adjusted” calculations exclude stock-based compensation expense. See "—About Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below.

 

56


Table of Contents
(3) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield of interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income, including accretion income, as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

(5) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense as a percent of net interest income plus non-interest income.

 

(6) Non-performing loans consist of non-accruing loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest and restructured loans, but exclude loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 in which the pool is still performing. These ratios may therefore not be comparable to similar ratios of our peers. For additional information on our treatment of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, see “—Financial Condition—Non-Performing Assets.”

 

(7) Non-performing assets include non-performing loans and OREO.

 

(8) Total loans are net of unearned discounts and deferred fees and costs.

 

(9) Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP financial measure. For purposes of computing tangible common equity to tangible assets, tangible common equity is calculated as common stockholders' equity less goodwill and other intangible assets, net, and tangible assets is calculated as total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets, net. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total stockholders' equity to total assets. See the reconciliation under “—About Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

About Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Certain of the financial measures and ratios we present in this prospectus, including “tangible common equity,” “tangible book value,” “adjusted return on average assets,” “adjusted return on average equity,” “adjusted non-interest expense to average assets,” “adjusted efficiency ratio” and “adjusted pre-provision pre-tax net revenue to risk weighted assets” are supplemental measures that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or “non-GAAP financial measures.” We consider the use of select non-GAAP financial measures and ratios to be useful for financial and operational decision making and are useful in evaluating period-to-period comparisons. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our performance by excluding certain expenditures or assets that we believe are not indicative of our core business operating results. We believe that management and investors benefit from referring to these non-GAAP financial measures in assessing our core performance and when planning, forecasting, analyzing and comparing past, present and future periods.

In our “adjusted” non-GAAP financial measures, we adjust for the expense related to stock-based compensation. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, this expense totaled $4.3 million and $8.6 million, respectively. We believe that it is appropriate to adjust for this because this expense does not fluctuate in the same manner, or for the same reasons, as do our other operating expenses or the comparable expenses of our peers.

In connection with the formation of the Company, all members of the Board of Directors and executive management and other select members of management were granted equity awards that contain a variety of vesting requirements over the course of the next several years. These initial grants were related to the start-up of the Company, and we do not expect grants of such large quantities to be granted at any single time in the near future. As a result, once the vesting requirements of these awards have been satisfied, we expect that the related compensation expense will decrease substantially.

Additionally, the valuation methodologies employed in determining the expense associated with stock-based compensation vary widely, as do the award types and the subjective assumptions used in those valuation methodologies. As a result, these differences in practice can have a material impact on our financial performance

 

57


Table of Contents

and that of our peers, and we believe that excluding stock-based compensation from select financial measures provides greater transparency to management and investors and allows for meaningful comparisons between our core performance over different periods and the performance of our peers.

Additionally, we refer to “tangible book value” and “tangible book value per share,” both of which are considered non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that both of these measures provide useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP.

Our non-GAAP financial measures have a number of limitations relative to GAAP financial measures. First, certain non-GAAP financial measures exclude provisions for loan losses and/or stock-based compensation expense, both of which have been significant expenses for us. We expect that stock-based compensation expense will decrease starting in 2012; however, we do anticipate that it will continue to be a significant recurring expense for us. Second, stock-based compensation is an important part of our employee compensation and it impacts our performance. Also, the expense items that we exclude in our adjustments are not necessarily consistent with the items that our peers may exclude from their results of operations and key financial measures and therefore may limit the comparability of similarly named financial measures and ratios. We compensate for these limitations by providing the equivalent GAAP measures whenever we present the non-GAAP financial measures and by including the following reconciliation of the impact of the components adjusted for in the non-GAAP financial measure so that both measures and the individual components may be considered when analyzing our performance.

 

58


Table of Contents

Below is a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures:

 

     As of and for the
six months ended
June 30, 2011
    As of and for the
three months ended
June 30, 2011
    As of and for the
three months
ended March 31,
2011
    As of and for the
twelve months ended
December 31, 2010
 

Return on average assets

     0.25     0.15     0.35     0.60%   

Add: Impact of stock-based compensation, adjusted for tax effect

     0.25     0.25     0.25     1.11%   

Adjusted return on average assets

     0.50     0.40     0.59     1.72%   

Return on average equity

     1.15     0.67     1.66     0.61%   

Add: Impact of stock-based compensation, adjusted for tax effect

     1.16     1.15     1.17     0.01        

Adjusted return on average equity

     2.31     1.82     2.83     1.73%   

Net income to risk weighted assets

     0.84     0.49     1.16     0.46%   

Add: Impact of provision

     1.85     2.54     1.11     0.01%   

Add: Impact of income taxes

     0.47     0.33     0.59     0.23%   

Add: Impact of stock-based compensation

     1.25     1.25     1.23     1.27%   

Adjusted pre-provision pre-tax net revenue (annualized) to risk weighted assets

     4.41     4.61     4.09     1.97%   

Non-interest expense to average assets

     2.74     2.82     2.66     4.89%   

Less: Impact of stock-based compensation

     -0.37     -0.38     -0.37  

Adjusted non-interest expense to average assets

     2.36     2.44     2.29     4.89%   

Efficiency ratio

     74.46     73.54     75.44     84.34%   

Less: Impact of stock-based compensation

     -10.17     -9.85     -10.51  

Adjusted efficiency ratio

     64.29     63.69     64.93     84.34%   
     June 30, 2011     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009        

Book value calculations: (in thousands, except share and per share data)

        

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,025,594      $ 993,759      $ 1,097,496     

Less: Goodwill and intangible assets

     77,757        79,715        —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Tangible book value

   $ 947,837      $ 914,044      $ 1,097,496     

Common shares issued and outstanding

     51,936,280        51,936,280        58,318,304     

Tangible book value per share

   $ 18.25      $ 17.60      $ 18.82     

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

We use accounting principles and methods that conform to GAAP and general banking practices. We are required to apply significant judgment and make material estimates in the preparation of our financial statements and with regard to various accounting, reporting and disclosure matters. Assumptions and estimates are required to apply these principles where actual measurement is not possible or practical. The most significant of these estimates relate to the fair value determination of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business

 

59


Table of Contents

combinations and the application of acquisition accounting, the accounting for acquired loans and the related FDIC indemnification asset, the determination of the ALL, and the valuation of share-based compensation. These critical accounting policies and estimates are summarized below, and are further analyzed with other significant accounting policies in the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Acquisition Accounting Application and the Valuation of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC Topic 805 Business Combinations . Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured and recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, including any identifiable intangible assets. The initial fair values are determined in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . If the fair value of net assets acquired exceeds the fair value of consideration paid, a bargain purchase gain is recognized at the date of acquisition. Conversely, if the consideration paid exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired, goodwill is recognized at the acquisition date. The determination of fair value requires the use of estimates and significant judgment is required. Fair values are subject to refinement after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. Any change in the acquisition date fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed may materially affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Accounting for Acquired Loans and the Related FDIC Indemnification Asset

The loan portfolio is segregated into covered loans, which consist of loans acquired in the Hillcrest Bank transaction that are covered by FDIC loss-sharing agreements, and non-covered loans, which consist of originated and acquired loans that are not covered by loss-sharing agreements. The loan portfolio is segregated into these two categories due to their significantly different risk characteristics and due to the financial statement implications, which are summarized below. When necessary, we further segregate our loan portfolio into loans that are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, and those that are excluded from this accounting guidance.

The estimated fair values of acquired loans were based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered various factors, including the type of loan or pool of loans with similar characteristics, and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, maturity and any prepayment terms of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and a discount rate reflecting our assessment of risk inherent in the cash flow estimates. The determination of the fair value of loans, including covered loans, takes into account credit quality deterioration and probability of loss, and as a result, the related allowance for loan losses is not carried forward.

Certain loans that were acquired with deteriorated credit quality at the time of acquisition are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 310-30. These loans are grouped based on purpose and/or type of loan, which takes into account the sources of repayment and collateral, and are treated as pools. When loans exhibit evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that we will not collect all principal and interest payments in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement, the expected shortfall in the net present value of expected future cash flows, as compared to the contractual amount due, is recognized as a non-accretable discount. Any excess of the net present value of expected future cash flows over the acquisition date fair value is known as the accretable discount, or accretable yield, and through accretion, is recognized as interest income over the remaining life of each pool. Loans that meet the criteria for non-accrual of interest at the time of acquisition may be considered performing upon and subsequent to acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if the timing and expected cash flows on such loans can be reasonably estimated and if collection of the new carrying value of such loans is expected.

The expected future cash flows over the acquisition date fair value is periodically re-estimated utilizing the same cash flow methodology used at the time of acquisition and subsequent decreases to the expected future cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses charge to our consolidated statements of operations.

 

60


Table of Contents

Conversely, subsequent increases in the expected future cash flows result in a transfer from the non-accretable discount to the accretable yield, which is then accreted as a yield adjustment over the remaining life of the pool. These cash flow estimations are inherently subjective as they require material estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.

Loans outside the scope of ASC Topic 310-30 are accounted for under ASC Topic 310, Receivables . Discounts created when the loans were recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition are accreted over the remaining life of the loan as an adjustment to the related loan’s yield. Similar to uncovered and originated loans, the accrual of interest income on the covered loans that did not have deteriorated credit quality at the time of acquisition is discontinued when the collection of principal or interest, in whole or in part, is doubtful. Interest is not accrued on loans 90 days or more past due unless they are well secured and in the process of collection.

The fair value of covered loans and OREO does not include the estimated fair value of the expected reimbursement of cash flows from the FDIC for the losses on the covered loans and OREO, as those cash flows are measured and recorded separately in the FDIC indemnification asset, which represents the estimated fair value of expected reimbursements from the FDIC for expected losses on covered assets, subject to the loss thresholds and any contractual limitations in the loss-sharing agreements. Fair value is estimated using the net present value of projected cash flows related to the loss sharing agreements based on the expected reimbursements for losses and the applicable loss sharing percentages. These cash flows are discounted to reflect the uncertainty of the timing of the loss sharing reimbursement from the FDIC and the discount is accreted to income in connection with the expected speed of reimbursements. This accretion is included in FDIC loss sharing income in the consolidated statements of operations. The expected indemnification asset cash flows are re-estimated in conjunction with the periodic reestimation of cash flows on covered loans and covered OREO. Improvements in cash flow expectations on covered loans and covered OREO generally result in a related decline in the expected indemnification cash flows and are reflected prospectively as a yield adjustment on the indemnification asset. Declines in cash flow expectations on covered loans and covered OREO generally result in an increase in the net present value of the expected indemnification cash flows and are reflected as both FDIC loss sharing income and an increase to the indemnification asset. As indemnified assets are resolved, the indemnification asset is reduced by the amount owed by the FDIC and a corresponding claim receivable is recorded until cash is received from the FDIC.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The determination of ALL, which represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio at the balance sheet date, including acquired and covered loans to the extent necessary, involves a high degree of judgment and complexity. The determination of the ALL takes into consideration, among other matters, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, economic conditions, particularly as such conditions relate to the market areas in which we operate, historical net loan losses and other factors that warrant recognition. Any change in these factors, or the rise of any other factors that we, or our regulators, may deem necessary to consider when estimating the ALL, may materially affect the ALL and provisions for loan losses. For further discussion of the ALL, see “—Financial Condition—Asset Quality” and “—Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses” sections of this analysis and note 7 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.

Share-based Compensation

We utilize a Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the expense associated with stock option awards and a Monte Carlo simulation model to measure the expense associated with market-vesting portions of restricted shares. These models require inputs of highly subjective assumptions with regard to expected stock price volatility, forfeiture and dividend rates and option life. These subjective input assumptions materially affect the fair value estimates and the associated stock-based compensation expense.

 

61


Table of Contents

One of the key inputs to the Black-Scholes option pricing model is expected volatility. As a private entity, volatility was estimated using the calculated value method, whereby the expected volatility was calculated based on 16 comparable companies that were publicly traded. Upon becoming a public entity, the Company will be subject to a change in accounting policy under the provisions of ASC 718 Compensation-Stock Compensation , whereby expected volatility of grants, modifications, repurchases or cancellations that occur subsequent to the company becoming a public entity will be calculated based on the Company’s own stock price volatility. Grants of stock-based awards that existed prior to the Company becoming a public entity will not be re-measured under the public-company provisions unless those grants are subsequently modified, repurchased, or cancelled. This change in accounting policy may have a material effect on the valuation of future grants of stock-based compensation. See note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information on stock-based compensation.

Acquisition Activity

An integral component of our growth strategy has been to capitalize on market opportunities and acquire banking franchises. We considered numerous factors and evaluated various geographic areas when we were assessing potential acquisition targets. Our primary focus was on markets that we believe are characterized by: (i) attractive demographics with household income and population growth above the national average; (ii) concentration of business activity; (iii) high quality deposit bases; (iv) an advantageous competitive landscape that provides opportunity to achieve meaningful market presence; (v) a significant number of troubled banking institutions; (vi) lack of consolidation in the banking sector and corresponding opportunities for add-on transactions; and (vii) markets sizeable enough to support our long-term growth objectives. We structured our business strategy around these criteria because we believed they would provide the best long-term opportunities for growth.

With these criteria in mind, and consistent with our growth strategy, we completed two acquisitions during the fourth quarter of 2010 that established a foundation to build upon in the future. Through the acquisitions of Bank Midwest and Hillcrest Bank, we have formed the sixth largest depository institution in the Kansas City MSA with a 5.2% deposit market share as of June 30, 2011, according to SNL Financial. Through our acquisition of Hillcrest Bank from the FDIC, we acquired and now operate 9 full-service banking centers, along with 32 retirement center locations, which are predominantly in the greater Kansas City region, but also include one full-service banking center and six retirement centers in Colorado and two full-service banking centers and six retirement centers in Texas. We acquired approximately $1.3 billion in assets and approximately $1.2 billion in non-brokered deposits with a loss-sharing agreement that covers losses incurred on commercial loans, single family residential loans and OREO, and the FDIC made a cash contribution of approximately $183 million to us as part of the transaction. Through our Bank Midwest transaction, we acquired approximately $1.4 billion in assets and approximately $1.2 billion in non-brokered deposits, and acquired cash and now operate 39 full-service banking centers throughout Missouri and eastern Kansas.

In July, 2011, we expanded our footprint with the acquisition of the Bank of Choice. The acquisition of the Bank of Choice added 16 full-service banking centers in Colorado, including banking centers along the fast-growing Front Range of the Rocky Mountains. We acquired $952.2 million in assets and assumed $760.2 million of non-brokered deposits from Bank of Choice at a $171.7 million asset discount in a no loss-sharing structure from the FDIC. We believe this acquisition provided a significant presence in an attractive market with several potential add-on opportunities.

In October, 2011, we broadened our Colorado presence with the acquisition of the Community Banks of Colorado from the FDIC. Through this acquisition, we added 35 full-service banking centers in Colorado and 4 full-service banking centers in California, along with selected assets and selected liabilities of the former Community Banks of Colorado. We acquired approximately $1.2 billion in assets and approximately $1.2 billion in deposits from the Community Banks of Colorado at a discount of approximately $98 million with a loss sharing agreement that covers losses incurred on commercial loans and commercial OREO.

 

62


Table of Contents

This acquisition, along with our Bank of Choice acquisition and our existing Colorado locations, provides us with 52 full service banking centers and 6 retirement centers in that state, ranking as the sixth largest depository institution in Colorado with a 2.2% deposit market share as of June 30, 2011, according to SNL Financial.

All of our acquisitions were accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, and accordingly, all assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. We recognized pre-tax gains on bargain purchases of $37.8 million and $63.2 million in our acquisitions of Hillcrest Bank and the Bank of Choice, respectively. The gains represent the amount by which the acquisition-date fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired exceeded the fair value of the consideration paid. Our Bank Midwest transaction resulted in $21.7 million of core deposit intangible assets and the consideration paid exceeded the fair value of all net assets acquired and, as a result, we recognized $52.4 million of goodwill at the date of acquisition. While we are still determining the initial fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Community Banks of Colorado acquisition, we expect that the Community Banks of Colorado acquisition will result in approximately $4.9 million of core deposit intangible assets and approximately $24.9 million of goodwill. Major categories of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their recorded fair value as of their respective acquisition dates, as well as any applicable gain recorded on each transaction, are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

     Community Banks
of Colorado*
     Bank of Choice      Bank Midwest      Hillcrest Bank  

Assets Acquired:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 250,160       $ 402,005       $ 1,369,737       $ 134,001   

Investment securities, available for sale

     11,360         134,369         55,360         235,255   

Non-marketable investment securities

     2,753         9,840         400         4,042   

Loans

     725,349         363,931         882,615         781,342   

FDIC indemnification asset

     149,527         —           —           159,706   

Goodwill

     24,892         —           52,442         —     

Core deposit intangible assets

     4,888         5,190         21,650         5,760   

Other real estate owned

     28,425         34,335         —           51,977   

Premises and equipment

     —           21         36,224         157   

Accrued interest receivable

     3,561         1,989         4,458         3,816   

Other assets

     18,042         507         3,520         689   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,218,957       $ 952,187       $ 2,426,406       $ 1,376,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

           

Deposits

   $ 1,185,731       $ 760,227       $ 2,385,897       $ 1,234,013   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     16,546         117,148         —           83,894   

Due to FDIC

     —           2,526         —           12,200   

Accrued interest payable

     9,810         752         11,089         7,279   

Other liabilities

     6,870         8,330         29,420         1,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 1,218,957       $ 888,983       $ 2,426,406       $ 1,338,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gain on bargain purchase (before tax)

   $ —         $ 63,204       $ —         $ 37,778   

 

* Community Banks of Colorado and Bank of Choice were acquired on October 21, 2011 and July 22, 2011, respectively, and amounts shown are estimated fair value amounts that are subject to refinement until initial fair values can be determined.

In accordance with the application of the acquisition method of accounting, the fair value discounts on loans are being accreted over the lives of the loans as an adjustment to yield, with the exception of any non-accretable discount, as is described in our application of critical accounting policies. Additionally, 99.6% of the loans and all of the OREO acquired in the Hillcrest Bank transaction are covered by FDIC loss-sharing agreements, and the majority of the commercial loans and commercial OREO in the Community Banks of Colorado transaction are

 

63


Table of Contents

covered by loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC, whereby we are to be reimbursed by the FDIC for a portion of the losses incurred as a result of the resolution and disposition of these problem assets. Both the application of the acquisition method of accounting and the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC are discussed in more detail below and in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements.

We are integrating and consolidating our acquisitions and have invested in our infrastructure and technology through the implementation of an efficient, industry-leading, scalable platform that we believe supports our risk management activities and our potential for significant future growth and new product offerings. We have centralized our operational functions in Kansas City, which has desirable cost and labor market characteristics. We have built enterprise-wide finance and risk management capabilities that we expect will afford efficiencies as we grow. We intend to continue our growth organically and through acquisitions, and in addition to broadening our greater Kansas City and Colorado footprints, we may also consider acquisitions in additional complementary markets through either FDIC-assisted or conservatively structured unassisted transactions to capitalize on market opportunities.

Financial Condition

Total assets at June 30, 2011 were $4.6 billion compared to $5.1 billion at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $509.7 million. The decrease was primarily due to the cash settlement of $564.1 million of pending investment security transactions during the first quarter that were outstanding at December 31, 2010 as the Company invested a significant portion of the cash that was received in the Bank Midwest transaction. Accounting guidance requires that the pending investment securities be recorded on the statement of financial condition in the investment securities line with a corresponding liability until the trades are settled. This resulted in a grossed-up balance sheet at December 31, 2010 as the cash settlement of $564.1 million of investment securities did not occur until January 2011. Other notable changes from December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2011 included an increase in investment securities of $745.9 million due to the further deployment of available cash, and a $203.5 million decrease in loans (including covered loans). Covered loans decreased $116.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011 as we worked out or foreclosed on troubled loans acquired in the Hillcrest Bank transaction, coupled with scheduled loan payoffs as a result of the relatively short-term maturity schedule of these loans. Non-covered loans decreased $86.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011 as payoffs and paydowns exceeded originations. Total deposits were stable, and the Company was successful in migrating approximately $156.7 million of time deposits to savings and money market deposits and demand deposits resulting in a lower cost of deposits.

 

64


Table of Contents

Investment Securities

As of June 30, 2011, the investment securities portfolio was comprised of securities available for sale. Total investment securities were $2.0 billion at June 30, 2011, compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010, an increase of $0.7 billion, or 59%. This increase was primarily due to the investment of the cash received in the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions into the investment securities portfolio. Our investment securities portfolio is summarized as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Percent of
Portfolio
    Weighted
Average Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Percent of
Portfolio
    Weighted
Average Yield
 

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 300      $ 300        0.01     0.28   $ 42,544      $ 42,548        3.34     0.30

U.S. Government sponsored agency obligations

    —          —          0.00     0.00     500        500        0.04     0.26

Other residential collateralized mortgage obligations

    680,270        691,173        34.25     3.02     178,098        176,425        13.87     3.00

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

    1,282,080        1,309,601        64.89     3.41     1,023,812        1,034,703        81.32     3.40

Other securities

    419        419        0.02     0.00     419        419        0.03     0.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total investment securities available for sale

    1,963,069        2,001,493        99.17     3.24     1,245,373        1,254,595        98.60     3.20

Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB stock

    16,800        16,800        0.83     6.05     17,800        17,800        1.40     5.40
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total investment securities

  $ 1,979,869      $ 2,018,293        100.00     3.27   $ 1,263,173      $ 1,272,395        100.00     3.23
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

Substantially the entire investment portfolio is backed by mortgages. The collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”) portfolio is comprised of securities backed by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”).

The residential mortgage pass through securities (“MBS”) portfolio is comprised of both fixed rate and adjustable rate FHLMC and the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) securities. Adjustable rate securities comprise 16.8% of the MBS portfolio and 15 year fixed rate securities with a coupon of either 3.00% or 3.50% comprise the balance of the MBS portfolio.

At June 30, 2011, the fair value of the available for sale securities portfolio was $2.0 billion and included $23.5 million of net unrealized gains, net of tax. We do not believe that any of the securities with unrealized losses at June 30, 2011 or December 31, 2010 were other-than-temporarily-impaired.

 

65


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the contractual maturities of our available for sale investment portfolio (in thousands):

 

     Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 300       $ 300   

Due after one year through five year

     —           —     

Due after five years through ten years

     24,826         24,810   

Due after ten years

     1,937,524         1,975,964   

Other securities

     419         419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,963,069       $ 2,001,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated weighted average life of the CMO and MBS portfolio as of June 30, 2011 was 4.57 years. This estimate is based on various assumptions, including prepayment speeds, and actual results may differ. The U.S. Treasury securities have contractual maturities of less than one year and our other securities have no contractual maturity.

At June 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, we held $16.8 million of Federal Reserve Bank stock and at December 31, 2010 we also held $1.0 million of Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock. We hold these securities in accordance with debt and regulatory requirements. These are restricted securities which lack a market and are therefore carried at cost.

Loans- Overview

Our loan portfolio at June 30, 2011 was comprised primarily of loans that were acquired in connection with the acquisitions of Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest in the fourth quarter of 2010. The majority of the loans acquired in the Hillcrest Bank transaction are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, and we present covered loans separately from non-covered loans due to the FDIC loss sharing agreements and unique risk–mitigation attributes associated with these loans.

As discussed in note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements, in accordance with applicable accounting guidance, all acquired loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and an allowance for loan losses is not carried over with the loans but, rather, the fair value of the loans encompasses both credit quality and market considerations. Loans that exhibit signs of credit deterioration at the date of acquisition are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality . A significant portion of the loans acquired in the Hillcrest Bank transaction had deteriorated credit quality and are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30. In our Bank Midwest transaction, we did not acquire all of the loans of the former Bank Midwest but, rather, selected certain loans based upon specific criteria of performance, adequacy of collateral, and loan type that were performing at the time of acquisition. As a result, none of the loans acquired in the Bank Midwest transaction are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30.

Consistent with differences in the risk elements and accounting, the loan portfolio is presented in two categories: (i) loans covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements, or “covered loans,” and (ii) loans that are not covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements, or “non-covered loans.”

 

66


Table of Contents

Covered loans comprised 43.0% of the total loan portfolio at June 30, 2011, compared to 44.8% at December 31, 2010. The table below shows the loan portfolio composition and the amounts of covered loans that showed signs of deteriorated credit quality at the date of acquisition, and therefore, are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 310-30 (dollars in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Covered loans      Non-covered
loans
     Total loans      % of Total  
     ASC 310-30      Non-ASC 310-30           

Commercial

   $ 59,251       $ 41,218       $ 106,296       $ 206,765         15.1

Commercial real estate

     461,976         11,983         308,976         782,935         57.3

Agriculture

     —           —           53,820         53,821         3.9

Residential real estate

     10,269         2,201         281,758         294,228         21.5

Consumer

     —           —           27,590         27,590         2.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 531,496       $ 55,402       $ 778,440       $ 1,365,338         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Covered loans      Non-covered
loans
     Total loans      % of Total  
     ASC 310-30      Non-ASC 310-30           

Commercial

   $ 74,783       $ 53,650       $ 127,570       $ 256,003         16.3

Commercial real estate

     548,097         13,515         365,932         927,544         59.1

Agriculture

     —           —           61,278         61,278         3.9

Residential real estate

     11,540         1,988         282,381         295,909         18.9

Consumer

     —           —           28,136         28,136         1.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 634,420       $ 69,153       $ 865,297       $ 1,568,870         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial loans consist of loans made to finance business operations and secured by inventory or other business-related collateral such as accounts receivable or equipment. Commercial real estate loans include loans on 1-4 family construction properties, commercial properties such as office buildings, shopping centers, or free standing commercial properties, multi-family properties and raw land development loans. Agriculture loans include loans on farm equipment and farmland loans. Residential real estate loans include 1-4 family closed and open end loans, in both senior and junior collateral positions (both owner occupied and non-owner occupied). Consumer loans include both secured and unsecured loans to retail clients and overdrafts.

Our loan origination strategy involves lending primarily to customers within our markets; however, our acquired loans are to customers in various geographies. The table below shows the geographic breakout of our loan portfolio, based on the domicile of the borrower or, in the case of collateral-dependent loans, the geographic location of the collateral (in thousands):

 

     Loan balances      Percent of
loan portfolio
 

Missouri

   $ 561,933         41.2

Texas

     216,864         15.9

Kansas

     148,438         10.9

Florida

     88,610         6.5

Colorado

     37,315         2.7

Other

     312,179         22.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,365,338         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans in both the covered and non-covered loan portfolios have steadily declined during the first two quarters of 2011 since our acquisition of Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest in the fourth quarter of 2010. We

 

67


Table of Contents

have an enterprise-level, dedicated special asset resolution team that is working to resolve problem loans in an expeditious manner. These loans were marked to fair value at the time of acquisition; therefore, we have been able to resolve these assets without significant losses. Many of the loans that have run off do not conform to our business model of in-market, relationship oriented loans, further contributing to the loan balance declines. Additionally, the widespread economic uncertainty has limited organic loan growth.

Covered loans

In connection with the purchase and assumption agreement of Hillcrest Bank with the FDIC, we entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC whereby the FDIC will reimburse us for a portion of the losses incurred as a result of the resolution and disposition of the problem assets of Hillcrest Bank. The loss sharing agreements with the FDIC cover substantially all of loans acquired in the Hillcrest Bank transaction, including single family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial loans, unfunded commitments, and OREO, which we collectively refer to as the “covered assets.” For purposes of the loss sharing agreements, the anticipated losses on the covered assets are grouped into two categories, commercial assets and single family assets, and each category has its own specific loss sharing agreement. The term for loss sharing on single family residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term for loss sharing on all other covered loans is five years. The loss sharing agreements cover losses on loans (and any acquired or resultant OREO) in the respective categories and have provisions through which we are required to be reimbursed for up to 90 days of accrued interest and direct expenses related to the resolution of these assets. Within the categories, there are three tranches of losses, each with a specified loss-coverage percentage. The categories, and the respective loss thresholds and coverage amounts are as follows (in thousands):

 

Commercial

  Single family

Tranche

   Loss Threshold    Loss-Coverage
Percentage
  Tranche    Loss
Threshold
   Loss-Coverage
Percentage

1

   Up to $295,592    60%   1    Up to $4,618    60%

2

   $295,593-405,293    0%   2    $4,619-8,191    30%

3

   >$405,293    80%   3    >$8,191    80%

The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the related covered assets as determined by the FDIC at the date of acquisition, and the FDIC’s book value does not necessarily correlate with our book value of the same assets. This difference is primarily because we recorded the loans at fair value at the date of acquisition in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. As of June 30, 2011, we had incurred $139.2 million of losses on our covered assets, as measured by the FDIC’s book value, substantially all of which was related to the commercial assets. We submitted a request for and received $83.5 million from the FDIC for loss sharing. The fair value adjustments assigned to the related covered loans at the time of acquisition encompassed anticipated losses such as these, and as a result, our financial statement losses are mitigated and do not correspond to the losses reported for loss-sharing purposes.

The status of covered assets and any incurred losses require extensive recordkeeping and documentation and are submitted to the FDIC on a monthly and quarterly basis. The loss claims filed are subject to review and approval, including extensive audits, by the FDIC or its assigned agents for compliance with the terms in our loss sharing agreements. In response to our submission of loss claims, we received a payment of $83.5 million (the amount we requested) from the FDIC subsequent to June 30, 2011, as reimbursement for the applicable loss sharing percentage of 60% on total losses incurred through June 30, 2011.

 

68


Table of Contents

The table below shows the contractual maturities of our covered loans for the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Due within
1 year
     Due after 1 but
within 5 years
     Due after
5 years
     Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 66,138       $ 26,854       $ —         $ 92,992   

Leases

     —           7,477         —           7,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     66,138         34,331         —           100,469   

Commercial real estate:

           

Commercial construction

     49,834         50,756         —           100,590   

Commercial real estate

     75,292         96,723         —           172,015   

Land and development

     107,254         46,330         —           153,584   

Multifamily

     6,049         41,721         —           47,770   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     238,429         235,530         —           473,959   

Residential real estate:

           

Single family residential

     9,408         2,585         477         12,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     9,408         2,585         477         12,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

   $ 313,975       $ 272,446       $ 477       $ 586,898   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Due within
1 year
     Due after 1 but
within 5 years
     Due after
5 years
     Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 60,298       $ 58,922       $ —         $ 119,220   

Leases

     —           9,213         —           9,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     60,298         68,135         —           128,433   

Commercial real estate:

           

Commercial construction

     68,824         52,141         —           120,965   

Commercial real estate

     104,019         77,342         —           181,361   

Land and development

     168,288         41,834         —           210,122   

Multifamily

     2,247         46,917         —           49,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     343,378         218,234         —           561,612   

Residential real estate:

           

Single family residential

     11,160         2,104         264         13,528   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     11,160         2,104         264         13,528   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

   $ 414,836       $ 288,473       $ 264       $ 703,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Often times, loans pay down prior to the maturity date, and we have focused on resolving the covered loans in an expeditious manner.

 

69


Table of Contents

The interest rate sensitivity of covered loans with maturities over one year is as follows at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Fixed      Variable      Total  

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 3,332       $ 23,522       $ 26,854   

Leases

     7,477         —           7,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     10,809         23,522         34,331   

Commercial real estate:

        

Commercial construction

     18,272         32,484         50,756   

Commercial real estate

     48,417         48,306         96,723   

Land and development

     3,545         42,785         46,330   

Multifamily

     11,623         30,098         41,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     81,857         153,673         235,530   

Residential real estate:

        

Single family residential

     1,733         1,329         3,062   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     1,733         1,329         3,062   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

   $ 94,399       $ 178,524       $ 272,923   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Fixed      Variable      Total  

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 13,761       $ 45,161       $ 58,922   

Leases

     9,213         —           9,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     22,974         45,161         68,135   

Commercial real estate:

        

Commercial construction

     8,507         43,634         52,141   

Commercial real estate

     36,123         41,219         77,342   

Land and development

     4,165         37,669         41,834   

Multifamily

     11,607         35,310         46,917   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     60,402         157,832         218,234   

Residential real estate:

        

Single family residential

     680         1,688         2,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     680         1,688         2,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

   $ 84,056       $ 204,681       $ 288,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For more information on how interest is accounted for on covered loans, please refer below under “— Accretable Yield” and to the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements. Note 5 to the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements provides additional information on our covered loans, including a breakout of past due status, credit quality indicators, and non-accrual status.

 

70


Table of Contents

Non-covered loans

The tables below show the contractual maturities of our non-covered loans at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Due within
1 year
     Due after 1
but within
5 years
     Due after
5 years
     Total  

Commercial

   $ 26,400       $ 70,465       $ 9,431       $ 106,296   

Commercial real estate

     95,605         125,730         87,641         308,976   

Agriculture

     12,640         16,584         24,596         53,820   

Residential real estate

     10,594         35,905         235,259         281,758   

Consumer

     12,163         10,947         4,480         27,590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 157,402       $ 259,631       $ 361,407       $ 778,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Due within
1 year
     Due after 1
but within
5 years
     Due after
5 years
     Total  

Commercial

   $ 24,607       $ 73,409       $ 29,554       $ 127,570   

Commercial real estate

     136,635         121,564         107,733         365,932   

Agriculture

     12,757         17,927         30,594         61,278   

Residential real estate

     8,250         41,699         232,432         282,381   

Consumer

     11,406         12,218         4,512         28,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 193,655       $ 266,817       $ 404,825       $ 865,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The interest rate sensitivity of non-covered loans with maturities over one year is as follows at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Fixed Rate      Variable Rate      Total  

Commercial

   $ 43,484       $ 36,412       $ 79,896   

Commercial real estate

     86,801         126,570         213,371   

Agriculture

     15,739         25,441         41,180   

Residential real estate

     99,580         171,584         271,164   

Consumer

     12,492         2,935         15,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 258,096       $ 362,942       $ 621,038   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Fixed Rate      Variable Rate      Total  

Commercial

   $ 57,161       $ 45,802       $ 102,963   

Commercial real estate

     96,250         133,047         229,297   

Agriculture

     17,020         31,501         48,521   

Residential real estate

     95,914         178,217         274,131   

Consumer

     13,710         3,020         16,730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 280,055       $ 391,587       $ 671,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 6 to the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements provides additional information on our non-covered loans, including a detailed breakout of loan categories, past due status, credit quality indicators, and non-accrual status.

 

71


Table of Contents

Accretable Yield

The fair value adjustments assigned to loans that are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 are comprised of both an accretable yield and a non-accretable discount that are based on expected cash flows from the loans. The non-accretable discount represents the expected shortfall in future cash flows, from the contractual amount due in respect of each pool of such loans. Similar to the entire fair value adjustment for loans outside the scope of ASC Topic 310-30, the accretable yield is accreted into income over the life of the loans in the applicable pool.

Below is the composition of the net book value for loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     June 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Contractual cash flows

   $ 829,030      $ 955,431   

Nonaccretable discount

     (221,899     (246,682

Accretable yield

     (75,635     (74,329
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

   $ 531,496      $ 634,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the accretable yield on the loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, the fair value adjustments on loans outside the scope of 310-30 also provide fair value adjustments that are accreted to interest income over the life of the loans. At June 30, 2011, our total accretable yield was as follows (in thousands):

 

Remaining accretable yield on loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

   $ 75,635   

Remaining accretable fair value mark on loans not accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

     24,157   
  

 

 

 

Total remaining accretable yield and fair value mark at June 30, 2011

   $ 99,792   
  

 

 

 

Periodically, we reestimate the expected future cash flows of the loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 and decreases to the expected future cash flows in the applicable pool will generally result in an immediate provision for loan losses charge to the consolidated statements of operations. Conversely, increases in the expected future cash flows in the applicable pool result in a transfer from the non-accretable discount to the accretable yield, and have a positive impact on accretion income prospectively. This reestimation process resulted in the following changes to the carrying amount of accretable yield for acquired covered loans for the six months ended June 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 74,329   

Reclassification from non-accretable discount

     25,098   

Reclassification to non-accretable discount

     (314

Accretion

     (23,478
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 75,635   
  

 

 

 

Asset Quality

All of the assets acquired in our acquisitions were marked to fair value at the date of acquisition, and the adjustments on loans included a credit quality component. We utilize traditional credit quality metrics to evaluate the overall credit quality of our loan portfolio; however our credit quality ratios are limited in their comparability to industry averages or to other financial institutions because:

 

  1.) Any asset quality deterioration that existed at the date of acquisition was considered in the original fair value adjustments, and

 

  2.) 84.5% of our non-performing assets (by dollar amount) at June 30, 2011 are covered by loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC.

 

72


Table of Contents

Asset quality, particularly on non-covered loans, is fundamental to our success. Accordingly, for the origination of loans, we have established a credit policy that allows for responsive, yet controlled lending with credit approval requirements that are scaled to loan size. Within the scope of the credit policy, each prospective loan is reviewed in order to determine the appropriateness and the adequacy of the loan characteristics and the security or collateral prior to making a loan. We have established underwriting standards and loan origination procedures that require appropriate documentation, including financial data and credit reports. For loans secured by real property, we require property appraisals, title insurance or a title opinion, hazard insurance and flood insurance, in each case where appropriate.

Additionally, we have implemented procedures to timely identify loans that may become problematic in order to ensure the most beneficial resolution to the Company. Asset quality is monitored by our credit risk management department and evaluated based on quantitative and subjective factors such as the timeliness of contractual payments received. Additional factors that are considered, particularly with commercial loans over $250,000, include the financial condition and liquidity of individual borrowers and guarantors, if any, and the value of our collateral. To facilitate the oversight of asset quality, loans are categorized based on the number of days past due and on an internal risk rating system, and both are discussed in more detail below.

Our internal risk rating system uses a series of grades which reflect our assessment of the credit quality of loans based on an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition, liquidity and ability to meet contractual debt service requirements. Loans that are perceived to have acceptable risk are categorized as “pass” loans. “Special mention” loans represent loans that have potential credit weaknesses that deserve close attention. Special mention loans include borrowers that have potential weaknesses or unwarranted risks that, unless corrected, may threaten the borrower’s ability to meet debt service requirements. However, these borrowers are still believed to have the ability to respond to and resolve the financial issues that threaten their financial situation. Loans classified as “substandard” have a well-defined credit weakness and are inadequately protected by the current paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Although these loans are identified as potential problem loans, they may never become non-performing. Substandard loans have a distinct possibility of loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. “Doubtful” loans are loans that management believes that collection of payments in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement are highly questionable and improbable. Doubtful loans that are not covered by loss sharing agreements are deemed impaired and put on non-accrual status.

In the event of borrower default, we may seek recovery in compliance with state lending laws, the respective loan agreements, and credit monitoring and remediation procedures that may include modifying or restructuring a loan from its original terms, for economic or legal reasons, to provide a concession to the borrower from their original terms due to borrower financial difficulties in order to facilitate repayment. Such restructured loans are considered “troubled debt restructurings” in accordance with ASC Topic 310-40 Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors . Under this guidance, modifications to loans that fall within the scope of ASC Topic 310-30 are not considered troubled debt restructurings, regardless of otherwise meeting the definition of a troubled debt restructurings. Assets that have been foreclosed on or acquired through deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are classified as OREO until sold, and are carried at the lower of the related loan balance or the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell, with any initial valuation adjustments charged to the ALL.

Non-performing Assets

Non-performing assets consist of covered and non-covered non-accrual loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, troubled debt restructurings, OREO (all of which was covered at June 30, 2011) and other repossessed assets. However, loans and troubled debt restructurings acquired with evidence of deteriorated credit quality, as described below, are excluded from our non-performing assets. Our non-performing assets include $15.8 million and $14.5 million of covered loans that were acquired without evidence of deteriorated credit quality and $71.5 million and $54.1 million of covered OREO at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In addition to being covered by loss-sharing agreements, these assets were marked to fair value at the time of acquisition, mitigating much of our loss potential on these non-performing assets. As a result, the levels of our non-performing assets are not fully comparable to those of our peers or to industry benchmarks.

 

73


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2011, all loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration and accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 were covered by the FDIC loss sharing agreements. These loans were recorded at a fair value based on cash flow projections that considered the deteriorated credit quality and expected losses. These loans are accounted for on a pool basis and any non-payment of contractual principal or interest is considered in our periodic re-estimation of the expected future cash flows. To the extent that we decrease our cash flow projections, we record an immediate impairment expense through the provision for loan losses. We recognize any increases to our cash flow projections on a prospective basis through an increase to the pool’s yield over its remaining life. As a result of this accounting treatment, these pools may be considered to be performing, even though some or all of the individual loans within the pools may be contractually past due. Loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 were classified as performing assets at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, as the carrying value of the respective loan or pool of loans cash flows were considered estimatable and probable of collection. Therefore, interest income, through accretion of the difference between the carrying value of the loans in the pool and the net present value of the pool’s expected future cash flows, is being recognized on all acquired loans being accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30.

The following table sets forth the non-performing assets for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Non-covered     Covered     Total     Non-covered     Covered     Total  

Non-accrual loans:

            

Agriculture

   $ 29      $ —        $ 29      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Commercial loans

     369        5,176        5,545        —          —          —     

Commercial real estate loans

     10,555        10,574        21,129        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     10,953        15,750        26,703        —          —          —     

Other loans:

            

Residential real estate loans

     838        3        841        —          —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other loans

     838        3        841        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     11,791        15,753        27,544        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest:

            

Commercial loans

     —          —          —          —          4,635        4,635   

Commercial real estate loans

     —          —          —          —          9,905        9,905   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     —          —          —          —          14,540        14,540   

Other loans:

            

Consumer loans

     70        —          70        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other loans

     70        —          70        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accruing loans 90 days past due

     70        —          70        —          14,540        14,540   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accruing restructured loans (1)

     4,139        —          4,139        431        —          431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     16,000        15,753        31,753        431        14,540        14,971   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OREO

     —          71,500        71,500        —          54,078        54,078   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 16,000      $ 87,253      $ 103,253      $ 431      $ 68,618      $ 69,049   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 4,957      $ —        $ 4,957      $ 48      $ —        $ 48   

Total non-performing loans to total non-covered, total covered, and total loans, respectively

     2.06     2.68     2.33     0.05     2.07     0.95

Total non-performing assets to total assets

         2.25         1.35

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     30.98     0.00     15.61     11.14     0.00     0.32

 

(1) Includes restructured loans less than 90 days past due and still accruing. Excludes restructured loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30.

 

74


Table of Contents

At June 30, 2011, the largest category of non-performing loans was commercial real estate loans with balances of $21.1 million. The non-performing commercial real estate loans included three non-covered loans totaling $10.6 million that were on non-accrual status, largely due to major tenants vacating the commercial properties. These loans were secured by commercial real estate located both in and outside of our core markets. We also had six covered commercial real estate loans totaling $10.6 million that were on non-accrual status at June 30, 2011. Additionally, five commercial loans and one single family residential loan, collectively totaling $5.2 million, were on non-accrual status at June 30, 2011, all of which were covered.

During the six months ended June 30, 2011, $29.4 million of OREO was foreclosed on or otherwise repossessed, and $11.2 million of OREO was sold, with covered losses of $0.8 million, resulting in a net increase to OREO balances of $17.4 million. At June 30, 2011, all OREO was covered by loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC.

Past Due Loans

Past due status is monitored as an indicator of credit deterioration. Covered and non-covered loans are considered past due or delinquent when the contractual principal or interest due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. Loans that are 90 days or more past due and are not accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 are put on non-accrual status unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 that are 90 days or more past due and still accreting are included in loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest. The table below shows the past due status of covered and non-covered loans, based on contractual terms of the loans as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Non-covered     Covered     Total     Non-covered     Covered     Total  

Loans 30-89 days past due and still accruing interest

   $ 6,979      $ 19,920      $ 26,899      $ 13,668      $ 24,804      $ 38,472   

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest

     70        74,773        74,843        —          125,370        125,370   

Non-accrual loans

     11,791        15,753        27,544        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total past due and non-accrual loans

   $ 18,840      $ 110,446      $ 129,286      $ 13,668      $ 150,174      $ 163,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total past due and non-accrual loans to total loans

     2.4     18.8     9.5     1.6     21.3     10.4

Total non-accrual loans to total loans

     1.5     2.7     2.0     0.0     0.0     0.0

% of total past due and non-accrual loans that carry fair value adjustments

     97.3     100.0     99.6     100.0     100.0     100.0

% of total past due and non-accrual loans that are covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements

         85.4         91.7

Total loans 30 days or more past due and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans represented 9.5% of total loans as of June 30, 2011 compared to 10.4% at December 31, 2010. Loans 30-89 days past due and still accruing interest declined $11.6 million from December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2011. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest declined $50.6 million from December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2011. With the exception of $0.1 million of non-covered loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest at June 30, 2011, all of these loans were covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, and continued to accrete interest.

Non-accrual loans increased $27.5 million during the period. Approximately $4.1 million of the movement to non-accrual loans was related to multiple retail properties being vacated by a national tenant and $6.2 million

 

75


Table of Contents

of the movement to non-accrual was for an unrelated office property that was formerly occupied by a sole tenant that vacated the property during the period. The remainder of the increase in non-accrual loans was primarily related to covered loans that were put on non-accrual status during the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The ALL represents the amount that management believes is necessary to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date and involves a high degree of judgment and complexity. Determination of the ALL is based on an evaluation of the collectability of loans, the realizable value of underlying collateral and, to the extent applicable, prior loss experience. The ALL is critical to the portrayal and understanding of our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. The determination and application of the ALL accounting policy involves judgments, estimates, and uncertainties that are subject to change. Changes in these assumptions, estimates or the conditions surrounding them may have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

In accordance with the applicable guidance for business combinations, acquired loans were recorded at their acquisition date fair values, which were based on expected future cash flows and included an estimate for future loan losses, therefore no loan loss reserves were recorded as of the acquisition date. Any estimated losses on acquired loans that arise after the acquisition date are reflected in a charge to the provision for loan losses. Losses incurred on covered loans are reimbursable at the applicable loss-share percentages in accordance with the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. Accordingly, any provision for loan losses relating to covered loans is partially offset by a corresponding increase to the FDIC indemnification asset and FDIC loss-sharing income in non-interest income.

Loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration at the acquisition date are accounted for under the accounting guidance provided in ASC Topic 310-30. In accordance with this guidance, loans have been grouped into pools based on the predominant risk characteristics of purpose and/or type of loan. The timing and receipt of expected principal, interest and any other cash flows of these loans are periodically re-estimated and the expected future cash flows of the collective pools are compared to the carrying value of the pools. To the extent that the expected future cash flows of each pool is less than the book value of the pool, an allowance for loan losses will be established through a charge to the provision for loan losses and, for loans covered by loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC, a related adjustment to the FDIC indemnification asset for the portion of the loss that is covered by the loss-sharing agreements. If the re-estimated expected future cash flows is greater than the book value of the pools, then the improvement in the expected future cash flows will be accreted into interest income over the remaining expected life of the loan pool. As of June 30, 2011, the expected future cash flows on the pools of loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration was greater than the carrying value of all of such pools.

For all non-covered loans, the determination of the ALL follows an established process to determine the appropriate level of ALL that is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. This process provides an ALL consisting of a specific allowance component based on certain individually evaluated loans and a general allowance component based on estimates of reserves needed for all other loans, segmented based on similar risk characteristics.

Impaired loans less than $250,000 are included in the general allowance population. Impaired loans over $250,000 are subject to individual evaluation on a regular basis to determine the need, if any, to allocate a specific reserve to the impaired loan. Typically, these loans consist of commercial, commercial real estate and agriculture loans and exclude homogenous loans such as residential real estate and consumer loans. Specific allowances are determined by collectively analyzing:

 

   

the borrower’s resources, ability, and willingness to repay in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement;

 

   

the likelihood of receiving financial support from any guarantors;

 

76


Table of Contents
   

the adequacy and present value of future cash flows, less disposal costs, of any collateral;

 

   

the impact current economic conditions may have on the borrower’s financial condition and liquidity or the value of the collateral.

There were three impaired loans with specific reserves totaling $0.9 million within the commercial real estate segment (non-owner occupied). These loans carried balances totaling $6.8 million at June 30, 2011. The remaining ALL of $4.1 million was allocated across the various segments and classes.

In evaluating the loan portfolio for an appropriate ALL level, unimpaired loans are grouped into segments based on broad characteristics such as primary use and underlying collateral. Within the segments, the portfolio is further disaggregated into classes of loans with similar attributes and risk characteristics for purposes of applying loss ratios and determining applicable subjective adjustments to the ALL. The application of subjective adjustments is based upon qualitative risk factors, including:

 

   

economic trends and conditions;

 

   

industry conditions;

 

   

asset quality;

 

   

loss trends;

 

   

lending management;

 

   

portfolio growth; and

 

   

loan review/internal audit results.

We have identified five primary loan segments that are further stratified into 21 loan classes to provide more granularity in analyzing loss history and to allow for more definitive qualitative adjustments based upon specific factors affecting each loan class.

Following are the loan classes within each of the five primary loan segments:

 

Commercial

 

Commercial real estate

   Agriculture      Residential real estate    Consumer

Wholesale

  1-4 family construction      Total agriculture       Sr. lien 1-4 family closed end    Secured

Manufacturing

  1-4 family—acquisition and
    development
      Jr. lien 1-4 family closed end    Unsecured

Transportation/warehousing

  Commercial construction       Sr. lien 1-4 family open end    Credit card

Finance and insurance

  Commercial—acquisition and
    development
      Jr. lien 1-4 family open end    Overdraft

All other commercial and industrial

  Multi-family         
  Owner-occupied         
  Non-owner occupied         

While actual historical loss data is limited due to the relatively recent inception date of the Company, the methodology used in establishing the historical loss ratios for acquired residential real estate, consumer and agriculture loans, was to use the 3-year historical net charge-off percentage realized by Bank Midwest prior to our acquisition. We believe use of the historical net charge-off data for the aforementioned residential real estate, consumer and agriculture loans is an appropriate baseline due to the fact that we acquired approximately 84% of these loan types on a combined basis. The percentage acquired by each loan pool was as follows: residential real estate (82%), consumer (90%), and agriculture (98%). Historical loss ratios of loan classes are calculated based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the class. The historical baseline is then adjusted based on our analysis of the current conditions as they relate to the subjective adjustment factors described above. The ALL percentage for the remaining loan classes with no relevant history was initially established through the process of assigning the subjective adjustments to the seven subjective factors listed above. Portions of the ALL may be allocated for specific loans or specific loan classes; however, the entire ALL is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off.

 

77


Table of Contents

After considering the abovementioned factors, we believe that the ALL of $5.0 million and $48 thousand was adequate to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. However, it is likely that future adjustments to the ALL will be necessary and any changes to the assumptions, circumstances or estimates used in determining the ALL could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

The following schedule presents, by class stratification, the changes in the ALL from December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010

   $ 48   

Charge-offs:

  

Commercial

     (1

Commercial real estate

     (2,808

Residential real estate

     (68

Consumer and overdrafts

     (402

Impairments on covered loans

     (4,561
  

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (7,840

Recoveries

     63   
  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (7,777
  

 

 

 

Provisions for loan losses:

  

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

     4,561   

Provision for loan losses on non-covered loans

     8,125   
  

 

 

 

Total provisions for loan losses

     12,686   
  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2011

   $ 4,957   
  

 

 

 

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding during the period

     0.36

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-covered loans outstanding during the period

     0.64

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans

     15.61

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-performing, non- covered loans

     30.98

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average total loans outstanding during the period

     0.55

Total loans

   $ 1,365,338   

Non-covered loans

   $ 778,440   

Non-performing loans

   $ 31,753   

Non-performing, non-covered loans

   $ 16,000   

Average total loans outstanding during the period

   $ 1,405,078   

The following table presents the allocation of the ALL and the percentage of the total amount of loans in each loan category listed as of June 30, 2011:

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Total loans      % of loans     Related
ALL
     % of ALL  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 206,764         15   $ 677         14

Commercial real estate

     782,935         57     2,776         56

Agriculture

     53,821         4     75         2

Residential real estate

     294,228         22     891         18

Consumer

     27,590         2     537         11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,365,338         100   $ 4,957         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

FDIC Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability

The FDIC indemnification asset represents the net present value of the expected reimbursements from the FDIC for probable losses on covered loans and OREO that were acquired in the Hillcrest Bank transaction. As covered assets are resolved, whether it be through repayment, short sale of the underlying collateral, the foreclosure on, and sale of collateral, or the sale or charge-off of loans or OREO, the portion of any loss incurred that is reimbursable by the FDIC is recognized as FDIC loss sharing income in non-interest income. Any gains or losses realized from the resolution of covered assets reduce or increase, respectively, the amount of the FDIC indemnification asset.

We recorded the FDIC indemnification asset at its estimated fair value of $159.7 million at the date of the Hillcrest Bank acquisition. The initial fair value was established by discounting the expected future cash flows with a market discount rate for like maturity and risk instruments. The discount is being accreted to income in connection with the expected timing of the related cash flows, and may increase or decrease from period to period due to changes in amounts and timing of expected cash flows from covered loans and OREO. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, we recognized $1.5 million and $3.7 million of accretion related to the FDIC indemnification asset. In August, 2011, we received $83.5 million from the FDIC for reimbursement of losses that occurred from the date of acquisition of Hillcrest Bank through June 30, 2011, in accordance with our loss-sharing agreements. We anticipate that future reimbursements from the FDIC will occur on a quarterly basis.

Within 45 days of the end of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, we may be required to reimburse the FDIC in the event that the Company’s losses on covered assets do not reach losses of $296.5 million on commercial loans and OREO and $4.6 million on single-family residential loans and OREO, based on the initial discount received less cumulative servicing amounts for the covered assets acquired. We recorded $11.5 million as the estimated fair value of this clawback liability at the acquisition date and as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, this liability was carried at $13.0 million and $11.6 million, respectively, which is included in Due to FDIC in our consolidated statements of financial condition.

In connection with our acquisition of the Community Banks of Colorado on October 21, 2011, we expect to record an indemnification asset similar in terms and structure to the indemnification asset related to the Hillcrest Bank acquisition. The indemnification asset related to the Community Banks of Colorado acquisition is expected to represent the net present value of expected future cash flows from the FDIC as a result of the timing and magnitude of expected losses that are covered by the loss sharing agreements that we have with the FDIC in connection with the Community Banks of Colorado. We anticipate that we will record an indemnification asset of approximately $149.5 million; however, we have not completed the determination of the initial fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Community Banks of Colorado, and accordingly, this estimate is subject to refinement.

Other real estate owned

At June 30, 2011, all OREO was related to Hillcrest Bank and, as such, is covered by the loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC. Any losses on these assets are substantially offset by a corresponding change in the FDIC indemnification asset. We have a dedicated, enterprise-level problem asset resolution team that is actively working to resolve problem loans and to obtain and subsequently sell the underlying collateral. Changes in OREO for the six months ended June 30, 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 54,078   

Transfers from loan portfolio

     29,426   

Sales

     (11,180

Loss on resolution of covered OREO

     (824
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2011

   $ 71,500   
  

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Other Assets

Significant components of other assets were as follows as of the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  

Due from FDIC

   $ 16,380       $ 10,676   

Accrued interest on interest bearing bank deposits and investment securities

     6,002         2,694   

Accrued interest on loans

     5,804         7,158   

Other

     20,328         3,538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 48,514       $ 24,066   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The receivable due from the FDIC, which is comprised of adjustments to covered assets, reimbursable expenses incurred during the resolution of covered assets, and other miscellaneous adjustments from the FDIC, increased $5.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase is attributable to additional resolution expenses incurred and other miscellaneous adjustments with the FDIC under our loss sharing agreements.

Accrued interest on interest bearing bank deposits and investment securities increased $3.3 million from December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2011. Approximately $0.5 million of the difference was attributable to the accrued interest related to the pending investment trades that was included in other liabilities at December 31, 2010. The securities and related accrued interest receivable were settled in cash during the first quarter of 2011.

Other Liabilities

Significant components of other liabilities were as follows as of the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  

Total borrowings

   $ 2,184       $ —     

Accrued interest payable

     12,000         15,389   

Accrued salaries and benefits

     63         1,478   

Warrant liability

     7,692         6,901   

Accrued expenses

     6,494         5,704   

Other liabilities

     26,650         7,129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other liabilities

   $ 55,083       $ 36,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings increased $2.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011 due to normal fluctuations in our treasury, tax, and loan balance with the Federal Reserve. The other liabilities component of total other liabilities increased $19.5 million due to increases in miscellaneous accrued expenses and deferred taxes during the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Accrued interest payable decreased $3.4 million from December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2011 due to lower interest rates offered on deposits and the shift from longer term time deposits to savings, money market and demand deposits during the period.

As of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had 830,700 outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock, which are classified as a liability and are included in other liabilities in our consolidated statements of financial condition. The warrants were granted to certain lead stockholders and all warrants have an exercise price of $20.00 per share. The term of the warrants is for ten years and the expiration dates of the warrants range from October 20, 2019 to September 30, 2020. We revalue the warrants at the end of each reporting period using

 

80


Table of Contents

a Black-Scholes model and any change in fair value is reported in the statements of operations as “loss (gain) from change in fair value of warrant liability” in non-interest expense in the period in which the change occurred. More information on the accounting and measurement of the warrant liability can be found in note 2 and note 17 in our audited consolidated financial statements.

Funding Sources

Deposits from banking clients serve as a primary funding source for Bank Midwest. Our banking centers function as the primary deposit gathering stations, where deposits are priced competitively in accordance with other depository institutions in the area and according to our needs.

Under our agreements with the OCC and the FDIC, Bank Midwest is not permitted to pay any dividends to the holding company prior to December 2013. As such, the funding sources for our holding company are currently limited to the cash on hand at the holding company, which was approximately $390.7 million at June 30, 2011. Our investment in the Bank of Choice in July, 2011 deployed approximately $100.0 million of this cash and our acquisition of Community Banks of Colorado in October, 2011 deployed an additional $174.0 million.

Deposits

Our ability to gather and manage deposit levels is critical to our success. Deposits not only provide a stable funding source for our loans, but also provide a foundation for the customer relationships that are critical to future loan growth.

We assumed the majority of our deposit accounts with our acquisitions of Bank Midwest and Hillcrest Bank during the fourth quarter of 2010. The deposits were recorded at their estimated fair value and we marked the time deposits assumed in the Bank Midwest transaction up by $0.9 million, which is being amortized as an adjustment to yield over the expected life of the related time deposits. A fair value adjustment was not deemed necessary on the deposits assumed in the Hillcrest Bank transaction because we had the option to, and did, re-price these time deposits at the time of the acquisition. Additionally, the FDIC provided Hillcrest Bank depositors with the right to redeem their time deposits at any time during the life of the time deposit, without penalty, unless the depositor accepts new terms. At June 30, 2011, the Company had approximately $548.1 million of time deposits that were subject to the penalty-free withdrawals, the remaining maturities of which are shown below:

 

     June 30, 2011  

Three months or less

   $ 111,794   

Over 3 months through 6 months

     85,513   

Over 6 months through 12 months

     200,315   

Over 12 months through 24 months

     112,122   

Over 24 months through 36 months

     19,070   

Over 36 months through 48 months

     8,052   

Over 48 months through 60 months

     11,229   

Thereafter

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 548,095   
  

 

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2011, our total deposits remained relatively steady, showing an increase of $61.5 million. Additionally, core deposits, which we define as non-interest bearing demand deposits, interest bearing NOW accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and time deposits less than $100,000, increased $11.5 million, or 0.4%, during the six months ended June 30, 2011, primarily as a result of a strategic shift away from time deposits and to savings and money market accounts consistent with our consumer banking strategy.

 

81


Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding our deposit composition at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2011         December 31, 2010  

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

  $ 350,873        10     $ 326,159        9

Interest bearing NOW accounts

    236,349        7       211,601        6

Savings accounts

    103,956        3       107,581        3

Money market accounts

    673,388        19       563,981        16

Time deposits

         

Time deposits < $100,000

    1,390,973        40       1,497,865        43

Time deposits > $100,000

    716,305        21       766,152        22
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

  $ 3,471,844        100     $ 3,473,339        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Approximately 34.0% and 33.8% of the time deposits at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, were for denominations of $100,000 or more. The remaining maturities of these time deposits are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  

Three months or less

   $ 113,970       $ 176,066   

Over 3 months through 6 months

     157,766         119,353   

Over 6 months through 12 months

     275,730         256,767   

Over 12 months through 24 months

     132,003         163,640   

Over 24 months through 36 months

     16,836         30,478   

Over 36 months through 48 months

     5,951         3,673   

Over 48 months through 60 months

     11,506         14,703   

Thereafter

     2,543         1,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 716,305       $ 766,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2011, we had $1.6 billion of time deposits that are scheduled to mature within the next 12 months, $0.6 billion of which are in denominations of $100,000 or more that are shown in the table above, and $1.0 billion of which are in denominations less than $100,000.

Regulatory Capital

Our bank subsidiary and the holding company are subject to the regulatory capital adequacy requirements of the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the OCC, as applicable. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly further discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material adverse effect on us. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, banks must meet specific capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

Capital amounts and classifications are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors. Through these judgments, assets are risk weighted according to the perceived risk they pose to capital on a scale of 0% to 100%, with 100% risk-weighted assets signifying higher risk assets that warrant higher levels of capital. While many non-covered assets (particularly loans and OREO) typically fall in to 50% or 100% risk-weighted classifications, our covered assets are all considered to be 20% risk-weighted for risk-based capital calculations.

Typically, banks are required to maintain a tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.00%, a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.00% and a tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.00% in order to meet minimum, adequately capitalized regulatory requirements. To be considered well-capitalized (under prompt corrective action provisions), banks must maintain minimum capital ratios of 6.00% for tier I risk-based capital, 10.00% for total risk-based capital and

 

82


Table of Contents

5.00% for the tier 1 leverage ratio. In connection with the approval of the de-novo charters for Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest, we have agreed with our regulators to maintain capital levels of at least 10% tier 1 leverage ratio and 10% tier 1 risk-based capital ratio at each of these banks for at least three years. Following the merger of Hillcrest Bank into Bank Midwest, only Bank Midwest remains required to maintain capital levels of at least 10% tier 1 leverage ratio and 10% tier 1 risk-based capital ratio until December 2013. In conjunction with the consummation of the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest transactions, the Company contributed $170 million of capital into Hillcrest Bank and $390 million of capital into Bank Midwest to provide each of the Banks with sufficient capital to meet and exceed the above-mentioned agreed-upon capital ratios. In July 2011, the Company contributed $100 million to Bank Midwest to provide additional capital to fund Bank Midwest’s acquisition of the Bank of Choice from the FDIC. In October, 2011 we contributed capital of $174 million to Bank Midwest to fund the Community Banks of Colorado acquisition from the FDIC.

At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, each of our subsidiary banks and our consolidated holding company exceeded all capital ratio requirements, as is detailed in the table below (dollars in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Actual      Required to be
considered well
capitalized
     Required to be
considered adequately
capitalized
 
     Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount  

Tier 1 leverage ratio (1)

              

Consolidated

     20.5   $ 924,297         N/A        N/A         4   $ 180,354   

Bank Midwest, N.A.

     11.6     325,037         10     279,148         4     111,659   

Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

     15.3     201,161         10     131,186         4     52,475   

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (1)

              

Consolidated

     66.7   $ 924,297         N/A        N/A         4   $ 55,432   

Bank Midwest, N.A.

     30.5     325,037         10     106,617         4     42,647   

Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

     83.7     201,161         10     24,036         4     9,614   

Total risk-based capital ratio

              

Consolidated

     67.1   $ 292,474         N/A        N/A         8   $ 110,864   

Bank Midwest, N.A.

     30.9     329,665         10     106,617         8     85,293   

Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

     83.9     201,710         10     24,036         8     19,229   
     December 31, 2010  
     Actual      Required to be
considered well
capitalized
     Required to be
considered adequately
capitalized
 
     Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount  

Tier 1 leverage ratio (1)

              

Consolidated

     17.9   $ 907,958         N/A        N/A         4   $ 203,081   

Bank Midwest, N.A.

     10.7     317,144         10     296,934         4     118,773   

Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

     14.2     193,938         10     136,742         4     54,697   

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (1)

              

Consolidated

     69.6   $ 907,958         N/A        N/A         4   $ 52,206   

Bank Midwest, N.A.

     32.7     317,144         10     97,016         4     38,806   

Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

     76.7     193,938         10     25,273         4     10,109   

Total risk based capital ratio

              

Consolidated

     69.6   $ 908,041         N/A        N/A         8   $ 104,411   

Bank Midwest, N.A.

     32.7     317,220         10     97,016         8     77,613   

Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

     76.7     193,945         10     25,273         8     20,218   

 

(1) A condition for approval of the application for FDIC insurance required Bank Midwest (as the successor in the merger of Hillcrest Bank into Bank Midwest) and the holding company to maintain a tier 1 leverage ratio and a tier 1 risk based capital ratio at no less than ten percent throughout the first three years of operation. These ratio minimums are reflected in these tables.

 

83


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Our net income depends largely on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Our results of operations are also affected by provisions for loan losses and non-interest income, such as service charges, bank card income and FDIC loss sharing income. Our primary operating expenses, aside from interest expense, consist of salaries and employee benefits, professional fees, occupancy costs, and data processing expense.

Overview of Results of Operations

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, we recorded net income of $1.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively, compared to a net loss of $3.4 million and $4.9 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2010. As discussed above, meaningful comparability to prior periods is limited due to the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2010 and the lack of banking operations prior to those acquisitions.

Net Interest Income

We regularly review net interest income metrics to provide us with indicators of how the various components of net interest income are performing. We regularly review: (i) our deposit mix and the cost of deposits; (ii) our loan mix and the yield on loans; (iii) the investment portfolio and the related yields; and (iv) net interest income simulations for various forecast periods.

 

84


Table of Contents

The following table presents the components of net interest income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011. There were no banking operations during the three or six months ended June 30, 2010 against which to compare the 2011 periods and during the three months ended December 31, 2010, we only had banking operations for part of that quarter. The table includes: (i) the average daily balances of interest-earning assets; (ii) the total amount of interest income earned on interest-earning assets; (iii) the total amount of interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities; (iv) the resultant average yields and rates; (v) net interest spread; and (vi) net interest margin, which represents the difference between interest income and interest expense, expressed as a percentage of interest-earning assets. The effects of trade-date accounting of investment securities for which the cash had not settled as of December 31, 2010 are not considered interest-earning assets and are excluded from this presentation for timeframes prior to their cash settlement, as are the market value adjustments on the investment securities available for sale. Non-accrual and restructured loan balances are included in the average loan balances; however, the forgone interest on non-accrual and restructured loans is not included in the dollar amounts of interest earned. All amounts presented are on a pre-tax basis.

 

    Three Months Ended June 30, 2011     Six Months Ended June 20, 2011  
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest earning assets:

           

Loans—covered

  $ 603,762      $ 13,699        9.10   $ 634,339      $ 28,452        9.04

Loans—non-covered (1) (2)

    801,716        13,906        6.96     816,103        27,093        6.69

Investment securities

    2,013,158        16,266        3.24     1,789,080        29,000        3.27

Interest-bearing deposits

    728,653        415        0.23     914,487        1,108        0.24
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest earning assets

  $ 4,147,289      $ 44,286        4.28   $ 4,154,009      $ 85,653        4.16
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cash and due from banks

    41,363            38,714       

Other assets

    417,292            464,487       

Allowance for loan losses

    (2,582         (180    
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 4,603,362          $ 4,657,030       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

           

Savings deposits and interest bearing checking

  $ 1,002,845      $ 1,340        0.54   $ 967,576      $ 2,862        0.60

Time deposits

    2,180,026        8,481        1.56     2,216,313        18,031        1.64

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    26,961        24        0.35     26,013        41        0.32
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest bearing liabilities

  $ 3,209,832      $ 9,845        1.23   $ 3,209,902      $ 20,934        1.32
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Demand deposits

    321,766            320,752       

Other liabilities

    61,424            123,044       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    3,591,566            3,653,698       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total stockholders’ equity

    1,011,796            1,003,332       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 4,603,362          $ 4,657,030       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income

    $ 34,441          $ 64,719     
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Interest rate spread

        3.05         2.84

Net interest earning assets

  $ 937,457          $ 944,107       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest margin

        3.33      

Ratio of average interest bearing liabilities to average interest earning assets

    77.40         77.27       3.14

 

(1) Originated loans are net of deferred loan fees, less costs.
(2) Loan fees, less costs on originated loans, are included in interest income.

 

85


Table of Contents

Net interest income totaled $34.4 million and $64.7 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, and was primarily attributable to the average interest-earning assets that resulted from the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions, and the shift from cash to higher yielding investment securities. Average investment securities, measured from the date of settlement, comprised $1.8 billion, or 43.1%, of total average interest-earning assets, for the six month average as of June 30, 2011. Approximately $1.5 billion of investment securities were purchased and/or settled during the six months ended June 30, 2011 as a result of deploying the cash received from the acquisitions of Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest, slightly offset by sales of investment securities of $115.7 million. Average loans made up $1.4 billion, or 33.9%, of total average interest-earning assets during the three months ended June 30, 2011. Overnight investments represented 17.6% of average interest-earning assets during the three months ended June 30, 2011, decreasing from 26.2% of average interest-earning assets during the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease is reflective of the deployment of cash into investment securities, primarily during the first quarter.

The vast majority of our covered and non-covered loans were acquired and were subject to acquisition accounting guidance whereby the assets and liabilities, including loans, were recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value adjustments on our non-covered loans and the accretable yield on our covered loans are being accreted to income over the life of the loans as an adjustment to yield and, as a result, a significant portion of our interest income on loans is attributable to this accretion. Our acquired loans, particularly our covered loans, produce higher yields than our originated loans due to the recognition of accretion of interest rate adjustments and accretable yield. As a result, we expect downward pressure on our interest income to the extent that the runoff of our acquired loan portfolio is not replaced with comparable high-yielding loans. Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements provides more information on the accounting treatment of acquired loans.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, total interest expense related to interest-bearing liabilities was $9.8 million and $20.9 million, or an average cost of 1.23% and 1.32% during the respective periods. This average cost is further reduced to 1.21% during the three months ended June 30, 2011 by $350.9 million of non-interest bearing demand accounts. The largest component of interest expense was related to time deposits, which carried an average rate of 1.56% and 1.64% during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011.

Since the acquisition of Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest, our rates on deposits have been higher than the average in the markets in which we operate, primarily because Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest had their deposit rates higher than market at the time we acquired them during the fourth quarter of 2010. Over the last two quarters, we have been lowering deposit rates to be more in-line with market rates.

Below is a breakdown of deposits and the average rates paid during the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     For the three months ended:  
     June 30, 2011     March 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Average
Balances
     Average
Rate Paid
    Average
Balances
     Average
Rate Paid
    Average
Balances
     Average
Rate Paid
 

Non-interest bearing demand

   $ 321,766         0.00   $ 318,379         0.00   $ 323,116         0.00

Interest-bearing NOW

     230,157         0.16     225,237         0.24     217,730         0.23

Money market

     664,168         0.70     641,704         0.86     560,042         0.87

Savings

     108,520         0.33     111,990         0.44     97,710         0.45

Time deposits

     2,180,026         1.56     2,230,088         1.72     2,334,734         1.89
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 3,471,844         1.12   $ 3,528,118         1.28   $ 3,533,332         1.41
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

86


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses represents the amount of expense that is necessary to bring the ALL to a level that management deems appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The determination of the ALL, and the resultant provision for loan losses, are subjective and involve estimates and assumptions.

Losses incurred on covered loans are reimbursable at the applicable loss-share percentages in accordance with the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. Accordingly, any provisions made that relate to covered loans are partially offset by a corresponding increase to the FDIC indemnification asset and FDIC loss-sharing income in non-interest income.

The table below summarizes the covered versus non-covered components of the provision for loan losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     For the three
months ended
June 30, 2011
     For the six
months ended
June 30, 2011
 

Impairment expense on covered assets

   $ 3,063       $ 4,561   

Provision for loan losses on non-covered assets

     5,728         8,125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for loan losses

   $ 8,791       $ 12,686   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment expense on covered assets have an offsetting increase in non-interest income as a result of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The provisions for loan losses charged to non-covered loans were related to a combination of providing an ALL for new loans, changes in the market conditions and qualitative factors used in analyzing the ALL and specific impairments on non-covered loans.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income was $9.5 million and $20.1 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011. The primary components of non-interest income were FDIC loss sharing income, which totaled $1.9 million and $6.4 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, and service charges, which totaled $3.7 million and $7.5 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011. The table below details the components of non-interest income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2011
     For the Six
Months Ended
June 30, 2011
 

FDIC loss sharing income

   $ 1,924       $ 6,399   

Bank card fees

     1,759         3,540   

Service charges

     3,700         7,463   

Gain on sale of securities

     158         192   

Loan fees

     681         939   

Other non-interest income

     1,251         1,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

   $ 9,473       $ 20,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, 39.1% and 37.1% of our non-interest income was service charges, which represent various fees charged to clients for banking services, including fees such as non-sufficient funds charges, overdraft fees, service charges on deposit accounts, identity theft protection services, safe deposit box rentals, wire transfer fees, ATM fees and surcharges, and brokerage fees. Non-sufficient funds charges and overdraft fees represent the largest component of service charges and totaled $2.5 million and $5.3 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively. FDIC loss sharing income represents the income recognized in connection with the changes in the FDIC indemnification

 

87


Table of Contents

asset and the clawback liability, in addition to the actual reimbursement of costs of resolution of covered assets from the FDIC. The primary drivers of the FDIC loss sharing income are the FDIC reimbursements of the costs of resolving covered assets and the accretion related to the indemnification asset. Activity in the FDIC loss sharing income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 was as follows (in thousands):

 

    For the three
months ended
June 30, 2011
    For the six
months ended
June 30, 2011
 

FDIC indemnifications asset accretion

  $ 1,509      $ 3,739   

Clawback liability amortization

    (167     (327

FDIC reimbursement of costs of resolution of covered assets

    582        2,987   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,924      $ 6,399   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bank card fees are comprised primarily of interchange fees on debit cards issued by the Banks. These transactional charges totaled $1.8 million and $3.5 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively. Other bank card fees include merchant services fees and credit card fees.

Non-Interest Expense

Operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 included non-interest expense of $32.3 million and $63.1 million, respectively. Our operating strategy is to capture the efficiencies available by consolidating the operations of our acquisitions. Immediately following the Bank Midwest and Hillcrest Bank acquisitions, we began efforts to consolidate as many functions as possible. Furthermore, we believe that consolidation of the Hillcrest Bank into Bank Midwest under a single charter in November 2011 will create additional streamlining and operational efficiencies.

The table below details the significant components of non-interest expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     For the Three Months
Ended June 30,
     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011      2010      2011      2010  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 15,944       $ 2,368       $ 30,017       $ 3,353   

Occupancy and equipment

     2,427         68         5,260         147   

Professional fees

     2,305         182         5,145         354   

Telecommunications and data processing

     2,634         39         4,921         81   

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

     409         —           561         —     

Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability

     791         —           791         44   

Intangible asset amortization

     978         —           1,957         —     

FDIC deposit insurance

     1,449         —           2,440         —     

Acquisition costs

     339         771         474         1,344   

Other real estate owned expenses

     1,106         —           3,892         —     

Marketing and business development

     918         —           1,743         —     

Other loan expenses

     510         —           1,149         —     

ATM/debit card expenses

     777         —           1,393         —     

Other expenses

     1,708         532         3,403         745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 32,295       $ 3,960       $ 63,146       $ 6,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits is the largest component of non-interest operating expense. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, salary and employee benefits totaled $15.9 million and $30.0 million, respectively. In the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions, the majority of key lending functions were not retained as we are implementing a different lending strategy than the predecessor banks. During the period, several key positions were staffed and additional hiring is in process as we build a workforce to support and grow the Company.

 

88


Table of Contents

Included in the $15.9 million and $30.0 million of salaries and employee benefits for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 was $4.3 million and $8.6 million, respectively, of expense related to stock-based compensation, respectively. In connection with the formation of the Company in 2009, all members of the board of directors and executive management and other select members of management were granted stock-based compensation arrangements that contain a variety of vesting requirements over the course of several years. At June 30, 2011, there was $7.9 million and $8.9 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options and restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.09 years and 1.28 years, respectively.

These initial grants were related to the start-up of the Company, and we do not expect grants of such large quantities to be granted at any single time in the near future. As a result, once the vesting requirements of this group of stock-based compensation have been satisfied, we expect that this expense will decrease substantially. The valuation methodologies employed in determining the expense associated with stock-based compensation vary widely, as do the award types and the subjective assumptions used in those valuation methodologies. As a result, these differences in practice can have a material impact on the financial performance of us or our peers, and can limit meaningful comparisons between our performance over different periods and the performance results of our peers.

Occupancy and equipment was $2.4 million and $5.3 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, due to the acquisitions of Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest and the related additional facilities.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, professional fees totaled $2.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively, exclusive of $0.3 million and $0.5 million of professional fees related to due diligence on potential acquisitions that are included in acquisition related costs in the consolidated statements of operations. Professional fees for the six months ended June 30, 2011 included expenses related to the accounting and administration of the FDIC loss share agreements, the creation of the new operating platform and the pending merger of Hillcrest Bank into Bank Midwest.

As a result of the acquisitions of Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest, telecommunications and data processing expense totaled $2.6 million and $4.9 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively. These expenses contain both fixed costs and volume-based components driven by the number of accounts. While there is a cost associated with each additional account, additional efficiencies are available due to a lower incremental cost per account at higher levels of account volume.

OREO losses and related expenses that are covered by the FDIC loss-sharing agreement totaled $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011. These losses are recorded at the full-loss value in other non-interest expense, and any related reimbursement from the FDIC is recorded in non-interest income as FDIC loss-sharing income.

Several of our key operating objectives affect our non-interest expense. First, we expect to complete the conversion to our new data processing platform in phases. The first phase was completed during the second quarter of 2011 and we expect to complete the second phase during the fourth quarter of 2011 in connection with the merger of Hillcrest Bank into Bank Midwest. Additional acquisitions are scheduled to be converted as soon as reasonably practicable. Following the conversions, we expect that the professional fees related to the conversion will decrease substantially. Second, we believe the merger of Hillcrest Bank into Bank Midwest will provide opportunities to further streamline operations and increase efficiencies. Third, our business strategy includes growth strategies that may require added expenses to be incurred as we grow our operations through acquisitions and through organic growth.

Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . Under this guidance, deferred income taxes are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial

 

89


Table of Contents

statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities given the provisions of enacted tax laws. Deferred income tax provisions and benefits are based on changes to the assets or liabilities from year to year. In providing for deferred taxes, we consider tax regulations of the jurisdictions in which we operate, estimates of future taxable income, and available tax planning strategies. If tax regulations, operating results, or the ability to implement tax-planning strategies varies, adjustments to the carrying value of the deferred tax assets and liabilities may be required.

Valuation allowances are based on the “more likely than not” criteria of ASC 740. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. Interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions are recognized as a component of income tax expense. If our assessment of whether a tax position meets or no longer meets the more likely than not threshold were to change, adjustments to income tax benefits may be required.

Income tax expense totalled $1.1 million and zero for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $3.2 million and zero for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts equate to effective rates of 40.4% and 0% for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and 35.9% and 0% for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The changes in the effective tax rate between the periods is primarily attributable to:

 

  (i) taxable income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and
  (ii) management’s decision to not book any tax benefit for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 given the Company’s limited operating history and uncertainty of realization.

Additional information regarding income taxes can be found in note 20 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is monitored and managed to ensure that sufficient funds are available to operate our business and pay our obligations to depositors and other creditors, while providing ample available funds for opportunistic and strategic investment. Liquidity is represented by our cash and cash equivalents and pledgeable investment securities available for sale, and are detailed in the table below as of June 30, 2011. (in thousands):

 

Cash and due from banks

   $ 61,576   

Due from Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City

     360,300   

Federal funds sold and interest bearing bank deposits

     388,404   

Pledgeable investment securities, available for sale

     1,838,900   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,649,180   
  

 

 

 

The acquisitions of Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest have significantly enhanced the liquidity position of the Company. Net of settlement amounts paid to the respective sellers, we acquired $1.5 billion of cash and cash equivalents and $290.6 million of investment securities available for sale in our completion of the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions. Our acquisitions of the Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado provided $273.7 million and approximately $250.2 million of additional cash, respectively, as the FDIC contributed cash as a part of the purchase discount in each of these transactions.

Aside from the deployment of our capital and cash received from acquisitions, our primary sources of funds are deposits from clients, prepayments and maturities of loans and investment securities, the sale of investment securities, reimbursement of covered asset losses from the FDIC and the funds provided from operations. Additionally, we anticipate having access to third party funding sources, including the ability to raise funds through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity or equity-related securities, incurrence of debt, and federal funds purchased, that may also be a source of liquidity. We anticipate that these sources of liquidity will provide adequate liquidity over the next 12 months.

 

90


Table of Contents

Our primary uses of funds are loan originations, investment security purchases, withdrawals of deposits, settlement of repurchase agreements, capital expenditures, operating expenses and debt payments, particularly subsequent to acquisitions. For additional information regarding our operating, investing, and financing cash flows, see our consolidated statements of cash flows in the accompanying interim and audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Exclusive from the investing activities related to acquisitions, our primary investing activities are sales and purchases of investment securities and originations and pay offs and pay downs of loans. At June 30, 2011, pledgeable investment securities available for sale represented our largest source of liquidity. Our investment securities are carried at fair value and totaled $2.0 billion at June 30, 2011. Included in the $2.0 billion were net unrealized gains of $38.4 million, as is detailed in note 4 of our consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2011 included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of June 30, 2011, our available for sale investment securities portfolio consisted of $1.3 billion of residential mortgage pass-through securities and $691.2 million of residential collateralized mortgage obligations, and collectively represented essentially 100% of the total investment securities portfolio. The anticipated repayments and marketability of these securities offer substantial resources and flexibility to meet new loan demand, reinvest in the investment securities portfolio, or provide optionality for reductions in our deposit funding base.

Through June 30, 2011, the majority of our capital expenditures have been through acquisitions. Aside from the acquisitions, our capital outlays were $0.1 million during the three months ended December 31, 2010 and $16.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011. The majority of capital outlays were related to the development and implementation of our new operating platform and the build out of the new facilities in downtown Kansas City, Missouri that were completed during the summer of 2011 and now house a significant portion of our operations.

At present, financing activities are limited to changes in repurchase agreements and time deposits. Maturing time deposits, and holders of $548.1 million of time deposits acquired in the Hillcrest Bank acquisition that have not accepted new terms, represent a potential use of funds, as the depositors have the option to move the funds without penalty. As of June 30, 2011, $1.6 billion of time deposits were scheduled to mature within 12 months, $0.6 billion of which were in denominations of $100,000 or more. Based on the current interest rate environment, market conditions, and the strategic plans to remain competitive in deposit pricing, we expect to retain a significant portion of those maturing time deposits.

In July 2011, we joined the FHLB of Des Moines and purchased $3.5 million of FHLB stock as is required by the membership agreement. Through this relationship, we anticipate that we could increase liquidity by up to 35% of our total assets through borrowings from the FHLB, although we have no plans to utilize this facility during the next 12 months.

As the Company matures, we expect that our liquidity at the holding company will decrease as we continue to deploy available capital. Additionally, pledgeable investment securities may fluctuate in response to changes in loan and deposit balances.

Bank Midwest is prohibited from paying dividends to the holding company until December 2013. As a result, the holding company’s current sources of funds are limited to cash and cash equivalents on hand. The holding company may seek to borrow funds and raise additional capital, the success and terms of which will be subject to market conditions and other factors.

From our inception to date, we have not paid cash dividends to holders of our common stock.

Through June 30, 2011, stockholders’ equity has been most significantly impacted by the repurchase of 6,382,024 shares in 2010 in connection with achieving compliance following the January 6, 2010 and April 23, 2010 interpretive guidance issued on the FDIC Policy Statement, changes in unrealized gains on securities, net of tax, and the retention of earnings. Exclusive of the $127.6 million reduction in stockholders’ equity related to the stock repurchase in 2010, stockholders’ equity has increased $51.9 million since inception on June 16, 2009.

 

91


Table of Contents

As was discussed under “—Regulatory Capital,” we have agreed to maintain capital levels of at least 10% tier 1 leverage ratio and 10% tier 1 risk-based capital ratio at Bank Midwest until December 2013, and, at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, Bank Midwest exceeded all capital requirements to which it was subject.

Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk

The principal objective of the Company’s asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maintaining and maximizing earnings and preserving adequate levels of liquidity and capital as established by the board of directors. The asset and liability management function is under the guidance of the Asset Liability Committee from direction of the board of directors. The Asset Liability Committee meets monthly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of the Company’s assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, local and national market conditions and rates. The Asset Liability Committee also reviews the liquidity, capital, deposit mix, loan mix and investment positions of the Company.

The objective of interest rate risk management is to maximize net interest income while mitigating interest rate risk and the effects that interest rate fluctuations have on net interest income and on the net present value of the Company’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Management and the board of directors are responsible for managing interest rate risk and employing risk management policies that monitor and limit this exposure. Interest rate risk is measured using net interest income simulations and market value of portfolio equity analyses. These analyses use various assumptions, including the nature and timing of interest rate changes, yield curve shape, prepayments on loans, securities and deposits, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposit, reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows.

Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates by the shock amount rather than a gradual change in rates over a period of time that has historically been more realistic.

We also analyze the economic value of equity as a secondary measure of interest rate risk. This is a complementary measure to net interest income where the calculated value is the result of the market value of assets less the market value of liabilities. The economic value of equity is a longer term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of the future cash flows. The impact of changes in interest rates on this calculation is analyzed for the risk to our future earnings and is used in conjunction with the analyses on net interest income.

Our interest rate risk model indicated that the Company was slightly asset sensitive in terms of interest rate sensitivity at June 30, 2011. The table below illustrates the impact of an immediate and sustained 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on net interest income based on the interest rate risk model at June 30, 2011:

 

Hypothetical

Shift in Interest

Rates (in bps)

   % Change in Projected
Net Interest Income
 

100

     1.09

-100

     -1.32

Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include actions that management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates and actual results may also differ due to any actions taken in response to the changing rates.

The federal funds rate is the basis for overnight funding and the market expectations for changes in the federal funds rate influence the yield curve. The federal funds rate is currently at 0.25% and has been since December 2008. Should interest rates decline further, net interest margin and net interest income would be compressed given the current mix of rate sensitive assets and liabilities.

 

92


Table of Contents

As part of the asset/liability management strategy, management has emphasized the origination of shorter duration loans as well as variable rate loans to limit the negative exposure to a rate increase. Additionally, the scheduled maturity of our existing loan portfolio, particularly our covered loans, is generally short-term. The strategy with respect to liabilities has been to emphasize transaction accounts, particularly non-interest or low interest-bearing non-maturing deposit accounts which are less sensitive to changes in interest rates. In response to this strategy, non-maturing deposit accounts have been steadily increasing and totaled 39% of total deposits at June 30, 2011 compared to 35% at December 31, 2010. We currently have no brokered time deposits and intend to focus on our strategy of increasing non-interest or low interest-bearing non-maturing deposit accounts and accordingly, we have no current plans to use brokered deposits in the near future.

Off-Balance Sheet Activities

In the normal course of business, we are a party to various contractual obligations, commitments and other off-balance sheet activities that contain credit, market, and operational risks that are not required to be reflected in our consolidated financial statements. The most significant of these are the loan commitments that we enter into to meet the financing needs of clients, including commitments to extend credit, commercial and consumer lines of credit and standby letters of credit. Unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon. We do not anticipate any material losses arising from commitments or contingent liabilities and we do not believe that there are any material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.

These financing commitments are detailed in the following table (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Covered      Not
Covered
     Total      Covered      Not
Covered
     Total  

Commitments to fund loans

                 

Residential

   $ —         $ 47       $ 47       $ —         $ 1,491       $ 1,491   

Commercial and commercial real estate

     10,639         52,664         63,303         17,780         55,147         72,927   

Construction and land development

     21,710         2,331         24,041         17,568         1,749         19,317   

Credit card lines of credit

     —           22,743         22,743         —           22,661         22,661   

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

     261         120,389         120,650         571         108,879         109,450   

Commercial and standby letters of credit

     14,810         7,456         22,266         20,382         8,738         29,120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 47,420       $ 205,630       $ 253,050       $ 56,301       $ 198,666       $ 254,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

In addition to the financing commitments detailed above under “—Off-Balance Sheet Activities,” in the normal course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that require cash settlement. The following table summarizes the contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2010 and the expected timing of those payments (in thousands):

 

     Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
     Total  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —           —     

Capital lease obligations

     —           —           —           —           —     

Operating lease obligations

     601         3,350         3,411         5,268         12,630   

Purchase obligations

     5,396         12,549         5,892         —           23,837   

Time deposits

     1,771,976         441,243         46,477         4,321         2,264,017   

Clawback liability

     —           —           11,571         —           11,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,777,973       $ 457,142       $ 67,351       $ 9,589       $ 2,312,055   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increasing operating costs and is reflected in non-interest expense. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, changes in interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than do changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. Interest rate changes do not necessarily move in the same direction, or have the same magnitude, as changes in the prices of goods and services. Although not as critical to the banking industry as many other industries, inflationary factors may have some impact on our ability to grow, total assets, earnings, and capital levels. We do not expect inflation to be a significant factor in the near future.

Select Historical Financial Data Derived from Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Pursuant to a request for relief submitted to, and not objected to by the SEC, the unaudited financial information presented below, in conjunction with the audited statements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, is provided in lieu of certain historical financial information of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as required by Rule 3-05 and Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The information presented below should be read in conjunction with the statements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the notes thereto for the respective transactions.

Hillcrest Bank

Prior to October 22, 2010, the former Hillcrest Bank operated as a commercial bank based in Overland Park, Kansas. Plagued by credit deterioration and diminished capital levels, Hillcrest Bank was ultimately seized by bank regulators and the FDIC was appointed as receiver, at which time the Company acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of this failed bank. The acquisition and assumption of the Hillcrest Bank assets and liabilities served as the commencement of our banking operations.

The information provided below is derived from information and systems previously maintained and provided by the former Hillcrest Bank and the FDIC. The financial information presented is not indicative of the financial condition or results of operations that may be expected from the assets acquired and liabilities assumed due to the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC, the fair value adjustments taken at the time of acquisition and the related amortization and accretion of those fair value adjustments, where applicable, and due to significant operating strategy differences.

 

94


Table of Contents

The table below presents information regarding the book balance at the October 22, 2010 acquisition date of acquired interest-earning assets, as well as the related fair value as recorded on the date of acquisition and the average months to maturity and the average effective yield on those assets (dollars in thousands):

 

     Book balance      Fair Value      Average
Months to
Maturity (1)
     Average
Effective
Yield
 

Due from Federal Reserve Bank

   $ 128,531       $ 128,531         0.0         0.3

Investment securities

     239,297         239,297         42.0         2.0

Loans:

           

Commercial and industrial

     155,530         126,071         16.0         6.6

Commercial construction

     173,313         132,995         11.7         5.6

Commercial real estate

     231,202         189,465         12.4         5.8

Multifamily

     76,642         67,088         25.2         4.3

Land and development

     342,928         233,032         10.1         5.5

Single family residential

     21,911         19,540         8.6         4.4

Consumer

     3,486         3,090         26.0         6.0

Leases

     11,382         10,061         33.0         12.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total Loans

   $ 1,016,394       $ 781,342         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total interest-earning assets acquired

   $ 1,384,222       $ 1,149,170         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(1) Mortgage-backed investment securities are presented at the estimated weighted average life based on various assumptions including prepayment speeds.

Inclusive of the $37.8 million gain on bargain purchase and the $170 million of capital infused upon consummation, the capital ratios of Hillcrest Bank, N.A. were as follows at the time of acquisition:

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     13.11

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     93.39

Total risk-based capital ratio

     93.39

At the acquisition date, Hillcrest Bank was considered “well-capitalized” under all applicable regulatory capital ratios.

Bank Midwest

Prior to the Bank Midwest transaction, the acquired assets and assumed liabilities were operated by Dickinson Financial Corporation. Accordingly, the financial information presented below is based on information previously maintained and provided by DFC and is not inclusive of the fair value adjustments recorded upon consummation of the transaction. As such, the financial information presented is not necessarily indicative of the financial condition or results of operations that may be expected from the assets acquired and liabilities assumed because of the required amortization and accretion of the fair value adjustments and differences in operating strategies.

 

95


Table of Contents

The table below presents historical information relative to the average balances, interest earned and paid and average rates of interest earning assets acquired and interest bearing liabilities assumed in connection with the Bank Midwest acquisition (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the period January 1, 2010
through December 10, 2010
    For the period January 1, 2009
through December 31, 2009
 
     Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Interest      Average
Rate
 

Interest earning assets (1):

                

Loans receivable, net

   $ 941,983       $ 47,142         5.31   $ 940,458       $ 50,412         5.36

Investment securities (2)

     65,100         153         0.25     147,422         369         0.25
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest earning assets

   $ 1,007,083       $ 47,295         4.98   $ 1,087,880       $ 50,781         4.67
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Interest bearing liabilities:

                

Savings deposits and interest bearing checking

   $ 618,099       $ 4,155         0.71   $ 615,486       $ 5,316         0.86

Time deposits

     1,587,239         32,867         2.20     1,764,891         58,888         3.34

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     34,263         110         0.34     77,590         303         0.39
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest bearing liabilities

   $ 2,239,601       $ 37,132         1.76   $ 2,457,967       $ 64,507         2.62
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) The $1.4 billion of cash acquired by the Company was contributed by Dickinson Financial Corporation, the holding company of Bank Midwest, at the time of closing. As such, these amounts are not presented as overnight deposits.
(2) Investment securities purchased included U.S. Treasury securities that served as collateral for securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Average balance of investment securities was estimated based on the average securities sold under agreements to repurchase and typical excess collateral positions of these instruments.

Loans

A further breakdown of the historical performance and composition of the acquired Bank Midwest loan portfolio is shown below, exclusive of fair value adjustments recorded at the time of acquisition (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the period from January 1, 2010
         through December 10, 2010        
    For the twelve months ended
December 31, 2009
 
     Average
  Balance  
     Yield     Effective
    Rate    
    Average
Balance
     Yield     Effective
Rate
 

Commercial

   $ 150,565         4.65     4.64   $ 163,633         4.02     4.44

Commercial Real Estate

     411,116         5.59     5.49     409,127         5.61     5.58

Agriculture

     65,204         4.90     5.95     59.625         5.64     5.96

Residential Real Estate

     291,929         5.36     5.28     292,248         5.44     5.43

Consumer

     23,169         4.79     4.94     15,825         5.44     5.52
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Grand Total

   $ 941,983         5.30     5.31   $ 940,458         5.28     5.36
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Core Deposit Intangible Asset

In assuming the deposit liabilities as part of the Bank Midwest acquisition, we believed that the customer relationships associated with the core deposits had an intangible value. This intangible value was measured in accordance with the guidance prescribed in ASC Topic 805/350, Business Combinations resulting in an initial

 

96


Table of Contents

estimated fair value of $21.7 million. Factors that were analyzed to determine the value of the core deposit intangible asset included type of deposit, interest rates in effect at the time of assumption of the deposits, deposit retention assumptions, age of the deposit relationships and the maturity schedules of the time deposits. This core deposit intangible asset will be amortized straight-line over its expected useful life of 7 years and will result in approximately $3.1 million of annual core deposit intangible amortization expense.

While the amortization of the core deposit intangible asset is a non-cash item and will not have a direct impact on cash flows or liquidity, it is considered to be a disallowed asset in the regulatory capital calculations and is a reduction to equity capital for those purposes. We do not expect that this will have a material adverse impact on our regulatory capital ratios.

We will review and test the core deposit intangible asset for impairment at least annually to ensure that no impairment has occurred. Should we determine that subsequent impairment has occurred, we would record the impairment expense in the period in which that determination is made in the consolidated statement of operations.

Deposits

In the Bank Midwest acquisition, $2.4 billion of deposits were assumed. The following table reflects the historical composition, by deposit type, and average rates paid on those deposits. Due to the limited historical data available on the specific deposits assumed, the average balances were calculated based on a simple average of month-end balances during the time periods shown and do not include the fair value adjustments recorded at the time of our assumption of these deposit liabilities (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
     Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate
 

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

   $ 242,432         0.00   $ 233,488         0.00

Interest bearing demand deposits

     136,595         0.25     130,839         0.27

Money market

     395,469         0.92     399,227         1.13

Savings

     86,035         0.48     85,420         0.50

Time deposits

     1,587,239         2.20     1,764,891         3.34
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total deposits

   $ 2,447,769         1.60   $ 2,613,864         2.46
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

As of December 10, 2010, the assumed time deposits with balances over $100,000 had remaining maturities as follows (in thousands):

 

Due in 3 months or less

   $ 78,928   

Due in 3 to 6 months

     94,195   

Due in 6 to 12 months

     142,958   

Due over 12 months

     31,716   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 347,797   
  

 

 

 

Bank of Choice

Prior to the Bank of Choice acquisition, the Bank of Choice was operated as a community bank based in Greeley, Colorado. Bank of Choice was founded in 1997 and suffered significant credit quality deterioration and diminished capital levels, ultimately leading to its failure. On July 22, 2011, Bank of Choice was seized by bank regulators and the FDIC was appointed as receiver, at which time we acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of this failed bank.

 

97


Table of Contents

The information provided below is derived from information and systems previously maintained and provided by Bank of Choice and the FDIC. The financial information presented is not indicative of the financial condition or results of operations that may be expected from the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the fair value adjustments taken at the time of acquisition and the related amortization and accretion of those fair value adjustments, where applicable, and due to significant operating strategy differences.

The table below presents information regarding the book balance at the July 22, 2011 acquisition date of acquired interest-earning assets, as well as the related fair value as recorded on the date of acquisition and the average months to maturity and the average effective yield on those assets (in thousands):

 

     Book
balance
     Fair Value      Average
Months to
Maturity
     Average
Effective
Yield
 

Due from Federal Reserve Bank

   $ 402,005       $ 402,005         0.0         0.3

Investment securities

     144,209         144,209         66.0         2.3

Loans:

           

Commercial and industrial

     75,817         69,020         33.4         5.8

Commercial construction

     124,005         90,797         22.1         5.7   

Commercial real estate

     100,198         87,877         5.9         6.5

Agriculture

     16,419         15,819         80.4         6.0

Single family residential—investment

     40,232         44,173         51.5         6.3

Single family residential—owner
occupied

     47,342         41,877         18.2         6.1

Consumer

     18,130         13,618         44.0         6.5

Leases

     761         751         35.0         5.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total Loans

   $ 432,904       $ 363,931         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total interest-earnings assets acquired

   $ 979,118       $ 910,145         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

98


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Summary

NBH Holdings Corp. is a bank holding company that was incorporated in the State of Delaware in June 2009. In October 2009, we raised approximately $1.1 billion through a private offering of our common stock. We are executing a strategy to create long-term stockholder value through the acquisition and operation of community banking franchises in our targeted markets. We believe these markets exhibit attractive demographic attributes, are home to a substantial number of troubled financial institutions and present favorable competitive dynamics, thereby offering long-term opportunities for growth. Our emphasis is on creating meaningful market share with strong revenues complemented by operational efficiencies that we believe will produce attractive risk-adjusted returns.

We believe we have a disciplined approach to acquisitions, both in terms of the selection of targets and the structuring of transactions, which has been exhibited by our four acquisitions to date. As of June 30, 2011, after giving effect to the Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado acquisitions on their respective acquisition dates, we had approximately $6.8 billion in assets, $5.4 billion in deposits and $1.1 billion in stockholders’ equity. We currently operate a network of 103 full-service banking centers, with the majority of those banking centers located in the greater Kansas City region and Colorado. We believe that our established presence positions us well for growth opportunities in our current and complementary markets.

We have a management team consisting of experienced banking executives led by President and Chief Executive Officer G. Timothy Laney. Mr. Laney brings 29 years of banking experience, 24 of which were at Bank of America in a wide range of executive management roles, including serving on Bank of America’s Management Operating Committee. In late 2007, Mr. Laney joined Regions Financial as Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Business Services. Mr. Laney leads our team of executives that have significant experience in completing and integrating mergers and acquisitions and operating banks. Additionally, our board of directors, led by Chairman Frank Cahouet, the former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Mellon Financial, is highly accomplished in the banking industry and includes individuals with broad experience operating and working with banking institutions, regulators and governance considerations.

Our Acquisitions

Since October 2010, we have completed four acquisitions. We established our presence in the greater Kansas City region through two complementary acquisitions completed in the fourth quarter of 2010. On October 22, 2010, we acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of Hillcrest Bank of Overland Park, Kansas from the FDIC. Through this transaction, we acquired nine full-service banking centers and 32 retirement center locations, which are predominantly located in the greater Kansas City region but also include one full-service banking center and six retirement centers in Colorado and two full-service banking centers and six retirement centers in Texas. On December 10, 2010, we completed our acquisition of a portion of the franchise of Bank Midwest, N.A., which consisted of select performing loans and client deposits, and included 39 full- service banking centers. As a result of these acquisitions, at June 30, 2011, we were the sixth largest depository institution in the Kansas City MSA ranked by deposits with a 5.2% deposit market share according to SNL Financial.

We expanded in the Colorado market through two complementary acquisitions beginning with the purchase of selected assets and assumption of selected liabilities of Bank of Choice, a state chartered commercial bank based in Greeley, Colorado, from the FDIC on July 22, 2011, which included 16 full-service banking centers. On October 21, 2011, we acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of Community Banks of Colorado, a state chartered bank based in Greenwood Village, Colorado, which included 35 full-service banking centers in Colorado and four in California. The Community Banks of Colorado acquisition enhanced our penetration into the Colorado market, giving us a combined network of 52 full-service banking centers in that state and ranking us as the sixth largest depository institution by deposits with a 2.2% deposit market share as of June 30, 2011 according to SNL Financial.

 

99


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes certain highlights of our four acquisitions to date:

 

    

Community Banks
of Colorado (1)

  

Bank of Choice

  

Bank Midwest

  

Hillcrest Bank

Date Acquired

   October 21, 2011    July 22, 2011    December 20, 2010    October 22, 2010

FDIC-assisted

   Yes    Yes    No    Yes

Loss Share

   Yes (2)    No    No    Yes (3)

Full-Service Banking Centers

   39    16    39   

9

(and 32 retirement centers)

Deposits (millions)

   $1,263    $760    $2,386    $1,234

Assets (millions)

   $1,470    $952    $3,520    $1,377

Primary Market

   Colorado    Colorado    Greater Kansas City Region    Greater Kansas City Region

 

(1) Community Banks of Colorado was acquired on October 21, 2011 and amounts shown are estimated fair value amounts that are subject to refinement until initial fair values can be determined.
(2) Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
(3) Single Family Loss-Share Agreement and Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

We believe we have a disciplined approach to acquisitions, which has been exhibited in our transactions to date. We believe that we have established critical mass in our current markets and have structured acquisitions that limit our credit risk, which has positioned us for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Further details of our acquisitions appear below.

Hillcrest Bank

On October 22, 2010, we acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of Hillcrest Bank from the FDIC, as receiver. Hillcrest Bank was a state-chartered non-member bank, established on December 3, 1975 as Oak Park National Bank that subsequently changed its name to Oak Park Bank on May 1, 1987 and to Hillcrest Bank on January 1, 1997. Included in the transaction were 41 banking centers, 26 of which are in the greater Kansas City region (six of which are traditional banking centers and 20 of which are banking centers located within senior living facilities that provide convenient, limited scope banking services consisting primarily of time deposits to the employees and residents of these senior living facilities), eight of which are in Texas (two of which are full service banking centers and six of which are in senior living facilities) and seven of which are in Colorado (one of which is full service banking center and six of which are in senior living facilities).

The Hillcrest Bank acquisition gave the Company assets with a fair value of $1.3 billion, including $820 million of loans (with a corresponding unpaid principal balance, or UPB, of $1.0 billion), $235 million of marketable investment securities, $134 million of cash and cash equivalents, and $153 million of other assets. Liabilities with a fair value of $1.3 billion were also assumed, including $1.2 billion of non-brokered deposits, $84 million of FHLB advances, and $25 million of other liabilities. The acquisition excluded deposits of $250 million that were retained by the FDIC, and the FDIC made a cash contribution of $183 million to us as part of the transaction.

 

100


Table of Contents

The FDIC has agreed to absorb a portion of all future credit losses and workout expenses through a loss sharing arrangement that covers single-family mortgage loans for a period of 10 years and commercial loans, including OREO for a period of five years (excluding $2.4 million in consumer loans as of June 30, 2011). The coverage amounts are subject to loss thresholds as follows (in thousands):

 

Commercial

  

Single family

Tranche

 

Loss Threshold

  

Loss-Coverage
Percentage

  

Tranche

  

Loss Threshold

  

Loss-Coverage
Percentage

1

  up to $295,592    60%    1    up to $4,618    60%

2

  $295,592-405,293    0%    2    $4,618-8,191    30%

3

  >405,293    80%    3    >$8,191    80%

We acquired other Hillcrest Bank assets that are not covered by the loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC including cash, certain investment securities acquired at fair market value and other tangible assets. The loss sharing arrangement does not apply to subsequently acquired, purchased or originated assets. At June 30, 2011, the Covered Assets consisted of assets with a book value of $658 million. The total UPB (or for OREO, the carrying amount) of the covered assets at June 30, 2011 was $764 million. In connection with the Hillcrest Bank acquisition, we created the newly chartered Hillcrest Bank, National Association to hold the acquired assets. Hillcrest Bank, National Association was later merged into Bank Midwest as described under the heading “Prospectus Summary—The Restructuring .

Bank Midwest

In July 2010, we agreed to acquire, and on December 10, 2010 we completed, the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities formerly held by Bank Midwest, one of six banking subsidiaries owned by Dickinson Financial Corporation, a privately held bank holding company located in Kansas City, Missouri. The acquired assets and assumed liabilities included 39 of Bank Midwest’s 58 banking centers, $2.4 billion of Bank Midwest’s $3.3 billion of deposits and approximately $908 million of Bank Midwest’s $2.4 billion of loans, and the rights to the name “Bank Midwest.”

Of the 39 banking centers included in the transaction, 25 are in the greater Kansas City region and the remaining 14 are elsewhere in Missouri. The transaction excluded all of Bank Midwest’s banking centers that were located in Wal-Mart locations, deposits of $862 million and all non-accrual loans and OREO, which were retained by Dickinson Financial Corporation.

The Bank Midwest acquisition gave us assets with a fair value of $2.4 billion, including $882 million of loans (with a corresponding unpaid principal balance, or UPB, of $908 million), $1.4 billion of cash and cash equivalents and $174 million of other assets. Liabilities with a fair value of $2.4 billion were also assumed, including $2.4 billion of non-brokered deposits and $40 million of other liabilities. In connection with the Bank Midwest acquisition, we established the newly chartered Bank Midwest, National Association to hold the acquired assets.

Bank of Choice

On July 22, 2011, our wholly owned bank subsidiary, Bank Midwest, acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of Bank of Choice from the FDIC as receiver. Bank of Choice was a Colorado state chartered commercial bank established in 1896 and based in Greeley, Colorado. Included in this transaction were 16 full-service banking centers in Colorado.

The Bank of Choice acquisition gave the Company assets with a fair value of $952 million, including $364 million of loans (with a corresponding UPB, of $447 million), $144 million of investment securities, $402 million of cash and cash equivalents, and $42 million of other assets. Liabilities with a fair value of $889 million were also assumed, including $760 million of non-brokered deposits, $117 million of FHLB advances, and $12 million of other liabilities.

 

101


Table of Contents

We did not enter into a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC on the Bank of Choice acquisition, but rather the FDIC contributed a payment of $272 million, consisting of a $172 million asset discount and approximately $100 million for the difference in liabilities assumed and assets acquired.

Community Banks of Colorado

On October 21, 2011, our wholly owned bank subsidiary, Bank Midwest, acquired selected assets and assumed selected liabilities of Community Banks of Colorado from the FDIC as receiver. Community Banks of Colorado was a Colorado state-chartered, Fed-member, commercial bank established in 1973 as Bank of Cripple Creek and later changed its name to Community Banks of Colorado in 1995 and was based in Greenwood Village, Colorado. Included in this transaction were 39 full-service banking centers, 35 of which are in Colorado, and 4 of which are in California.

Not giving effect to any subsequent modification for purposes of acquisition accounting, the Community Banks of Colorado acquisition gave the Company assets of approximately $1.2 billion, including $800 million of loans and $1.2 billion million of non-brokered deposits.

The FDIC has agreed to absorb a portion of all future credit losses and workout expenses through a loss sharing arrangement that covers the large majority of the Community Bank of Colorado’s commercial loans and OREO ($726 million) for a term of five years. The loss sharing arrangement does not cover any losses on single family residential loans or selected commercial real estate loans ($122 million).

 

Tranche

  

Loss Threshold

  

Loss-Coverage Percentage

1

   Up to $204,194    80%

2

   $204,195-$308,020    30%

3

   $308,021-$642,373    80%

With the Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado acquisitions, we substantially increased our presence in Colorado, becoming the sixth largest depository institution in Colorado ranked by deposits with a 2.2% deposit market share as of June 30, 2011, according to SNL Financial. We believe this market and our position in it offers attractive growth potential due to the number of distressed banks, retrenching competitors and attractive demographic characteristics.

Market Area

Market Criteria

We focus on markets that we believe are characterized by some or all of the following:

 

   

Attractive demographics with household income and population growth above the national average

 

   

Concentration of business activity

 

   

High quality deposit bases

 

   

Advantageous competitive landscape that provides opportunity to achieve meaningful market presence

 

   

A significant number of troubled banking institutions

 

   

Lack of consolidation in the banking sector and corresponding opportunities for add-on transactions

 

   

Markets sizeable enough to support our long-term growth objectives

Current Markets

Our current markets are broadly defined as the greater Kansas City region and Colorado. Our specific emphasis is on the I-35 corridor surrounding the Kansas City MSA and the Colorado Front Range corridor,

 

102


Table of Contents

defined as the Denver, Boulder, Colorado Springs, Fort Collins and Greeley MSAs. The table below describes certain key statistics regarding our presence in these markets as of June 30, 2011, adjusted to reflect our acquisitions of Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado.

States

   Deposit Market
Share Rank(1)
     Banking Centers(1)      Deposits
(millions of dollars)(1)
     Deposit Market
Share (%) (1)
 

Missouri

     9         42       $ 2,246.6         1.7

Colorado

     6         58         2,077.1         2.2   

Kansas

     12         24         909.2         1.5   

MSAs

   Deposit Market
Share Rank (1)
     Banking Centers(1)      Deposits
(millions of  dollars) (1)
     Deposit Market
Share (%) (1)
 

Kansas City, MO-KS

     6         50       $ 2,269.8         5.2

Denver-Aurora-Broomfield, CO

     12         21         887.0         1.5   

Greeley, CO

     2         5         301.7         10.3   

Saint Joseph, MO-KS

     3         4         268.3         12.9   

Maryville, MO

     2         3         162.5         31.7   

Kirksville, MO

     2         2         157.1         25.3   

Fort Collins-Loveland, CO

     13         4         104.3         2.2   

 

(1) Note: Excludes our Texas and California operations and MSAs in which we have less than $100 million in deposits.
Source: SNL Financial as of June 30, 2011.

We believe that these markets have highly attractive demographic, economic and competitive dynamics that are consistent with our objectives and favorable to executing our acquisition and organic growth strategy. The table below describes certain key demographic statistics regarding these markets.

 

Markets

  Deposits
(billions
of
dollars)
    # of
Businesses
(thousands)
    Population
(millions)
    Population
Density

(# /  sq. mile)
    Population
Growth

(1) (%)
    Median
Household
Income
(dollars)
    Median
Household
Income
Growth

(1) (%)
    Top 3
Competitor
Combined
Deposit
Market
Share (%)
 

Kansas City, MO-KS

               

MSA

    43.6        75.1        2.1        261.1        11.7        60,442        32.0        36   

CO Front Range(2)

    78.2        161.5        4.1        275.5        20.3        66,668        32.5        51   

U.S.

          88.0        10.6        54,442        29.1        55 (3) 

 

(1) Population growth and median household income growth are for the period 2000 through 2010.
(2) CO Front Range is a population weighted average of the following Colorado MSAs: Denver, Boulder, Colorado Springs, Fort Collins and Greeley.
(3) Based on U.S. Top 20 MSAs (determined by population).

Source: SNL Financial as of June 30, 2011.

Prospective Markets

We believe there is significant opportunity to both enhance our presence in our current markets and enter new complementary markets that meet our objectives. As we evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, we believe there are many banking institutions that continue to face credit challenges, capital constraints and liquidity issues. As of June 30, 2011, 58 banks in our current markets and in surrounding states had Texas Ratios either (1) in excess of 100% or (2) less than 0%. Texas Ratio is a key measure of a bank’s financial health and is defined as the sum of nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and OREO) and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing divided by the sum of the bank’s tangible common equity and loan loss reserves. We believe this dynamic will provide ongoing opportunities for us to continue to execute our acquisition strategy over the next several years.

 

103


Table of Contents

The table below highlights banking institutions with a Texas Ratio either (1) in excess of 100% or (2) less than 0% in our current markets and surrounding states:

 

     # of Banks      Total
Assets
($ millions)
     Total
Deposits
($ millions)
 

By Urban Corridor

        

Kansas City MSA

     13       $ 6,098       $ 4,621   

Colorado Front Range

     7         2,006         1,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Urban Corridor Total

     20         8,104         6,487   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

By Current States

        

Missouri

     19       $ 11,838       $ 10,141   

Kansas

     11         6,033         4,607   

Colorado

     11         3,413         3,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current States Total

     41         21,284         17,847   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Surrounding States (Iowa, Montana, Nebraska, Wyoming, South and North Dakota)

        

Surrounding States Total

     17         6,168         5,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current States & Surrounding States Total

     58       $ 27,452       $ 23,082   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Source: SNL Financial as of June 30, 2011.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

Leading risk-adjusted operating and expense performance— Since the fourth quarter of 2010, the beginning of our operating history, we have been able to achieve profitability. In the first half of 2011, we have had leading risk-adjusted operating and expense performance for a bank of our size, as measured by our top quartile rank among U.S. bank holding companies with $3 billion to $10 billion of total assets in terms the following metrics.

 

(Six months ended June 30, 2011)

   Pre-Tax
Pre-Provision  Net
Revenue (1)/
Risk Weighted Assets
    Non-Interest
Expense/
Average Assets
 

NBH (2)

     4.41     2.36

Median of U.S. bank holding companies with $3.0 to $10.0 billion in Total Assets

  

 

2.31

  

 

 

2.94

  

1st Quartile Cut-Off

     2.88     2.61

 

Source: SNL Financial

(1) Pre-provision net revenue is a non-GAAP financial measure, which we use as a supplemental measure to evaluate our performance. We believe that the most comparable GAAP financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is the ratio of net income to risk weighted assets, which was 0.84% for the six months ended June 30, 2011. For a reconciliation of all non-GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—About Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) For comparability purposes, pre-provision net revenue and Non-Interest Expense for NBH are adjusted to exclude compensation expense with respect to equity grants in connection with the formation of our management team through June 30, 2011. Information with respect to bank holding companies included in the comparative subset has not been adjusted to exclude any stock based compensation.

 

104


Table of Contents

We believe our ability to operate efficiently is enhanced by our centralized management structure, our access to attractive labor and real estate costs in our markets, and an infrastructure that is unencumbered by legacy systems. Furthermore, we anticipate additional expense synergies from the integration of our recent acquisitions, which be believe will enhance our financial performance.

 

   

Disciplined focus on building meaningful scale in attractive markets . We believe our current and prospective markets present substantial acquisition and long-term organic growth opportunities, based on the number of distressed banks, retrenching competitors and attractive demographic characteristics. We are actively executing on our strategy to build further scale in our markets and, as of June 30, 2011, according to SNL Financial, after giving effect to the Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado acquisitions:

 

   

over 77% of our deposits were concentrated in the Kansas City MSA and Colorado;

 

   

we were ranked as the sixth largest depository institution in the Kansas City MSA with a 5.2% deposit market share; and

 

   

we were ranked as the sixth largest depository institution in Colorado with a 2.2% deposit market share.

 

   

Attractive risk profile. Nearly our entire loan portfolio has been subjected to acquisition accounting adjustments and, in some cases, is also subject to loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC:

 

   

as of June 30, 2011, 98% of our loans (by dollar amount) were acquired loans and all of those loans were adjusted to their estimated fair values at the time of acquisition;

 

   

as of June 30, 2011, 43% of our loans (by dollar amount) were covered by a loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC; and

 

   

for our Bank Midwest acquisition, we selected the acquired assets based on comprehensive due diligence and purchased only select performing loans and client deposits.

We believe we have developed a disciplined and comprehensive credit due diligence process that takes into consideration the potential for a prolonged economic downturn and continued pressure on real estate values. In addition, we have been able to quickly implement conservative credit and operating policies in acquired franchises, allowing for the application of consistent, enterprise-wide risk management procedures, which we believe will help drive continued improvements in asset quality.

 

   

Expertise in FDIC-assisted and unassisted troubled-bank transactions. We believe our discipline and selectivity in identifying target franchises, along with our successful history of working with the FDIC and directly with troubled financial institutions, provide us a substantial advantage in pursuing and consummating future acquisitions. Additionally, we believe our strengths in structuring transactions to limit our risk, our experience in the financial reporting and regulatory process related to troubled bank acquisitions, and our ongoing risk management expertise, particularly in problem loan workouts, collectively enable us to capitalize on the potential of the franchises we acquire.

 

   

Experienced and respected management team and board of directors. Our management team is led by Mr. Laney, a 29-year veteran of the banking industry with significant experience in running complex franchises at both Bank of America and Regions Financial. Mr. Laney leads a respected executive team of bankers with extensive experience at nationally recognized financial institutions who have, on average, 31 years banking experience and have, collectively, completed 38 acquisitions worth over $172.1 billion in assets. Most of our management team members have extensive experience working together at Bank of America or Citizens Financial Group. In addition, our board of directors, led by Chairman Frank Cahouet, is highly accomplished and well versed in the banking industry and provides substantial expertise and experience and valuable perspective to our growth and operating strategies.

 

105


Table of Contents
   

New operating platform implemented and positioned for growth . We have invested in our infrastructure and technology through the implementation of an efficient, industry-leading, scalable platform that supports our risk management activities and our potential for significant future growth and new product offerings. We have centralized our operational functions in Kansas City, which has desirable cost and labor market characteristics. We have built enterprise-wide finance and risk management capabilities that we expect will afford efficiencies as we grow. As we continue to pursue acquisitions, we will seek to integrate new banks quickly and seamlessly convert them to our platform, with a focus on exceeding expectations of our clients and employees while keeping our operating costs low.

 

   

Available capital to support growth . As of June 30, 2011, adjusted to reflect the acquisitions of Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado as well as the net proceeds that we expect to receive from this offering, we had approximately $         million of excess capital available on a consolidated basis to continue to implement our acquisition strategy and to support growth in our existing banking franchises. As of June 30, 2011, our capital ratios exceeded both regulatory guidelines and the level at which we would expect to operate long-term following the deployment of our excess capital.

Our Business Strategy

Our strategic plan is to become a leading regional bank holding company through selective acquisitions, including distressed and undercapitalized banking institutions that have stable core franchises and significant local market share, while structuring the transactions to limit risk. We plan to achieve this through the acquisition of banking franchises from the FDIC and through conservatively structured unassisted transactions. We seek acquisitions that offer opportunities for clear financial benefits through add-on transactions, long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions. Additionally, our acquisition strategy is to identify markets that are relatively unconsolidated, establish a meaningful presence within those markets, and take advantage of the operational efficiencies and enhanced market position. Our focus is on building strong banking relationships with small- and mid-sized businesses and consumers, while maintaining a low risk profile designed to generate reliable income streams and attractive risk-adjusted returns. The key components of our strategic plan are:

 

   

Disciplined acquisitions . We seek to carefully select banking acquisition opportunities that we believe have stable core franchises and significant local market share, while structuring the transactions to limit risk. Further, we seek acquisitions in attractive markets that offer substantial benefits through reliable income streams, potential add-on transactions, long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions. We believe we utilize a comprehensive, conservative due diligence process that is strongly focused on loan credit quality.

 

   

Attractive markets . We seek to acquire banking franchises in markets that exhibit attractive demographic attributes. Our focus is on comparatively healthy business markets that are home to a substantial number of troubled institutions for which we believe there are a limited number of potential acquirors. Additionally, we seek banking markets that present favorable competitive dynamics and a lack of consolidation in order to position us for long-term growth. We believe that our two current markets—the greater Kansas City region and Colorado—meet these objectives. We intend to continue to make banking acquisitions in these markets and in complementary markets to expand our existing franchise.

 

   

Focus on client-centered, relationship-driven banking strategy . We continue to add consumer and commercial bankers to execute on a client-centered, relationship-driven banking model. Our consumer bankers focus on knowing their clients in order to best meet their financial needs, offering a full complement of loan, deposit and on-line banking solutions. Our commercial bankers focus on small- and mid-sized businesses with an advisory approach that emphasizes understanding the client’s business and offering a complete array of loan, deposit and treasury management products and services.

 

106


Table of Contents
   

Expansion through organic growth and enhanced product offerings . We believe that our focus on attractive markets will provide long-term opportunities for organic growth, particularly in an improving economic environment. We also believe that our focus on serving consumers and small- to mid-sized businesses, coupled with our enhanced product offerings, will provide an expanded revenue base and new sources of fee income.

 

   

Operating platform and efficiencies . We intend to continue to utilize our comprehensive underwriting and risk management processes and a state-of-the-art, scalable technology platform to support and integrate future growth and realize operating efficiencies throughout our enterprise.

We believe our strategy—growth through selective acquisitions in attractive markets and growth through the retention, expansion and development of client-centered relationships—provides flexibility regardless of economic conditions. We also believe that our established platform for assessing, executing and integrating acquisitions (including FDIC-assisted transactions) creates opportunities in a prolonged economic downturn while the combination of attractive market factors, franchise scale in our targeted markets and our relationship-centered banking focus creates opportunities in an improving economic environment.

Products and Services

Through Bank Midwest, our primary business is to offer a full range of traditional banking products and financial services to both our commercial and consumer customers, who currently are predominantly located in Kansas, Missouri and Colorado. We offer a full array of lending products to cater to our customers’ needs, including, but not limited to, small business loans, equipment loans, term loans, asset-backed loans, letters of credit, commercial lines of credit, residential mortgage loans, home equity and consumer loans. We also offer traditional depository products, including commercial and consumer checking accounts, non-interest-bearing demand accounts, money market deposit accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit and cash management services.

We offer a high level of personalized service to our customers through our relationship managers and banking center personnel. We believe that a banking relationship that includes multiple services, such as loan and deposit services, on-line banking solutions and treasury management products and services, is the key to profitable and long-lasting customer relationships and that our local focus and local decision making provide us with a competitive advantage over banks that do not have these attributes.

Lending Activities

Our primary strategic objective is to serve small- to medium-sized businesses in our market with a variety of unique and useful services, including a full array of commercial mortgage and non-mortgage loans. We continue to add consumer and commercial bankers to execute on a client-centered, relationship-driven banking model. Our consumer bankers focus on knowing their individual clients in order to best meet their financial needs, offering a full complement of loan, deposit and on-line banking solutions. Our commercial bankers focus on small- and medium-sized businesses with an advisory approach that emphasizes understanding the client’s business and offering a complete suite of loan, deposit and treasury management products and services. We strive to do business in the areas served by our banking centers, which is also where our marketing is focused, and the vast majority of new our loan customers are located in existing market areas.

Our loan portfolio includes commercial and industrial loans, consumer loans, commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans and agricultural loans. The principal risk associated with each category of loans we make is the creditworthiness of the borrower. Borrower creditworthiness is affected by general economic conditions and the attributes of the borrower’s market or industry segment. Attributes of the relevant business market or industry segment include the competitive environment, customer and supplier power, threat of substitutes and barriers to entry and exit. Our credit policy requires that key risks be identified and measured, documented and mitigated, to the extent possible, to seek to ensure the soundness of our loan portfolio.

 

107


Table of Contents

Our credit policy also provides detailed procedures for making loans to individuals along with the regulatory requirements to ensure that all loan applications are evaluated subject to our fair lending policy. Our credit policy addresses the common credit standards for making loans to individuals, the credit analysis and financial statement requirements, the collateral requirements, including insurance coverage where appropriate, as well as the documentation required. Our ability to analyze a borrower’s current financial health and credit history, as well as the value of collateral as a secondary source of repayment, when applicable, are significant factors in determining the creditworthiness of loans to individuals. We have also adopted formal credit policies regarding our underwriting procedures for other loans including commercial and commercial real estate loans. We require various levels of internal approvals based on the characteristics of such loans, including the size, nature of the exposure and type of collateral if any. We believe that that the procedures required by our credit policies enhance internal responsibility and accountability for underwriting decisions and permit us to monitor the performance of credit decisioning. For more detail on our credit policies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition—Asset Quality.”

As of June 30, 2011, approximately 63.3% of our total portfolio was variable rate loans, approximately 36.7% of our total loan portfolio was fixed rate loans and less than 0.85% of our total loan portfolio was unsecured. As of June 30, 2011, of the loans we had originated, approximately 39.5% were variable rate loans and approximately 60.5% were fixed rate loans, as we focus on increasing the asset sensitivity of our balance sheet.

Commercial and Industrial Loans . We originate commercial and industrial loans and leases, including working capital lines of credit, inventory and accounts receivable lines, equipment loans and other commercial loans and leases. The terms of these loans vary by purpose and by type of underlying collateral, if any. Loans to support working capital typically have terms not exceeding one year and are usually secured by accounts receivable and inventory with the personal guarantees of the principals of the business. In some cases, we use an independent third party to assess and recommend appropriate advance rates (i.e., how much we will lend) based on the liquidation value of collateral. Additionally, we may use third-party monitoring of advance rates in some cases. For loans secured by accounts receivable or inventory, principal is typically repaid as the assets securing the loan are converted into cash. Typically, we make equipment loans for a term of three to five years at fixed or variable interest rates with the loan amortized over the term. Equipment loans are generally secured by the financed equipment at advance ratios that we believe are appropriate for the equipment type.

In our credit underwriting process, we carefully evaluate the borrower’s industry, operating performance, liquidity and financial condition. We underwrite credits based on multiple repayment sources, including operating cash flow, liquidation of collateral and guarantor support, if any. As of June 30, 2011, approximately 96.1% of our commercial and industrial loans were secured and a significant portion of those loans were supported by personal guarantees. We closely monitor the operating performance, liquidity and financial condition of borrowers through analysis of periodic financial statements and meetings with the borrower’s management. As part of our credit underwriting process, we also review the borrower’s total debt obligations on a global basis. As of June 30, 2011, we had $206.8 million in commercial and industrial loans and leases outstanding, comprising approximately 15.1% of our total loan portfolio. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, we originated and closed $5.5 million of Commercial and Industrial loans, which was approximately 10% of total loans originated for portfolio investment during that period.

Consumer Loans . We offer a variety of consumer loans, including loans to banking center customers for consumer and business purposes, to meet customer demand and to increase the yield on our loan portfolio. All of our newly originated loans are on a direct to consumer basis. Consumer loans are generally offered at a higher rate and shorter term than residential mortgages. Examples of our consumer loans include:

 

   

home improvement loans not secured by real estate;

 

   

new and used automobile loans; and

 

   

personal lines of credit.

 

108


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2011, we had $27.6 million in consumer loans outstanding, comprising 2.0% of our total loan portfolio. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, we originated and closed $5.4 million of consumer loans, which was approximately 10% of total loans originated for portfolio investment during that period.

Real Estate Loans . Our real estate loans consist of commercial real estate loans and residential real estate loans.

Commercial Real Estate Loans . Commercial real estate loans, or CRE loans, consist of loans to finance the purchase of commercial real estate, loans to finance inventory and working capital that are secured by commercial real estate and construction and development loans. Typically our loan-to-value benchmark for loans of this type that we originate is below 70%-80% at inception, in addition to satisfactory debt service coverage ratios.

Our CRE loans include loans on 1-4 family construction properties, commercial properties such as office buildings, strip malls, or free standing commercial properties, multi-family and investor properties and raw land development loans. The primary collateral for the CRE loans is a first lien mortgage on multi-family, office, warehouse, hotel or retail property plus assignments of all leases related to the properties. Our CRE loans generally have maturity dates that do not exceed 3-5 years, with amortization schedules of 20 to 25 years, with both floating and fixed rates of interest. We seek to reduce the risks associated with commercial mortgage lending by focusing our lending in our primary markets and obtaining financial statements or tax returns or both from borrowers and guarantors at regular intervals. It is also our policy to obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the borrowers.

Outside of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans that are repaid through the cash flows generated by the borrowers business operations, commercial real estate is not a focus in our lending strategy. As of June 30, 2011, we had $782.9 million in CRE loans outstanding, comprising approximately 57.3% of our total loan portfolio. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, we originated and closed $7.5 million of CRE loans, which was approximately 14% of total loans originated for portfolio investment during that period.

Residential Real Estate Loans . We originate residential mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family properties, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. Our primary focus is to maintain and expand relationships with realtors and other key contacts in the residential real estate industry in order to originate new mortgages. Typically our loan-to-value benchmark for these loans is below 80% at inception, with satisfactory debt-to-income ratios as well. As of June 30, 2011, we had a total of $294.2 million in outstanding residential real estate loans, comprising 21.5% of our total loan portfolio. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, we originated and closed $29.7 million of residential 1-4 real estate loans, which was approximately 54% of total loans originated for portfolio investment during that period.

Agricultural Loans . These loans consist of loans to farmers and other agricultural businesses to finance agricultural production. The principal source of repayment on these loans is the crops raised and sold at the end of the harvest season. As of June 30, 2011, we had a total of $53.8 million in outstanding agricultural loans, comprising 3.9% of our total loan portfolio. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, we originated and closed $6.4 million of agriculture loans, which was approximately 12% of total loans originated for portfolio investment during that period.

Deposit Products and Other Funding Sources

We offer a variety of deposit products to our customers, including checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and other deposit accounts, including fixed-rate, fixed maturity retail certificates of deposit ranging in terms from 30 days to five years, individual retirement accounts, and non-retail certificates of deposit consisting of jumbo certificates greater than or equal to $100,000. As of June 30, 2011, our deposit

 

109


Table of Contents

portfolio was comprised of 10.1% non-interest bearing deposits and 60.7% time deposits. We intend to continue our efforts to attract deposits from our business lending relationships in order to maintain our low cost of funds and improve our net interest margin.

Deposit flows are significantly influenced by general and local economic conditions, changes in prevailing interest rates, internal pricing decisions and competition. Our deposits are primarily obtained from areas surrounding our banking centers. In order to attract and retain deposits, we rely on providing quality service and introducing new products and services that meet our customers’ needs.

Financial Products & Services

In addition to traditional banking activities, we provide other financial services to our customers, including: internet banking, wire transfers, automated clearing house services, electronic bill payment, lock box services, remote deposit capture services, courier services, merchant processing services, cash vault, controlled disbursements, positive pay and cash management services (including account reconciliation, collections and sweep accounts).

Competition

The banking landscape in our primary markets of Colorado, Kansas and Missouri is highly competitive and quite fragmented, with many small banks having limited market share while the large out of state national and super-regional banks control the majority of deposits and profitable banking relationships. We compete actively with national, regional and local financial services providers, including banks, thrifts, credit unions, mortgage bankers and finance companies. Our largest banking competitors in the Kansas City MSA are UMB, Commerce, US Bank, Bank of America, Valley View, Capitol Federal, Central Bancompany, CCB Financial Corp, Enterprise Financial Services Corp, and our largest competitors in Colorado are Wells Fargo, FirstBank, JPMorgan Chase, U.S. Bank, Bank of the West, KeyBank, Alpine Bank, Compass Bank, Vectra Bank, First National Bank of Colorado and Zions Bank.

Competition among providers of financial products and services continues to increase, with consumers having the opportunity to select from a growing variety of traditional brick and mortar banks and nontraditional alternatives, such as online banks. Competition among providers is based on many factors. We believe the most important of these competitive factors that determine success are our consumer bankers’ focus on knowing their individual clients in order to best meet their financial needs and our commercial bankers’ focus on small- and medium-sized businesses with an advisory approach that emphasizes understanding the client’s business and offering a complete array of loan, deposit and treasury management products and services. The primary factors driving commercial and consumer competition for loans and deposits are interest rates, the fees charged, customer service levels and the range of products and services offered. In addition, other competitive factors include the location and hours of our branches and customer service orientation of our employees.

We recognize that there are banks with which we compete that have greater financial resources, access to capital and lending capacity than we do and offer a wider range of deposit and lending instruments than we do. However, given our existing capital base, which should be enhanced as a result of this offering, we expect to be able to meet the majority of small- to medium-sized business and consumer credit needs. As of June 30, 2011, our legal lending limit to any one customer was $134.1 million and our house limit to any one customer was $20.0 million. Taking into account the estimated net proceeds of this offering and assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us, our legal lending limit would increase to approximately $             million.

Employees

At November 1, 2011, we had 1,133 full-time employees and 67 part-time employees.

 

110


Table of Contents

Facilities and Real Estate

We currently lease approximately 300 square feet of office and operations space in Boston, Massachusetts, for our principal executive offices and approximately 70,242 square feet of office and operations space in Kansas City, Missouri. At June 30, 2011, adjusted to reflect our subsequent acquisitions of Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado, we operated 45 full-service banking centers in Kansas and Missouri, 52 in Colorado, four in California and two in Texas, as well as 20 retirement center locations in Kansas and Missouri and six retirement center locations in each of Colorado and Texas. Of these banking centers, 38 locations were leased and 42 were owned. In conjunction with our acquisitions of the Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado, which include 55 full-service banking centers, our agreements with the FDIC provide us at least 90 days after the acquisition date to notify the FDIC of our intent to purchase the branch premises and equipment of these failed banks. The notification period is still open for both of these acquisitions as the deadline was extended for the Bank of Choice branches pending receipt of current appraisals of the properties.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct of our business. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings the resolution of which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operation, cash flows or capital levels.

 

111


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. Banking laws, regulations, and policies affect the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries. Investors should understand that the primary objective of the U.S. bank regulatory regime is the protection of depositors, the DIF, and the banking system as a whole, not the protection of the Company’s stockholders.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to inspection, examination, supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve. Our bank subsidiary is subject to supervision and regulation by the OCC. In addition, we expect that the additional businesses that we may invest in or acquire will be regulated by various state and/or federal banking regulators, including the OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC.

Banking statutes and regulations are subject to continual review and revision by Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in such statutes or regulations, including changes in how they are interpreted or implemented, could have a material effect on our business. In addition to laws and regulations, state and federal bank regulatory agencies may issue policy statements, interpretive letters and similar written guidance pursuant to such laws and regulations, which are binding on us and our subsidiaries. These regulatory issuances also may affect the conduct of our business or impose additional regulatory obligations. The description below summarizes certain elements of the applicable bank regulatory framework. This description is not intended to describe all laws and regulations applicable to us and our subsidiaries. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, policies, interpretive letters and other written guidance that are described.

NBH Holdings Corp. as a Bank Holding Company

Any entity that acquires direct or indirect control of a bank must obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve to become a bank holding company pursuant to the BHCA. We became a bank holding company in connection with the acquisition of the assets and assumption of selected liabilities of the former Bank Midwest from the FDIC by our newly chartered bank subsidiary, Bank Midwest, N.A. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation under the BHCA and to supervision, examination, and enforcement by the Federal Reserve. Federal Reserve jurisdiction also extends to any company that we directly or indirectly control, such as our non-bank subsidiaries and other companies in which we make a controlling investment. While subjecting us to supervision and regulation, we believe that our status as a bank holding company (as opposed to a non-controlling investor) broadens the investment opportunities available to us among public and private financial institutions, failing and distressed financial institutions, seized assets and deposits and FDIC auctions.

Banking statutes, regulations and policies could restrict our ability to diversify into other areas of financial services, acquire depository institutions and make distributions or pay dividends on our equity securities. They may also require us to provide financial support to any bank that we control, maintain capital balances in excess of those desired by management and pay higher deposit insurance premiums as a result of a general deterioration in the financial condition of Bank Midwest or other depository institutions we control.

Bank Midwest as a National Bank

Bank Midwest is a national bank, chartered under federal law, and, as such, is subject to supervision and examination by the OCC, Bank Midwest’s primary banking regulator. Bank Midwest’s deposits are insured by the FDIC through the DIF, in the manner and to the extent provided by law. As an insured bank, Bank Midwest is subject to the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (which we refer to as the “FDI Act”) and the FDIC’s implementing regulations thereunder, and may also be subject to supervision and examination by the FDIC under certain circumstances.

Bank Midwest is subject to specific requirements pursuant to an operating agreement (which we refer to as the “OCC Operating Agreement”) it entered into with the OCC in connection with our acquisition of the former

 

112


Table of Contents

Bank Midwest. The OCC Operating Agreement requires, among other things, that Bank Midwest maintain various financial and capital ratios and provide notice to, and obtain consent from, the OCC with respect to any additional failed bank acquisitions from the FDIC or the appointment of any new director or senior executive officer of Bank Midwest.

Bank Midwest (and, with respect to certain provisions, the Company) is also subject to a separate Order of the FDIC, dated November 4, 2010 (which we refer to as the “FDIC Order”) issued in connection with the FDIC’s approval of our applications for deposit insurance for former Bank Midwest. The FDIC Order requires, among other things, that during the first three years following our acquisition of the Former Bank Midwest, Bank Midwest must obtain the FDIC’s approval before implementing certain compensation plans, submit updated business plans and reports of material deviations from those plans to the FDIC and comply with the applicable requirements of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions. Additionally, the FDIC Order requires that Bank Midwest maintain a ratio of tier 1 common equity to total assets equal to at least ten percent during such three-year period, and to remain “well capitalized” thereafter.

A failure by us or Bank Midwest to comply with the requirements of the OCC Operating Agreement or the FDIC Order, or the objection by the OCC or the FDIC to any materials or information submitted pursuant to the OCC Operating Agreement or the FDIC Order, could prevent us from executing our business strategy and materially and adversely affect our businesses and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Regulatory Notice and Approval Requirements for Acquisitions of Control

We must generally receive federal bank regulatory approval before we can acquire an institution or business. Specifically, as a bank holding company, we must obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve in connection with any acquisition that would result in the Company owning or controlling more than 5% of any class of voting securities of a bank or another bank holding company. In acting on such applications, the Federal Reserve considers, among other factors: the effect of the acquisition on competition; the financial condition and future prospects of the applicant and the banks involved; the managerial resources of the applicant and the banks involved; the convenience and needs of the community, including the record of performance under the CRA; the effectiveness of the applicant in combating money laundering activities; and the extent to which the proposal would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system. Our ability to make investments in depository institutions will depend on our ability to obtain approval for such investments from the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve could deny our application based on the above criteria or other considerations. For example, we could be required to sell banking centers as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.

Federal and state laws, including the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act, impose additional prior notice or approval requirements and ongoing regulatory requirements on any investor that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or bank holding company. Whether an investor “controls” a depository institution is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment. As a general matter, an investor is deemed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 25% or more of any class of voting securities. Subject to rebuttal, an investor is presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 10% or more of any class of voting securities and either the depository institution or company is a public company or no other person will hold a greater percentage of that class of voting securities after the acquisition. If an investor’s ownership of our voting securities were to exceed certain thresholds, the investor could be deemed to “control” us for regulatory purposes. This could subject the investor to regulatory filings or other regulatory consequences.

Broad Supervision, Examination and Enforcement Powers

A principal objective of the U.S. bank regulatory regime is to protect depositors by ensuring the financial safety and soundness of banks and other insured depository institutions. To that end, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC have broad regulatory, examination and enforcement authority over bank holding companies

 

113


Table of Contents

and national banks to ensure compliance with banking statutes, regulations, and regulatory guidance, orders, and agreements and safe and sound operation, including the power to issue cease and desist orders, impose fines and other civil and criminal penalties, terminate deposit insurance and appoint a conservator or receiver. Bank regulators regularly examine the operations of banks and bank holding companies. In addition, banks and bank holding companies are subject to periodic reporting and filing requirements.

Bank regulators have various remedies available if they determine that a banking organization has violated any law or regulation, that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of a banking organization’s operations are unsatisfactory, or that the banking organization is operating in an unsafe or unsound manner. The bank regulators have the power to, among other things: enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, require affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice, issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced, direct increases in capital, direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets, limit dividends and distributions, restrict growth, assess civil monetary penalties, remove officers and directors, terminate deposit insurance, and appoint a conservator or receiver.

Engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or failing to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors and institution-affiliated parties to the remedies described above and other sanctions. In addition, the FDIC could terminate Bank Midwest’s deposit insurance if it determined that the bank’s financial condition was unsafe or unsound or that the bank engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or violated an applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulators.

Interstate Banking

Interstate Banking for State and National Banks

Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act (which we refer to as the “Riegle-Neal Act”), a bank holding company may acquire banks in states other than its home state, subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and the requirement that the bank holding company not control, prior to or following the proposed acquisition, more than 10% of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions nationwide or, unless the acquisition is the bank holding company’s initial entry into the state, more than 30% of such deposits in the state (or such lesser or greater amount set by the state). The Dodd-Frank Act amended the BHCA to require that a bank holding company be well capitalized and well managed, not merely adequately capitalized and adequately managed, in order to acquire a bank located outside of the bank holding company’s home state.

The Riegle-Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate banking centers. The Dodd-Frank Act permits a national or state bank, with the approval of its regulator, to open a de novo branch in any state if the law of the state in which the branch is proposed would permit the establishment of the branch if the bank were a bank chartered in that state. National banks may provide trust services in any state to the same extent as a trust company chartered by that state.

FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions

As the agency responsible for resolving failed depository institutions, the FDIC has discretion to determine whether a party is qualified to bid on a failed institution. The FDIC Policy Statement imposes additional restrictions and requirements on certain “private investors” and institutions to the extent that those investors or institutions seek to acquire a failed insured depository institution from the FDIC. The FDIC adopted the FDIC Policy Statement on August 16, 2009, and issued guidance regarding the policy statement on January 6, 2010 and April 23, 2010.

The FDIC Policy Statement applies to private investors in a company (such as the Company) that proposes to assume deposit liabilities (or liabilities and assets) from the resolution of a failed insured depository institution, but does not apply to investors with 5% or less of the total voting power of an acquired depository

 

114


Table of Contents

institution or its bank holding company, provided there is no evidence of concerted action by such investors. In the FDIC Policy Statement Q&A, the FDIC indicated that it will presume that “concerted action” exists where investors with 5% or less of the total voting power of an acquired depository institution or its bank holding company own, in the aggregate, greater than two-thirds of the total voting power of such acquired depositary institution or its bank holding company. This presumption may be rebutted if the investors or the placement agent provide sufficient evidence that the investors are not participating in concerted action. In evaluating whether this presumption has been rebutted, the FDIC will consider, among other things: (1) whether each investor was among many potential investors contacted for investment and reached an independent decision to invest, (2) whether any investors are managed or advised by a common investment manager or advisor, (3) whether any investors are engaged or anticipate engaging, as part of a group consisting of substantially the same entities as the stockholders of the acquired depository institution or holding company, in substantially the same combination of interests, in any additional banking or non-banking activity in the United States, (4) whether any investor has any significant ownership interest in or the right to acquire shares of any other investor, (5) whether there are any agreements or understandings between any investors for the purpose of controlling the depository institution or its bank holding company, (6) whether any investors (or any directors representing investors) will consult one another concerning the voting of the depository institution’s or its bank holding company’s stock, (7) whether any directors representing a particular investor will represent only the investor which nominated him or her or will also represent additional investors and (8) the primary federal banking regulator’s evaluation of whether any investors are acting in concert for purposes of applying the Change in Bank Control Act and the BHCA.

For those institutions and investors to which it applies, the FDIC Policy Statement imposes the following provisions, among others. First, institutions are required to maintain a ratio of tier 1 common equity to total assets of at least 10% for a period of three years, and thereafter maintain a capital level sufficient to be “well capitalized” under regulatory standards during the remaining period of ownership of the investors. This amount of capital exceeds the amount otherwise required under applicable regulatory requirements. Second, investors that collectively own 80% or more of two or more depository institutions are required to pledge to the FDIC their proportionate interests in each institution to indemnify the FDIC against any losses it incurs in connection with the failure of one of the institutions. Third, institutions are prohibited from extending credit to investors and to affiliates of investors. Fourth, investors may not employ ownership structures that use entities domiciled in bank secrecy jurisdictions. The FDIC has interpreted this prohibition to apply to a wide range of non-U.S. jurisdictions. In its guidance, the FDIC has required that non-U.S. investors subject to the FDIC Policy Statement invest through a U.S. subsidiary and adhere to certain requirements related to record keeping and information sharing. Fifth, investors are prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring the securities they hold for three years after acquisition without FDIC approval. These transfer restrictions do not apply to open-ended investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act, issue redeemable securities and allow investors to redeem on demand. Sixth, investors may not employ complex and functionally opaque ownership structures to invest in institutions. Seventh, investors that own 10% or more of the equity of a failed institution are not eligible to bid for that institution in an FDIC auction. Eighth, investors may be required to provide information to the FDIC regarding the investors and all entities in their ownership chains, such as information regarding the size of the capital fund or funds, their diversification, their return profiles, their marketing documents, their management teams and their business models. Ninth, the FDIC Policy Statement does not replace or substitute for otherwise applicable regulations or statutes.

Limits on Transactions with Affiliates

Federal law restricts the amount and the terms of both credit and non-credit transactions (generally referred to as “Covered Transactions”) between a bank and its nonbank affiliates. Covered Transactions with any single affiliate may not exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of the bank, and Covered Transactions will all affiliates may not exceed, in the aggregate, 20% of the bank’s capital and surplus. For a bank, capital stock and surplus refers to the bank’s tier 1 and tier 2 capital, as calculated under the risk-based capital guidelines, plus the balance of the allowance for credit losses excluded from tier 2 capital. The bank’s transactions with all of its affiliates in the aggregate are limited to 20% of the foregoing capital. In addition, in connection with Covered

 

115


Table of Contents

Transactions that are extensions of credit, the bank may be required to hold collateral to provide added security to the bank, and the types of permissible collateral may be limited. The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates, including an expansion of what types of transactions are Covered Transactions to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding Covered Transactions must be satisfied.

Bank Holding Companies as a Source of Strength

The Federal Reserve requires that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to each bank that it controls and, under appropriate circumstances, to commit resources to support each such controlled bank. This support may be required at times when the bank holding company may not have the resources to provide the support. Because we are a bank holding company, the Federal Reserve views the Company (and its consolidated assets) as a source of financial and managerial strength for any controlled depository institutions.

Under the prompt corrective action provisions, if a controlled bank is undercapitalized, then the regulators could require its bank holding company to guarantee a capital restoration plan. In addition, if the Federal Reserve believes that a bank holding company’s activities, assets or affiliates represent a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a controlled bank, then the Federal Reserve could require the bank holding company to terminate the activities, liquidate the assets or divest the affiliates. The regulators may require these and other actions in support of controlled banks even if such action is not in the best interests of the bank holding company or its stockholders.

The Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement that holding companies, like the Company, serve as a source of financial strength for their subsidiary depository institutions, by providing financial assistance to its insured depository institution subsidiaries in the event of financial distress. Under the source of strength requirement imposed by the Federal Reserve and codified in the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company could be required to provide financial assistance to Bank Midwest should it experience financial distress. If the capital of Bank Midwest were to become impaired, the OCC could assess the Company for the deficiency. If we failed to pay the assessment within three months, the OCC could order the sale of our stock in Bank Midwest to cover the deficiency.

In addition, capital loans by us to Bank Midwest will be subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other indebtedness of Bank Midwest. In the event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of Bank Midwest will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Depositor Preference

The FDI Act provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution (including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If our insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, nondeposit creditors, including us, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions

FDIC-insured depository institutions can be held liable for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC due to the default of an FDIC-insured depository institution controlled by the same bank holding company and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to an FDIC-insured depository institution that is in danger of default and that is controlled by the same bank holding company. “Default” means generally the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the institution. “In danger of default” means generally the existence

 

116


Table of Contents

of certain conditions indicating that a default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance. The cross-guarantee liability for a loss at a commonly controlled institution would be subordinated in right of payment to deposit liabilities, secured obligations, any other general or senior liability and any obligation subordinated to depositors or general creditors, other than obligations owed to any affiliate of the depository institution (with certain exceptions).

Dividend Restrictions

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from each of its subsidiaries. Because the Company’s consolidated net income consists largely of net income of its bank and non-bank subsidiaries, the Company’s ability to pay dividends depends upon its receipt of dividends from its subsidiaries. The ability of a bank to pay dividends and make other distributions is limited by federal and state law. The specific limits depend on a number of factors, including the bank’s type of charter, recent earnings, recent dividends, level of capital and regulatory status. The regulators are authorized, and under certain circumstances are required, to determine that the payment of dividends or other distributions by a bank would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit that payment. For example, the FDI Act generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized.

Dividends that may be paid by a national bank without the express approval of the OCC are limited in the aggregate for any calendar year to that bank’s retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years plus retained net profits up to the date of any dividend declaration in the current calendar year. Retained net profits, as defined by the OCC, consist of net income less dividends declared during the period. State-chartered subsidiary banks are also subject to state regulations that limit dividends. Nonbank subsidiaries are also limited by certain federal and state statutory provisions and regulations covering the amount of dividends that may be paid in any given year.

Currently, the OCC Operating Agreement prohibits Bank Midwest from paying a dividend to the Company until December 2013 and, once the prohibition period has elapsed, imposes other restrictions on Bank Midwest’s ability to pay dividends, including requiring prior approval from the OCC before any distribution is made.

The ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends and make other distributions can also be limited. The Federal Reserve has authority to prohibit a bank holding company from paying dividends or making other distributions. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement that provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless: (a) its net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (b) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries; and (c) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or that can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes, and Basel III (described below) once in effect will impose, additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

In General

Bank regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements implemented by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the OCC imposes capital adequacy requirements on our subsidiary bank(s). The federal banking agencies have risk-based capital adequacy guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital adequacy

 

117


Table of Contents

that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations. Under these guidelines, assets are assigned to one of several risk categories, and nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance-sheet items are multiplied by a risk adjustment percentage for the category. Bank Midwest is, and other depository institution subsidiaries that we may acquire or control in the future will be, subject to such capital adequacy guidelines.

There are five capital tiers for banks: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in various enforcement actions by the bank’s regulator, including directives to increase capital, formal or informal written agreements with the regulator, and various activities restrictions, all of which, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial condition.

Quantitative measures, established by the regulators to ensure capital adequacy, require that a bank holding company maintain minimum ratios of capital to risk-weighted assets. There are three categories of capital under the guidelines. With the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act, certain changes have been made as to the type of capital that falls under each of these categories. For depository institution holding companies that (1) have more than $15 billion of total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009 or (2) were not mutual holding companies on May 19, 2010, tier 1 capital includes common shareholders’ equity, qualifying preferred stock and trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010, less goodwill and certain other deductions (including a portion of servicing assets and the unrealized net gains and losses, after taxes, on securities available for sale). Tier 2 capital includes preferred stock and trust preferred securities not qualifying as tier 1 capital, subordinated debt, the allowance for credit losses and net unrealized gains on marketable equity securities, subject to limitations by the guidelines. Tier 2 capital is limited to the amount of tier 1 capital ( i.e. , at least half of the total capital must be in the form of tier 1 capital). Tier 3 capital includes certain qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. See “—Changes in Laws, Regulations or Policies and the Dodd-Frank Act.”

Under the guidelines, capital is compared with the relative risk related to the balance sheet. To derive the risk included in the balance sheet, a risk weighting is applied to each balance sheet asset and off-balance sheet item, primarily based on the relative credit risk of the asset or counterparty. For example, claims guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies are risk-weighted at 0% and certain real-estate related loans risk-weighted at 50%. Off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments and derivatives, are also applied a risk weight after calculating balance sheet equivalent amounts. A credit conversion factor is assigned to loan commitments based on the likelihood of the off-balance sheet item becoming an asset. For example, certain loan commitments are converted at 50% and then risk-weighted at 100%. Derivatives are converted to balance sheet equivalents based on notional values, replacement costs and remaining contractual terms. For certain recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests in asset securitization and other securitized transactions that expose institutions primarily to credit risk, the capital amounts and classification under the guidelines are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Banks and bank holding companies currently are required to maintain tier 1 capital and the sum of tier 1 and tier 2 capital equal to at least 6% and 10%, respectively, of their total risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as standby letters of credit) to be deemed “well capitalized.” The federal bank regulatory agencies may, however, set higher capital requirements for an individual bank or when a bank’s particular circumstances warrant. At this time, the bank regulatory agencies are more inclined to impose higher capital requirements in order to meet well-capitalized standards, and future regulatory change could impose higher capital standards as a routine matter.

The Federal Reserve may also set higher capital requirements for holding companies whose circumstances warrant it. For example, holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. Also, the Federal Reserve considers a “tangible tier 1 leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) and other indications of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or engaging in new

 

118


Table of Contents

activities. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies have established minimum leverage (tier 1 capital to adjusted average total assets) guidelines for banks within their regulatory jurisdictions. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 5% for banks to be deemed “well capitalized.” Our regulatory capital ratios and those of Bank Midwest are in excess of the levels established for “well-capitalized” institutions.

As an additional means to identify problems in the financial management of depository institutions, the FDI Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to establish certain non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions for which they are the primary federal regulator. The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure and executive compensation. The agencies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies to adopt capital requirements that address the risks that the activities of an institution pose to the institution and the public and private stakeholders, including risks arising from certain enumerated activities. The federal banking agencies may change existing capital guidelines or adopt new capital guidelines in the future pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the implementation of Basel III (described below) or other regulatory or supervisory changes. We cannot be certain what impact changes to existing capital guidelines will have on us or Bank Midwest.

Basel I, Basel II and Basel III Accords

The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to us and our subsidiary bank are based on the 1988 capital accord, referred to as Basel I, of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (which we refer to as the “Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by federal bank regulators. In 2008, the bank regulatory agencies began to phase-in capital standards based on a second capital accord issued by the Basel Committee, referred to as Basel II, for large or “core” international banks (generally defined for U.S. purposes as having total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated foreign exposures of $10 billion or more). Because we do not anticipate controlling any large or “core” international bank in the foreseeable future, Basel II will not apply to us.

On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee, announced agreement on the calibration and phase-in arrangements for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III. When fully phased-in on January 19, 2019, Basel III increases the minimum tier 1 common equity ratio to 4.5%, net of regulatory deductions and introduces a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of common equity to risk-weighted assets, raising the target minimum tier 1 common equity ratio to at least 7.0%. Basel III increases the minimum tier 1 capital ratio to 8.5% inclusive of the capital conservation buffer, increases the minimum total capital ratio to 10.5% inclusive of the capital conservation buffer and introduces a countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of common equity or other fully loss absorbing capital for periods of excess credit growth. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a tier 1 common equity ratio above the minimum but below the conservation buffer may face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of such shortfall.

Basel III also introduces a non-risk adjusted tier 1 leverage ratio of 3%, based on a measure of total exposure rather than total assets, and new liquidity standards. The phase-in of the new rules is to commence on January 1, 2013, with the phase-in of the capital conservation buffer commencing on January 1, 2016 and the rules to be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019.

In November 2010, Basel III was endorsed by the Group of Twenty (G-20) Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors and will be subject to individual adoption by member nations, including the United States. On December 16, 2010, the Basel Committee issued the text of the Basel III rules, which presents the details of global regulatory standards on bank capital adequacy and liquidity agreed by the Basel Committee and endorsed by the G-20 leaders. The federal banking agencies will likely implement changes to the current capital adequacy standards applicable to us and our bank subsidiary in light of Basel III. If adopted by federal banking agencies,

 

119


Table of Contents

Basel III could lead to higher capital requirements and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios. The ultimate impact of the new capital and liquidity standards on us and our bank subsidiary is currently being reviewed and will depend on a number of factors, including the rulemaking and implementation by the U.S. banking regulators. We cannot determine the ultimate effect that potential legislation, or subsequent regulations, if enacted, would have upon our earnings or financial position. In addition, significant questions remain as to how the capital and liquidity mandates of the Dodd-Frank Act will be integrated with the requirements of Basel III.

Prompt Corrective Action

The FDI Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to FDIC-insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. A depository institution’s treatment for purposes of the prompt corrective action provisions will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation.

Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories, well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, in which all institutions are placed. The federal banking regulators have specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each of the five categories. Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized.

Reserve Requirements

Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, all banks are required to maintain average daily reserves at mandated ratios against their transaction accounts. In addition, reserves must be maintained on certain non-personal time deposits. These reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in an account at a Federal Reserve Bank.

Deposit Insurance Assessments

FDIC-insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system whereby FDIC-insured depository institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. The FDIC recently raised assessment rates to increase funding for the DIF, which is currently underfunded.

The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. In addition, federal deposit insurance for the full net amount of deposits in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts was extended to January 1, 2013 for all insured banks.

The Dodd-Frank Act changes the deposit insurance assessment framework, primarily by basing assessments on an institution’s average total consolidated assets less average tangible equity (subject to risk-based adjustments that would further reduce the assessment base for custodial banks) rather than domestic deposits, which is expected to shift a greater portion of the aggregate assessments to large banks, as described in detail below. The Dodd-Frank Act also eliminates the upper limit for the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC each year, increases the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits by September 30, 2020, and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the DIF to reach a reserve ratio of 1.35% of insured deposits by September 30, 2020. On December 20, 2010, the FDIC raised the minimum designated reserve ratio of DIF to

 

120


Table of Contents

2%. The ratio is higher than the minimum reserve ratio of 1.35% as set by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC is required to offset the effect of the higher reserve ratio on small insured depository institutions, those with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion.

On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule on Assessments, Dividends, Assessment Base and Large Bank Pricing. The final rule, mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, changes the deposit insurance assessment system from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. Because the new assessment base under the Dodd-Frank Act is larger than the current assessment base, the final rule’s assessment rates are lower than the current rates, which achieves the FDIC’s goal of not significantly altering the total amount of revenue collected from the industry. In addition, the final rule adopts a “scorecard” assessment scheme for larger banks and suspends dividend payments if the DIF reserve ratio exceeds 1.5% but provides for decreasing assessment rates when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain thresholds. The final rule also determines how the effect of the higher reserve ratio will be offset for institutions with less than $10 billion of consolidated assets.

Continued action by the FDIC to replenish the DIF as well as changes contained in the Dodd-Frank Act may result in higher assessment rates. Bank Midwest may be able to pass part or all of this cost on to its customers, including in the form of lower interest rates on deposits, or fees to some depositors, depending on market conditions.

The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s regulatory agency. If deposit insurance for a banking business we invest in or acquire were to be terminated, that would have a material adverse effect on that banking business and potentially on the Company as a whole.

Permitted Activities and Investments by Bank Holding Companies

The BHCA generally prohibits a bank holding company from engaging, directly or indirectly, in activities other than banking or managing or controlling banks, except for activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (which we refer to as the “GLB Act”) expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company. Under the regulations implementing the GLB Act, a financial holding company may engage in additional activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activity. Those activities include, among other activities, certain insurance and securities activities. We have not yet determined whether it would be appropriate or advisable in the future to become a financial holding company.

Privacy Provisions of the GLB Act and Restrictions on Cross-Selling

Federal banking regulators, as required under the GLB Act, have adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. The rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to nonaffiliated third parties. The privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

Federal financial regulators have issued regulations under the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, which have the effect of increasing the length of the waiting period, after privacy disclosures are provided to new customers, before information can be shared among different companies that we own or may come to own for the purpose of cross-selling products and services among companies we own.

 

121


Table of Contents

In connection with the regulations governing the privacy of consumer financial information, the federal banking agencies adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards for such information. The guidelines require banking organizations to establish an information security program to: (i) identify and assess the risks that may threaten customer information, (ii) develop a written plan containing policies and procedures to manage and control these risks, (iii) implement and test the plan, and (iv) adjust the plan on a continuing basis to account for changes in technology, the sensitivity of customer information, and internal or external threats. The guidelines also outline the responsibilities of directors of banking organizations in overseeing the protection of customer information and address response programs for unauthorized access to customer information.

A number of states have adopted their own statutes concerning financial privacy and requiring notification of security breaches.

Anti-Money Laundering Requirements

Under federal law, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the PATRIOT Act, certain types of financial institutions, including insured depository institutions, must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Among other things, these laws are intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement agencies and intelligence communities to work together to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence, customer identification, and recordkeeping, including in their dealings with non-U.S. financial institutions and non-U.S. customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious information maintained by financial institutions. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s anti-money laundering compliance when considering regulatory applications filed by the institution, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. The regulatory authorities have imposed “cease and desist” orders and civil money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

OFAC is responsible for helping to insure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of persons, organizations and countries suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If the Company or Bank Midwest finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, the Company or Bank Midwest must freeze or block such account or transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

Banks and other financial institutions are subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in their transactions with banks. These laws include, among others, laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices and usury laws, as well as the following consumer protection statutes: Truth in Lending Act, Truth in Savings Act; Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Expedited Funds Availability Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, Fair Housing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Fair Debt Collection Act, GLB Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Right to Financial Privacy Act and Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.

Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those listed above. These federal, state and local laws regulate the manner in which financial institutions deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans or conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability.

 

122


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new independent Consumer Finance Protection Bureau (which we refer to as the “Consumer Bureau”) that will have broad authority to regulate and supervise retail financial services activities of banks and various non-bank providers. The Consumer Bureau will have authority to promulgate regulations, issue orders, guidance and policy statements, conduct examinations and bring enforcement actions with regard to consumer financial products and services. In general, however, banks with assets of $10 billion or less, such as Bank Midwest, will continue to be examined for consumer compliance by their primary bank regulator.

The Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA is intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their entire communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operations. The regulators examine banks and assign each bank a public CRA rating. The CRA then requires bank regulators to take into account the bank’s record in meeting the needs of its community when considering certain applications by a bank, including applications to establish a branch or to conduct certain mergers or acquisitions. The Federal Reserve is required to consider the CRA records of a bank holding company’s controlled banks when considering an application by the bank holding company to acquire a bank or to merge with another bank holding company.

When we apply for regulatory approval to make certain investments, the regulators will consider the CRA record of the target institution and our depository institution subsidiary. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay approval or result in denial of an application.

Changes in Laws, Regulations or Policies and the Dodd-Frank Act

Congress and state legislatures may introduce from time to time measures or take actions that would modify the regulation of banks or bank holding companies. In addition, federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. Such changes could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks and other financial institutions, all of which could affect our investment opportunities and our assessment of how attractive such opportunities may be. We cannot predict whether potential legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, the effect that it or any implementing regulations would have on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, will have a broad impact on the financial services industry, imposing significant regulatory and compliance changes, increased capital, leverage and liquidity requirements and numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of the financial services sector. In addition to certain implications of the Dodd-Frank Act discussed above, the following items are also key provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act:

 

   

Limitation on Federal Preemption . The Dodd-Frank Act may reduce the ability of national banks to rely upon federal preemption of state consumer financial laws. The Dodd-Frank Act also eliminates the extension of preemption under the National Bank Act to operating subsidiaries of national banks. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes state enforcement authorities to bring lawsuits under non-preempted state law against national banks and authorizes suits by state attorney generals against national banks to enforce rules issued by the Consumer Bureau.

 

   

Mortgage Loan Origination and Risk Retention . The Dodd-Frank Act imposes new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including banks, in an effort to require steps to verify a borrower’s ability to repay. The Dodd-Frank Act also generally requires lenders or securitizers to retain an economic interest in the credit risk relating to loans the lender sells or mortgages and other asset-backed securities that the securitizer issues. The risk retention requirement generally will be 5%, but could be increased or decreased by regulation.

 

123


Table of Contents
   

Corporate Governance . The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act (1) grants stockholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation; (2) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (3) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation clawback policies for executive officers; and (4) provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow stockholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as a director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy materials.

Many of the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time, and most will be subject to regulations implemented over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty surrounding the manner in which many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business.

 

124


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of November 10, 2011.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers:

     

G. Timothy Laney

     51       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Donald Gaiter

     45       Acting Chief Financial Officer; Chief of Acquisitions and Strategy

Richard U. Newfield, Jr.

     50       Chief Risk Officer

Thomas M. Metzger

     59       Division President, Midwest

Kathryn M. Hinderhofer

     60       Chief of Integration, Technology and Operations

Craig S. Woodson

     46       Chief Administration Officer

Non-Executive Directors:

     

Frank V. Cahouet

     79       Chairman

Ralph W. Clermont

     63       Director

Robert E. Dean

     60       Director

Lawrence K. Fish

     67       Director

Micho F. Spring

     61       Director

Burney S. Warren

     64       Director

Executive Officers

G. Timothy Laney, President and Chief Executive Officer

G. Timothy Laney has served as the Company’s President and CEO since June 2010. Mr. Laney is the former Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Business Services at Regions Financial, a $132 billion bank holding company. He joined Regions Financial in late 2007 to lead the transformation of the bank’s wholesale lines of business. Prior to his tenure at Regions Financial, Mr. Laney had a 24-year tenure with Bank of America, where he held senior management roles in small business, commercial banking, private banking, corporate marketing and change management. He also served as President of Bank of America, Florida, with more than 800 banking centers and $50 billion in total assets. He was also a member of Bank of America’s Management Operating Committee. Mr. Laney brings to our board of directors valuable and extensive experience from managing and overseeing a broad range of operations during his tenures at Bank of America and Regions Financial.

Donald Gaiter, Acting Chief Financial Officer; Chief of Acquisitions and Strategy

Mr. Gaiter has served as our Acting Chief Financial Officer since November 2011 and has been serving as our Chief of Acquisitions and Strategy since June 2009. As a previous Executive Vice President of Citizens Financial Group (“CFG”), Mr. Gaiter was the Head of CFG’s foreign exchange, interest rate derivatives and international division. He is a former CFO of CFG’s Mid Atlantic Region, Head of M&A and Director of Corporate Planning. He was a key participant in CFG’s M&A strategy including 17 acquisitions totaling $78 billion in assets during his 14 year tenure. He served as Managing Director of CrossHarbor Capital Partners where he was responsible for originations and acquisitions of financial institutions.

 

125


Table of Contents

Richard U. Newfield, Jr., Chief Risk Officer

Richard U. Newfield has served as the Company’s Chief Risk Officer since January 3, 2011. Mr. Newfield is the former Head of Business Services Credit at Regions Bank. He joined Regions in 2008 after a 23 year career at Bank of America. Newfield held various senior positions at Bank of America, including roles in risk management, credit, commercial banking, global bank debt and corporate marketing. He brings significant experience in development and implementation of business models and integration of businesses during mergers. In addition, Newfield has led credit process reengineering initiatives, including risk and credit policy design, and corporate governance.

Thomas M. Metzger, Division President, Midwest

Mr. Metzger has served as President of Bank Midwest and then as our Division President, Midwest since December 2010 and previously served as our Chief Risk Officer beginning in August 2009. As former Chief Credit Risk Officer and Group Executive Vice President of CFG, Mr. Metzger was responsible for credit, operational and market risk as well as regulatory compliance. He also previously served as Chairman, President and CEO of Citizens Bank New Hampshire. He brings significant experience in the regional and community bank base from an operational standpoint. Prior to joining CFG, he held positions at US Bancorp in St. Louis and its predecessor family of banks, including Firstar Bank and Mercantile Bank. He began his banking career in 1974 at the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis and thereafter at the Office of Comptroller of the Currency.

Kathryn M. Hinderhofer, Chief of Integration, Technology and Operations

Ms. Hinderhofer has served as our Chief of Integration, Technology and Operations since April 2010. Ms. Hinderhofer is a former Executive Vice President of CFG where she was responsible for business integration activities for acquisitions and divestitures. She brings impressive experience in business integration and acquisitions having been a key participant in 26 transactions at CFG during her 17-year tenure. She held senior roles at RBS in Citizens Manufacturing division for technology and operations. She began her career in 1976 at Bank of New England and spent 17 years at the Boston Five Cents Savings Bank in various line functions.

Craig S. Woodson, Chief Administration Officer

Mr. Woodson is the former Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Commerce Bank where he served on the Executive Committee and was responsible for all HR functions. During Mr. Woodson’s tenure and leadership, Commerce Bank was recognized as the “Best Bank in Kansas City” and as one of the “Best Places to Work” in Kansas City. Prior to Commerce, he served as Director of HR at the law firm of Stinson Morrison Hecker, LLP and held various leadership roles at State Farm Insurance throughout the Midwest. He has more than 20 years experience in HR and leadership development. Woodson has been a guest speaker on the topics of HR and leadership principles and has been featured in both local and regional publications for his expertise in the HR field.

Board of Directors

The board currently consists of seven members, Messrs. Cahouet, Clermont, Dean, Fish, Laney and Warren and Ms. Spring. All of the directors other than Mr. Laney qualify as independent directors under the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Frank V. Cahouet

Frank V. Cahouet has served as the Company’s Chairman of the Board since October, 2009. Mr. Cahouet is the retired Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Mellon Financial Corporation, a position that he held from 1987 through 1998. While at Mellon, Mr. Cahouet was responsible for a series of strategic moves that positioned Mellon for growth, including the formation of Grant Street National Bank; the acquisition of PSFS in

 

126


Table of Contents

1990 and The Boston Company in 1993; and a merger with The Dreyfus Corporation in 1994. Before joining Mellon, Mr. Cahouet served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) from 1986 to 1987, and as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Crocker National Bank from 1984 to 1986. Prior to joining Crocker, Mr. Cahouet was a Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and a member of the Office of the Chairman of Security Pacific National Bank. He joined Security Pacific in 1960 and served there for 24 years. Mr. Cahouet is a graduate of Harvard College and the Wharton Graduate School of Finance of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Cahouet’s extensive experience both leading and growing financial institutions qualifies him to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Cahouet is an ex officio member of all of our board committees with full voting rights.

Ralph W. Clermont

Ralph W. Clermont has served as a director for the Company since October, 2009 and also serves as Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee. Mr. Clermont recently retired as Managing Partner of the St. Louis office of KPMG LLP, and was formerly the partner in charge of KPMG’s Midwest financial services practice. Mr. Clermont joined the St. Louis office of KPMG in 1969 and was elected to partnership in 1977. Mr. Clermont spent over 39 years providing services to the banking industry and has had responsibility for the audits of numerous banking organizations. Mr. Clermont is a certified public accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and Missouri Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Clermont was a member of the KPMG’s Assurance Services Committee and was chairman of KPMG’s Quality Improvement Audit Subcommittee. Mr. Clermont received a Bachelor of Science degree in accounting from Saint Louis University. Mr. Clermont’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his expertise in financial and accounting matters for complex financial organizations.

Robert E. Dean

Robert E. Dean has served as a director for the Company since June, 2009 and also serves as Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Dean is a private investor. From October 2000 to December 2003, Mr. Dean was with Ernst & Young Corporate Finance LLC, a wholly owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Ernst & Young LLP, serving as a Senior Managing Director and member of the Board of Managers from December 2001 to December 2003. From June 1976 to September 2000, Mr. Dean practiced corporate, banking and securities law with Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP. Mr. Dean co-chaired the firm’s banking practice and advised bank clients on numerous capital markets and merger and acquisition transactions (including FDIC-assisted transactions). Mr. Dean was Partner-in-Charge of the Orange County, California office from 1993 to 1996 and was a member of the law firm’s Executive Committee from 1996 to 1999. From 2004 to 2009, Mr. Dean served as a director, chairman of the Compensation Committee and a member of the Audit Committee of the board of directors of Specialty Underwriters’ Alliance, Inc. and during 2009 was a member of the board’s Strategic Review Committee. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Dean served as a director, chairman of the Compensation Committee and as a member of the Audit Committee of the board of directors of ResMAE Financial Corporation. Mr. Dean holds a Bachelor of Arts degree, magna cum laude, from the University of California at Irvine and a Juris Doctor degree, magna cum laude, from the University of Minnesota Law School. Mr. Dean’s substantial experience in bank capital markets and merger and acquisition transactions, bank regulatory matters and public company corporate governance matters qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Lawrence K. Fish

Lawrence K. Fish has served as a director for the Company since January, 2010. Mr. Fish is the retired Chairman and CEO of Citizens Financial Group a multi-state bank holding company headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island from 1992 until 2007. Under Mr. Fish’s leadership, Citizens grew from a $4 billion Savings Institution to one of the 10 largest commercial bank holding companies in the United States, with approximately $160 billion in assets. Mr. Fish was a member of the board of directors of the Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, Citizens’ parent company, from 1993 through 2008. He is also a past member of the Federal Advisory Council of the Federal Reserve System and a former director of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston.

 

127


Table of Contents

He is Chairman of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and a Director of Textron Inc. and Tiffany and Co. and Trustee Emeritus of The Brookings Institution in Washington, D.C. In July 2003, he was named to the MIT Corporation, which is the Board of Trustees of Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He serves on the FDIC Commission on Economic Inclusion, a panel that provides the FDIC with advice and recommendations on expanding access to banking services by under-served populations. A 1966 graduate of Drake University, Mr. Fish earned an MBA from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration in 1968. Mr. Fish is the recipient of several honorary doctorate degrees. Mr. Fish’s extensive financial institutions regulatory and public policy experience as well as executive leadership of financial institutions give him a valuable perspective relevant to our company’s business, financial performance and risk oversight and qualifies him to serve on the board of directors.

G. Timothy Laney

See biography above.

Micho F. Spring

Micho F. Spring has served as a director for the Company since October, 2009. Ms. Spring is Chair, Global Corporate Practice, and President, New England of Weber Shandwick. Prior to joining Weber Shandwick, Ms. Spring was Chief Executive Officer of Boston Telecommunications Company and served for four years as Deputy Mayor of Boston. She also served as Chief of Staff to Boston Mayor Kevin H. White after four years of service in New York City government. Ms. Spring served as director of Citizens Bank of Massachusetts, a $35 billion state chartered bank. Ms. Spring currently sits on the Executive Committee of the Greater Boston Chamber of Commerce and holds numerous board memberships, including the John F. Kennedy Library Foundation, The Boston Foundation and the Massachusetts Women’s Forum, of which she is a past President. Ms. Spring attended Georgetown and Columbia Universities and received an Masters in Public Administration from Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government. Ms. Spring’s extensive public policy experience and knowledge of financial institutions qualifies her to serve on our board.

Burney S. Warren

Burney S. Warren has served as a director for the Company since October, 2009 and also serves as chairman of the compensation committee. Prior to retirement in December 2007, Burney Warren was Executive Vice President and Director of Mergers and Acquisitions for Branch Banking and Trust Company (“BB&T”), the tenth largest commercial bank in the United States ranked by deposits. Mr. Warren was responsible for the development structure and negotiation of BB&T’s bank and non-bank acquisitions. During his tenure, he successfully completed the acquisition of over 50 banks and thrifts and numerous nonbank transactions, including capital markets, brokerage, fixed income and consumer finance. Prior to joining BB&T in 1990, Mr. Warren was President and Chief Executive Officer of First Federal Savings Bank, Greenville, N.C. Mr. Warren is currently chairman of East Carolina University’s Real Estate Foundation and serves on the board and executive committee of the East Carolina University Educational Foundation. Mr. Warren received a Bachelor of Science degree in business administration from East Carolina University. Mr. Warren’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience at identifying and integrating acquisitions for complex financial institutions.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit and Risk Committee

The members of the audit and risk committee are Messrs. Clermont (Chairman), Cahouet, Dean, Fish, Warren and Ms. Spring, each of whom is a “independent” member of our board of directors, as defined under the New York Stock Exchange rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. Mr. Clermont is the chairperson of our audit and risk committee, is our audit committee “financial expert,” as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined in under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

128


Table of Contents

Our audit and risk committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

Reviewing our financial statements, significant accounting policies changes, material weaknesses identified by outside auditors and risk management issues;

 

   

Serving as an independent and objective body to monitor and assess our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our financial reporting processes and related internal control systems and the performance of our internal audit function;

 

   

Overseeing the audit and other services of our outside auditors and being directly responsible for the appointment, independence, qualifications, compensation and oversight of the outside auditors;

 

   

Discussing any disagreements between our management and the outside auditors regarding our financial reporting; and

 

   

Preparing the audit and risk committee report for inclusion in our proxy statement for our annual meeting.

Compensation Committee

The members of the compensation committee are Messrs. Warren (Chairman), Cahouet, Dean and Fish, each of whom qualifies as an “independent” director as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange and the Internal Revenue Service.

Among other things, the compensation committee is responsible for:

 

   

Determining the compensation of our executive officers;

 

   

Reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

 

   

Administering and implementing our equity compensation plans; and

 

   

Preparing a report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement for our annual meeting.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The current members of the committee are Messrs. Dean (Chairman), Cahouet, Clermont and Ms. Spring, each of whom qualifies as an “independent” director as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange and the Internal Revenue Service.

Among other things, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for:

 

   

Identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors and recommending director candidates for election or re-election to our board;

 

   

Reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation and benefits of directors;

 

   

Assessing the performance of our board of directors; and

 

   

Monitoring our corporate governance principles and practices.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2010, our compensation committee consisted of Messrs. Warren, Cahouet, Fish and Dean. None of them has at any time been an officer or employee of the Company, and none has had any relationship with the Company of the type that is required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. None of our executive

 

129


Table of Contents

officers serves or has served as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of another entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the board of directors or commendation committee of the Company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics (which we refer to as the “Code of Ethics”) that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Ethics is available free of charge upon written request to NBH Holdings Corp, 101 Federal Street, 19th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention: Corporate Secretary. If we amend or grant any waiver from a provision of our Code of Ethics that applies to our executive officers, we will publicly disclose such amendment or waiver on our website and as required by applicable law, including by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

130


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Executive Compensation

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information regarding our compensation philosophy, policies and practices with respect to the compensation of our executive officers who appear in the “2010 Summary Compensation Table” below (referred to collectively throughout this section as our “named executive officers”). Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 were:

 

   

G. Timothy Laney, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

   

James B. Fitzgerald, Former Chief Financial Officer (1)

 

   

Thomas M. Metzger, Division President, Midwest

 

   

Donald G. Gaiter, Chief of Acquisitions and Strategy (2)

 

   

Kathy Hinderhofer, Chief of Integration, Technology and Operations

 

   

James G. Connolly, Former President and Chief Executive Officer

 

   

Lawrence K. Fish, Former Interim President and Chief Executive Officer

 

(1) James B. Fitzgerald served as our Chief Financial Officer until November 2011.
(2) Donald G. Gaiter has been our Chief of Acquisitions and Strategy since June 2009 and has been serving as our Acting Chief Financial Officer since November 2011.

Philosophy and Objectives of Our Executive Compensation Program

Our philosophy on executive compensation is to align the interests of our executive management with the interests of our stockholders and to ensure that the total compensation paid to our executive officers is reasonable, motivating and competitive. The primary objectives of our executive compensation program are to:

 

   

Align executive compensation to stockholder value . Within our overall compensation program, we utilize equity-based compensation to align the financial interests and objectives of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders.

 

   

Attract, retain and motivate high-performing executive talent . We operate in a competitive employment environment and our employees, led by our named executive officers, are essential to our success. The compensation of our named executive officers is designed to motivate the named executive officers to maximize our performance.

 

   

Link pay to performance . Our compensation program is designed to provide a strong correlation between the performance of the named executive officers and the compensation he or she receives. We do this by including compensation elements that are designed to reward our named executive officers based on our overall performance and the executives’ abilities to achieve the performance priorities considered by the Compensation Committee.

 

   

En courage Safety and Soundness . In addition to the factors described above, we consider the contributions of each of our named executive officers to our overall safety and soundness when making compensation decisions.

Setting Executive Compensation

Determination of Executive Compensation

The compensation arrangements offered to our named executive officers are meant to be collective and balanced packages that provide adequate and competitive compensation for the individual named executive officer’s position in the Company. The mix of compensation elements is intended to provide the named executive officers with a steady source of income, encourage and reward achievement of short-term and long-term objectives, align executives’ interests with those of stockholders, encourage a focus on maintaining our safety and soundness and promote executive retention. The total compensation packages for our named executive officers are based on assessments of the individual responsibilities, their contributions to our performance and our success in reaching our strategic goals.

 

131


Table of Contents

The compensation arrangements for the founding members of our management team are largely based on arrangements that were negotiated directly with investors at the time that we were founded. These arrangements were not amended in 2010. Following the death of Mr. Connolly, the Company’s first chief executive officer, Mr. Fish, a member of our board of directors, agreed to serve as interim chief executive officer and negotiated his monthly base salary with the other members of the Compensation Committee at that time, with the compensation arrangements approved by our board of directors. Mr. Fish did not participate in the meeting of our board of directors when his compensation was discussed and approved. After a search process, we hired Mr. Laney as chief executive officer, and the components of Mr. Laney’s compensation are based on and substantially similar to those provided to Mr. Connolly because of their similar roles and responsibilities within the Company. The level of Mr. Laney’s compensation was negotiated by him with Mr. Fish and was ultimately approved by the Compensation Committee and our board of directors. Ms. Hinderhofer was hired as an employee in 2010 after providing technology- and operations-related consulting services to us in 2009 and early 2010. The terms of her compensation were determined based on her contemplated role and responsibilities and was the product of negotiation between Ms. Hinderhofer and Mr. Fish and was ultimately approved by the Compensation Committee. Ms. Hinderhofer received consulting fees from the Company prior to becoming an employee of the Company that were based on the market rate for the consulting services she was providing.

Role of Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee, which is comprised entirely of independent directors, is responsible for the administration of our executive compensation program in a manner consistent with our compensation philosophy. The Compensation Committee acts independently, but works closely with our board of directors and the chief executive officer in making many of its decisions. The Compensation Committee maintains a philosophy that encompasses both long-term and short-term objectives, while discouraging excessive risk-taking and focusing on the impact of compensation on the safety and soundness of the Company. Our chief executive officer reviews the performance of each named executive officer and makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee based on his review.

The Compensation Committee did not engage a compensation consultant with respect to 2010 compensation decisions; however, the Compensation Committee engaged an independent compensation consultant, Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. in 2011, to assist the Compensation Committee in reviewing and evaluating our executive compensation program.

Principal Elements of Compensation

The principal elements of our executive compensation program for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, applicable to our current chief executive officer and the other named executive officers were as follows:

 

   

Base salaries for our named executive officers were designed to compensate the executive for the experience, education, personal qualities and other qualifications of that individual that are essential for the specific role the executive serves and the scope of each executive’s responsibilities, while remaining generally competitive with the base salary ranges at other banking organizations based on the experience and knowledge of the members of the Compensation Committee.

 

   

Our named executive officers received discretionary bonuses in 2010. In determining discretionary bonus payments, the Compensation Committee considered a variety of individual, business unit and company performance factors (which were not communicated to the named executive officers prior to the performance period) but did not predetermine the applicable considerations, quantify the weight given to any specific performance goal or otherwise follow a formulaic calculation. Instead, the Compensation Committee engaged in an overall assessment of appropriate bonus levels based on a subjective interpretation of all the relevant criteria. The relevant factors considered by the Compensation Committee in determining 2010 discretionary bonuses included overall individual

 

132


Table of Contents
 

performance and responsibilities, the safety and soundness of the Company and its subsidiaries, organizational performance (including the acquisition and integration of targeted financial institutions, investing capital and delivering operating results) and business unit performance.

 

   

Our named executive officers may be awarded equity awards at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. Historically, our named executive officers received equity-based compensation at the time they commenced employment with us. For example, in 2010, Mr. Laney and Ms. Hinderhofer were the only recipients of equity awards, while the other named executive officers received equity-based compensation at the time we were founded. Stock options and restricted stock have been granted in order to provide the chief executive officer and other named executive officers with long-term incentives for profitable growth and to further align the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our stockholders. These equity awards are structured to be long-term rewards, thereby increasing the performance and retention of our named executive officers. We also granted equity awards in 2011 to Messrs. Laney, Gaiter and Metzger and Ms. Hinderhofer, which are further described below.

 

   

Named executive officers are also provided with benefits, including participation in our 401(k) defined contribution plan and insurance benefit programs that are also offered to other eligible employees of the Company. In addition, relocation assistance was provided to Mr. Metzger in connection with his relocation to Kansas City in order to fulfill his duties as the Division President, Midwest.

 

   

Mr. Laney is entitled to severance upon certain terminations of employment in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement. Our other named executive officers were not entitled to severance benefits upon a termination of employment in 2010.

Employment Agreements

Effective May 22, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Laney. The employment agreement, which is more fully described below provides for an annual base salary, bonus opportunity, guaranteed bonus for 2010, sign-on bonus and an initial equity grant. As more fully described in the section entitled “2010 Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control,” Mr. Laney is also entitled to certain severance benefits upon a termination of employment by the Company without “cause” or resignation by Mr. Laney with “good reason.” The terms of Mr. Laney’s employment agreement were largely based on the employment agreement that we entered into with Mr. Connolly in connection with the 2009 private offering. We also considered Mr. Laney’s prior experience, his compensation at his prior employer and the value of the compensation opportunities he forfeited as a result of accepting employment with us.

We also entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Connolly, our initial chief executive officer, at the time of the 2009 private offering that provided for base salary, annual bonus opportunity, a sign-on bonus, an initial equity grant and severance benefits upon a termination of employment by us without “cause” or a resignation by Mr. Connolly with “good reason.” Mr. Connolly’s employment agreement did not provide for additional benefits in connection with the termination of his employment due to his death; however, our board of directors decided to continue to pay Mr. Connolly’s base salary to his estate for the six-month period immediately following his death in recognition of the services Mr. Connolly provided during the initial stages of our development and the related capital raise prior to his death. Additionally, all of his outstanding equity awards were forfeited at the time of his death.

Base Salary for 2010

Base salaries for our named executive officers for 2010 were as follows: Mr. Laney—$500,000; Mr. Fitzgerald—$300,000; Mr. Gaiter—$300,000; Mr. Metzger—$300,000; and Ms. Hinderhofer—$225,000. Prior to his death, Mr. Connolly was paid an annual base salary of $500,000 (which the Company continued to pay to Mr. Connolly’s estate for the six month period immediately after his death) and for his term as our employee, Mr. Fish was paid a base salary at an annualized rate of $900,000.

 

133


Table of Contents

Bonuses for 2010

Annual Discretionary Cash Bonuses

In making its annual bonus determination for our named executive officers, the Compensation Committee did not apply a strict formula for determining annual bonus amounts, but instead engaged in an overall assessment of individual, business unit and company performance. As noted above, factors considered by the Compensation Committee in determining the 2010 bonus level included overall individual performance and responsibilities, the safety and soundness of the Company and its subsidiaries, organizational performance (including the acquisition and integration of targeted financial institutions, investing capital and delivering operating results) and business unit performance.

Each of our named executive officers was assigned a target bonus amount, either at the beginning of the performance period (for Messrs. Fitzgerald, Metzger and Gaiter) or at the commencement of the named executive officer’s employment with the Company (for Mr. Laney and Ms. Hinderhofer). Based on an assessment of our performance, business unit performance and individual performance of each of the named executive officers, the Compensation Committee approved the following discretionary annual bonus payments for 2010: Mr. Laney—$500,000; Mr. Fitzgerald—$350,000; Mr. Metzger—$350,000; Mr. Gaiter—$350,000 and Ms. Hinderhofer—$180,000. Messrs. Fitzgerald, Metzger and Gaiter, who were employed with the Company for all of 2010, were each paid 117% of their respective target bonus amounts in recognition of their work in the initial stages of the Company’s development. Mr. Laney received 100% of his annual target bonus amount (50% of which was guaranteed pursuant to his employment agreement) in recognition of his outstanding performance as our chief executive officer. Ms. Hinderhofer received 100% of her target bonus amount, which was not prorated because of the significant work demands and individual performance during the portion of the year that she was employed by us.

Sign-On Bonus

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Laney’s employment agreement, Mr. Laney received a lump-sum cash bonus of $1.2 million upon commencing employment with the Company. The sign-on bonus was paid in order to compensate Mr. Laney for compensation that he forfeited with his prior employer in accepting employment with us.

Equity-Based Compensation in 2010

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Laney’s employment agreement, Mr. Laney was granted a stock option to acquire 850,000 shares of common stock, and 450,000 shares of restricted stock. In connection with commencing employment with the Company, Ms. Hinderhofer was granted a stock option to acquire 75,000 shares of common stock and 40,000 shares of restricted stock. The vesting of the equity granted to Mr. Laney and Ms. Hinderhofer is subject to continued employment with us through the applicable vesting dates, the occurrence of a “Qualified Investment Transaction,” and, with respect to a portion of the restricted stock grant, the achievement of specified share price targets. The level of the equity awards granted to Mr. Laney and Ms. Hinderhofer was determined by our Compensation Committee at the time that each commenced employment with us based on grants of equity awards that were previously made to similarly situated employees of the Company.

Under the terms of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, a Qualified Investment Transaction is defined as an investment transaction involving us that, when aggregated with all of the prior investment transactions, represents total capital invested by us of at least $275,389,707. A Qualified Investment Transaction occurred on December 10, 2010.

In October 2011, the Company granted stock options and performance-based restricted stock to Mr. Laney, Mr. Gaiter, Mr. Metzger and Ms. Hinderhofer in the following amounts:

 

   

Mr. Laney—stock option to acquire 400,000 shares of common stock and 85,000 shares of restricted stock;

 

134


Table of Contents
   

Mr. Gaiter—stock option to acquire 100,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of restricted stock;

 

   

Mr. Metzger—stock option to acquire 50,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of restricted stock; and

 

   

Ms. Hinderhofer—stock option to acquire 50,000 shares of common stock and 20,000 shares of restricted stock.

None of the equity awards granted to named executive officers in 2011 will vest prior to the listing of shares of our common stock on a national securities exchange. Subject to satisfaction of the listing condition and continued employment through the applicable vesting date, the stock options vest in three equal installments on each anniversary of the date of grant. The shares of performance-based restricted stock vest, following satisfaction of the listing condition, upon the achievement of specified share prices and continued employment through specified vesting dates.

Compensation Risk

While our Compensation Committee is responsible for the oversight of our compensation of employees and directors, the Audit Committee is responsible for the risk management, including risk as it relates to compensation. We are also subject to regulatory oversight and reviews, whereby our compensation practices are subject to the review of our regulators and any restrictions or requirements that may be imposed upon us. After reviewing our executive and broad-based compensation programs, we do not believe that our overall compensation policies and practices create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our Company.

Compensation Program Following this Offering

The design of our compensation program following this offering will be an ongoing process, however, we expect that our compensation program will continue to be based on the general principles described above. We believe that following this offering, we will have more flexibility in designing compensation programs to attract, motivate and retain our executives, including permitting us to regularly compensate named executive officers with non-cash compensation reflective of our stock performance in relation to a comparative group in the form of publicly traded equity.

Tax Considerations

From and after the time that our compensation programs become subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we intend to consider the structure of base salary and bonus compensation in order to maintain the deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. However, our board of directors will take into consideration other factors, together with Section 162(m) considerations, in making executive compensation decisions and could, in certain circumstances, approve and authorize compensation that is not fully tax deductible. Transition provisions under Section 162(m) may apply for a period of approximately three years following the consummation of this offering to certain compensation arrangements that were entered into by a corporation before it was publicly held.

 

135


Table of Contents

2010 Summary Compensation Table

The following summary compensation table sets forth the total compensation paid or accrued for the year ended December 31, 2010, for any individual who served as our chief executive officer or chief financial officer in 2010, and our three other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2010. We refer to these officers as our “named executive officers.”

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($) (9)
    Option
Awards

($) (10)
    Non-
equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation
($)
    Change in
Pension Value
And
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

G. Timothy Laney (1)

                 

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2010        301,948        1,700,000  (2)      6,776,155        5,784,993        —          —          1,188  (11)      14,564,284   

James B. Fitzgerald (3)

                 

Chief Financial Officer

    2010        307,272        350,000        —          —          —          —            657,272   

Thomas Metzger

                 

Division President, Midwest

    2010        307,107        350,000        —          —          —          —          83,031  (12)      740,138   

Don Gaiter (4)

                 

Chief of Acquisitions and Strategy

    2010        306,771        350,000        —          —          —          —          —          656,771   

Kathryn M. Hinderhofer (5)

                 

Chief of Integration, Technology and Operations

    2010        160,096        180,000        619,782        537,453        —          —          118,260  (13)      1,615,591   

James G. Connolly

                 

Former President and CEO

    2010        269,231  (4)      —          —          —          —          —          —          269,231   

Lawrence K. Fish (7)

                 

Former Interim President and CEO

    2010        615,190  (6)      —          —          —          —          —          —          615,190   

 

(1) Mr. Laney commenced employment with us in June 2010.
(2) Mr. Laney’s bonus represents a sign-on bonus of $1.2 million, a guaranteed bonus of $250,000 and a discretionary bonus of $250,000.
(3) Mr. Fitzgerald served as our Chief Financial Officer until November 2011.
(4) Mr. Gaiter has been serving as our acting Chief Financial Officer since November 2011 and our Chief of Acquisitions and Strategy since June 2009.
(5) Ms. Hinderhofer commenced employment with us in April 2010 and provided services as a consultant prior to becoming an employee.
(6) We continued to pay Mr. Connolly’s base salary to his estate for the six month period immediately following his death.
(7) Mr. Fish served as our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer following Mr. Connolly’s death in January 2010 and until Mr. Laney assumed the duties of President and Chief Executive Officer in June 2010. Mr. Fish continued to provide services as an employee until September 2010.
(8) Mr. Fish received $68,750 in directors fees in 2010, which is also disclosed under 2010 Director Compensation below.
(9) The amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the restricted stock awarded to our named executive officers in 2010 calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). The amounts included in this column for the restricted stock awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions are calculated based on the probable satisfaction of the performance conditions for such awards. If the highest level of performance is achieved for these restricted stock awards, the maximum value of these awards at the grant date would be as follows: Mr. Laney—$5,316,000 and Ms. Hinderhofer—$479,739. See note 12 of the audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the assumptions made in valuing these awards.
(10) The amounts included in this column reflect the grant date fair value of stock option awards granted to our named executive officers in 2010. The grant date fair value was determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The grant date fair value of the stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. See note 12 of the audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the assumptions made in valuing these awards.
(11) Represents 401(k) contributions by the Company.
(12) Represents 401(k) contributions by the Company of $8,654 and relocation assistance in connection with Mr. Metzger’s relocation to Kansas City with an aggregate value of $74,197 pursuant to our executive relocation policy.
(13) Represents 401(k) contributions by the Company of $12,000 and consulting fees equal to $106,260 that were paid to Ms. Hinderhofer prior to her becoming an employee of the Company.

 

136


Table of Contents

2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to awards granted to each of our named executive officers under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan during 2010:

 

    Grant
Date
  Date
Action

was
Taken to
Grant

such
Award
  Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (3)
    All
Other
Stock
Awards
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units (4)
(#)
    All
Other
Option
Awards:
Number
of
Securities

Underlying
Options (5)
(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards (6)
($/Sh)
    Grant
Date
Fair
Value
of
Stock
and
Option
Awards (7)
($)
 

Name

      Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
         

G. Timothy Laney (1)

  6/1/2010   5/22/2010     100,000        200,000        300,000              4,118,072   
  6/1/2010   5/22/2010           150,000            2,658,083   
  6/1/2010   5/22/2010             850,000        20.00        5,784,993   
Kathryn M. Hinderhofer (2)   4/14/2010   4/14/2010     8,889        17,778        26,667              379,913   
  4/14/2010   4/14/2010           13,333            239,869   
  4/14/2010   4/14/2010             75,000        20.00        537,453   

 

(1) Mr. Laney was granted 450,000 shares of restricted stock for consideration of $0.01 per share and a stock option to acquire 850,000 shares of common stock upon his employment with the Company.
(2) Ms. Hinderhofer was granted 40,000 shares of restricted stock for consideration of $0.01 per share and a stock option to acquire 75,000 shares of common stock upon her employment with the Company.
(3) The grants of performance-based restricted stock vest according to the following parameters:

 

   

1/3 vest after the per share stock price equals or exceeds $25.00 per share for 30 days

 

   

1/3 vest after the per share stock price equals or exceeds $28.00 per share for 30 days

 

   

1/3 vest after the per share stock price equals or exceeds $32.00 per share for 30 days

 

(4) 50% of the time-based restricted stock vest on October 21, 2011 and the remaining 50% vest on October 21, 2012, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service through the applicable vesting dates.
(5) 50% of the stock options vest on October 21, 2011 and the remaining 50% vest on October 21, 2012, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service through the applicable vesting dates.
(6) The per share exercise price is equal to the price of a share of our common stock in the 2009 private offering. The Compensation Committee reviewed all relevant factors, including valuation data provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers and the most recent arm’s-length transactions involving our common stock in determining the per share exercise price.
(7) The amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the restricted stock and stock options awarded to the named executive officers in 2010 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and, in the case of the restricted stock awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions, are calculated based on the probable satisfaction of the performance conditions for such awards.

Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers

Mr. Laney’s Employment Agreement

Effective May 22, 2010, we entered into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Laney under which, as our chief executive officer, he will receive an initial annual base salary of $500,000 and an initial annual bonus target of 100% of his annual base salary, with a guaranteed bonus of $250,000 for 2010. Mr. Laney was also granted a stock option to acquire 850,000 shares of common stock, 50% of which will vest on October 21, 2011 and the remaining 50% will vest on October 21, 2012. Additionally, Mr. Laney received 450,000 shares of restricted stock of which (A) two-thirds (300,000 shares) of the restricted stock vests based on the achievement of performance goals relating to increases in the price of a share of common stock (with one-third (100,000 shares) of the restricted stock vesting when the stock price equals or exceeds $25 per share, one-third (100,000 shares) of the restricted stock vesting when the stock price equals or exceeds $28 per share and one-third (100,000 shares) of the restricted stock

 

137


Table of Contents

vesting when the stock price equals or exceeds $32 per share), and (B) one-third (150,000 shares) of the restricted stock vests based on the passage of time (with 50% of the service-based shares vesting on October 21, 2011 and the remaining 50% vesting on October 21, 2012). The vesting of Mr. Laney’s restricted stock is subject to his continued employment with us and the occurrence of a Qualified Investment Transaction, which occurred on December 10, 2010. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, upon Mr. Laney’s commencement of employment with us, Mr. Laney received a lump-sum sign-on cash bonus of $1.2 million. Mr. Laney is also eligible to participate in the same Company benefit programs as similarly situated executives of the Company. In the event of termination of Mr. Laney’s employment without “cause” or Mr. Laney’s resignation with “good reason,” Mr. Laney is eligible to receive certain severance benefits, as more fully described in “ Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control ” below.

Mr. Connolly’s Employment Agreement

Mr. Connolly entered into an employment agreement with us in connection with the 2009 private offering. The employment agreement provided for annual base salary, annual bonus opportunity, sign-on bonus, initial equity grant and severance benefits upon a termination of employment by us without “cause” or a resignation by Mr. Connolly for “good reason.” The employment agreement did not provide for additional benefits in connection with the termination of his employment due to death, however, our board of directors decided to continue to pay Mr. Connolly’s base salary to his estate for the six-month period immediately following his death.

We intend to enter into employments agreements with Mr. Gaiter, Mr. Metzger and Ms. Hinderhofer in connection with this offering that will likely provide for base salary, annual bonus opportunity, severance benefits upon a termination of employment by us without “cause” or resignation by the executive for “good reason” and enhanced severance benefits upon a termination of employment by us without “cause” or resignation by the executive for “good reason” during the two-year period following a change in control of the Company.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers on December 31, 2010:

 

    Option Awards   Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#) (1)
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
  Number
of

Shares  or
Units of
Stock

That Have
Not
Vested

(#) (2)
    Market
Value

of Shares  or
Units of
Stock

That Have
Not

Vested ($) (3)
    Equity
Incentive

Plan  Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,

Units or  Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested

(#) (4)
    Equity
Incentive

Plan  Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares,

Units or
Other

Rights That
Have Not
Vested ($) (3)
 

G. Timothy Laney

    —          850,000        —          20.00      6/1/2020     150,000        2,698,500        300,000        5,397,000   

James B. Fitzgerald (5)

    —          402,500        —          20.00      10/20/2019     67,083        1,206,823        134,167        2,413,664   

Thomas Metzger

    —          402,500        —          20.00      10/20/2019     67,083        1,206,823        134,167        2,413,664   

Donald G. Gaiter (6)

    —          402,500        —          20.00      10/20/2019     67,083        1,206,823        134,167        2,413,664   

Kathryn Hinderhofer

    —          75,000        —          20.00      4/1/2020     13,333        239,861        26,667        479,739   

James G. Connolly

    —          —          —          —        —       —          —          —          —     

Lawrence K. Fish

    —          —          —          —        —       —          —          —          —     

 

(1) Represents stock options 50% of which vest on October 20, 2011 (October 21, 2011 for Mr. Laney and Ms. Hinderhofer) and 50% of which vest on October 20, 2012 (October 21, 2012 for Mr. Laney and Ms. Hinderhofer), subject to the named executive officer’s continued service through the applicable vesting dates.
(2) Represents time-based shares of restricted stock, which vest as follows:

 

   

50% vest on October 20, 2011 (October 21, 2011 for Mr. Laney and Ms. Hinderhofer).

 

   

50% vest on October 20, 2012 (October 21, 2012 for Mr. Laney and Ms. Hinderhofer).

 

(3) Share price is based on a valuation provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers as of December 31, 2010.
(4) Represents performance-based shares of restricted stock, which vest (subject to continued employment on the vesting date) as follows:

 

   

1/3 vest after the per share stock price equals or exceeds $25.00 per share for 30 days

 

   

1/3 vest after the per share stock price equals or exceeds $28.00 per share for 30 days

 

   

1/3 vest after the per share stock price equals or exceeds $32.00 per share for 30 days

(5) Mr. Fitzgerald served as our Chief Financial Officer until November 2010.
(6) Mr. Gaiter has been serving as our acting Chief Financial Officer since November 2011 and our Chief of Acquisitions and Strategy since June 2009.

 

138


Table of Contents

NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan

Introduction

We adopted the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan on October 20, 2009. The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of nonqualified and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other awards that may be settled in or based upon the value of our common stock. Set forth below is a summary of the material features that are in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the actual 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

Purpose

The purposes of the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan are to give us a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers, employees, directors and consultants and to provide a means whereby officers, employees, directors and/or consultants can acquire and maintain ownership of our common stock or be paid incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and that of our affiliates and promoting an identity of interest between our stockholders and recipients of awards under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

Administration

The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of our board of directors as our board of directors may from time to time designate. Among other things, the Compensation Committee has the authority to select individuals to whom awards may be granted, to determine the type of award as well as the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award, and to determine the terms and conditions of any such awards. Subject to applicable law, the Compensation Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members or persons selected by it.

Eligibility

Current and prospective directors, employees (including executive officers) and/or consultants to us and any of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to participate in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

Shares Subject to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan

The aggregate number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan is 5,750,000. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be granted pursuant to stock options is 4,025,000 and the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be granted pursuant to restricted stock and restricted stock units is 1,725,000. Once the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the number of stock options that may be granted to any one individual during any calendar year is 4,025,000 and the aggregate number of shares relating to restricted stock, restricted stock units or performance-based restricted stock that may be granted to any one individual during any calendar year is 1,725,000.

The shares of common stock subject to grant under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan are to be made available from authorized but unissued shares, from treasury shares, from shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase, or a combination of any of the foregoing. To the extent that any award is forfeited, or any stock option or stock appreciation right terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, or any award is settled for cash, the shares of common stock subject to such awards not delivered as a result thereof will again be available for awards under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. If the exercise price of any option and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to any award are satisfied by delivering shares of common stock (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of common stock issued net of the shares of common stock delivered or attested will be deemed delivered for purposes of the limits in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

139


Table of Contents

To the extent any shares of common stock subject to an award are withheld to satisfy the exercise price (in the case of a stock option) and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to such award, such shares of common stock will not generally be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of the limits set forth in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of certain extraordinary corporate transactions or events affecting us, the Compensation Committee or our board of directors will make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (1) the aggregate number and kind of shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, (2) the various maximum limitations set forth in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, (3) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to outstanding awards and (4) the exercise price of outstanding options and stock appreciation rights. In the case of corporate transactions such as a merger or consolidation, such adjustments may include the cancellation of outstanding awards in exchange for cash or other property or the substitution of other property for the shares subject to outstanding awards.

Awards

As indicated above, several types of awards can be made under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. A summary of these awards is set forth below.

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock options granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan may either be incentive stock options, which are intended to qualify for favorable treatment to the recipient under U.S. federal tax law, or nonqualified stock options, which do not qualify for this favorable tax treatment. Stock appreciation rights granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan may either be “tandem SARs,” which are granted in conjunction with a stock option, or “free-standing SARs,” which are not granted in tandem with a stock option.

Each grant of stock options or stock appreciation rights under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement that specifies the exercise price, the duration of the award, the number of shares to which the award pertains and such additional limitations, terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine, including, in the case of stock options, whether the options are intended to be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan provides that the exercise price of stock options and stock appreciation rights will be determined by the Compensation Committee, but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the stock options or stock appreciation rights on the date of grant. Award holders may pay the exercise price in cash or, if approved by the Compensation Committee, in common stock (valued at its fair market value on the date of exercise) or a combination thereof, or by “cashless exercise” through a broker or by withholding shares otherwise receivable on exercise. The term of stock options and stock appreciation rights will be determined by the Compensation Committee, but may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The Compensation Committee will determine the vesting and exercise schedule of stock options and stock appreciation rights, and the extent to which they will be exercisable after the award holder’s service with the Company terminates.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock may be granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan with such restrictions as the Compensation Committee may designate. The Compensation Committee may provide at the time of grant that the vesting of restricted stock will be contingent upon the achievement of applicable performance goals and/or continued service. Except for these restrictions and any others imposed under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan or by the Compensation Committee, upon the grant of restricted stock under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, the recipient will have rights of a stockholder with respect to the restricted stock, including the right to vote the restricted stock; however, whether and to what extent the recipient will be entitled to receive cash or stock dividends paid, either currently or on a deferred basis, will be set forth in the award agreement.

 

140


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units

The Compensation Committee may grant restricted stock units payable in cash or shares of common stock, conditioned upon continued service and/or the attainment of performance goals (as described below) determined by the Compensation Committee. We are not required to set aside a fund for the payment of any restricted stock units and the award agreement for restricted stock units will specify whether, to what extent and on what terms and conditions the applicable participant will be entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the restricted stock units.

Stock-Bonus Awards

The Compensation Committee may grant unrestricted shares of our common stock, or other awards denominated in our common stock, alone or in tandem with other awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee determines from time to time in its sole discretion as, or in payment of, a bonus, or to provide incentives or recognize special achievements or contributions.

Stock Awards

The Compensation Committee may permit participants to purchase unrestricted shares of common stock pursuant to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan at a purchase price per share of common stock determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the applicable award agreement. The purchase price of any shares of common stock subject to such an award must be paid in full at the time of the purchase.

Performance Awards

Under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee may determine that the grant, vesting or settlement of an award granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan may be subject to the attainment of one or more performance goals.

The Compensation Committee has the authority to establish any performance objectives to be achieved during the applicable performance period when granting performance awards. However, if an award under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the performance goals will be established with reference to one or more of the following, either on a Company-wide bases, or, as relevant in respect of one or more affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, departments or operations of the Company: earnings (gross, net, pre-tax, post-tax or per share), net profit after tax, EBITDA, gross profit, cash generation, unit volume, market share, sales, asset quality, earnings per share, operating income, revenues, return on assets, return on operating assets, return on equity, profits, total shareholder return (measured in terms of stock price appreciation and/or dividend growth), cost saving levels, marketing spending efficiency, core non-interest income, change in working capital, return on capital and/or stock price.

Termination of Employment

The impact of a termination of employment on an outstanding award granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, if any, will be set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Treatment of Outstanding Equity Awards following a Change in Control

The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan provides that, unless otherwise set forth in an award agreement, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan), (1) any restricted stock that was forfeitable prior to such change in control will become nonforfeitable, (2) all restricted stock units will be considered earned and payable in full and any restrictions thereon will lapse, (3) any unexercised stock option or SAR, whether or not exercisable on the date of such change in control, will become fully exercisable and may be exercised in whole or in part, and (4) the Compensation Committee may determine the level of achievement with respect to

 

141


Table of Contents

any performance-based awards through the date of the change in control. The Compensation Committee may make additional adjustments and/or settlements of outstanding awards upon a change in control, including cancelling any awards for cash upon at least ten days’ advance notice to affected participants.

A “change in control” is generally deemed to occur under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan upon:

 

  (1) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group of “beneficial ownership” (pursuant to the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (a) the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock or (b) the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities, with each of clauses (a) and (b) subject to certain customary exceptions;

 

  (2) a majority of the directors who constituted our board of directors at the time the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted are replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by at least two-thirds of the incumbent directors then on the board of directors;

 

  (3) approval by our shareholders of the Company’s complete dissolution or liquidation; or

 

  (4) a merger of the Company, the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets, or any other business combination of the Company with any other corporation, other than any merger or business combination which would result in (a) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the transaction continuing to represent at least 50% of the total voting power of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction, (b) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the surviving company) is or becomes the “beneficial owner,” directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the parent company (or, if there is no parent company, the surviving company) and (c) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the parent company (or, if there is no parent company, the surviving company) following the consummation of the transaction were members of the board of directors at the time the execution of the initial agreement providing for the transaction was approved.

Amendment and Termination

The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan may be amended, altered, suspended, discontinued or terminated by the Board, but no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination may be made if it would materially impair the rights of a participant (or his or her beneficiary) without the participant’s (or beneficiary’s) consent, except for any such amendment required to comply with law. The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan may not be amended, altered, suspended, discontinued or terminated without stockholder approval to the extent such approval is required to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, including, from and after the date on which awards granted pursuant to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, as necessary to prevent an award intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code to cease to qualify.

Federal Income Tax Consequences Relating to Stock Options and Restricted Stock under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan

The following discussion summarizes certain federal income tax consequences of the issuance, receipt and exercise of stock options and the granting and vesting of restricted stock, in each case under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. The summary does not purport to cover federal employment tax or other federal tax consequences that may be associated with the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, nor does it cover state, local or non-U.S. taxes.

Incentive Stock Options

In general, a participant realizes no taxable income upon the grant or exercise of an incentive stock option (“ISO”). However, the exercise of an ISO may result in an alternative minimum tax liability to the participant. With certain exceptions, a disposition of shares purchased under an ISO within two years from the date of grant or within one year after exercise produces ordinary income to the participant (and a deduction for us) equal to the

 

142


Table of Contents

value of the shares at the time of exercise less the exercise price. Any additional gain recognized in the disposition is treated as a capital gain for which we are not entitled to a deduction. If the participant does not dispose of the shares until after the expiration of these one- and two-year holding periods, any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale is treated as a long-term capital gain or loss for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Nonqualified Options

In general, in the case of a nonqualified stock option (“NSO”), the participant has no taxable income at the time of grant but realizes income in connection with exercise of the option in an amount equal to the excess (at the time of exercise) of the fair market value of the shares acquired upon exercise over the exercise price. A corresponding deduction is available to us. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the shares is treated as capital gain or loss for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Restricted Stock

Unless a participant makes an election to accelerate recognition of the income to the date of grant as described below, the participant will not recognize income, and the Company will not be allowed a tax deduction, at the time a restricted stock award is granted. When the restrictions lapse, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the common stock as of that date, less any amount paid for the stock, and the Company will be allowed a corresponding tax deduction at that time. If the participant files an election under Section 83(b) of the Code within 30 days after the date of grant of the restricted stock, the participant will recognize ordinary income as of the date of grant equal to the fair market value of the common stock as of that date, less any amount the participant paid for the common stock, and we will be allowed a corresponding tax deduction at that time. Any future appreciation in the common stock will be taxable to the participant at capital gains rates. However, if the restricted stock award is later forfeited, the participant will not be able to recover the tax previously paid pursuant to his Section 83(b) election.

2010 Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

The following discussion addresses potential payments to our named executive officers upon termination of employment or a “change in control.”

Termination of Employment without Cause or Resignation with Good Reason

Severance Under Mr. Laney’s Employment Agreement

If Mr. Laney’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” or (ii) by Mr. Laney for “good reason,” subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims against us and our affiliated entities, Mr. Laney will receive any earned but unpaid base salary and bonuses, accrued unused vacation and a lump sum cash amount equal to the sum of (A) three times his annual base salary immediately prior to the date of the qualifying termination and (B) three times the higher of his target annual bonus for the year of termination or the annual bonus paid or payable to Mr. Laney in respect of the year prior to the year of the qualifying termination. In addition, upon a qualifying termination, all of the stock options granted under Mr. Laney’s employment agreement will vest and become exercisable, the time-based vesting portion of the restricted stock award granted under Mr. Laney’s employment agreement will vest and the market-based vesting portion of the restricted stock granted under Mr. Laney’s employment agreement will be forfeited.

For the purposes of Mr. Laney’s employment agreement, “good reason” generally means (1) a material diminution of annual base salary or target incentive payment, (2) a material diminution in position, authority, duties or responsibilities, (3) any material failure by us to comply with the compensation related provisions of the employment agreement or (4) any material breach by us of the employment agreement.

 

143


Table of Contents

For the purposes of Mr. Laney’s employment agreement, “cause” generally means the executive’s (1) continued failure to perform substantially his duties, (2) willful misconduct or gross neglect in the performance of his duties, (3) continued failure to adhere materially to the clear directions of the board of directors or failure to devote substantially all of his business time and efforts to the Company, (4) conviction of or formal admission to or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a charge of commission of a felony or any crime involving serious moral turpitude or (5) willful breach of any material terms of the employment agreement.

Severance for Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Laney

As of December 31, 2010, our named executive officers other than Mr. Laney were not eligible for severance upon his or her termination of employment for any reason. We intend to enter into employment agreements with each of Mr. Gaiter, Mr. Metzger and Ms. Hinderhofer in connection with this offering that will likely provide for certain severance benefits.

Equity Awards under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan

Mr. Laney’s employment agreement provides that upon a termination of employment by us without “cause” or a resignation of employment by Mr. Laney for “good reason” (each as defined in Mr. Laney’s employment agreement) all of the stock options granted in connection with the employment agreement and the time-based vesting portion of the restricted stock award granted in connection with the employment agreement will vest, and, to the extent applicable, become exercisable.

The equity award agreements entered into by us with each of our named executive officers provide that upon a termination of employment without “cause” or a resignation of employment for “good reason,” the outstanding unvested stock options and unvested time-based restricted stock held by the named executive officers will immediately vest upon such a termination of employment and the outstanding performance-based restricted stock will be forfeited.

For named executive officers other than Mr. Laney, “good reason” under the equity awards granted prior to December 31, 2010, generally means (1) material diminution of annual base salary or target incentive payment, (2) material diminution in position, authority, duties or responsibilities, (3) any requirement by us that the named executive officer’s services be rendered at a location other than at the Company’s primary office location in Boston, Massachusetts, subject to the named executive officer’s performance of duties at, and travel to, such other offices of the Company as required to fulfill such duties or (4) any material breach of any written employment agreement by the Company.

For named executive officers other than Mr. Laney, “cause” generally means (1) the continued failure of the executive to perform substantially the executive’s duties, (2) willful misconduct or gross neglect in the performance of his or her duties, (3) continued failure to adhere materially to the clear directions of the board of directors or failure to devote substantially all of the named executive officer’s business time to us, (4) conviction of or formal admission to or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a charge of commission or a felony or (5) willful breach of any material term of any employment agreement.

Termination of Employment For Cause or Resignation without Good Reason

Upon a termination of employment for “cause” or the executive’s resignation of employment without “good reason,” the executive is entitled to accrued benefits, including accrued base salary as of the date of termination of employment, accrued vacation and the timely payment of any amounts due and payable under any of our plans, programs, policies or practices.

All unvested equity awards will be forfeited following a termination of employment for “cause” or the executive’s resignation of employment without “good reason.”

 

144


Table of Contents

Termination of Employment due to Death or Disability

Upon a termination of employment due to death or disability, the executive is entitled to accrued benefits, including accrued base salary, as of the date of termination of employment, accrued vacation and the timely payment of any amounts due and payable under any of our plans, programs, policies or practices. All unvested equity awards will be forfeited following a termination of employment due to death or disability.

Under the terms of Mr. Connolly’s employment agreement, Mr. Connolly was not entitled to and did not receive any payments or benefits in connection with his death, however, our board of directors decided to continue to pay Mr. Connolly’s base salary to his estate for the six-month period immediately following his death. Mr. Connolly’s estate received base salary continuation payments equal to $250,000 following Mr. Connolly’s death. In addition, all of Mr. Connolly’s outstanding equity awards were forfeited upon his death in accordance with the terms of Mr. Connolly’s equity award agreements.

Change in Control

As of December 31, 2010, we had not entered into individual agreements or arrangements with its named executive officers that provide for enhanced severance or benefits upon a “change in control” of the Company. We intend to enter into employment agreements with each of Mr. Gaiter, Mr. Metzger and Ms. Hinderhofer in connection with this offering that will likely provide for severance benefits upon a termination of employment without “cause” or for “good reason” following a change in control.

All unvested outstanding stock options and time-based restricted stock held by the named executive officers immediately vest, and in the case of stock options, become exercisable, upon a “change in control” of the Company (as defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan). Performance-based restricted stock held by the named executive officers will vest based on performance prior to the change in control, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

 

145


Table of Contents

For the named executive officers serving as of December 31, 2010, the potential payments upon termination under various termination scenarios or the occurrence of a change in control are quantified in the table set forth below:

 

Name

  

Scenario

  Cash Severance
($)
  Stock Option
Vesting
($)
  Restricted Stock
Vesting

($)
  Benefits
($)
  Total
($)

G. Timothy Laney

  

Resignation Involuntary Termination not for Cause

Involuntary Termination for Cause

Involuntary Termination Following Change of Control

Change of Control (No Termination of Employment)

         

James B. Fitzgerald

   Resignation Involuntary Termination not for Cause Involuntary Termination for Cause Involuntary Termination Following Change of Control Change of Control (No Termination of Employment)          

Thomas Metzger

   Resignation Involuntary Termination not for Cause Involuntary Termination for Cause Involuntary Termination Following Change of Control Change of Control (No Termination of Employment)          

Donald Gaiter

   Resignation Involuntary Termination not for Cause Involuntary Termination for Cause Involuntary Termination Following Change of Control Change of Control (No Termination of Employment)          

Kathy Hinderhofer

   Resignation Involuntary Termination not for Cause Involuntary Termination for Cause Involuntary Termination Following Change of Control Change of Control (No Termination of Employment)          

 

146


Table of Contents

2010 Director Compensation

Each non-employee director receives an annual cash retainer of $50,000 as compensation for his or her services as a member of the board of directors. No individual meeting fees are paid for either board meetings or committee meetings, whether in person or by telephone. The chairman of our board of directors receives an additional $25,000 cash retainer and the chairs of the Audit and Risk Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee each receive additional cash retainers of $10,000 ($20,000 in 2011).

Compensation for non-employee directors during 2010 was as follows:

 

Name

   Fees earned or
paid in cash
($)
     Stock
awards

($)
     Option
awards

($)
     Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation

($)
     Change in
pension value
and
nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings

($)
     All other
compensation

($)
     Total
($)
 

Frank V. Cahouet

   $ 75,000       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 75,000   

Ralph W. Clermont

     60,000         —           —           —           —           —           60,000   

Robert E. Dean

     60,000         —           —           —           —           —           60,000   

Lawrence K. Fish (1)

     68,750         —           —           —           —           —           68,750   

Micho F. Spring

     50,000         —           —           —           —           —           50,000   

Burney S. Warren

     60,000         —           —           —           —           —           60,000   

 

(1) Mr. Fish’s director fees have also been disclosed in the salary column of the Summary Compensation Table as a result of Mr. Fish having served as our interim president and chief executive officer for a portion of 2010. Mr. Fish’s director fees during 2010 were paid at an annual rate of $75,000 during this interim service period and at the regular retainer rate ($50,000) thereafter.

In October 2009, each of our non-employee directors received an initial grant of stock options and restricted stock in connection with our formation and initial capitalization. Those initial grants are reflected in the following table, which sets forth, as of December 31, 2010, the number of stock options and restricted stock held by each such non-employee director. Mr. Fish joined the Company’s board of directors in January 2010, so he did not receive an initial equity grant.

 

Name

   Stock Options (in
Shares) (1)
     Restricted Stock
(in Shares) (2)( 3)
 

Frank V. Cahouet

     57,500         28,750   

Ralph W. Clermont

     38,333         19,167   

Robert E. Dean

     38,333         19,167   

Lawrence K. Fish

     —           —     

Micho F. Spring

     38,333         19,167   

Burney S. Warren

     38,333         19,167   

 

(1) Represents stock options 50% of which vest on October 20, 2011 and 50% of which vest on October 20, 2012.
(2) Represents time-based shares of restricted stock, which vest as follows:

 

   

50% vest on October 20, 2011.

 

   

50% vest on October 20, 2012.

 

(3) Each share of Restricted Stock was purchased for $0.01 per share.

 

147


Table of Contents

No equity grants were made to non-employee directors in 2010. In October 2011, each non-employee director was granted a stock option to purchase 8,000 shares of our common stock at $20 per share and received 2,500 shares of restricted stock, in each case with 50% of the grants vesting in October 2013 and 50% vesting in October 2014. None of the equity awards granted to directors in 2011 will vest prior to the listing of our shares of Class A common stock on a national securities exchange. Following completion of this offering, our board of directors also plans to implement stock ownership guidelines for directors and executive officers of the Company.

 

148


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Executive Officer Compensation,” the following is a summary of material provisions of various transactions we have entered into with our executive officers, directors (including nominees), 5% or greater stockholders and any of their immediate family members since June 16, 2009, the date NBH Holding Corp was incorporated. We believe the terms and conditions set forth in such agreements are reasonable and customary for transactions of this type.

Founders Stock

Prior to the consummation of our 2009 private offering, we sold (1) 125,000 shares of Class A common stock to members of our senior management team and (2) 125,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock to FBR Capital Markets & Co. for nominal consideration. FBR Capital Markets & Co. transferred all such shares of the Class B non-voting common stock held by it to unaffiliated third parties.

Warrants Issued to Certain Stockholders

In connection with the agreement by several of our largest shareholders to be bound by the FDIC Policy Statement, we issued warrants to purchase common stock to such investors. The warrants are exercisable for 10 years from the date of issuance and have an exercise price of $20.00 per share. We issued (1) a warrant to purchase 237,500 shares of common stock to Ithan Creek Investors USB, LLC (an affiliate of Wellington Management Company, LLP) on October 20, 2009, (2) a warrant to purchase 237,500 shares of common stock to Ithan Creek Investors USB, LLC on March 23, 2010, (3) a warrant to purchase 250,750 shares of common stock to Paulson Master Recovery Fund LTD on March 15, 2010, and (4) a warrant to purchase 42,000 shares of common stock to Elliott Associates, L.P. and a warrant to purchase 63,000 shares of common stock to Elliott Opus Holdings LLC on September 30, 2010.

Registration Rights Agreement

Concurrently with the consummation of our 2009 private offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement for the benefit of our stockholders, including FBR Capital Markets & Co., which is an underwriter in this offering, with respect to our common stock sold in the 2009 private offering. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, within 180 days of our investing at least 25% of the net proceeds of the 2009 private offering, we agreed to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a shelf registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act as would allow our stockholders to resell the shares of common stock acquired in the 2009 private offering. Our acquisitions of Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest represented over 25% of the net proceeds of our 2009 private offering. Our stockholders have subsequently agreed to extend the deadline for filing a shelf registration statement until March 31, 2012.

If we do not file a shelf registration statement before March 31, 2012, other than as a result of the SEC being unable to accept such filing, then each of James B. Fitzgerald, Thomas M. Metzger and Donald Gaiter, if owed a performance bonus, must immediately forfeit 50%, and forfeit an additional 10% for each month thereafter that such shelf registration statement has not been filed, of any performance bonus that would otherwise be payable to him during that fiscal year (or to which he became entitled as a result of performance during that fiscal year). In addition, no bonuses, compensation, awards, equity compensation or other amounts may be paid or granted in lieu of, or to make Messrs. Fitzgerald, Metzger and Gaiter whole for any such forfeited bonuses.

Further, if the shelf registration statement has not been declared effective by the SEC within 180 days after the filing of such shelf registration statement (which we refer to as the “Trigger Date”), a special meeting of stockholders must be called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws solely for the purposes of (1) considering and voting upon proposals to remove each of our then-serving director and (2) electing such

 

149


Table of Contents

number of directors as there are then vacancies on the board of directors. However, stockholders holding two-thirds of the outstanding registrable shares may waive the requirement to hold such special meeting. The special meeting must occur as soon as reasonably practicable following the Trigger Date but in no event more than 45 days after the Trigger Date.

In addition, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we are required to provide written notice to each stockholder holding registrable shares of our filing of a registration statement that provides for the initial public offering of our common stock (which we refer to as the “IPO Registration Statement”). Such stockholders have “piggy-back” registration rights that permit them to have shares of common stock owned by them included in the IPO Registration Statement upon written notice to us within the prescribed time limit. Each such stockholder’s ability to register shares under the IPO Registration Statement is subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement. The managing underwriter(s) may under certain circumstances limit the number of shares owned by such holders that are included in this offering, but the managing underwriter(s) may not reduce such holders below 25% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold under the IPO Registration Statement. Stockholders holding registrable share may not, subject to certain exceptions, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any such shares of our common stock for a period of 60 days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement.

Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), holders of our common stock who are affiliated with members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and who elect, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to include their shares of the common stock for resale pursuant to a shelf registration statement or as a selling stockholder pursuant to an underwritten public offering, are required to refrain, during the period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement and ending on the date that is 180 days after such effective date, from selling, transferring, assigning, pledging or hypothecating or otherwise entering into any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such holder’s shares of the common stock through the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member with which such holder is affiliated.

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Transactions by us with related parties are subject to a formal written policy, as well as regulatory requirements and restrictions. These requirements and restrictions include Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (which govern certain transactions between us and our affiliates) and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation O (which governs certain loans by us to our executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders). We have adopted policies to comply with these regulatory requirements and restrictions. In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a written policy that complies with all applicable requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange concerning related party transactions.

Other Relationships

Certain of the executive officers and directors of the Company, Bank Midwest and our principal shareholders and affiliates of such persons have, from time to time, engaged in banking transactions with Bank Midwest and are expected to continue such relationships in the future. All loans or other extensions of credit made by Bank Midwest to such individuals were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated third parties and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

 

150


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS,

MANAGEMENT AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock at November 10, 2011 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, for:

 

   

each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each named executive officer;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

each selling stockholder.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table is c/o NBH Holdings Corp., 101 Federal Street, 19 th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership on 53,296,281 shares of common stock as of November 10, 2011 (including 44,676,135 outstanding shares of Class A common stock, 7,545,353 shares of Class B common stock and 1,074,793 shares of unvested restricted stock granted to certain directors and officers under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares of restricted stock are entitled to voting rights) and         shares of common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering (including         shares of Class A common stock and         shares of Class B non-voting common stock).

In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of November 10, 2011. We, however, did not deem these shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

151


Table of Contents
    Beneficial Ownership Before this
Offering
    Beneficial Ownership After this Offering
Name of beneficial owner   Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Total Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
  Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
  Total Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned

Executive Officers and Directors (3)(4):

  Number     Number     Number     %    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G. Timothy Laney

    974,600        —          974,600        1.81          

Richard U. Newfield, Jr.

    225,000        —          225,000        *             

Thomas M. Metzger

    458,750        —          458,750        *             

Donald Gaiter

    498,750        —          498,750        *             

Kathryn M. Hinderhofer

    97,500        —          97,500        *             

Craig S. Woodson

    5,000        —          5,000        *             

Frank V. Cahouet

    115,300        —          115,300        *             

Ralph W. Clermont

    47,084        —          47,084        *             

Robert E. Dean

    42,834        —          42,834        *             

Lawrence K. Fish

    175,100        —          175,100        *             

Micho F. Spring

    48,884        —          48,884        *             

Burney S. Warren

    43,084        —          43,084        *             

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)

    2,731,886        —          2,731,886        5.02          

Greater than 5% Stockholders:

                 

Fidelity Management and Research (5)

    2,624,900          2,624,900        4.93          

Taconic Capital Advisors (6)

    2,175,155        808,559        2,983,714        5.60          

Paulson & Company Inc. (7)

    2,175,155        3,090,595        5,265,750        9.83          

Wellington Management (8)

    2,175,155        3,271,045        5,392,200        10.03          

Other Selling Stockholders:

                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

 

* Represents less than 1% of total outstanding shares, including exercisable options and warrants.
(1) Does not include shares of common stock which may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.
(2) Assumes the sale of all shares included in this prospectus. Does not include shares of common stock which may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.
(3) Includes shares issuable upon the exercise of options granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan in the following amounts: Mr. Laney—425,000 shares; Mr. Newfield—100,00; Mr. Metzger—201,250; Mr. Gaiter—201,250; Ms. Hinderhofer—37,500; Mr. Woodson—5,000; Mr. Cahouet—28,750; Mr. Clermont—19,167; Mr. Dean—19,167; Ms. Spring—19,167; and Mr. Warren—19,167.
(4) Includes unvested restricted stock for which such holder has voting rights granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan in the following amounts: Mr. Laney—460,000 shares; Mr. Newfield—108,334; Mr. Metzger—177,709; Mr. Gaiter—192,709; Ms. Hinderhofer—53,334; Mr. Cahouet—16,875; Mr. Clermont—9,584; Mr. Dean—12,083; Ms. Spring—12,083; and Mr. Warren—12,083.
(5) Includes shares owned by Fidelity Management and Research and certain of its affiliated funds. The address of each of these stockholders is 245 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.
(6) Includes shares owned by Taconic Capital Advisors, L.P. and certain of its affiliated funds. The address of each of these stockholders is 450 Park Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
(7) Includes shares and 250,750 warrants owned by Paulson & Co, Inc. and certain of its affiliated funds. The address of each of these stockholders is 1251 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10014.
(8) Includes shares and 475,000 warrants owned by Wellington Management Company, LLP. and certain of its affiliated funds. The address of each of these stockholders is 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

 

152


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions include summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, which will become effective prior to completion of this offering. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

General

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 200,000,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. The following description summarizes the material terms of our securities. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock

As of the date of this prospectus there are              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B non-voting common stock outstanding.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, except with respect to voting rights and conversion rights, the Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock will be treated equally and identically.

Voting Power. Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Class A common stock possess all voting power for the election of our directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action, except with respect to amendments to our certificate of incorporation that alter or change the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of any outstanding preferred stock if the holders of such affected series of preferred stock are entitled to vote on such an amendment. Holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders. Holders of Class B non-voting common stock have no voting power, and have no right to participate in any meeting of stockholders or to have notice thereof, except as required by applicable law and except that any action that would significantly and adversely affect the rights of the Class B non-voting common stock with respect to the modification of the terms of the securities or dissolution will require the approval of the Class B non-voting common stock voting separately as a class. Except as otherwise provided by law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or in respect of the election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of an election of directors, where a quorum is present a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect each director.

Conversion of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock. Each share of Class B non-voting common stock is convertible into a share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder, provided, however, that each share of Class B non-voting common stock is not convertible in the hands of the initial holder and is only convertible at the time it is transferred to a third party unaffiliated with such initial holder, subject to the transfer restrictions described in the next sentence, if and only to the extent such conversion would not, after giving effect to such conversion, cause the transferee (together with such transferee’s related persons and any persons with which such transferee is acting in concert) to own, control or have the power to vote shares of Class A common stock in excess of the ownership limit described below. Shares of Class B non-voting common stock may only be

 

153


Table of Contents

transferred through one or more of the following alternatives: (1) to an affiliate of a holder or to the Company, (2) in a widely dispersed public offering, (3) in a private sale in which no purchaser would acquire Class A common stock and/or Class B non-voting common stock in an amount that, after the conversion of such Class B non-voting common stock into Class A common stock, is (or represents) 2% or more of a class of our voting securities or (4) to a purchaser acquiring majority control of the Company notwithstanding such transfer.

Dividends. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock are equally entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors in its discretion out of funds legally available therefor. In no event will any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on Class A common stock or Class B non-voting common stock unless the shares of Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically, provided that, in the event of a dividend of Common Stock, shares of Class B non-voting common stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Class B non-voting common stock and shares of Class A common stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Class A common stock.

Liquidation Distribution. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of the Corporation, the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock are entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all the assets of the Company of whatever kind available for distribution to holders of Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock, after the rights of the holders of the preferred stock have been satisfied.

Board of Directors. Each member of our board of directors is elected annually and serves for a one-year term. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares eligible to vote for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

Preemptive or Other Rights. Our stockholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights (other than the right of holders of shares of Class B non-voting common stock to convert such shares into shares of Class A common stock as described in “— Conversion of Class B Non-voting Common Stock ” above) and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the Common Stock.

No Action by Written Consent. Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to such series of preferred stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock are currently outstanding. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue and to designate the terms of one or more new classes or series of preferred stock. The rights with respect to a class or series of preferred stock may be greater than the rights attached to our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of our preferred stock on the rights of holders of our common stock until our board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that class or series of preferred stock.

Warrants

In connection with the agreement by several of our largest shareholders to be bound by the FDIC Policy Statement, we issued warrants to purchase common stock to such investors. The warrants are exercisable for 10 years from the date of issuance and have an exercise price of $20.00 per share. We issued (1) a warrant to purchase 237,500 shares of common stock to Ithan Creek Investors USB, LLC (an affiliate of Wellington Management Company, LLP) on October 20, 2009, (2) a warrant to purchase 237,500 shares of common stock to Ithan Creek Investors USB, LLC on March 23, 2010, (3) a warrant to purchase 250,750 shares of common stock to Paulson Master Recovery Fund LTD on March 15, 2010, and (4) a warrant to purchase 42,000 shares of common stock to Elliott Associates, L.P. and a warrant to purchase 63,000 shares of common stock to Elliott Opus Holdings LLC on September 30, 2010.

 

154


Table of Contents

FDIC Value Appreciation Instrument

In connection with each of our three FDIC-assisted acquisitions, we issued a value appreciation instrument to the FDIC with respect to 100,000 units for a total of up to 300,000 units (of which 100,000 are to be settled in cash only). Each unit is equivalent to one share of common stock. The value appreciation instrument provides for a cash payment to the FDIC in the event that we achieve certain valuation levels following an IPO or sale.

The value appreciation instruments become exercisable upon notice by the Company to the FDIC, which notice must be given within five days after the consummation of a public float event or a sale event. The value appreciation instruments remain exercisable until their expiration dates, which are the earlier of (1) the first anniversary of the public float event or (2) two years following the issuance of the instrument (October 22, 2012 in the case of the value appreciation instrument issued in the Hillcrest Bank acquisition, July 22, 2013 in the case of the value appreciation instrument issued in the Bank of Choice acquisition and October 21, 2013 in the case of the value appreciation instrument issued in the Community Banks of Colorado Bank acquisition). A public float event occurs when the Company’s public float increases to more than $50 million for 30 consecutive trading days by means of an IPO or appreciation of market price. A sale event refers to any business combination in which the Company is designated as the selling entity or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. This offering will constitute a public float event.

With respect to the instrument issued in our acquisition of Hillcrest Bank, during the exercise period, the FDIC will be entitled to exercise the value appreciation instrument and receive a cash payment equal to the product of (1) the number of units with respect to which the FDIC exercises the value appreciation instrument and (2) the difference between the exercise price of $18.65 and (i) if a public float event occurs, the two day volume weighted average price per unit and (ii) if a sales event occurs, the value of the consideration received per unit.

With respect to the instruments issued in our acquisitions of Bank of Choice and Community Banks of Colorado, during the exercise period, the FDIC will be entitled to exercise the value appreciation instrument and receive a payment in either cash or shares of our common stock. If cash is elected by the FDIC, we must pay cash in an amount equal to the product of (1) the number of units with respect to which the FDIC exercises the value appreciation instrument and (2) the difference between the exercise price ($17.95 in the case of the value appreciation instrument issued in the Bank of Choice acquisition and $18.93 in the case of the value appreciation instrument issued in the Community Banks of Colorado acquisition) and (i) if a public float event occurs, the two day volume weighted average price per unit and (ii) if a sales event occurs, the value of the consideration received per unit. If common stock is elected by the FDIC, we must deliver a number of shares of our common stock equal to (1) the number of units with respect to which the FDIC exercises the value appreciation instrument, multiplied by (2) the difference between the exercise price ($17.95 in the case of the value appreciation instrument issued in the Bank of Choice acquisition and $18.93 in the case of the value appreciation instrument issued in the Community Banks of Colorado acquisition) and (i) if a public float event occurs, the two day volume weighted average price per unit and (ii) if a sales event occurs, the value of the consideration received per unit, divided by (3)(i) if a public float event occurs, the two day volume weighted average price per unit and (ii) if a sales event occurs, the value of the consideration received per unit.

In the event that neither a public float event nor a sale event occurs by the expiration date of one of our value appreciation instruments or if the FDIC does not exercise the value appreciation instrument, on the expiration date we will pay the FDIC a cash fee equal to the product of (1) the number of unexercised units and (2) the difference between (x) the product of the Company’s tangible common equity per share as of the then most recently completed quarter and the prevailing average price to tangible book multiple of the components underlying the Nasdaq Bank Index as of such date and (y) and the exercise price.

 

155


Table of Contents

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Special Meeting of Stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, by our Chief Executive Officer or by a majority vote of our entire board of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the meeting. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

Stockholder-Initiated Bylaw Amendments

Our bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by stockholders only upon approval of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of the Class A common stock. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation will provide that our bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed by the board of directors by a majority vote.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock, Class B non-voting common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We have not opted out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination (as defined in such section) with an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation or any person affiliated with such person) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock of such corporation outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (A) by persons who are directors and also officers of such corporation and (B) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or (iii) on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders (and not by written consent) by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

156


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors and officers will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with their service for or on our behalf. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acts or omissions not in good faith or which include intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors pursuant to which they are indemnified as described above and will be advanced costs and expenses subject to delivery of an undertaking to repay any advanced amounts if it is ultimately determined such officer or director is not entitled to indemnification for such costs and expenses.

Renunciation of Certain Corporate Opportunities

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Company renounces any interest or expectancy in certain acquisition opportunities that our officers or directors become aware of in connection with their service to other entities to which they have a fiduciary or contractual obligation; provided that the Company does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any opportunity that is offered to our officer or directors if such opportunity is expressly offered to officers or directors in writing solely in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the Company.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is the transfer agent and registrar for the common stock.

 

157


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no established public market for our Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares or availability of any shares for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock (including shares issued on the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities, if any) or the perception that such sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital through a future sale of securities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B non-voting common stock issued and outstanding. All of the              shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless such shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Certain of these holders also hold warrants to purchase up to 830,700 additional shares of Class A common stock or Class B non-voting common stock, as described below. Upon completion of this offering, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (or     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us is exercised in full) will be held by “affiliates” as that terms is defined in Rule 144. These shares will be “restricted securities” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144. Subject to certain contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreements described below, holders of restricted shares will be entitled to sell those shares in the public market if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale as set forth below.

Lock-Up Agreements . See the section entitled “Underwriting” for a description of lock-up agreements in connection with this offering.

2009 Equity Incentive Plan . We have granted 1,299,168 shares of restricted Class A common stock and options to purchase 2,620,832 shares of Class A common stock under our 2009 Equity Inventive Plan, subject to vesting requirements. An additional 1,830,000 shares of Class A common stock are reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. See the section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan” for a description of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

Warrants . We have issued warrants to purchase 830,700 shares of common stock. See the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Warrants” for a description our outstanding warrants.

Form S-8 Registration Statements . In addition to the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register an aggregate of              shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. That registration statement will become effective upon filing, and shares of Class A common stock covered by such registration statement are eligible for sale in the public market immediately after the effective date of such registration statement, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Registration Rights Agreement . As described under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement,” concurrently with the consummation of our 2009 private offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement for the benefit of our stockholders. Under that agreement we have agreed to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a shelf registration statement that would allow the Company’s stockholders to resell 51,936,280 shares of common stock acquired in our 2009 private offering.

 

158


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This summary does not address any U.S. federal non-income, state, local or foreign tax consequences, estate or gift tax consequences, or alternative minimum tax consequences, nor does it address any tax considerations to persons other than non-U.S. holders.

The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock applicable to non-U.S. holders who acquire such shares in this offering and hold such shares as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock (other than an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or a non-U.S. corporation treated as such;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) such trust has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the “Code,” Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service, and other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of the unearned income Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, any U.S. federal estate and gift taxes, any U.S. alternative minimum taxes or any state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion may not apply, in whole or in part, to particular non-U.S. holders in light of their individual circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers or dealers in securities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” non-U.S. holders that hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, and certain U.S. expatriates).

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of a partnership holding our Class A common stock should consult their tax advisor as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to them.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK. PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM (INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS) OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

 

159


Table of Contents

Dividends

In general, any distributions we make to a non-U.S. holder with respect to its shares of our Class A common stock that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount, unless the non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable tax treaty and the non-U.S. holder provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate. A distribution will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our Class A common stock and, to the extent it exceeds the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our Class A common stock, as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock.

Dividends we pay to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, as described above, if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis, in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States, provided that the non-U.S. holder timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. Dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with its conduct of trade or business within the United States may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty).

Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such non-U.S. holder’s holding period of our Class A common stock.

Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (or so treated) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. If the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above also may apply to such effectively connected gain. An individual non-U.S. holder who is subject to U.S. federal income tax because the non-U.S. holder was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from such sale or other disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.

Withholdable Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities

Under recently enacted legislation, a 30% withholding tax would be imposed on certain payments that are made to certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons that fail to comply with information reporting requirements in respect of their direct and indirect U.S. stockholders and/or U.S. accountholders. Such payments would include U.S. source dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock that can produce U.S. source dividends. The Internal Revenue Service has released preliminary guidance indicating that this withholding tax will not be imposed with respect to payments made prior to January 1, 2014.

 

160


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding, Information Reporting and Other Reporting Requirements

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of this information reporting may also be made available under the provisions of a specific tax treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

A non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to backup withholding for dividends on our Class A common stock paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalties of perjury that, among other things, it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code).

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a non-U.S. holder sells or otherwise disposes of its shares of our Class A common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. offices of a foreign broker, the broker will generally be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to the non-U.S. holder to the Internal Revenue Service and also backup withhold on that amount unless such non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification to the broker of its status as a non-U.S. person or otherwise establish an exemption (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code). Information reporting will also apply if a non-U.S. holder sells its shares of our Class A common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from U.S. sources or having certain other connections to the United States, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that such non-U.S. holder is a non-U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code).

Backup withholding is not an additional income tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder generally can be credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or refunded, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

 

161


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of Class A common stock described in this prospectus through the several underwriters (the “Underwriters”) for whom Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. are acting as representatives. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the Underwriters, dated                          (the “Underwriting Agreement”), with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, each of the Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriter of Shares of Class A Common Stock

   Number

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

FBR Capital Markets & Co.

  
  
  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

Our shares of Class A common stock are offered subject to a number of conditions, including receipt and acceptance of the shares of Class A common stock by the Underwriters and the Underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. The Underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares of Class A common stock covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the Underwriters sell more shares of Class A Common Stock in this offering than the total number set forth in the table above, the Underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares of Class A common stock from the Company at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts, set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. They may exercise this option in whole or from time to time in part for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If any shares of Class A common stock are purchased pursuant to this option, the Underwriters will severally purchase shares of Class A common stock in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

In connection with this offering, certain of the Underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Discounts

Shares of Class A common stock sold by the Underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares of Class A common stock sold by the Underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares of Class A common stock purchased from the Underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares of Class A common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares of Class A common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the Underwriters.

 

162


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts to be paid to the Underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock:

Paid by Us

 

     No exercise      Full exercise  

Per Share Total

   $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

     No exercise      Full exercise  

Per Share Total

   $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discounts, will be approximately $        .

No sales of similar securities

We and our officers, directors, and certain existing holders of our outstanding common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the Underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our shares of Class A or Class B common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A or Class B common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement or the material news or material event.

Pricing of the offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares of Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and our earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

Indemnification and contribution

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters and their affiliates and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to any payments the Underwriters, their affiliates and their controlling persons may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

163


Table of Contents

NYSE listing

We intend to apply to list our shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “    ”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing our shares of Class A common stock on the NYSE, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares of Class A common stock to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by the NYSE.

Price stabilization, short positions and penalty bid

In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our shares of Class A common stock, including:

 

   

stabilizing transactions;

 

   

short sales;

 

   

purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

   

imposition of penalty bids; and

 

   

syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases of shares of Class A common stock made by the Underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares of Class A common stock while this offering is in progress. Short sales involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of shares of Class A common stock than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the Underwriters’ option to purchase shares of Class A common stock described above. The Underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock or purchasing shares of Class A common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares of Class A common stock to close out the covered short position, the Underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares of Class A common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The Underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of Class A common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of Class A common stock made by the Underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The Underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular Underwriter repays to the Underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares of Class A common stock sold by or for the account of such Underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the Underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares of Class A common stock and, together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our shares of Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our shares of Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

164


Table of Contents

Affiliations

The Underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered.

The Underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the Underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the Company. The Underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (the “EEA”) that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of Class A common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any of the shares of Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) at any time to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) at any time to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors,” as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Underwriters; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of the shares of Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for us or the Underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase the shares of Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Each Underwriter has agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of

 

165


Table of Contents

the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of Class A common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares of Class A common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of Class A common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares of Class A common stock, debentures and units of shares of Class A common stock and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of Class A common stock under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each Underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any shares of Class A common stock, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

166


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Class A common stock and other certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York, New York. Sidley Austin LLP , New York, New York will act as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of NBH Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009, and for the period from June 16, 2009 (date of inception) through December 31, 2009, and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Bank Midwest, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of December 10, 2010, the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Hillcrest Bank, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of October 22, 2010, and the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Bank of Choice (acquired by Bank Midwest, N.A. a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of July 22, 2011 have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

167


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm. We also maintain an Internet site at www.nationalbankholdings.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

168


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NBH Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries — Consolidated Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition June 30, 2011 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2010

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) For the Three and Six Months ended June  30, 2011 and 2010

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) For the Six Months ended June 30, 2011 and  2010

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Other Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

     F-5   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-6   

NBH Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries — Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2010 and as of and for the period from June 16, 2009 to December 31, 2009, and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-35   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-35   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-36   

Consolidated Statements of Operations For the Year ended December  31, 2010 and For the Period from June 16, 2009 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2009

     F-37   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows the year ended December  31, 2010 and for the period from June 16, 2009 to December 31, 2009

     F-38   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Other Comprehensive Income For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 and For the Period from June 16, 2009 (date of inception) Through December 31, 2009

     F-39   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-40   

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank as of October 22, 2010, and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-73   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-73   

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of October 22, 2010

     F-74   

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of October 22, 2010

     F-75   

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest, N.A. as of December 10, 2010, and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-84   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-84   

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of December 10, 2010

     F-85   

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of December 10, 2010

     F-86   

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank of Choice as of July 22, 2011, and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-93   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-93   

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank of Choice (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of July 22, 2011

     F-94   

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank of Choice (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of July 22, 2011

     F-95   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     June 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  

ASSETS

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 61,576       $ 64,885   

Due from Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City

     360,300         1,449,905   

Federal funds sold and interest bearing bank deposits

     388,404         392,940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     810,280         1,907,730   

Investment securities:

     

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value

     2,001,493         1,254,595   

Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     16,800         17,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     2,018,293         1,272,395   

Loans receivable, net — covered

     586,898         703,573   

Loans receivable, net — non-covered

     778,440         865,297   

Allowance for loan losses

     4,957         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

     1,360,381         1,568,822   

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) indemnification asset, net

     155,454         161,395   

Other real estate owned — covered

     71,500         54,078   

Premises and equipment, net

     53,677         37,320   

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     77,757         79,715   

Other assets

     48,514         24,066   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,595,856       $ 5,105,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Liabilities:

     

Demand deposits:

     

Non-interest bearing

   $ 350,873       $ 326,159   

Interest bearing

     236,349         211,601   

Savings and money market

     777,344         671,562   

Time deposits

     2,107,278         2,264,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     3,471,844         3,473,339   

Pending investment trades payable

     —           564,094   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     29,536         24,164   

Due to FDIC

     13,799         13,564   

Other liabilities

     55,083         36,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,570,262         4,111,762   

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share:

     

400,000,000 shares authorized and 51,686,280 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     517         517   

Founders’ shares: par value $0.01 per share: 250,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     3         3   

Additional paid in capital

     991,260         982,637   

Retained earnings;

     10,275         4,517   

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

     23,539         6,085   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,025,594         993,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,595,856       $ 5,105,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

For the Three and Six Months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     For the three months ended
June 30,
    For the six months ended
June 30,
 
     2011      2010     2011      2010  

Interest and dividend income:

          

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 27,605       $ —        $ 55,545       $ —     

Interest and dividends on investment securities

     16,266         —          29,000         —     

Interest on interest-bearing bank deposits

     415         554        1,108         1,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     44,286         554        85,653         1,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

          

Interest on deposits

     9,821         —          20,893      

Interest on borrowings

     24         —          41      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     9,845         —          20,934      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

     34,441         554        64,719         1,115   

Provision for loan losses

     8,791         —          12,686         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     25,650         554        52,033         1,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

          

FDIC loss sharing income

     1,924         —          6,399         —     

Bank card fees

     1,759         —          3,540         —     

Service charges

     3,700         —          7,463         —     

Gain on sale of securities

     158         —          192         —     

Other non-interest income

     1,932         —          2,497         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     9,473         —          20,091         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

          

Salaries and employee benefits

     15,944         2,368        30,017         3,353   

Occupancy and equipment

     2,427         68        5,260         147   

Professional fees

     2,305         182        5,145         354   

Telecommunications and data processing

     2,634         39        4,921         81   

Loss on sale of other real estate owned, net

     409         —          561         —     

Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability

     791         —          791         44   

Intangible asset amortization

     978         —          1,957         —     

FDIC deposit insurance

     1,449         —          2,440         —     

Acquisition related costs

     339         771        474         1,344   

Other non-interest expense

     5,019         532        11,580         745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     32,295         3,960        63,146         6,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     2,828         (3,406     8,978         (4,945

Income tax expense

     1,143         —          3,220         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,685       $ (3,406   $ 5,758       $ (4,945
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share — basic and diluted

   $ 0.06       $ (0.02   $ 0.11       $ (0.09

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     51,936,280         51,936,280        51,936,280         54,369,206   

Diluted

     52,228,053         51,936,280        52,235,566         54,369,206   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For the Six Months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

(In thousands)

 

     2011     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,758      $ (4,945

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     12,686        —     

Depreciation and amortization

     2,456        17   

Gain on sale of securities

     (192     —     

Discount accretion, net of premium amortization

     (30,845     —     

Accretion of indemnification asset

     (3,739     —     

Loss on the sale of other real estate owned, net

     561        —     

Stock-based compensation

     8,623        809   

Increase in due to FDIC

     235        —     

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (14,877     149   

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     7,995        (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (11,339     (3,997
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Sale of FHLB stock

     1,000        —     

Sales and maturities of investment securities

     177,054        —     

Purchase of investment securities

     (1,460,214     —     

Net decrease in loans

     197,584        —     

Purchase of premises and equipment

     (16,855     (22

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

     11,443        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,089,988     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net decrease in deposits

     (1,495     —     

Increase in repurchase agreements

     5,372        —     

Shares repurchased

     —          (127,641
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     3,877        (127,641
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,097,450     (131,660

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     1,907,730        1,099,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 810,280      $ 967,628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 24,323      $ —     

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $ 13,904      $ —     

Issuance of warrants

   $ —        $ 4,046   

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities:

    

Loans transferred to other real estate owned

   $ 29,426      $ —     

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

and Other Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Common
stock
    Founders’
shares
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
(deficit)/
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income net
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2009

    581        3        1,098,446        (1,534     —          1,097,496   

Shares repurchased (6,382,024 shares)

    (64     —          (127,577     —          —          (127,641

Issuance of warrants (488,200 warrants)

    —          —          (4,046     —          —          (4,046

Increase in additional paid-in capital in connection with stock-based compensation plans

    —          —          809        —          —          809   

Net loss

    —          —          —          (4,945     —          (4,945
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

  $ 517      $ 3      $ 967,632      $ (6,479   $ —        $ 961,673   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 517      $ 3      $ 982,637        4,517        6,085      $ 993,759   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in additional paid-in capital in connection with stock-based compensation plans

    —          —          8,623        —          —          8,623   

Net income

    —          —          —          5,758        —          5,758   

Other comprehensive income:

           

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities arising during the period, net of tax of $14,305

    —          —          —          —          17,579        17,579   

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of
tax of $67

            (125     (125
           

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

              23,212   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2011

  $ 517      $ 3      $ 991,260      $ 10,275      $ 23,539      $ 1,025,594   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

Note 1 Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NBH Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Hillcrest Bank, N.A. and Bank Midwest, N.A. (the “Banks”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications of prior years’ amounts have been made to conform to current year presentation. The results of operations of the Banks are included from the respective dates of the acquisitions (October 20, 2010 for Hillcrest Bank, N.A. and December 10, 2010 for Bank Midwest, N.A.), and as such, the operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 does not reflect any results of operations for the Banks. The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011.

The Company’s significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the quarterly financial statements are disclosed in the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and related footnotes for the year ended December 31, 2010. US generally accepted accounting principles require management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. By their nature, estimates are based on judgment and available information. Management has made significant estimates in certain areas, such as the amount and timing of expected cash flows from covered assets, the valuation of the FDIC indemnification asset and clawback liability, the valuation of other real estate owned, the fair value adjustments on assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the valuation of core deposit intangible assets, the valuation of equity awards and warrants, the value appreciation rights issued to the FDIC, as defined below, the valuation of deferred tax assets, the evaluation of investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment, the fair values of financial instruments, the allowance for loan losses, and contingent liabilities. Because of the inherent uncertainties associated with any estimation process and future changes in market and economic conditions, it is possible that actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Note 2 Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Credit Risk Exposure for Financing Receivables  — In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . This guidance requires additional disclosures about credit risk exposure for financing receivables and the related allowance for loan losses including an allowance rollforward on a portfolio segment basis, the recorded investment in financing receivables on a portfolio segment basis, the non-accrual status of financing receivables by class, impaired financing receivables by class, aging of past due receivables by class, credit quality indicators by class, troubled debt restructurings information by class, and significant purchases and sales of financing receivables. ASU 2010-20 defines portfolio segment as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for loan losses. Classes of financing receivables generally are a disaggregation of portfolio segments. The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about loans modified as troubled debt restructurings are effective concurrently with the additional guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, as discussed below. The information required by ASU 2010-20 is set forth in Notes 6 and 7.

Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations — In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

to provide guidance on the pro forma revenue and earnings information disclosed subsequent to a business combination. The guidance specifies that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity should be presented as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The guidance also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The new disclosure requirements are effective for business combinations that occur on or after December 15, 2010 and the Company does not expect that the adoption of the new guidance will have a material impact on its financial statements, results of operations or liquidity.

Fair Value Measurements — In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement to facilitate convergence between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The amendments in the ASU provide common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements They do not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The amendments provided in the ASU will be effective for the Company during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect that the adoption of ASU 2011-04 will have a material impact on its financial statements, results of operations or liquidity.

Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring — In April, 2011, the FASB issued guidance to clarify existing guidance for determining if a creditor has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties for purposes of determining whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The guidance further clarifies that, for loans accounted for in a pool in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality , neither the modification of a loan within a pool nor the changes in expected cash flows of a pool that result from the modification of one or more loans within the pool constitute a troubled debt restructuring. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this guidance will have a material effect on its financial statements, results of operations or liquidity.

Note 3 Acquisition Activities

Bank Midwest, N.A. — In July 2010, the Company agreed to acquire, and on December 10, 2010 completed the acquisition of, certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities formerly held by Bank Midwest, one of six banking subsidiaries owned by Dickinson Financial Corporation (“DFC”). In this transaction, the Company acquired 40 locations across Missouri and eastern Kansas, $2.4 billion of deposits and approximately $905.4 million of loans. The Company had specific performance criteria for the assets acquired and, as a result, did not acquire any non-accrual loans or OREO in connection with the Bank Midwest transaction.

The Company paid $56.0 million cash for the Bank Midwest net assets. The fair value of consideration paid exceeded the fair value of the Bank Midwest net assets acquired and resulted in the establishment of goodwill in the amount of $52.4 million, which will be tax deductible. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, no allowance for loan losses was carried forward at the acquisition date.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

In conjunction with the purchase and assumption of the Bank Midwest net assets, the Company infused $390 million of capital into Bank Midwest at the time of closing. Information regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on December 10, 2010 in connection with the Bank Midwest acquisition are shown in the table below (in thousands):

 

     As Acquired
from DFC
     Fair Value
Adjustments
    Settlement
amount

paid to  DFC
    As recorded
by the
Company
 

Assets Acquired:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,425,737       $ —        $ (56,000   $ 1,369,737   

Investment securities, available for sale

     55,360         —          —          55,360   

Non-marketable investment securities

     400         —          —          400   

Loans

     905,354         (22,739     —          882,615   

Premises and equipment

     30,662         5,562        —          36,224   

Goodwill

     —           52,442        —          52,442   

Intangible assets

     —           21,650        —          21,650   

Accrued interest receivable

     4,458         —          —          4,458   

Other assets

     3,520         —          —          3,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,425,491       $ 56,915      $ (56,000   $ 2,426,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

         

Deposits

   $ 2,384,982       $ 915      $ —        $ 2,385,897   

Accrued interest payable

     11,089         —          —          11,089   

Other liabilities

     29,420         —          —          29,420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 2,425,491       $ 915      $ —        $ 2,426,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Hillcrest Bank — On October 22, 2010, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, as receiver, to acquire certain assets and assume substantially all of the liabilities of the former Hillcrest Bank of Overland Park, Kansas.

Inclusive of the effects of purchase accounting adjustments, the Company acquired assets of $1.4 billion and assumed deposits and liabilities of $1.3 billion in connection with the acquisition of Hillcrest Bank. The net assets were acquired at a discount of $182.7 million, which is reflected as a portion of the cash acquired, and the settlement amount paid to the FDIC at close was $56.3 million. In conjunction with the Hillcrest Bank purchase and assumption agreement, the Company also provided the FDIC with Value Appreciation Rights (VAR) whereby the FDIC is entitled to a cash payment equal to the excess of the Company’s common stock price above a strike price of $18.65 per unit at a future time. The VAR is applicable to a maximum of 100,000 units and the Company has estimated the fair value of the VAR at the date of acquisition of Hillcrest Bank and at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 to be approximately $0.7 million, which is included in due to FDIC in the Company’s December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 consolidated statements of financial condition. Any future changes to the value of the VAR will be included in other non-interest expense. The Company infused $170 million of capital into Hillcrest Bank immediately following the closing of the transaction.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

A summary of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the Hillcrest Bank acquisition are shown in the table below (in thousands):

 

     As Acquired  from
FDIC
     Fair Value
Adjustments
    Settlement amount
paid to
    As recorded by the
Company
 

Assets acquired:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 190,344       $ —        $ (56,343   $ 134,001   

Investment securities, available for sale

     235,255         —          —          235,255   

Non-marketable investment securities

     4,042         —          —          4,042   

Loans

     1,016,394         (235,052     —          781,342   

FDIC indemnification asset

     —           159,706        —          159,706   

Other real estate owned, covered by loss share agreement

     111,332         (59,732     —          51,600   

Gain on bargain purchase

     —           (37,778     —          (37,778

Intangible assets

     —           5,760        —          5,760   

Premises and equipment

     157         —          —          157   

Accrued interest receivable

     3,816         —          —          3,816   

Other assets

     1,066         —          —          1,066   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,562,406       $ (167,096   $ (56,343   $ 1,338,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

        —         

Deposits

   $ 1,234,013       $ —        $ —        $ 1,234,013   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     80,460         3,434        —          83,894   

Accrued interest payable

     7,279         —          —          7,279   

Other liabilities

     1,575         12,206        —          13,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,323,327         15,640        —        $ 1,338,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase and assumption agreement of Hillcrest Bank with the FDIC, the Company entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC whereby the Company will be reimbursed by the FDIC for a portion of the losses incurred as a result of the resolution and disposition of the problem assets of Hillcrest Bank. The loss sharing agreements with the FDIC cover substantially all of Hillcrest Bank’s loans including single family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial loans, unfunded commitments, and OREO, which are collectively referred to as the “covered assets.” However, the Company also acquired other assets of the failed bank that are not covered by the loss sharing agreements including $190.3 million of cash and cash equivalents, $239.3 million of investment securities acquired at fair value, $3.5 million of consumer loans and overdrafts and other tangible assets. For purposes of the loss sharing agreements, the anticipated losses on the covered assets are grouped into two categories, commercial assets and single family assets, and each category has its own specific loss sharing agreement. The loss sharing agreement categories cover losses on both loans and OREO in their respective categories and have provisions that reimburse the Company for up to 90 days of accrued interest and direct expenses related to the resolution of these assets. Within the categories, there are three tranches of losses, each beginning after the loss threshold of the previous tranche has been met, and each with a specified loss-coverage percentage. The categories, and the respective loss thresholds and coverage amounts are as follows (in thousands):

 

Commercial     Single family  

Tranche

  Loss Threshold     Loss-Coverage Percentage     Tranche     Loss Threshold     Loss-Coverage Percentage  
1   $ 295,592        60     1      $ 4,618        60
2     405,293        0     2        8,191        30
3     >405,293        80     3        >8,191        80

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

The FDIC’s obligation to reimburse the Company for losses with respect to covered assets begins with the first dollar of loss incurred. The term for loss sharing on single-family residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term for loss sharing on all other covered loans is five years. The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant covered assets as determined by the FDIC at the date of acquisition. New loans originated after that date are not covered by the provisions of the loss sharing agreements. The Company will refund the FDIC for its share of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Company under the loss sharing agreement.

The expected reimbursements from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements were recorded as an indemnification asset at its estimated fair value of $159.7 million on the acquisition date. The indemnification asset reflects the present value of the expected net cash reimbursement related to the loss sharing agreement described above.

Within 45 days of the end of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company may be required to pay the FDIC in the event that losses do not reach a specified threshold, based on the initial discount received less cumulative servicing amounts for the covered assets acquired. The Company recorded $11.5 million as the estimated fair value of this clawback liability at the acquisition date, which is included in Due to FDIC in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company believes that the FDIC loss sharing agreement mitigates the Company’s risk of loss on assets acquired. Nonetheless, to the extent the actual values realized for the acquired assets are different from the estimates, the FDIC indemnification asset will generally be impacted in an offsetting manner due to the loss sharing support from the FDIC.

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank transaction, the Company recognized approximately $37.8 million of bargain purchase gain and a $5.8 million core deposit intangible. The amount of bargain purchase gain recorded represents the excess of the fair value of the assets acquired (inclusive of the $182.7 million purchase discount from the FDIC) compared to the fair value of liabilities assumed (inclusive of the settlement amount paid to the FDIC of $56.3 million) at the date of acquisition.

The Company has determined that the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions constitute business combinations as defined in ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Accordingly, as of the date of acquisition, the Company recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. The Company determined initial fair values in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . Fair value was established by discounting the expected future cash flows with a market discount rate for like maturity and risk instruments. The estimation of expected future cash flows requires significant assumptions about appropriate discount rates, expected future cash flows, market conditions and other future events and actual results could differ materially. The determination of the fair values of covered loans and the related FDIC indemnification asset and clawback liability involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. The Company has made the determinations of fair value using the best information available at the time.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Note 4 Investment Securities

The investment securities portfolio is comprised of investment securities available for sale and Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock, which are considered non-marketable investment securities. Investment securities available for sale at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized
Gains
     Gross Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 300       $ —         $ —        $ 300   

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

     680,270         11,007         (104     691,173   

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

     1,282,080         28,449         (928     1,309,601   

Other securities

     419         —           —          419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,963,069       $ 39,456       $ (1,032   $ 2,001,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized
Gains
     Gross Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 42,544       $ 4       $ —        $ 42,548   

Federal Home Loan Bank debentures

     500         —           —          500   

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

     178,098         234         (1,907     176,425   

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

     1,023,812         12,926         (2,035     1,034,703   

Other securities

     419         —           —          419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,245,373       $ 13,164       $ (3,942   $ 1,254,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2011, mortgage-backed securities represented nearly 100% of the Company’s available for sale investment portfolio. At June 30, 2011, all mortgage-backed securities were backed by government sponsored enterprises (“GSE”) collateral such as Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). The estimated weighted average life of the mortgage-backed securities portfolio as of June 30, 2011 was 4.57 years. This estimate is based on assumptions and actual results may differ.

The Company’s U.S. Treasury securities have contractual maturities of less than one year. Other securities have no stated contractual maturity date.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Management has evaluated all of the securities in an unrealized loss position and has concluded that no other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) exists at June 30, 2011 or December 31, 2010. The Company purchased all of the securities in the fourth quarter of 2010 and the first half of 2011, and as such, all of the securities in unrealized loss positions have been in continuous unrealized loss positions for less than twelve months. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and believes it will not be required to sell the securities before the recovery of their amortized cost. At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $78.2 million and $222.4 million, respectively, of available-for-sale securities that were temporarily impaired by $1.0 million and $3.9 million, respectively, as are summarized in the table below (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

     15,276         (104     142,440         (1,907

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

     62,956         (928     79,914         (2,035
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 78,232       $ (1,032   $ 222,354       $ (3,942
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain securities are pledged as collateral for public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, treasury tax and loan agreements, and to secure borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank, if needed. The carrying value of securities pledged as collateral totaled $162.6 and $119.3 million at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company sold approximately $58.0 million and $115.7 million, respectively, of investment securities. The sales were comprised of $73.6 million of fixed-rate residential collateralized mortgage obligations and $42.1 million of US Treasury securities. The Company realized gains on the sale of these securities of $158 thousand and $192 thousand during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, which is included in gain on sale of securities in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

At June 30, 2011 the Company held of $16.8 million of Federal Reserve Bank stock for regulatory purposes. This stock is restricted and is carried at cost, less any other than temporary impairment. There have been no identified events or changes in circumstances that may have an adverse effect on the investments carried at cost. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company sold $1.0 million of FHLB stock that was also carried at cost.

Note 5 Covered Loans

Substantially all loans acquired in the Hillcrest Bank acquisition were covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The Company evaluates all acquired loans, including covered loans, for impairment in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 310-30, which applies to loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. The majority of loans acquired in connection with the Hillcrest Bank transaction are being accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 except loans with revolving privileges, which are outside the scope of this guidance, and loans for which cash flows could not be estimated, which are accounted for under the cost recovery method.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

The covered loans were recorded at their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date. Generally, the determination of the fair value of the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 resulted in a significant write-down in the value of the loans, which was assigned to an accretable yield or non-accretable difference, with the accretable yield to be recognized as interest income over the expected remaining term of the loan. The following tables reflect the carrying value of all acquired covered loans as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Loans accounted
for under ASC
Topic 310-30
     Loans excluded
from ASC
Topic 310-30
     Total
covered
loans
 

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 59,251       $ 33,741       $ 92,992   

Leases

     —           7,477         7,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     59,251         41,218         100,469   

Commercial real estate:

        

Commercial construction

     100,458         132         100,590   

Commercial real estate

     170,664         1,351         172,015   

Land and development

     143,084         10,500         153,584   

Multifamily

     47,770         —           47,770   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     461,976         11,983         473,959   

Residential real estate

        

Single family residential

     10,269         2,201         12,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     10,269         2,201         12,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

   $ 531,496       $ 55,402       $ 586,898   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Loans accounted
for under ASC
Topic 310-30
     Loans excluded
from ASC
Topic 310-30
     Total
covered
loans
 

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 74,783       $ 44,437       $ 119,220   

Leases

     —           9,213         9,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     74,783         53,650         128,433   

Commercial real estate:

        

Commercial construction

     120,835         130         120,965   

Commercial real estate

     179,998         1,363         181,361   

Land and development

     198,100         12,022         210,122   

Multifamily

     49,164         —           49,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     548,097         13,515         561,612   

Residential real estate

        

Single family residential

     11,540         1,988         13,528   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     11,540         1,988         13,528   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

   $ 634,420       $ 69,153       $ 703,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Changes in the carrying amount of accretable discount for acquired covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 74,329   

Reclassification from non-accretable difference

     25,098   

Reclassification to non-accretable difference

     (314

Accretion

     (23,478
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 75,635   
  

 

 

 

Below is the composition of the net book value for loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  

Contractual Cash Flows

   $ 829,030      $ 955,431   

Nonaccretable Difference

     (221,899     (246,682

Accretable Yield

     (75,635     (74,329
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

   $ 531,496      $ 634,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans are considered past due or delinquent when the contractual principal or interest due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. Covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 are considered as performing, even though they may be contractually past due, as any non-payment of contractual principal or interest is considered in the periodic re-estimation of expected cash flows and is included in the resulting recognition of current period covered loan loss provision or future period yield adjustments. Acquired impaired loans were not classified as non-performing assets at June 30, 2011 or December 31, 2010 as the carrying value of the respective loan or pool of loans cash flows were considered estimatable and probable of collection. Therefore, interest income, through accretion of the difference between the carrying value of the loans and the expected cash flows, is being recognized on all acquired loans being accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30.

Similar to non-covered loans (see note 6), covered loans accounted for outside of ASC Topic 310-30 are classified as non-accrual when, in the opinion of management, collection of principal or interest is doubtful. Generally, these loans are placed on non-accrual status due to the continued failure to adhere to contractual payment terms by the borrower coupled with other pertinent factors, such as insufficient collateral value. The accrual of interest income is discontinued when a loan is placed in non-accrual status and payments received generally reduce the carrying value of the loan. At June 30, 2011, $15.8 million of covered loans accounted for outside the scope of ASC Topic 310-30 were on non-accrual. The Company had no non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2010. A loan may be placed back on accrual status if all contractual payments have been received, or sooner under certain conditions, and collection of future principal and interest payments is no longer doubtful.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Credit exposure for all covered loans as determined by the Company’s internal risk rating system was as follows as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively (in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2011  
    Commercial
and
industrial
    Leases     Commercial
construction
    Commercial
real estate
    Land and
development
    Multifamily     Single family
residential
    Total
covered
loans
 

Pass

  $ 44,820      $ 7,477      $ 2,661      $ 55,071      $ 27,009      $ 17,866      $ 5,279      $ 160,183   

Special mention

    18,702        —          11,146        61,917        14,882        851        —          107,498   

Substandard

    18,966        —          82,324        17,649        84,723        13,235        7,191        224,088   

Doubtful

    10,504        —          4,459        37,378        26,970        15,818        —          95,129   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 92,992      $ 7,477      $ 100,590      $ 172,015      $ 153,584      $ 47,770      $ 12,470      $ 586,898   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2010  
    Commercial
and
industrial
    Leases     Commercial
construction
    Commercial
real estate
    Land and
development
    Multifamily     Single family
residential
    Total
covered
loans
 

Pass

  $ 89,241      $ 9,213      $ 18,221      $ 105,157      $ 69,664      $ 18,872      $ 6,729      $ 317,097   

Special mention

    128        —          45,387        4,324        5,658        —          6,091        61,588   

Substandard

    7,241        —          55,039        41,334        98,610        14,262        709        217,195   

Doubtful

    22,610        —          2,318        30,546        36,190        16,029        —          107,693   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 119,220      $ 9,213      $ 120,965      $ 181,361      $ 210,122      $ 49,163      $ 13,529      $ 703,573   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan delinquency for covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 was as follows at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively (in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2011  
    30-59 days
past due
    60-89 days
past due
    Greater than
90 days past
due
    Total
past due
    Current     Total loans     Loans > 90
days past due
and still
accruing
 

Commercial and industrial

  $ 94      $ 13      $ 5,324      $ 5,431      $ 53,820      $ 59,251      $ 5,324   

Commercial real estate:

             

Commercial construction

    —          —          23,789        23,789        76,669        100,458        23,789   

Commercial real estate

    813        16,709        2,089        19,611        151,053        170,664        2,089   

Land and development

    1,363        —          43,572        44,935        98,149        143,084        43,572   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

    2,176        16,709        69,450        88,335        325,871        414,206        69,450   

Residential real estate:

             

Multifamily

    —          —          —          —          47,770        47,770        —     

Single family residential

    499        —          —          499        9,770        10,269        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

    499        —          —          499        57,540        58,039        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total covered loans

  $ 2,769      $ 16,722      $ 74,774      $ 94,265      $ 437,231      $ 531,496      $ 74,774   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

    December 31, 2010  
    30-59 days
past due
    60-89 days
past due
    Greater than
90 days past
due
    Total
past due
    Current     Total loans     Loans > 90
days past due
and still
accruing
 

Commercial and industrial

  $ 878      $ 2,440      $ 7,359      $ 10,677      $ 64,106      $ 74,783      $ 7,359   

Commercial real estate:

             

Commercial construction

    —          14,950        19,060        34,010        86,825        120,835        19,060   

Commercial real estate

    —          —          7,618        7,618        172,380        179,998        7,618   

Land and development

    —          3,981        75,764        79,745        118,355        198,100        75,764   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

    —          18,931        102,442        121,373        377,560        498,933        102,442   

Residential real estate:

             

Multifamily

    —          —          1,029        1,029        48,135        49,164        1,029   

Single family residential

    6        —          —          6        11,534        11,540        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

    6        —          1,029        1,035        59,669        60,704        1,029   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total covered loans

  $ 884      $ 21,371      $ 110,830      $ 133,085      $ 501,335      $ 634,420      $ 110,830   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan delinquency, for covered loans excluded from ASC Topic 310-30, was as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2011  
    30-59 days
past due
    60-89 days
past due
    Greater than
90 days past
due
    Total
past due
    Current     Total loans
and leases
    Loans > 90
days past due
and still
accruing
 

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $ 163      $ 14      $ 4,526      $ 4,703      $ 29,038      $ 33,741      $ —     

Leases

    107        14        98        220        7,257        7,477        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

    270        28        4,624        4,923        36,295        41,218        —     

Commercial real estate:

             

Commercial construction

    —          132        —          132        —          132        —     

Commercial real estate

    —          —          —          —          1,351        1,351        —     

Land and development

    —          —          10,476        10,476        24        10,500        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

    —          132        10,476        10,608        1,375        11,983        —     

Residential real estate:

             

Single family residential

    —          —          —          —          2,201        2,201        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

    —          —          —          —          2,201        2,201        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 270      $ 160      $ 15,100      $ 15,531      $ 39,871      $ 55,402      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

    December 31, 2010  
    30-59 days
past due
    60-89 days
past due
    Greater than
90 days
past due
    Total
past due
    Current     Total loans
and leases
    Loans > 90 days
past due and
still accruing
 

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $ 396      $ 62      $ 4,635      $ 5,093      $ 39,344      $ 44,437      $ 4,635   

Leases

    —          —          —          —          9,213        9,213        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

    396        62        4,635        5,093        48,557        53,650        4,635   

Commercial real estate:

             

Commercial construction

    —          —          —          —          130        130        —     

Commercial real estate

    —          —          —          —          1,363        1,363        —     

Land and development

    —          2,091        9,905        11,996        26        12,022        9,905   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

    —          2,091        9,905        11,996        1,519        13,515        9,905   

Residential real estate:

             

Single family residential

    —          —          —          —          1,988        1,988        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

    —          —          —          —          1,988        1,988        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 396      $ 2,153      $ 14,540      $ 17,089      $ 52,064      $ 69,153      $ 14,540   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 6 Loans — Not Covered

The Company’s strategy is to primarily lend to small and mid-sized businesses and consumers in the markets in which the Company operates. Within these areas, the Company diversifies its loan portfolio by loan type, industry, and borrower.

It is the Company’s policy to review each prospective credit in order to determine the appropriateness and the adequacy of security or collateral prior to making a loan. In the event of borrower default, the Company seeks recovery in compliance with state lending laws, the respective loan agreements, and credit monitoring and remediation procedures that may include restructuring a loan to provide a concession by the Company to the borrower from their original terms due to borrower financial difficulties in order to facilitate repayment. At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 respectively, the Company had $4.1 million and $0.4 million of these troubled debt restructurings (“TDR’s”) that had been restructured from the original terms in order to facilitate repayment.

Loans are considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Included in impaired loans are loans on non-accrual status and TDR’s. If a specific allowance is warranted based on the borrower’s overall financial condition, the specific allowance is calculated based on discounted cash flows using the loan’s initial effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans. Interest income for impaired loans is recorded on a cash basis during the period the loan is considered impaired after recovery of principal is reasonably assured. Inclusive of the restructured loans described above, the Company had $15.9 million of impaired non-covered loans as of June 30, 2011 and $0.4 million of impaired non-covered loans at December 31, 2010. The Company did not have any non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2010.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

The following table reflects the carrying value and loan delinquency of non-covered loans as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2011  
    Current     30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    90+
Past Due
    Total Past
Due
    Total  

Commercial

           

Wholesale

  $ 9,912      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 9,912   

Manufacturing

    10,497        —          —          —          —          10,497   

Transportation/warehousing

    10,178        60        —          —          60        10,238   

Finance and insurance

    17,661        335        12        233        580        18,241   

All other commercial and industrial

    57,404        4        —          —          4        57,408   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

    105,652        399        12        233        644        106,296   

Commercial real estate

           

1-4 family construction

  $ 1,759      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 1,759   

1-4 family acquisition/development

    12,257        —          —          —          —          12,257   

Commercial construction

    4,145        —          —          —          —          4,145   

Commercial acquisition/development

    12,837        —          4.862        —          4,862        17,699   

Multi-family

    14,545        —          —          —          —          14,545   

Owner-occupied

    69,892        —          —          —          —          69,892   

Non owner-occupied

    181,218        200        1,033        6,228        7,461        188,679   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

    296,653        200        5,895        6,228        12,323        308,976   

Agriculture

  $ 53,747      $ 44        —        $ 29      $ 73      $ 53,820   

Residential real estate

           

Sr. lien 1-4 family closed end

  $ 214,429      $ 916      $ 440      $ 172      $ 1,528      $ 215,957   

Jr. lien 1-4 family closed end

    4,187        21        5        —          26        4,213   

Sr. lien 1-4 family open end

    25,067        117        20        —          137        25,204   

Jr. lien 1-4 family open end

    36,204        103        17        60        180        36,384   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

    279,887        1,157        482        232        1,871        281,758   

Consumer

           

Secured

  $ 18,245      $ 84      $ —        $ —        $ 84      $ 18,329   

Unsecured

    3,161        39        46        —          85        3,246   

Credit card

    3,753        17        28        70        115        3,868   

Overdrafts

    2,147        —          —          —          —          2,147   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

    27,306        140        74        70        284        27,590   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 763,245      $ 1,940      $ 6,463      $ 6,792      $ 15,195      $ 778,440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loan classification

  $ 7,785      $ 318      $ 1,105      $ 6,792      $ 8,215      $ 16,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net of deferred fees and costs of:

            $ 340   

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Current      30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     90+
Past Due
     Total
Past Due
     Total  

Commercial

                 

Wholesale

   $ 14,772       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 14,772   

Manufacturing

     9,115         —           —           —           —           9,115   

Transportation/warehousing

     16,201         —           —           —           —           16,201   

Finance and insurance

     6,515         —           —           —           —           6,515   

All other commercial and industrial

     71,485         9         9,473         —           9,482         80,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     118,088         9         9,473         —           9,482         127,570   

Commercial real estate

                 

1-4 family construction

     2,531         —           —           —           —           2,531   

1-4 family acquisition/development

     12,464         11         —           —           11         12,475   

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial acquisition/development

     16,808         730         —           —           730         17,538   

Multi-family

     17,330         —           —           —           —           17,330   

Owner-occupied

     75,507         784         —           —           784         76,291   

Non owner-occupied

     238,787         728         252         —           980         239,767   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     363,427         2,253         252         —           2,505         365,932   

Agriculture

     61,213         36         29         —           65         61,278   

Residential real estate

                 

Sr. lien 1-4 family closed end

     222,001         943         22         —           965         222,966   

Jr. lien 1-4 family closed end

     3,936         —           22         —           22         3,958   

Sr. lien 1-4 family open end

     20,722         155         —           —           155         20,877   

Jr. lien 1-4 family open end

     34,321         203         56         —           259         34,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     280,980         1,301         100         —           1,401         282,381   

Consumer

                 

Secured

     18,989         30         3         —           33         19,022   

Unsecured

     3,704         42         43         —           85         3,789   

Credit card

     3,979         88         9         —           97         4,076   

Overdrafts

     1,249         —           —           —           —           1,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     27,921         160         55         —           215         28,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 851,629       $ 3,759       $ 9,909       $ —         $ 13,668       $ 865,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-performing loan classification

   $ 431       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 431   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net of deferred fees and costs of:

                  $ 101   

Originated loans are presented net of deferred loan origination fees and costs which amounted to $0.3 million and $0.1 million at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Credit exposure on non-covered loans was as follows for the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Commercial

              

Wholesale

   $ 9,912       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 9,912   

Manufacturing

     10,483         14         —           —           10,497   

Transportation/warehousing

     9,312         62         864         —           10,238   

Finance and insurance

     15,045         11         3,185         —           18,241   

All other commercial and industrial

     42,719         3,581         10,235         873         57,408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     87,471         3,668         14,284         873         106,296   

Commercial real estate

              

1-4 family construction

     1,606         153         —           —           1,759   

1-4 family acquisition/development

     2,912         9,345         —           —           12,257   

Commercial construction

     4,145         —           —           —           4,145   

Commercial acquisition / development

     4,090         7,528         6,081         —           17,699   

Multi-family

     12,465         2,080         —           —           14,545   

Owner-occupied

     53,842         5,009         11,041         —           69,892   

Non-owner occupied

     107,088         50,375         31,216         —           188,679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     186,148         74,490         48,338         —           308,976   

Agriculture

     49,153         2,345         2,322         —           53,820   

Residential real estate

              

Sr. lien 1-4 family closed end

     207,019         2,754         6,184         —           215,957   

Jr. lien 1-4 family closed end

     4,165         —           48         —           4,213   

Sr. lien 1-4 family open end

     25,099         33         72         —           25,204   

Jr. lien 1-4 family open end

     36,223         31         130         —           36,384   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     272,506         2,818         6,434         —           281,758   

Consumer

              

Secured

     18,328         1         —           —           18,329   

Unsecured

     3,243         —           3         —           3,246   

Credit card

     3,868         —           —           —           3,868   

Overdrafts

     2,147         —           —           —           2,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     27,586         1         3         —           27,590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans

   $ 622,864       $ 83,322       $ 71,381       $ 873       $ 778,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

     621,238         82,888         58,682         437         763,245   

Past due 30-59 days

     1,276         292         372         —           1,940   

Past due 60-89 days

     279         142         6,042         —           6,463   

Past due 90 days or more

     71         —           6,285         436         6,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 622,864       $ 83,322       $ 71,381       $ 873       $ 778,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Commercial

              

Wholesale

   $ 14,772       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 14,772   

Manufacturing

     9,115         —           —           —           9,115   

Transportation/warehousing

     11,070         5,131         —           —           16,201   

Finance and insurance

     6,515         —           —           —           6,515   

All other commercial and industrial

     68,874         4,198         7,895         —           80,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     110,346         9,329         7,895         —           127,570   

Commercial real estate

              

1-4 family construction

     2,531         —           —           —           2,531   

1-4 family acquisition/development

     12,475         —           —           —           12,475   

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial acquisition / development

     3,864         13,674         —           —           17,538   

Multi-family

     17,183         —           147         —           17,330   

Owner-occupied

     69,741         1,345         5,205         —           76,291   

Non owner-occupied

     183,467         45,092         11,208         —           239,767   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     289,261         60,111         16,560         —           365,932   

Agriculture

     60,504         241         533         —           61,278   

Residential real estate

              

Sr. lien 1-4 family closed end

     217,393         777         4,796         —           222,966   

Jr. lien 1-4 family closed end

     3,913         —           45            3,958   

Sr. lien 1-4 family open end

     20,877         —           —           —           20,877   

Jr. lien 1-4 family open end

     34,542         8         30         —           34,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     276,725         785         4,871         —           282,381   

Consumer

              

Secured

     19,022         —           —           —           19,022   

Unsecured

     3,780         9         —           —           3,789   

Credit card

     4,076                  4,076   

Overdrafts

     1,249         —           —           —           1,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     28,127         9         —           —           28,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 764,963       $ 70,475       $ 29,859       $ —         $ 865,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

   $ 751,723       $ 70,070       $ 29,836       $ —         $ 851,629   

Past due 30-59 days

     3,687         72         —           —           3,759   

Past due 60-89 days

     9,553         333         23         —           9,909   

Past due 90 days or more

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 764,963       $ 70,475       $ 29,859       $ —         $ 865,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in non-covered nonaccrual loans and loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing by class of loans as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (in thousands). Not included in this schedule are TDRs that are accruing and current. The balance of the TDRs at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $4.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

 

     June 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Non-accrual      Loans past due
90 days or more
and still  accruing
     Non-accrual      Loans past due
90 days or more
and still  accruing
 

Commercial

           

Wholesale

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Manufacturing

     —           —           —           —     

Transportation/warehousing

     —           —           —           —     

Finance and insurance

     242         —           —           —     

All other commercial & industrial

     127         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial

     369         —           —           —     

Commercial Real Estate

           

1-4 family construction

     —           —           —           —     

1-4 family acquisition/development

     —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —     

Commercial acquisition / development

     —           —           —           —     

Multi-family

     —           —           —           —     

Owner-occupied

     199         —           —           —     

Non owner-occupied

     10,356         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Real Estate

     10,555         —           —           —     

Agriculture

           

Total Agriculture

     29         —           —           —     

Residential Real Estate

           

Sr. lien 1-4 family closed end

     674         —           —           —     

Jr. lien 1-4 family closed end

     —           —           —           —     

Sr. lien 1-4 family open end

     72         —           —           —     

Jr. lien 1-4 family open end

     93         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Residential Real Estate

     838         —           —           —     

Consumer

           

Secured

     —           —           —           3   

Unsecured

     —           —           —           —     

Credit card

     —           70         —           —     

Overdrafts

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Consumer

     —           70         —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,791       $ 70       $ —         $ 3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

At June 30, 2011, the Company had three impaired commercial real estate loans that were not covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements with a total principal balance of $7.1 million and a recorded investment of $6.8 million. These loans had a collective related allowance for loan losses allocated to them of $0.9 million at June 30, 2011. The Company had an average recorded investment of $8.2 million in loans individually evaluated for impairment and recognized $0.0 million and $0.1 million of interest income on such loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, all of which was on restructured loans.

Note 7 Allowance for Loan Losses

The table below details the Company’s allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) and recorded investment in loans as of and for the six months ended June, 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Commercial
and
industrial
    Commercial
real estate
    Agriculture      Residential
real estate
    Consumer
and
overdrafts
    Total  

Beginning balance

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 48      $ 48   

Charge-offs

     (4,231     (3,139     —           (68     (402     (7,840

Recoveries

     5        —          —           —          58        63   

Provision

     4,904        5,915        75         959        833        12,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     678        2,776        75         891        537        4,957   

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

     —          873        —           —          —          873   

Collectively evaluated for allowance

     677        1,903        75         891        537        4,084   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 677      $ 2,776      $ 75       $ 891      $ 537      $ 4,957   

Loans:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

     5,176        16,972        —           3        —        $ 22,151   

Collectively evaluated for allowance

     201,588        718,195        53,820         341,997        27,587        1,343,187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 206,764      $ 735,167      $ 53,820       $ 342,000      $ 27,587      $ 1,365,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the period ended December 31, 2010, the Company did not have any charge-offs or recoveries. As of December 31, 2010, the Company did not have any impaired or non-accrual loans or specific reserves for loan losses, however, the Company did have a $48 thousand ALL for general reserves.

Note 8 FDIC Indemnification Asset

Under the terms of the purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC with regard to the Hillcrest Bank acquisition, the Company is reimbursed for a portion of the losses incurred on covered assets. An FDIC indemnification asset of $159.7 million was established at the date of acquisition as the estimated fair value of the expected reimbursements from the FDIC for losses on covered loans and OREO at Hillcrest Bank. As covered assets are resolved, whether it be through repayment, short sale of the underlying collateral, the foreclosure on, and sale of collateral, or the sale or charge-off of loans or OREO, any difference between the

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

carrying value of the covered asset and the payments received that is reimbursable by the FDIC is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as FDIC loss sharing income. Any gains or losses realized from the resolution of covered assets reduce or increase, respectively, the amount recoverable from the FDIC.

Below is a summary of the activity related to the FDIC indemnification asset during the six months ended June 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 161,395   

Accretion

     3,739   

FDIC portion of chargeoffs exceeding fair value adjustments

     794   

Transfer to other assets

     (10,474
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 155,454   
  

 

 

 

In response to the submission of loss claims, the Company received a payment of $83.5 million (the amount requested) from the FDIC subsequent to June 30, 2011, as reimbursement for the applicable loss sharing percentage of 60% on total losses of $139.2 million, as measured by the FDIC’s book value, incurred through June 30, 2011. The loss claims filed are subject to review and approval, including extensive audits, by the FDIC or its assigned agents for compliance with the terms in our loss sharing agreements.

Note 9 Other Real Estate Owned

At June 30, 2011, all other real estate owned was related to Hillcrest Bank, and as such, is covered by the loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC. Any losses on these assets are substantially offset by a corresponding change in the FDIC indemnification asset. See Note 3 for a discussion of the terms of the loss sharing arrangement. Changes in other real estate owned for the six months ended June 30, 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 54,078   

Transfers from loan portfolio

     29,426   

Sales

     (11,443

Loss on resolution of covered OREO

     (561
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2011

   $ 71,500   
  

 

 

 

Note 10 Intangible Assets

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank transaction, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible of $5.8 million. In connection with the Bank Midwest transaction, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible of $21.7 million. The Company is amortizing the core deposit intangibles on a straight line basis over 7 years, which represents the expected useful life of the assets. This will result in approximately $3.9 million of core deposit intangible amortization expense each year through 2017. The Company recognized $1.0 million and $2.0 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, of core deposit intangible amortization expense. At June 30, 2011, accumulated core deposit intangible amortization totaled $2.0 million.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Note 11 FDIC Loss Sharing Income

In connection with the loss sharing agreements that the Company has with the FDIC in regard to the Hillcrest Bank transaction, the Company recognizes the changes in the FDIC indemnification asset and the clawback liability, in addition to the actual reimbursement of costs of resolution of covered assets from the FDIC, in FDIC loss sharing income in the consolidated statements of operations. The table below provides additional details of the Company’s FDIC loss sharing income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     For the three
months ended
June 30, 2011
    For the six
months ended
June 30, 2011
 

FDIC indemnification asset accretion

   $ 1,509      $ 3,739   

Clawback liability amortization

     (167     (327

FDIC reimbursement of costs of resolution of covered assets

     582        2,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,924      $ 6,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 12 Stock-Based Compensation and Employee Benefits

The Company provides stock-based compensation in accordance with the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). To date, the Company has issued stock options and restricted stock under the Plan. Option exercise prices are set at the time of grant, but in no case is the exercise price less than the fair value of a share of stock at the date of grant.

The stock options and restricted stock awarded in 2011 have strike prices, terms and vesting requirements that are similar to those granted in prior periods. The expense associated with the awarded stock options was measured using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The time vesting portion of the restricted stock was valued at the same price as the common shares since they are assumed to be held beyond the vesting period. The remaining portion of the restricted stock (market-vesting) is valued using a Monte Carlo Simulation with 100,000 simulation paths to assess the expected percentage of vested shares. A Geometric Brownian Motion was used for simulating the equity prices for a period of 10 years and if the restricted stock were not vested during the 10-year period it was assumed they were forfeited.

Below are the weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo Simulation to determine fair value of the Company’s stock options and the market-vesting portion of the Company’s restricted stock granted in 2011:

 

     Black-Scholes   Monte Carlo

Risk-free interest rate

   2.95%   2.95%

Expected volatility

   32.56%   32.56%

Expected term (years)

   8   10

Dividend yield

   0.00%   0.00%

The Company’s shares are not yet publicly traded and have limited private trading; therefore, expected volatility was estimated based on the median historical volatility, for a period commensurate with the expected term of the options, of 16 comparable companies with publicly traded shares. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant. The expected term was estimated based upon the contractual term of the options and restricted shares and the expected retirement dates of the grantees. No forfeitures were assumed in the expected term assumption and the dividend yield was assumed to be zero.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2011:

 

     Options      Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in
Years
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     2,357,332       $ 20.00         

Granted

     263,500         20.00         

Forfeited

     —           —           

Exercised

     —           —           
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at June 30, 2011

     2,620,832         20.00         8.65         —     
  

 

 

          

Options fully vested and exercisable at June 30, 2011

     —              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options expected to vest

     2,620,832       $ 20.00         8.65         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2011 had weighted average grant date fair values of $7.32.

At June 30, 2011, there was $7.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.09 years. Stock option expense is included in salaries and employee benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and totaled $2.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 and $4.4 million and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Restricted stock may also be issued under the Plan as described above. Compensation expense for the portion of the restricted stock that contain a market vesting condition is recognized over the derived service period based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. Compensation expense for the portion of the restricted stock that contains performance and service vesting conditions is recognized over the requisite service period based on fair value of the awards on the grant date.

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for the six months ended June 30, 2011:

 

     Restricted
Stock
     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2010

     1,199,168       $ 16.79   

Granted

     100,000         15.42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested at March 31, 2011

     1,299,168       $ 16.69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2011, there was $8.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted shares granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.28 years. Expense related to restricted stock totaled $2.1 million and $0.2 million during the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, and $4.2 million and $0.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, which is included in salaries and employee benefits in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Note 13 Income (Loss) Per Share

Stock options and warrants are potentially dilutive securities, but are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods ending June 30, 2011 and 2010. Certain restricted shares provide 291,773 and 299,286 shares of dilution for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively. The Company had 2,620,832 and 2,343,332 out-of-the-money stock options, and 1,299,168 and 1,199,168 restricted shares outstanding as of June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, all of which were unvested. Additionally, the Company had 830,700 and 725,700 outstanding warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock as of June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, all of which were out-of-the-money.

Note 14 Income Taxes

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company recognized income tax expense of $1.1 million and $3.2 million, respectively. The rate increase is due to the market value adjustment of the warrant liability. The Company’s effective income tax rates for such periods were 40.4% and 35.9%, respectively. The Company did not recognize an income tax benefit during the three or six months ended June 30, 2010 because of the uncertainty of realizing the benefit given the Company’s limited operating history. The Company has no unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2011.

Note 15 Commitments and Contingencies

Financial instrument commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various off-balance sheet commitments to help meet the financing needs of clients. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commercial and consumer lines of credit and standby letters of credit. The same credit policies are applied to these commitments as the loans on the consolidated statements of financial condition; however, these commitments involve varying degrees of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had loan commitments totaling $230.8 million and $225.8 million respectively, and standby letters of credit that totaled $22.3 million and $29.1 million, respectively. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon. However, the contractual amount of these commitments represents the Company’s potential credit loss exposure. Amounts funded at Hillcrest Bank under non-cancelable commitments in effect at the date of acquisition are covered under the loss sharing agreements if certain conditions are met.

Total unfunded commitments at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

     June 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Covered      Not Covered      Total      Covered      Not Covered      Total  

Commitments to fund loans

                 

Residential

   $ —         $ 47       $ 47       $ —         $ 1,491       $ 1,491   

Commercial and commercial real estate

     10,639         52,664         63,303         17,780         55,147         72,927   

Construction and land development

     21,710         2,331         24,041         17,568         1,749         19,317   

Credit card lines of credit

     —           22,743         22,743         —           22,661         22,661   

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

     261         120,389         120,650         571         108,879         109,450   

Commercial and standby letters of credit

     14,810         7,456         22,266         20,382         8,738         29,120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 47,420       $ 205,630       $ 253,050       $ 56,301       $ 198,666       $ 254,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Commitments to fund loans — Commitments to fund loans are legally binding agreements to lend to clients in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions providing there have been no violations of any conditions specified in the contract. These commitments are generally at variable interest rates and are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments are not necessarily representative of future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

Credit card lines of credit — The Company extends lines of credit to clients through the use of credit cards issued by the banks. These lines of credit represent the maximum amounts allowed to be funded, many of which will not exhaust the established limits, and as such, these amounts are not necessarily representations of future cash requirements or credit exposure.

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit — In the ordinary course of business, the Company extends revolving credit to its clients through the use of bank-issued credit cards. These arrangements may require the payment of a fee.

Commercial and standby letters of credit — As a provider of financial services, the Company routinely issues commercial and standby letters of credit, which may be financial standby letters of credit or performance standby letters of credit. These are various forms of “back-up” commitments to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. While these arrangements represent a potential cash outlay for the Company, the majority of these letters of credit will expire without being drawn upon. Letters of credit are subject to the same underwriting and credit approval process as traditional loans, and as such, many of them have various forms of collateral securing the commitment, which may include real estate, personal property, receivables or marketable securities.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its banks may be subject to litigation. Based upon the available information and advice from the Company’s legal counsel, management does not believe that any potential, threatened or pending litigation to which it is a party will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

Note 16 Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to disclose the fair value of its financial instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. For disclosure purposes, the Company groups its financial and non-financial assets and liabilities into three different levels based on the nature of the instrument and the availability and reliability of the information that is used to determine fair value. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

   

Level 1 — Includes assets or liabilities in which the inputs to the valuation methodologies are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2 — Includes assets or liabilities in which the inputs to the valuation methodologies are based on similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, and other inputs obtained from observable market input.

 

   

Level 3 — Includes assets or liabilities in which the inputs to the valuation methodology are based on at least one significant assumption that is not observable in the marketplace. These valuations may rely on management’s judgment and may include internally-developed model-based valuation techniques.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Level 1 inputs are considered to be the most transparent and reliable and level 3 inputs are considered to be the least transparent and reliable. The Company assumes the use of the principal market to conduct a transaction of each particular asset or liability being measured and then considers the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. Whenever possible, the Company first looks for quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets (level 1 inputs) to value each asset or liability. However, when inputs from identical assets or liabilities on active markets are not available, the Company utilizes market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and limits the use of unobservable inputs to occasions when observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from the lack of market liquidity of the actual financial instrument or of the underlying collateral. Although, in some instances, third party price indications may be available, limited trading activity can challenge the observability of these quotations.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of each instrument under the valuation hierarchy:

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Measured on a Recurring Basis

Investment securities available for sale — Investment securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. To the extent possible, observable quoted prices in an active market are used to determine fair value and, as such, these securities are classified as level 1. The Company classified its U.S. Treasury securities as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2010. The U.S. Treasury securities were sold prior to June 30, 2011. When quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, discounted cash flows or other pricing characteristics are used to estimate fair values and the securities are then classified as level 2. At June 30, 2011, the Company’s level 2 securities included residential collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage pass-through securities, and at December 31, 2010 also included U.S. Government sponsored agency obligations held by the Company at that time. All other investment securities are classified as level 3. There were no transfers between levels 1 or 2 during the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Warrant liability — The Company measures the fair value of the warrant liability on a recurring basis using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company’s common stock is not publicly traded in an exchange, and the fair value measurement of the warrant liability requires significant unobservable inputs to the valuation model.

Clawback liability — The Company measures the net present value of expected future cash payments to be made by the Company to the FDIC that must be made within 45 days of the conclusion of the loss sharing agreements on a recurring basis. The expected cash flows are calculated in accordance with the loss sharing agreements and are based primarily on the expected losses on the covered assets, which involve significant inputs that are not market observable.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

The tables below present the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 on the consolidated statement of financial condition utilizing the hierarchy structure described above (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Investment Securities Available for Sale:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 300       $ —         $ —         $ 300   

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           691,173         —           691,173   

Residential mortgage pass-through certificates

     —           1,309,601         —           1,309,601   

Other securities

     —           —           419         419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 300       $ 2,000,774       $ 419       $ 2,001,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Value appreciation rights issued to FDIC

   $ —           —           746         746   

Warrant liability

     —           —           7,692         7,692   

Clawback liability

     —           —           13,049         13,049   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 21,487       $ 21,487   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Investment Securities Available for Sale:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 42,548       $ —         $ —         $ 42,548   

U.S. Government sponsored agency obligations

     —           500         —           500   

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           176,425         —           176,425   

Residential mortgage pass-through certificates

     —           1,034,703         —           1,034,703   

Other securities

     —           —           419         419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 42,548       $ 1,211,628       $ 419       $ 1,254,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Value appreciation rights issued to FDIC

   $ —           —           746         746   

Warrant liability

     —           —           6,901         6,901   

Clawback liability

     —           —           11,571         11,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 19,218       $ 19,218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

The table below details the changes in Level 3 financial instruments during the six months ended June 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Other
securities
     Value
appreciation
rights issued
to FDIC
     Warrant
liability
     Clawback
liability
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 419       $ 746       $ 6,901       $ 11,571   

Change in value of warrant liability

     —           —           791         —     

Discount amortization

     —           —           —           327   

Clawback revaluation

              1,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in Level 3

     —           —           791         1,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2011

   $ 419       $ 746       $ 7,692       $ 13,049   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value of Instruments Measured on a Non-recurring Basis

The Company records collateral dependent loans that are considered to be impaired at their estimated fair value. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all contractual amounts due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Fair value is measured based on the fair value of collateral for collateral-dependent loans. The Company had three collateral dependent impaired, non-covered loans with collective balances of $6.8 million at June 30, 2011 that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the six months ended June 30, 2011. All of these loans were considered level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy described above. Those loans had specific reserves for loan losses of $0.9 million at June 30, 2011.

OREO is recorded at the lower of the loan balance or the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. The estimated fair values of OREO are updated periodically and further write-downs may be taken to reflect a new basis. The Company did not recognize any OREO impairments during the three or six months ended June 30, 2011. The fair values of OREO are derived from third party price opinions or appraisals that generally use an income approach or a market value approach. If reasonable comparable appraisals are not available, then the Company may use internally developed models to determine fair values. The inputs used to determine the fair values of OREO are considered level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company did not record any liabilities for which the fair value was made on a non-recurring basis during the six months ended June 30, 2011. The instruments measured on a non-recurring basis discussed above represent the initial measurement of these instruments on a non-recurring basis.

Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is determined based upon quoted market prices to the extent possible; however, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques that may be significantly impacted by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Changes in any of these assumptions could significantly affect the fair value estimates. The fair value of the financial instruments listed below does not reflect a premium or discount that could result from offering all of the Company’s holdings of financial instruments at one time, nor does it reflect the underlying value of the Company, as ASC Topic 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions, the Company recorded all of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at fair value at the respective dates of acquisition. Due to the short timeframe between the acquisitions and December 31, 2010, the Company determined that the carrying amount approximated fair value for the Company’s assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010. The fair value of financial instruments at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, including methods and assumptions utilized for determining fair value of financial instruments at June 30, 2011, are set forth below (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 810,280       $ 810,280       $ 1,907,730       $ 1,907,730   

Investment securities

     2,018,293         2,018,293         1,272,395         1,272,395   

Loans — covered

     586,898         581,700         703,573         703,573   

Loans — not covered, net

     773,483         783,222         865,249         865,249   

FDIC Indemnification asset

     155,454         155,454         161,395         161,395   

Accrued interest receivable

     11,780         11,780         10,249         10,249   

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

     3,471,844         3,475,152         3,473,339         3,473,339   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     29,536         29,543         24,164         24,164   

Due to FDIC

     13,799         13,799         13,564         13,564   

Value appreciation rights issued to FDIC

     746         746         746         746   

Accrued interest payable

     12,000         12,000         15,384         15,384   

Treasury tax and loan

     2,184         2,184         377         377   

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents have a short-term nature and the estimated fair value is equal to the carrying value.

Investment securities

The estimated fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices or bid quotations received from securities dealers. Other investment securities, including securities that are held for regulatory purposes are carried at cost, less any other than temporary impairment. The fair value measurements for these securities are classified as level 3.

Loans and covered loans

The estimated fair value of the loan portfolio that is not covered by loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis using a discount rate based on interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The allowance for loan losses is considered a reasonable estimate of any required adjustment to fair value to reflect the impact of credit risk.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

FDIC indemnification asset

The fair value of the FDIC indemnification asset is determined based upon projected cash flows from loss sharing agreements based on expected reimbursements for losses at the applicable loss sharing percentages in accordance with the terms of the loss share agreements with the FDIC. The projected cash flows are discounted with a market discount rate of similar maturity and risk instruments to reflect the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursements from the FDIC.

Accrued interest receivable

Accrued interest receivable has a short-term nature and the estimated fair value is equal to the carrying value.

Deposits

The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW accounts, and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of interest bearing time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows of such deposits, taking into account the option for early withdrawal. The discount rate is estimated using the rates offered by the Company, at the respective measurement date, for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

The vast majority of the Company’s repurchase agreements are overnight transactions that mature the day after the transaction, and as a result of this short-term nature, the estimated fair value is equal to the carrying value.

Due to FDIC

The amount due to FDIC is specified in the purchase agreements and is discounted to reflect the uncertainty in the timing and payment of the amount due by the Company.

Value appreciation rights issued to FDIC (VAR)

The estimated fair value of the VAR is tied to the Company’s stock price and is fully described in note 3.

Accrued interest payable

Accrued interest payable has a short-term nature and the estimated fair value is equal to the carrying value.

Treasury tax and loan

Treasury tax and loan liabilities generally have a short-term nature and the estimated fair value is equal to the carrying value.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

Note 18 — Subsequent Events

Bank of Choice Acquisition — On July 22, 2011, the Company entered into and consummated a purchase and assumption agreement (through its Bank Midwest subsidiary) with the FDIC, as receiver, to acquire substantially all of the assets and assume substantially all of the liabilities of Greeley, Colorado-based Bank of Choice. In the acquisition, the Company acquired assets of approximately $773 million and assumed liabilities of approximately $873 million, including $760 million of deposits. The Company acquired the net assets of the Bank of Choice at a discount of approximately $172 million in a no loss-sharing arrangement. The Company contributed additional capital of $100 million to Bank Midwest in conjunction with the acquisition of Bank of Choice.

Community Banks of Colorado Acquisition — On October 21, 2011, the Company entered into and consummated a purchase and assumption agreement (through its Bank Midwest subsidiary) with the FDIC, as receiver, to acquire substantially all of the assets and assume substantially all of the liabilities of Greenwood Village, Colorado-based Community Banks of Colorado. In the acquisition, the Company acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $1.2 billion in assets, including 39 banking centers, 35 of which are in Colorado and 4 of which are in California. The Company also assumed approximately $1.2 billion of deposits and capitalized the transaction with $174 million in capital. The Company acquired the net assets of Community Banks of Colorado at a discount of approximately $98 million with a loss sharing agreement that covers losses incurred on commercial loans and OREO under the following tiered loss share schedule (in thousands):

 

Tranche

  

Loss Threshold

  

Loss-Coverage
Percentage

1

   Up to $204,194    80%

2

   $204,195-$308,020    30%

3

   $308,021-$642,373    80%

In accordance with the guidance provided by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.K, Financial Statements of Acquired Troubled Financial Institutions (“SAB 1.K”), and pursuant to a request for relief submitted to, and not objected to by the SEC, the Company has omitted certain financial information of the Bank of Choice and the Community Banks of Colorado that is typically required under Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X and the related pro forma financial information required by Article 11 of Regulation S-X. SAB 1.K provides relief from certain reporting requirements, including pro forma information in the case of an acquisition of a troubled financial institution for which historical financial information is not reasonably available and in which federal assistance is an essential and significant part of the transaction, or where the nature and magnitude of federal assistance is so pervasive as to substantially reduce the relevance of such information to an assessment of future operations.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

LOGO

  

KPMG LLP

Suite 1000

1000 Walnut Street

Kansas City, MO 64106-2162

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

NBH Holdings Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of NBH Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and other comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, and for the period from June 16, 2009 (date of inception) through December 31, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NBH Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, and for the period from June 16, 2009 (date of inception) through December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

LOGO

Kansas City, Missouri

September 28, 2011

KPMG LLP is a Delaware limited liability partnership, the U.S.

member firm of KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”),

a Swiss entity.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    2010     2009  

ASSETS

   

Cash and due from banks

  $ 64,885      $ 1,723   

Due from Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City

    1,449,905        —     

Federal funds sold and interest bearing bank deposits

    392,940        1,097,565   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,907,730        1,099,288   

Investment securities:

   

Investment securities available for sale

    1,254,595        —     

Non-marketable equity securities

    17,800        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

    1,272,395        —     

Loans receivable, net-covered

    703,573        —     

Loans receivable, net

    865,297        —     

Allowance for loan losses

    48        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

    1,568,822        —     

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) indemnification asset, net

    161,395        —     

Other real estate owned-covered

    54,078        —     

Premises and equipment, net

    37,320        80   

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

    79,715        —     

Other assets

    24,066        485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 5,105,521      $ 1,099,853   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Liabilities:

   

Demand deposits:

   

Non-interest bearing

  $ 326,159      $ —     

Interest bearing

    211,601        —     

Savings and money market

    671,562        —     

Time deposits

    2,264,017        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

    3,473,339        —     

Pending investment trades payable

    564,094        —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    24,164        —     

Due to FDIC

    13,564        —     

Other liabilities

    36,601        2,357   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    4,111,762        2,357   

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share:

   

400,000,000 shares authorized; 51,686,280 and 58,068,304 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

    517        581   

Founders’ shares, par value $0.01 per share: 250,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

    3        3   

Additional paid in capital

    982,637        1,098,446   

Retained earnings (deficit);

    4,517        (1,534

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

    6,085        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    993,759        1,097,496   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 5,105,521      $ 1,099,853   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Year ended December 31, 2010 and

For the Period from June 16, 2009 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2009

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     2010      2009  

Interest and dividend income:

     

Interest and net fees on loans

   $ 17,153       $ —     

Interest and dividends on investment securities

     1,589         —     

Interest on interest-bearing bank deposits

     2,680         481   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     21,422         481   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

     

Interest on deposits

     5,483         —     

Interest on borrowings

     29         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     5,512         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

     15,910         481   

Provision for loan losses

     88         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     15,822         481   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

     

FDIC loss sharing income

     2,236         —     

Bargain purchase gain

     37,778         —     

Service charges

     1,094         —     

Gain on sale of securities

     11         —     

Other non-interest income

     1,044         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     42,163         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

     

Salaries and employee benefits

     25,876         1,775   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,392         32   

Professional fees

     1,338         84   

Telecommunications and data processing

     849         —     

FDIC deposit insurance

     712         —     

Loss on sale of other real estate owned, net

     432         —     

Loss (gain) from change in fair value of warrant liability

     44         (270

Other non-interest expense

     4,262         226   

Acquisition related costs

     14,076         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     48,981         1,847   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     9,004         (1,366

Income tax expense

     2,953         168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,051       $ (1,534
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share — basic and diluted

   $ 0.11       $ (0.07

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

     53,000,454         21,251,006   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year ended December 31, 2010 and

For the Period from June 16, 2009 (Date of Inception) through December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,051      $ (1,534

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     88        —     

Depreciation and amortization

     228     

Gain on sale of securities

     (11     —     

Deferred income tax expense

     2,561        —     

Discount accretion, net of premium amortization

     (11,843     —     

Accretion of indemnification asset

     (1,689     —     

Bargain purchase gain

     (37,778     —     

Loss on the sale of other real estate owned, net

     432        —     

Stock-based compensation

     16,613        —     

Increase in due to FDIC

     13,564        —     

Increase in other assets

     (10,038     (485

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

     (13,589     74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (35,411     (1,945
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Sale of FHLB stock

     3,024        —     

Sales and maturities of investment securities

     69,118        —     

Purchase of Federal Reserve Bank stock

     (16,800     —     

Purchase of available for sale securities

     (460,169     —     

Net decrease in loans

     95,969        —     

Purchase of premises and equipment

     (950     (80

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

     8,029        —     

Net cash provided from Bank Midwest acquisition

     1,369,737        —     

Net cash provided from Hillcrest acquisition

     134,001        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,201,959        (80
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net decrease in deposits

     (146,571     —     

Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     (83,894     —     

(Repurchase) issuance of common stock

     (127,641     1,101,313   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (358,106     1,101,313   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     808,442        1,099,288   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     1,099,288        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 1,907,730      $ 1,099,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 8,503      $ —     

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $ 685      $ —     

Issuance of warrants

   $ 4,845      $ 2,283   

Issuance of value appreciation rights

   $ 750      $ —     

Supplemental schedule for investing activities

    

Acquisitions

    

Assets acquired — Hillcrest acquisition

   $ 1,376,745      $ —     

Liabilities assumed — Hillcrest acquisition

   $ 1,338,967      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bargain Purchase Gain — Hillcrest acquisition

   $ 37,778      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets acquired —Bank Midwest acquisition

   $ 2,352,314      $ —     

Liabilities assumed — Bank Midwest acquisition

   $ 2,426,406      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets — Bank Midwest acquisition

   $ 74,092      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities :

    

Loans transferred to other real estate owned

   $ 11,604      $ —     

Investment trades transacted but not settled

   $ 564,094      $ —     

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

and Other Comprehensive Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 and

For the Period from June 16, 2009 (date of inception)

Through December 31, 2009

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     Common
stock
    Founders’
shares
     Additional paid-in
capital
    Related
(deficit)
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income, net
    Total  

Balance, June 16, 2009

   $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Capital contribution

     581        3         1,100,729        —          —          1,101,313   

Issuance of common stock warrants (237,500 warrants)

     —          —           (2,283     —          —          (2,283

Net loss

     —          —           —          (1,534     —          (1,534
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

     581        3         1,098,446        (1,534     —          1,097,496   

Shares repurchased (6,382,024 shares)

     (64     —           (127,577     —          —          (127,641

Issuance of warrants (593,200 warrants)

     —          —           (4,845     —          —          (4,845

Increase in additional paid-in capital in connection with stock-based compensation plans

     —          —           16,613        —          —          16,613   

Net income

     —          —           —          6,051        —          6,051   

Other comprehensive income:

             

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities arising during the period, net of tax of $3,138

     —          —           —          —          6,092        6,092   

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income net of tax of $4

              (7     (7
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                12,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 517      $ 3       $ 982,637      $ 4,517      $ 6,085      $ 993,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

Note 1 Basis of Presentation

References in the NBH Holdings Corp. (the “Company,” “the Holding Company”) consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to “Hillcrest Bank” for all periods beginning October 22, 2010 refer to Hillcrest Bank, N.A., a newly chartered bank formed to acquire substantially all of the assets (including loans) and assume substantially all liabilities of Hillcrest Bank from the FDIC (as defined below) with the exception of approximately $250 million of deposits which were retained by the FDIC. References in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to “Bank Midwest” for all periods beginning December 10, 2010 refer to Bank Midwest, N.A., a newly chartered bank formed to acquire only select assets (including 40 locations and premises and certain loans), and assume many of the deposits of Bank Midwest from Dickinson Financial Corporation (as defined below).

The Company is a Delaware corporation formed on June 16, 2009 with the goal of creating a leading community bank holding company through the acquisition of banking assets and franchises in the United States. The Company maintains its headquarters in Boston, Massachusetts; however, substantially all of the Company’s operations are located in the Kansas City metropolitan area.

As more fully discussed in Note 4, on December 10, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities formerly held by Bank Midwest, one of six banking subsidiaries owned by Dickinson Financial Corporation (“DFC”), a privately held bank holding company located in Kansas City, Missouri. In addition, on October 22, 2010, the Company purchased the assets and assumed liabilities of the former Hillcrest Bank of Overland Park, Kansas from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) in conjunction with loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC. In connection with these transactions, the Company established two newly chartered banks to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities described above. Following the establishment of the new charters and the above-mentioned transactions, the Company now owns the names Bank Midwest, N.A. and Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and where applicable, to general practices in the banking industry or guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory agencies. They include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Hillcrest Bank, N.A. and Bank Midwest, N.A. (the “Banks”), which are collectively considered one segment. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The results of operations of the Banks are included from the respective dates of formation and completion of the acquisitions described above. Certain reclassifications of prior years’ amounts have been made to conform to current year presentation.

The results of the Company’s operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 include the operating results from the above-mentioned acquisitions from the respective dates noted above. Operating results for the periods herein are not indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011.

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles require management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues, and expenses and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. By their nature, estimates are based on judgment and available information. Management has made significant estimates in certain areas, such as the amount and timing of expected cash flows from covered assets; the valuation of the FDIC indemnification asset and clawback liability; the valuation of other real estate owned (“OREO”); the fair value adjustments on assets acquired and liabilities assumed; the valuation of core deposit intangible assets; the valuation of equity awards and warrants; the value appreciation rights “(VAR)” issued to the FDIC, as defined below; the valuation of deferred tax assets; the evaluation of investment securities for other-

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”); the fair values of financial instruments; the allowance for loan losses (“ALL”); and contingent liabilities. Because of the inherent uncertainties associated with any estimation process and future changes in market and economic conditions, it is possible that actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company has evaluated, for potential recognition and disclosure, events and transactions that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2010 through the date the Company’s consolidated financial statements were issued.

Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

a) Acquisition activities — The Company accounts for business combinations under the purchase method of accounting. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured and recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, including identifiable intangible assets. If the fair value of net assets purchased exceeds the fair value of consideration paid, a bargain purchase gain is recognized at the date of acquisition. Conversely, if the consideration paid exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired, goodwill is recognized at the acquisition date. Fair values are subject to refinement after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available.

The determination of the fair value of loans acquired takes into account credit quality deterioration and probability of loss; therefore, the related ALL is not carried forward. The Company has segregated total loans into two distinct categories: (a) loans receivable — covered and (b) loans receivable, both of which are more fully described below.

All identifiable intangible assets that are acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value on the acquisition date. Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately if they arise from contractual or other legal rights or if they are separable (i.e., capable of being sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged separately from the entity). Deposit liabilities and the related depositor relationship intangible assets may be exchanged in observable exchange transactions. As a result, the depositor relationship intangible asset is considered identifiable, because the separability criterion has been met.

An FDIC indemnification asset is recognized when the FDIC contractually indemnifies, in whole or in part, the Company for a particular uncertainty. The recognition and measurement of an indemnification asset is based on the related indemnified item. The Company recognizes an indemnification asset at the same time that the indemnified item is recognized, measured on the same basis as the indemnified item, subject to collectibility or contractual limitations on the indemnified amount.

Under FDIC loss sharing agreements, the Company may be required to return a portion of cash received from the FDIC at acquisition in the event that losses do not reach a specified threshold, based on the initial discount received less cumulative servicing amounts for the covered assets acquired. Such a liability is referred to as the clawback liability and is considered to be contingent consideration as it requires the return of a portion of the initial consideration in the event that certain contingencies are met. The Company has recognized a clawback liability, included in due to FDIC in the accompanying December 31, 2010 consolidated statements of financial condition, that represents contingent consideration at its fair value at the date of acquisition. The clawback liability will be re-measured at each reporting period and any changes will be reflected in both the carrying amount of the clawback liability and the related accretion that is recognized through FDIC loss sharing income in the consolidated statements of operations until the contingency is resolved.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

b) Cash and cash equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents include cash, cash items, amounts due from other banks, amounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, federal funds sold, and interest-bearing bank deposits.

c) Investment securities — The Company has classified the majority of its investment portfolio as available for sale. Any sales of available for sale securities are for the purpose of executing the Company’s asset/liability management strategy, reducing borrowings, funding loan growth, providing liquidity, or eliminating a perceived credit risk in a specific security. The available-for-sale securities are carried at estimated fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale are reported as accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), a component of stockholders’ equity, net of income tax. Gains and losses realized upon sales of securities are calculated using the specific-identification method and are included in gains or losses on sale of securities, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Premiums and discounts are amortized to interest income over the estimated lives of the securities. Prepayment experience is frequently evaluated and a determination made regarding the appropriate estimate of the future rates of prepayment. When a change in a bond’s estimated remaining life is necessary, a corresponding adjustment is made in the related premium amortization or discount accretion. Purchases and sales of securities, including any corresponding gains or losses, are recognized on a trade-date basis and a receivable or payable is recognized for pending transaction settlements.

Non-marketable equity securities include Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock. These securities have been acquired for debt or regulatory purposes, are carried at cost, and are classified as available for sale.

Management evaluates all investments for OTTI on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such evaluation. Impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary if it is likely that all amounts contractually due will not be received for debt securities and when there is no positive evidence indicating that an investment’s carrying amount is recoverable in the near term for equity securities. When impairment is considered other than temporary, the cost basis of the security is written down to fair value, with the impairment charge related to credit included in earnings, while the impairment charge related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. If the Company has the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security, the entire amount of the OTTI is recorded in earnings. In evaluating whether the impairment is temporary or other than temporary, the Company considers, among other things, the severity and duration of the unrealized loss position; adverse conditions specifically related to the security; changes in expected future cash flows; downgrades in the rating of the security by a rating agency; the failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments; whether the Company has the intent to sell the security; and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security.

d) Loans receivable — covered    Loans acquired in the Hillcrest Bank FDIC assisted transaction are initially covered under loss sharing agreements and are referred to as covered loans. Pursuant to the terms of the loss sharing agreements, covered loans are subject to a stated loss threshold, as outlined in each loss sharing agreement, whereby the FDIC will reimburse the Company for a percentage of losses up to stated loss thresholds. The Company will reimburse the FDIC for its share of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Company a reimbursement under loss sharing agreements.

Covered loans are recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition. Estimated fair values of covered loans were based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers various factors including the type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing, and a discount rate reflecting the Company’s assessment of risk inherent in the cash

 

F-42


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

flow estimates. In determining the estimated cash flows, the majority of the Company’s covered loans were analyzed individually due to individual borrower concentration. The remaining covered loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics such as type of loan, loan purpose and underlying collateral and treated as distinct portfolios when applying various valuation techniques and for the ongoing monitoring of the credit quality and performance of these loans.

The Company accounts for and evaluates acquired loans for impairment in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality . When loans exhibit evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement, the expected shortfall in future cash flows, as compared to the contractual amount due, is recognized as a non-accretable discount. Any excess of expected cash flows over the acquisition date fair value is known as the accretable discount, and is recognized as accretion income over the life of each pool. Covered loans that meet the criteria for non-accrual of interest at the time of acquisition may be considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if the timing and expected cash flows on such loans can be reasonably estimated and if collection of the new carrying value of such loans is expected.

Expected cash flows over the acquisition date fair value are periodically reestimated utilizing the same cash flow methodology used at the time of acquisition and subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses charge to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Conversely, subsequent increases in expected cash flows result in a transfer from the non-accretable discount to the accretable discount, which would have a positive impact on accretion income prospectively. These cash flow evaluations are inherently subjective as they require material estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.

Covered loans outside the scope of ASC Topic 310-30 are accounted for under ASC Topic 310, Receivables . Discounts created when the loans were recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition are accreted over the remaining term of the loan as an adjustment to the related loan’s yield. Similar to uncovered and originated loans described below, the accrual of interest income on the covered loans that were not impaired at the time of acquisition is discontinued when the collection of principal or interest, in whole or in part, is doubtful. Interest is generally not accrued on loans 90 days or more past due unless they are well secured and in the process of collection.

e) Loans receivable — Loans receivable include loans that were acquired through acquisitions that are not covered by loss sharing agreements and loans originated by the Company. Loans acquired through acquisition are initially recorded at fair value. Discounts created when the loans were recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition are accreted over the remaining term of the loan as an adjustment to the related loan’s yield. Loans originated are carried at the principal amount outstanding, net of premiums, discounts, unearned income, and deferred loan fees and costs. Non-refundable loan origination and commitment fees, net of direct costs of originating or acquiring loans, and fair value adjustments for acquired loans, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment to the loans’ effective yield over the estimated remaining lives of the related loans.

Interest income on loans that were not impaired at the time of acquisition and interest income on loans originated by the Company is accrued and credited to income as it is earned using the simple interest method based on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding. However, interest is generally not accrued on loans 90 days or more past due, unless they are well secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, in certain situations, loans that are not contractually past due may be placed on non-accrual status due to deficient primary

 

F-43


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

and secondary sources of repayment. Accrued interest receivable is reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual status and interest is generally not accrued while a loan is on non-accrual status and interest income is generally recognized only after payment in full of the past due principal.

f) Allowance for Loan Losses — The allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in loans, including covered loans to the extent necessary, as of the balance sheet date. The determination of the ALL takes into consideration, among other matters, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, economic conditions, historical net loan loss, and other factors that warrant recognition. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the ALL. Such agencies may require the financial institution to recognize additions to the ALL or increases to adversely graded classified loans based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

The Company uses an internal risk rating system to indicate credit quality in the loan portfolio. The risk rating system uses a series of grades, which reflect management’s assessment of the risk attributable to loans based on an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition and ability to meet contractual debt service requirements. Loans that management perceives to have acceptable risk are categorized as “Pass” loans. The “Special mention” loans represent loans that have potential credit weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. Special mention loans include borrowers that have potential weaknesses or unwarranted risks that, unless corrected, may threaten the borrower’s ability to meet debt requirements. However, these borrowers are still believed to have the ability to respond to and resolve the financial issues that threaten their financial situation. Loans classified as “Substandard” are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard loans have a distinct possibility of loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. “Doubtful” loans are loans that management believes that collection of payments in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement is highly questionable and improbable. Doubtful loans that are not covered by loss sharing agreements are deemed impaired and put on non-accrual status. Loans covered by loss sharing agreements and accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, despite being internally classified as “Doubtful,” may be classified as performing. Interest accrual is discontinued on doubtful loans and certain substandard loans covered by loss sharing agreements that are excluded from ASC Topic 310-30, as is more fully discussed in Note 6.

The Company routinely evaluates all risk-rated credits for impairment. Impairment, if any, is typically measured for each loan based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value, or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition for collateral dependent loans. General allowances are established for loans pooled based on similar characteristics. In this process, general allowance factors established are based on an analysis of historical loss and recovery experience, if any, related to the acquired loans, as well as certain industry experience, with adjustments made for qualitative or environmental factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses to differ from historical experience. To the extent that the data supporting such factors has limitations, management’s judgment and experience play a key role in determining the allowance estimates.

Additions to the ALL are made by provisions for loan losses that are charged to operations. The allowance is decreased by charge-offs due to losses and is increased by provisions for loan losses and recoveries. When it is determined that specific loans, or portions thereof, are uncollectible, these amounts are charged off against the ALL. If repayment of the loan is collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral, less cost to sell, is used to determine charge-off amounts.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

g) FDIC indemnification asset — An FDIC indemnification asset results from the loss sharing agreements in FDIC-assisted transactions and is measured separately from the related covered assets as they are not contractually embedded in those assets and are not transferable should the Company choose to dispose of the covered assets. The FDIC indemnification asset represents the estimated fair value of expected reimbursements from the FDIC for losses on covered loans and OREO. Pursuant to the terms of the loss sharing agreements, covered loans and OREO are subject to stated loss thresholds whereby the FDIC will reimburse the Company for a percentage of losses and expenses up to the stated loss thresholds. The FDIC indemnification asset is recorded at its estimated fair value. Fair value is estimated using projected cash flows related to the loss sharing agreements based on the expected reimbursements for losses and the applicable loss sharing percentages. These cash flows are discounted to reflect the uncertainty of the timing of the loss sharing reimbursement from the FDIC and the discount is accreted to income in connection with the expected speed of reimbursements. This accretion is included in FDIC loss sharing income in the consolidated statements of operations.

The accounting for the FDIC indemnification asset is closely related to the accounting for the underlying, indemnified assets. The Company reestimates the expected indemnification asset cash flows in conjunction with the periodic reestimation of cash flows on covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30. Improvements in cash flow expectations on covered loans generally result in a related decline in the expected indemnification cash flows and are reflected prospectively as a yield adjustment on the indemnification asset. Declines in cash flow expectations on covered loans generally result in an increase in expected indemnification cash flows and are reflected as both FDIC loss sharing income and an increase to the indemnification asset. As indemnified assets are resolved and the Company is reimbursed by the FDIC for the value of the resolved portion of the FDIC indemnification asset, the Company reduces the carrying value of the FDIC indemnification asset.

h) Clawback liability — A clawback liability is recorded to reflect the contingent liability assumed in an FDIC-assisted transaction whereby the Company is obligated to refund a portion of cash received from the FDIC at acquisition in the event that losses do not reach a specified threshold, based on the initial discount received less cumulative servicing amounts for the covered assets acquired. Such a liability is considered to be contingent consideration as it requires a payment by the Company to the FDIC in the event that certain contingencies are met. The clawback liability was recorded at its acquisition date fair value and is included in due to FDIC in the accompanying December 31, 2010 consolidated statements of financial condition. The clawback liability will be remeasured at each reporting period and any changes will be reflected in both the carrying amount of the clawback liability and the related accretion that is recognized through FDIC loss sharing income in the consolidated statements of operations until the contingency is resolved.

i) Premises and equipment — With the exception of premises and equipment acquired through business combinations, which are initially measured and recorded at fair value, purchased land is stated at cost, and buildings and equipment are carried at cost, including capitalized interest when appropriate, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. The Company generally assigns depreciable lives of 39 years for buildings, 7 to 15 years for building improvements, and 3 to 7 years for equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or remaining lease terms. Maintenance and repairs are charged to non-interest expense as incurred. The Company reviews premises and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposal is less than its carrying amount.

j) Goodwill and intangible assets — Goodwill is established and recorded if the consideration given during an acquisition transaction exceeds the fair value of the net assets received. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life, is not amortized, but will be evaluated annually for potential impairment, or when events or circumstances

 

F-45


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

indicate a potential impairment. The Company first evaluates potential impairment of goodwill by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. Any excess of carrying value over fair value would indicate a potential impairment and the Company would proceed to perform an additional test to determine whether goodwill has been impaired and calculate the amount of that impairment. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives, such as core deposit intangibles, are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The Company’s core deposit intangible assets represent the value of the anticipated future cost savings that will result from the acquired core deposit relationships versus an alternative source of funding.

Judgment may be used in assessing goodwill and intangible assets for impairment. Estimates of fair value are based on projections of revenues, operating costs and cash flows of the reporting unit considering historical and anticipated future results, general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business or operational strategies. The valuations use a combination of present value techniques to measure fair value and consider market factors. Additionally, judgment is used in determining the useful lives of finite-lived intangible assets. Adverse changes in the economic environment, operations of the reporting unit, or changes in judgments and projections could result in a significantly different estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit and could result in an impairment of goodwill and/or intangible assets.

k) Other real estate owned — OREO consists of property that has been foreclosed on or repossessed by deed in lieu of foreclosure. The assets are initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell, with any initial valuation adjustments charged to the ALL. Subsequent valuation adjustments, if any, in addition to gains and losses realized on sales and net operating expenses, are recorded in other non-interest expense. Costs associated with maintaining property, such as utilities and maintenance, are charged to expense in the period in which they occur, while costs relating to the development and improvement of property are capitalized to the extent the balance does not exceed fair value. All OREO acquired through acquisition was recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. The Company’s loss sharing agreement with the FDIC covers losses and expenses incurred on OREO resulting from the covered assets in the Hillcrest Bank transaction in the same manner, and are included in the same loss thresholds, as the covered loans.

l) Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase as of a specified future date. These repurchase agreements are considered financing agreements and the obligation to repurchase assets sold is reflected as a liability in the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company. The repurchase agreements are collateralized by debt securities that are under the control of the Company.

m) Stock-based compensation — The Company grants stock-based awards including stock options and restricted stock. Stock option grants are for a fixed number of common shares and are issued to employees and directors at an exercise price, which is not less than the fair value of a share of stock at the date of grant. The options vest over a time period stated in each option agreement and may be subject to other contingent performance vesting conditions, which require the related compensation expense to be recorded when such conditions becomes probable. The Company generally recognizes the associated expense related to stock options on a graded schedule over the requisite vesting period. The amortization of stock-based compensation reflects any estimated forfeitures and the expense realized in subsequent periods may be adjusted to reflect the actual forfeitures realized. Restricted stock is granted for a fixed number of shares, the transferability of which is restricted until such shares become vested according to the terms in the award agreement. Restricted shares typically have multiple vesting qualifications whereby a set portion time-vest following a qualified investment transaction (a performance criterion). Some restricted share agreements also contain market conditions whereby the remaining portion vest according to specified market conditions that are tied to the Company’s common stock

 

F-46


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

price. Expense is recognized over the expected vesting period based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. The outstanding stock options and restricted shares carry a maximum contractual term of 10 years. To the extent that any award is forfeited, terminated, expires, or lapses without being exercised, the shares of stock subject to such award not delivered as a result thereof shall again be available for awards under the Plan.

n) Founders’ shares — The Company issued a limited number of founders’ shares at par value. The founders’ shares are recorded in stockholders’ equity as founders’ shares and have incremental transfer restrictions until the Company has deployed at least 75% of the capital that was raised in the initial capital offering of common stock in 2009.

o) Warrants — The Company issued warrants to certain lead stockholders. The warrants are for a fixed number of shares and expire ten years from the date of issuance. If exercised, the Company must settle the warrants in its own stock. The exercise price and the number of warrants is subject to a down-round provision whereby subsequent equity issuances at a price below the existing exercise price will result in a downward adjustment to the exercise price and an increase to the number of warrants, and as a result, the warrants are classified as a liability in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company is required to revalue the warrants at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is reported in the statements of operations as “loss (gain) from change in fair value of warrant liability” in non-interest expense in the period in which the change occurred. The fair value of the warrants is calculated using a Black-Scholes model.

p) Income taxes — The Company and its subsidiaries file U.S. federal and certain state income tax returns on a consolidated basis. Additionally, the Company and its subsidiaries file separate state income tax returns with various state jurisdictions. The provision for income taxes includes the income tax balances of the Company and all of its subsidiaries.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax rates in the period of change. The Company establishes a valuation allowance when management believes, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company recognizes and measures income tax benefits based upon a two-step model: 1) a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits in order to be recognized; and 2) the benefit is measured as the largest dollar amount of that position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon settlement. The difference between the benefit recognized for a position in this model and the tax benefit claimed on a tax return is treated as an unrecognized tax benefit. The Company recognizes income tax related interest and penalties in income tax expense.

q) Earnings (loss) per share (EPS) — Basic earnings (loss) per share are computed by dividing income (loss) allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share are computed by dividing income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period, plus amounts representing the dilutive effect of stock options outstanding, unvested restricted shares, warrants to issue common stock, or other contracts to issue common shares (“common stock equivalents”). Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share in periods in which they have an anti-dilutive effect.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Note 3 Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Credit Risk Exposure for Financing Receivables — In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . This guidance requires additional disclosures about credit risk exposure for financing receivables and the related ALL including an allowance rollforward on a portfolio segment basis, the recorded investment in financing receivables on a portfolio segment basis, the non-accrual status of financing receivables by class, impaired financing receivables by class, aging of past due receivables by class, credit quality indicators by class, troubled debt restructurings information by class, and significant purchases and sales of financing receivables. ASU 2010-20 defines portfolio segment as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its ALL. Classes of financing receivables generally are a disaggregation of portfolio segments. The disclosures about the activity in the allowance and loan modifications during a reported period are effective for public companies for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and the ALL and loan modification activity disclosures are required for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Disclosure about loans modified as troubled debt restructurings have been deferred until further guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring is issued. The information required by ASU 2010-20 is set forth in Notes 6 and 7.

Note 4 Acquisition Activities

The Company has determined that the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions, as more fully described below, constitute business combinations as defined in ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Accordingly, as of the date of the acquisitions, the Company recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. The Company determined fair values in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements . Fair value is established by discounting the expected future cash flows with a market discount rate for like maturity and risk instruments. The estimation of expected future cash flows requires significant assumptions about appropriate discount rates, expected future cash flows, market conditions and other future events and actual results could differ materially. The determination of the initial fair values of covered loans and the related FDIC indemnification asset and clawback liability involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. The Company has made the determinations of fair value using the best information available at the time; however, the assumptions used are subject to change and, if changed, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Bank Midwest, N.A. — In July 2010, the Company agreed to acquire, and on December 10, 2010 completed the acquisition of, certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities formerly held by Bank Midwest, one of six banking subsidiaries owned by DFC. In this transaction, the Company acquired 40 locations across Missouri and eastern Kansas, $2.4 billion of deposits and approximately $905.4 million of loans. The Company had specific performance criteria for the assets purchased and, as a result, did not acquire any non-accrual loans or OREO in connection with the Bank Midwest transaction.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

The Company paid $56.0 million cash for the Bank Midwest net assets. The fair value of consideration paid exceeded the fair value of the Bank Midwest net assets acquired and resulted in the establishment of goodwill in the amount of $52.4 million, which will be tax deductible. In conjunction with the purchase and assumption of the Bank Midwest net assets, the Company infused $390 million of capital into Bank Midwest at the time of closing. Information regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on December 10, 2010 in connection with the Bank Midwest acquisition are shown in the table below (in thousands):

 

     As Acquired from
DFC
     Fair Value
Adjustments
    Settlement
amount paid to
DFC
    As recorded by the
Company
 

Assets Acquired:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,425,737       $ —        $ (56,000   $ 1,369,737   

Investment securities, available for sale

     55,360         —          —          55,360   

Non-marketable investment securities

     400         —          —          400   

Loans

     905,354         (22,739     —          882,615   

Premises and equipment

     30,662         5,562        —          36,224   

Goodwill

     —           52,442        —          52,442   

Intangible assets

     —           21,650        —          21,650   

Accrued interest receivable

     4,458         —          —          4,458   

Other assets

     3,520         —          —          3,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,425,491       $ 56,915      $ (56,000   $ 2,426,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

         

Deposits

   $ 2,384,982       $ 915      $ —        $ 2,385,897   

Accrued interest payable

     11,089         —          —          11,089   

Other liabilities

     29,420         —          —          29,420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 2,425,491       $ 915      $ —        $ 2,426,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Hillcrest Bank — On October 22, 2010, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, as receiver, to acquire certain assets and assume substantially all of the liabilities of the former Hillcrest Bank of Overland Park, Kansas.

Prior to the acquisition, Hillcrest Bank was a bank headquartered in Overland Park, Kansas, which operated 9 full-service banking branches and 32 retirement center branches in 4 states. Excluding the effects of purchase accounting adjustments, the Company purchased assets of $1.6 billion and assumed deposits and liabilities of $1.3 billion in connection with the acquisition of Hillcrest Bank. The net assets were acquired at a discount of $182.7 million, which is reflected as a portion of the cash acquired, and the settlement amount paid to the FDIC at close was $56.3 million. In conjunction with the Hillcrest Bank purchase and assumption agreement, the Company also provided the FDIC with VAR whereby the FDIC is entitled to a cash payment equal to the excess of the Company’s common stock price and a strike price of $18.65 per unit at a future time, not to exceed ten years. The VAR is applicable to a maximum of 100,000 units and the Company has estimated the fair value of the VAR at the date of acquisition of Hillcrest Bank and at December 31, 2010 to be approximately $0.7 million, which is included in due to FDIC in the Company’s December 31, 2010 consolidated statements of financial condition. Any future changes to the value of the VAR will be included in other non-interest expense. The Company infused $170 million of capital into Hillcrest Bank immediately following the closing of the transaction.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

A summary of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the Hillcrest Bank acquisition are shown in the table below (in thousands):

 

     As Acquired
from FDIC
     Fair Value
Adjustments
    Settlement
amount paid to
    As recorded by
the Company
 

Assets acquired:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 190,344       $ —        $ (56,343   $ 134,001   

Investment securities, available for sale

     235,255         —          —          235,255   

Non-marketable investment securities

     4,042         —          —          4,042   

Loans

     1,016,394         (235,052     —          781,342   

FDIC indemnification asset

     —           159,706        —          159,706   

Other real estate owned, covered by loss share agreement

     111,332         (59,732     —          51,600   

Gain on bargain purchase

     —           (37,778     —          (37,778

Intangible assets

     —           5,760        —          5,760   

Premises and equipment

     157         —          —          157   

Accrued interest receivable

     3,816         —          —          3,816   

Other assets

     1,066         —          —          1,066   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,562,406       $ (167,096   $ (56,343   $ 1,338,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

         

Deposits

   $ 1,234,013       $ —        $ —        $ 1,234,013   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     80,460         3,434        —          83,894   

Accrued interest payable

     7,279         —          —          7,279   

Other liabilities

     1,575         12,206        —          13,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 1,323,327       $ 15,640      $ —        $ 1,338,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase and assumption agreement of Hillcrest Bank with the FDIC, the Company entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC whereby the Company will be reimbursed by the FDIC for a portion of the losses incurred as a result of the resolution and disposition of the problem assets of Hillcrest Bank. The loss sharing agreements with the FDIC cover substantially all of Hillcrest Bank’s loans including single family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial loans, unfunded commitments, and OREO, which are collectively referred to as the “covered assets.” However, the Company also acquired other assets of the failed bank that are not covered by the loss sharing agreements including $190.3 million of cash and cash equivalents, $239.3 million of investment securities purchased at fair value, $3.1 million of consumer loans and overdrafts, and other tangible assets. For purposes of the loss sharing agreements, the anticipated losses on the covered assets are grouped into two categories, commercial assets and single family assets, and each category has its own specific loss sharing agreement. The loss sharing agreement categories cover losses on both loans and OREO in their respective categories and have provisions that reimburse the Company for direct expenses related to the resolution of these assets. Within the categories, there are three tranches of losses, each beginning after the loss threshold of the previous tranche has been met, and each with a specified loss-coverage percentage. The categories, and the respective loss thresholds and coverage amounts are as follows (in thousands):

 

Commercial

  

Single family

Tranche

  

Loss Threshold

  

Loss-Coverage
Percentage

  

Tranche

  

Loss Threshold

  

Loss-Coverage
Percentage

1

   $  295,592    60%    1    $  4,618    60%

2

   405,293    0%    2    8,191    30%

3

   >405,293    80%    3    >8,191    80%

 

F-50


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

The FDIC’s obligation to reimburse the Company for losses with respect to covered assets begins with the first dollar of loss incurred. The term for loss sharing on single family residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term for loss sharing on all other covered loans is five years. The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant covered assets as determined by the FDIC at the date of acquisition. New loans originated after that date are not covered by the provisions of the loss sharing agreements. The Company will refund the FDIC for its share of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Company under the loss sharing agreement.

The expected reimbursements from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements were recorded as an indemnification asset at its estimated fair value of $159.7 million on the acquisition date. The indemnification asset reflects the present value of the expected net cash reimbursement related to the loss sharing agreement described above.

Within 45 days of the end of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company may be required to pay the FDIC in the event that losses do not reach a specified threshold, based on the initial discount received less cumulative servicing amounts for the covered assets acquired. The Company recorded $11.5 million as the estimated fair value of this clawback liability at the acquisition date, which is included in due to FDIC in the accompanying December 31, 2010 consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company believes that the FDIC loss sharing agreement mitigates the Company’s risk of loss on assets acquired. Nonetheless, to the extent, the actual values realized for the acquired assets are different from the estimates, the FDIC indemnification asset will generally be impacted in an offsetting manner due to the loss sharing support from the FDIC. Additionally, the tax treatment of FDIC assisted acquisitions is complex and subject to interpretations that may result in future adjustments of deferred taxes as of the acquisition date.

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank transaction, the Company recognized approximately $37.8 million of bargain purchase gain and a $5.8 million core deposit intangible. The amount of bargain purchase gain recorded represents the excess of the fair value of the assets acquired (inclusive of the $182.7 million purchase discount from the FDIC) compared to the fair value of liabilities assumed (inclusive of the settlement amount paid to the FDIC of $56.3 million) at the date of acquisition. The Company incurred $6.4 million and $4.3 million of transaction expenses related to the acquisition of Bank Midwest and Hillcrest Bank, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2010. See Note 18 for additional details regarding acquisition-related costs.

Note 5 Investment Securities

Investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2010 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 42,544       $ 4       $ —        $ 42,548   

U.S. Government sponsored agency obligations

     500         —           —          500   

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

     178,098         234         (1,907     176,425   

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

     1,023,812         12,926         (2,035     1,034,703   

Other securities

     419         —           —          419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,245,373       $ 13,164       $ (3,942   $ 1,254,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

The Company’s non-marketable securities consist of $16.8 million of Federal Reserve Bank stock and $1.0 million of FHLB stock.

At December 31, 2010, mortgage-backed securities represented approximately 96.5% of the Company’s available for sale investment portfolio. The Company estimates that the weighted average life of the mortgage-backed securities portfolio as of December 31, 2010 was 5.3 years. This estimate is based on assumptions and actual results may differ.

The Company’s U.S. Treasury and Government sponsored agency obligations have contractual maturities of less than one year. Other securities have no stated contractual maturity date.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Management has evaluated all of the securities in an unrealized loss position and has concluded that no OTTI exists at December 31, 2010. The Company purchased all of the securities in the fourth quarter of 2010 at fair value, and as such, all of the securities in unrealized loss positions have been in continuous unrealized loss positions for less than twelve months. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and believes it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the securities before the recovery of their amortized cost. The table below summarizes the 46 available-for-sale securities that were temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 142,440       $ (1,907

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

     79,914         (2,035
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 222,354       $ (3,942
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain securities are pledged as collateral for public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Treasury tax and loan agreements, and to secure borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank, if needed. The carrying value of securities pledged as collateral totaled $119.3 million at December 31, 2010.

During 2010, the Company sold approximately $55.1 million of investment securities, of which approximately $52.0 million was fixed-rate collateralized mortgage obligations and approximately $3.1 million was FHLB Class B stock, which subsequent to the Company’s prepayment of FHLB borrowings that were assumed with the Hillcrest Bank transaction, were no longer necessary for the Company to own. The Company realized an $11 thousand gain on the sale of the collateralized mortgage obligations, which is included in gain on sale of securities in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Note 6 Covered Loans

The Company evaluates purchased loans for impairment in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 310-30. The cash flows expected to be collected on purchased loans are estimated based upon a discounted cash flow methodology that considers probability of default and loss-given default assumptions, as well as various underlying factors that consider the type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing, and a discount rate reflecting the Company’s assessment of risk inherent in the cash flow estimates. The Company is accounting for the majority of loans purchased in connection with the Hillcrest Bank transaction under ASC Topic 310-30 except loans with revolving privileges, which are outside the scope of this guidance, and loans for which cash flows could not be estimated, which are accounted for under the cost recovery method. Purchased impaired loans were not classified as nonperforming assets at December 31, 2010 as the carrying value of the respective loan or pool of loans cash flows were considered estimatable and probable of collection. Therefore, interest income, through accretion of the difference between the carrying value of the loans and the expected cash flows is being recognized on all purchased loans being accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Substantially all loans acquired in the Hillcrest Bank acquisition were covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. Additionally, these loans were recorded at their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date. Generally, the determination of the fair value of the loans resulted in a significant write-down in the value of the loans, which was assigned to an accretable yield or non-accretable difference, with the accretable yield to be recognized as interest income over the expected remaining term of the loan. The following table reflects the carrying value of all purchased covered loans as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Loans accounted for
under ASC
Topic 310-30
     Loans excluded from
ASC

Topic 310-30
     Total
covered
loans
 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 74,783       $ 44,437       $ 119,220   

Commercial construction

     120,835         130         120,965   

Commercial real estate

     179,998         1,363         181,361   

Multifamily

     49,163         —           49,163   

Land and development

     198,100         12,022         210,122   

Single family residential

     11,541         1,988         13,529   

Leases

     —           9,213         9,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

   $ 634,420       $ 69,153       $ 703,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The outstanding balance of all purchased loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, including contractual principal, interest, fees, and penalties, was $1.0 billion as of the date of acquisition. Changes in the carrying amount of accretable discount for purchased loans for the year ended December 31, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ —     

Additions

     84,673   

Reclassification from non-accretable difference

     —     

Accretion

     (10,344
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 74,329   
  

 

 

 

For 2010, the Company recognized no provision for loan losses, charge-offs, or ALL related to covered loans primarily due to the acquisition occurring in close proximity to year-end.

Below is the composition of the net book value for loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

Contractual Cash Flows

   $ 955,161   

Nonaccretable Difference

     (246,232

Accretable Yield

     (74,509
  

 

 

 

Covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

   $ 634,420   
  

 

 

 

Covered loans are considered past due or delinquent when the contractual principal or interest due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement or any portion thereof remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. Covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 are classified as performing, even though they may be contractually past due, as any non-payment of contractual principal or interest is considered in the periodic reestimation of expected cash flows and is included in the resulting recognition of current period

 

F-54


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

covered loan loss provision or future period yield adjustments. Similar to uncovered loans, covered loans accounted for outside ASC Topic 310-30 are classified as non-accrual when, in the opinion of management, collection of principal or interest is doubtful. Generally, these loans are placed in non-accrual status due to the continued failure to adhere to contractual payment terms by the borrower coupled with other pertinent factors, such as, insufficient collateral value. The accrual of interest income is discontinued when a loan is placed in non-accrual status and any payments received reduce the carrying value of the loan. A loan may be placed back on accrual status if all contractual payments have been received, or sooner under certain conditions, and collection of future principal and interest payments is no longer doubtful.

Credit exposure for all covered loans as determined by the Company’s internal risk rating system was as follows as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

    Commercial
and
industrial
    Commercial
construction
    Commercial
real estate
    Multifamily     Land and
development
    Single
family
residential
    Consumer     Leases     Other
covered
loans
    Total
covered
loans
 

Covered Loans Credit Exposure by risk rating

                   

Pass

  $ 89,241      $ 18,221      $ 105,157      $ 18,872      $ 69,664      $ 6,729      $ —        $ 9,213      $ —        $ 317,097   

Special mention

    128        45,387        4,324        —          5,658        6,091        —          —          —          61,588   

Substandard

    7,241        55,039        41,334        14,262        98,610        709        —          —          —          217,195   

Doubtful

    22,610        2,318        30,546        16,029        36,190        —          —          —          —          107,693   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 119,220      $ 120,965      $ 181,361      $ 49,163      $ 210,122      $ 13,529      $ —        $ 9,213      $ —        $ 703,573   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loan delinquency for loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 was as follows (in thousands):

 

    30-59 days
past due
    60-89 days
past due
    Greater than 90
days past due
    Total past
due
    Current     Total loans     Loans > 90 days
past due and
still accruing
 

Commercial and industrial

  $ 878      $ 2,440      $ 7,359      $ 10,677      $ 64,106      $ 74,783      $ 7,359   

Commercial construction

    —          14,950        19,060        34,010        86,825        120,835        19,060   

Commercial real estate

    —          —          7,618        7,618        172,380        179,998        7,618   

Multifamily

    —          —          1,029        1,029        48,135        49,164        1,029   

Land and development

    —          3,981        75,764        79,745        118,355        198,100        75,764   

Single family residential

    6        —          —          6        11,534        11,540        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total covered loans

  $ 884      $ 21,371      $ 110,830      $ 133,085      $ 501,335      $ 634,420      $ 110,830   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Covered loan delinquency, for loans excluded from ASC Topic 310-30, was as follows (in thousands):

 

    30-59 days
past due
    60-89 days
past due
    Greater than 90
days past due
    Total past
due
    Current     Total loans and
leases
    Loans > 90 days
past due and
still accruing
 

Commercial and industrial

  $ 396      $ 62      $ 4,635      $ 5,093      $ 39,344      $ 44,437      $ 4,635   

Commercial construction

    —          —          —          —          130        130        —     

Commercial real estate

    —          —          —          —          1,363        1,363        —     

Land and development

    —          2,091        9,905        11,996        26        12,022        9,905   

Single family residential

    —          —          —          —          1,988        1,988        —     

Leases

    —          —          —          —          9,213        9,213        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total covered loans

  $ 396      $ 2,153      $ 14,540      $ 17,089      $ 52,064      $ 69,153      $ 14,540   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 7 Loans

The following table reflects the carrying value of loans purchased and originated after acquisition as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Bank Midwest      Hillcrest      Total  

Commercial and industrial

     114,356         230         114,586   

Commercial real estate*

     402,828            402,828   

Agriculture

     17,102            17,102   

Single family residential

     230,859            230,859   

Consumer

     25,197         2,450         27,647   

Home equity

     54,006            54,006   

Loans held for sale

     4,221         1,088         5,309   

Other

     12,960         —           12,960   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 861,529       $ 3,768       $ 865,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Includes $44.2 million of loans secured by farmland.

The Company’s strategy is to primarily lend to small and mid-sized businesses, commercial real estate customers, and consumers in the markets in which the Company operates. Within these areas, the Company diversifies its loan portfolio by loan type, industry, and borrower.

It is the Company’s policy to review each prospective credit in order to determine the appropriateness and the adequacy of security or collateral prior to making a loan. In the event of borrower default, the Company seeks recovery in compliance with state lending laws, the Company’s lending standards, and credit monitoring and remediation procedures. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $0.4 million of loans that had been restructured from the original terms in order to facilitate repayment.

Loans placed on non-accrual status are considered to be impaired. If a specific allowance is warranted based on the borrower’s overall financial condition, the specific allowance is calculated based on discounted cash flows using the loan’s initial effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans. Interest income for impaired loans is recorded on a cash basis during the period the loan is considered impaired

 

F-56


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

after recovery of principal is reasonably assured. Aside from the $0.4 million of restructured loans described above, there were no impaired or non-accrual loans or specific reserves as of December 31, 2010; however, the Company did have a $48 thousand ALL for general reserves.

Loan delinquency was as follows as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     30-59 days
past due
     60-89 days
past due
     Greater
than 90 days
past due
     Total
past due
     Current      Total
loans
     Loans > 90 days
past due and
still accruing
 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 9       $ 9,468       $ —         $ 9,477       $ 105,109       $ 114,586       $ —     

Commercial real estate*

     2,363         327         —           2,690         400,138         402,828         —     

Agriculture

     36         30         —           66         17,036         17,102         —     

Single family residential

     948         22         —           970         229,889         230,859         —     

Consumer

     39         4         —           43         27,604         27,647         —     

Home equity

     364         58         —           422         53,584         54,006         —     

Loans held for sale

     —              —              5,309         5,309         —     

Other loans

     —              —              12,960         12,960         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans not covered

   $ 3,759       $ 9,909       $ —         $ 13,668       $ 851,629       $ 865,297       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Includes $44.2 million of loans secured by farmland.

Credit exposure on loans was as follows at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

    Commercial
and
industrial
    Commercial
real estate*
    Agriculture     Single family
residential
    Consumer     Home
equity
    Held
for sale
    Other
loans
    Total loans
not covered
 

Pass

  $ 97,362      $ 326,157      $ 16,328      $ 225,241      $ 27,638      $ 53,968      $ 5,309      $ 12,960      $ 764,963   

Special mention

    9,329        60,111        241        777        9        8        —          —          70,475   

Substandard

    7,895        16,560        533        4,841        —          30        —          —          29,859   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 114,586      $ 402,828      $ 17,102      $ 230,859      $ 27,647      $ 54,006      $ 5,309      $ 12,960      $ 865,297   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Includes $44.2 million of loans secured by farmland.

Note 8 FDIC Indemnification Asset

As discussed in Note 4, under the terms of the purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, the Company is reimbursed for a portion of the losses incurred on covered assets. An FDIC indemnification asset of $159.7 million was established at the date of acquisition as an estimate of the fair value of the expected reimbursements from the FDIC for losses on covered loans and OREO at Hillcrest Bank. As covered assets are resolved, whether it be through repayment, short sale of the underlying collateral, the foreclosure on, and sale of collateral, or the sale or charge-off of loans or OREO, any portion of a difference between the carrying value of the covered asset and the payments received that is reimbursable by the FDIC is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as FDIC loss sharing income. Any gains or losses realized from the resolution of covered assets reduce or increase, respectively, the amount recoverable from the FDIC.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Below is a summary of the activity related to the FDIC indemnification asset (in thousands):

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ —     

Establishment of indemnification through acquisition

     159,706   

Accretion

     1,689   
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 161,395   
  

 

 

 

Note 9 Premises and Equipment, Net

Premises and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

 

     2010     2009  

Land

   $ 14,549      $ —     

Buildings and improvements

     21,598        —     

Equipment

     1,264        80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     37,411        80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortisation

     (91     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net land, buildings, and equipment

   $ 37,320      $ 80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense of $91 thousand and repairs and maintenance expense of $85 thousand were included in occupancy expense and equipment expense in the 2010 consolidated statements of operations.

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank transaction, the Company had the option to purchase the branch assets and certain equipment of the failed bank from the FDIC for 90 days after the transaction date. The Company purchased three branches for $2.3 million subsequent to December 31, 2010. The Company is leasing or renting all other Hillcrest Bank branches.

Note 10 Other Real Estate Owned

OREO compromises properties acquired through the foreclosure or repossession process, or any other resolution activity that results in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans or through bank acquisitions. The Company did not purchase any OREO in conjunction with the Bank Midwest acquisition. At December 31, 2010, all OREO resulted from the purchase of Hillcrest Bank, and as such, are covered by the loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC. Any losses on these assets are substantially offset by a corresponding change in the FDIC indemnification asset. See Note 4 for a discussion of the terms of the loss sharing arrangement. Changes in OREO for the year ended December 31, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ —     

Purchases through acquisition at fair value

     51,600   

Transfers from loan portfolio

     11,604   

Sales

     (8,009

Decrease from resolution of covered OREO

     (1,097

Decrease from escrow deposits received

     (20
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 54,078   
  

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Note 11 Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank transaction, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible of $5.8 million. In connection with the Bank Midwest transaction, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible of $21.7 million and goodwill of $52.4 million. The Company expects to amortize the core deposit intangibles straight line over 7 years, which represents the expected useful life of the assets. This will result in approximately $3.9 million of core deposit intangible amortization expense each year through 2017.

Note 12 Deposits

The Company had $766.2 million in time deposit accounts with balances over $100,000 at December 31, 2010. $107.8 million of these were over $250,000. The following table summarizes the Company’s time deposits, based upon contractual maturity, at December 31, 2010 by remaining maturity (in thousands):

 

Three months or less

   $ 564,050   

Over 3 months through 6 months

     475,077   

Over 6 months through 12 months

     732,849   

Over 12 months through 24 months

     362,666   

Over 24 months through 36 months

     78,577   

Over 36 months through 48 months

     14,801   

Over 48 months through 60 months

     31,676   

Thereafter

     4,321   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,264,017   
  

 

 

 

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank acquisition, the FDIC provided Hillcrest Bank depositors with the right to cash in their time deposits at any time during the life of the time deposit, without penalty, unless the depositor accepts new terms. At December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $727.1 million of time deposits that were subject to the penalty-free withdraws.

The Federal Reserve System regulations require cash balances to be maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank, based on deposit levels. The collective minimum reserve requirement for the Banks at December 31, 2010 totaled $6.0 million.

As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of overdrawn transaction deposits that have been reclassified as loan balances was $1.5 million.

The following table summarizes interest expense incurred on deposits for the period ended December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

Transaction and money market accounts

   $ 464   

Savings accounts

     32   

Time deposits

     4,987   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,483   
  

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Note 13 Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The following table sets forth selected information regarding repurchase agreements during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Maximum amount of outstanding agreements at any month-end during the period

   $ 23,787   

Average amount outstanding during the period

   $ 28,739   

Weighted average interest rate for the period

     0.33

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had pledged mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury securities with a fair value of approximately $42.7 million for securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Additionally, there was $16.5 million of excess collateral pledged for repurchase agreements at December 31, 2010.

The vast majority of the Company’s repurchase agreements are overnight transactions that mature the day after the transaction. At December 31, 2010, the overnight agreements had an average interest rate of 0.25%. At December 31, 2010, $235 thousand of the Company’s repurchase agreements were for periods longer than one day.

The Company does not have any borrowings, unused lines of credit, or short-term financing agreements.

Note 14 Regulatory Capital

The Banks are subject to the regulatory capital adequacy requirements of the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, and the OCC, as applicable. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly further discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, banks must meet specific capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Typically, mature banks are required to maintain a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.00%, a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.00% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.00% in order to meet minimum, adequately capitalized regulatory requirements. To be considered well-capitalized (under prompt corrective action provisions), banks must maintain minimum capital ratios of 6.00% for Tier I risk-based capital, 10.00% for total risk-based capital and 5.00% for the Tier 1 leverage ratio. However, in connection with the approval of the de novo charters for Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest, the Company has agreed with its regulators to maintain capital levels of at least 10% Tier 1 leverage ratio and 10% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio at each of the Banks for at least three years. In conjunction with the consummation of the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest transactions, the Company contributed $170 million of capital into Hillcrest Bank and $390 million of capital into Bank Midwest to provide each of the Banks with sufficient capital to meet and exceed the above-mentioned agreed-upon capital ratios.

Payment of dividends by the Banks to the Holding Company is subject to various regulatory restrictions. The capital plans submitted to the OCC specifically restrict the ability of the Banks to declare dividends for three years.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

The following table illustrates the capital adequacy positions of the Company and of the Banks at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Actual      Required to be considered
well capitalized
     Required to be considered
capitalized
 
     Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount  

Tier 1 leverage ratio(1)

              

Consolidated

     17.9   $ 907,958         N/A      $ N/A         4   $ 206,270   

Bank Midwest, N.A.

     10.7     317,144         10     296,934         4     118,773   

Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

     14.2     193,938         10     137,304         4     54,922   

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

              

Consolidated

     69.6   $ 907,958         N/A      $ N/A         4   $ 52,206   

Bank Midwest, N.A.

     32.7     317,144         10     97,016         4     38,806   

Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

     76.7     193,938         10     25,273         4     10,109   

Total risk-based capital ratio

              

Consolidated

     69.6   $ 908,041         N/A      $ N/A         8   $ 104,411   

Bank Midwest, N.A.

     32.7     317,220         10     97,016         8     77,613   

Hillcrest Bank, N.A.

     76.7     193,945         10     25,273         8     20,218   

 

(1) A condition for approval of the application for Federal Deposit Insurance requires both banks and the holding company to maintain a Tier 1 capital to assets leverage ratio at no less than ten percent throughout the first three years of operation. These ratio minimums are reflected in this table.

Due to the conditional guarantee represented by the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC indemnification asset as well as covered assets are risk-weighted at 20% for purposes of risk based capital computations.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company and the Banks were in compliance with all capital requirements to which they are subject and exceeded the applicable standards for being well-capitalized.

Note 15 FDIC Loss Sharing Income

In connection with the loss sharing agreements that the Company has with the FDIC in regard to the Hillcrest Bank transaction, the Company has recognized the changes in the FDIC indemnification asset and the clawback liability, in addition to the actual reimbursement of costs of resolution of covered assets from the FDIC, in FDIC loss sharing income in the consolidated statements of operations. The table below provides additional details of the Company’s FDIC loss sharing income during the year ended December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

FDIC indemnification asset accretion

   $ 1,689   

Clawback accretion

     (117

FDIC reimbursement of costs of resolution of covered assets

     664   
  

 

 

 

Total FDIC loss sharing income

   $ 2,236   
  

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Note 16 Stock-Based Compensation and Employee Benefits

The Company’s board of directors and shareholders approved the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) on October 20, 2009. The Plan provides the compensation committee of the board of directors of the Company the authority to grant, from time to time, awards of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, or stock bonuses to eligible persons. The aggregate number of shares of stock, which may be granted under the Plan is 5,750,000 and the maximum number of restricted shares and restricted share units that may be granted is 1,725,000.

The compensation committee sets the option price at the time of grant but in no case is the exercise price less than the fair market value of a share of stock at the date of grant. Management has used information provided by third parties to assist in the determination of estimates regarding fair values associated with the Company’s stock options, including grant date fair values.

The expense associated with the awarded stock options was measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model while the time vesting portion of the restricted shares was valued at the same price as the common shares since they are assumed to be held beyond the vesting period. The remaining portion of the restricted shares (market-vesting) is valued using a Monte Carlo Simulation with 100,000 simulation paths to assess the expected percentage of vested shares. A Geometric Brownian Motion was used for simulating the equity prices for a period of 10 years and if the restricted shares were not vested during the 10-year period it was assumed they were forfeited.

Below are the weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo Simulation to determine fair value of the Company’s stock options and the market-vesting portion of the Company’s restricted stock granted in 2010:

 

     Black-Scholes     Monte Carlo  

Risk-free interest rate

     3.35     3.35

Expected volatility

     31.32     31.32

Expected term (years)

     8        10   

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

The Company’s shares are not yet publicly traded and have limited private trading; therefore, expected volatility was estimated based on the median historical volatility, for a period commensurate with the expected term of the options, of 16 comparable companies with publicly traded shares. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant. The expected term was estimated based upon the contractual term of the options and restricted shares and the expected retirement dates of the grantees. No forfeitures were assumed in the expected term assumption and the dividend yield was assumed to be zero.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

The following table summarizes option activity for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

     Options     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     2,491,665        20.00         

Granted

     939,000        20.00         

Forfeited

     (1,073,333     20.00         

Exercised

     —             
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     2,357,332        20.00         9.05       $ —     
  

 

 

         

Options fully vested and exercisable at December 31, 2010

     —             
  

 

 

         

Options expected to vest

     2,357,332        20.00         9.05       $ —     
  

 

 

         

Options granted during 2010 and 2009 had weighted average grant date fair values of $6.84 and 8.42, respectively.

At December 31, 2010, there was $10.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.42 years. Included in salaries and employee benefits in the Company’s 2010 consolidated statement of operations is $8.0 million in expense related to stock option compensation during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.

Restricted shares may be issued under the Plan as described above. Compensation expense for the portion of the restricted shares that contain a market vesting condition is recognized over the derived service period based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. Compensation expense for the portion of the restricted shares that contain performance and service vesting conditions is recognized over the requisite service period based on fair value of the awards on the grant date.

A summary of activity in the Company’s restricted shares for 2010 is as follows:

 

     Restricted
Stock
    Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2009

     1,242,835      $ 17.97   

Granted

     490,000        15.09   

Forfeited

     (533,667     17.97   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2010

     1,199,168      $ 16.79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010, there was $11.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted shares granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.61 years. Expense of $8.6 million was recorded for restricted stock in 2010 and is included in salaries and employee benefits in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

During 2010, the Company hired and entered into an employment agreement with its Chief Executive Officer. In accordance with this employment agreement, the Company paid its Chief Executive Officer a signing

 

F-63


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

bonus of $1.2 million, which is included in “salaries and employee benefits” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, in the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred an additional $1.8 million in bonus amounts for executive officers. In 2009, the Company recorded $1.5 million in executive bonuses.

Note 17 Warrants

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, the Company had 830,700 and 237,500 warrants to purchase Company stock. The warrants were granted to certain lead stockholders of the Company, all with an exercise price of $20.00 per share. The term of the warrants is for ten years and the expiration dates of the warrants range from October 20, 2019 to September 30, 2020. For December 31, 2009, other liabilities was increased $2.0 million, additional paid-in capital was decreased $2.3 million, and non-interest expense was decreased $270 thousand to reflect an immaterial correction relating to the accounting for stock warrants. The fair value of the warrants was estimated to be $6.9 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the warrants was estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model utilizing the following assumptions:

 

Risk-free interest rate

     3.35

Expected volatility

     31.32

Expected term (years)

     9-10   

Dividend yield

     0.00

The Company’s shares are not yet publicly traded and have limited private trading; therefore, expected volatility was estimated based on the median historical volatility, for a period commensurate with the expected term of the warrants, of 16 comparable companies with publicly traded shares. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the warrants was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant. The expected term was estimated based on the contractual term of the warrants. The dividend yield was assumed to be zero because the Company does not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded a loss of $44 thousand and a gain of $270 thousand, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations resulting from the change in fair value on the revaluation of the warrant liability.

Note 18 Acquisition-Related Costs

The Company incurred certain expenses related to the completion of the Bank Midwest and Hillcrest Bank transactions. The Company also incurred certain expenses related to other potential acquisitions that the Company did not consummate. The following table summarizes the Company’s acquisition-related costs during the year ended December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Bank
Midwest
     Hillcrest
Bank
     Other      Total  

Legal and advisory

   $ 4,525       $ 3,093       $ —         $ 7,618   

Professional services

     1,310         973         1,309         3,591   

Due diligence

     523         258         2,086         2,867   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,357       $ 4,324       $ 3,394       $ 14,076   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Note 19 Income (Loss) Per Share

Stock options, restricted stock, and warrants are potentially dilutive securities, but are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. As a result, the weighted average number of shares used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share is the same at December 31, 2010. The Company had 2,357,332 and 1,418,332 out-of-the-money stock options, and 1,199,168 and 709,168 restricted shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, all of which were unvested. Additionally, 830,700 and 237,500 warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, although all outstanding warrants were out-of-the-money.

Note 20 Income Taxes

(a) Income Taxes

Total income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period ended December 31, 2009 were allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

     2010      2009  

Current Expense

     

U.S. federal

   $ 291       $ 162   

State and local

     401         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     692         168   

Deferred (benefit) expense

     

U.S. federal

     1,600         —     

State and local

     661         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,261         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 2,953       $ 168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b) Tax Rate Reconciliation

Income tax expense attributable to income (loss) before taxes was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $0.2 million for the period ended December 31, 2009 and differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income (loss) as a result of the following (in thousands):

 

     2010     2009  

Income taxes at federal statutory rate (35% for 2010; 34% for 2009)

   $ 3,150      $ (464

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     690        4   

Valuation allowance

     (720     720   

Start-up costs

     (178  

Other

     11        (92
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 2,953      $ 168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

(c) Significant Components of Deferred Taxes

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are presented below (in thousands):

 

     2010     2009  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Excess tax basis of assets acquired over carrying value:

    

Loans

   $ 22,156      $ —     

Intangible assets

     11,569        —     

Other real estate owned

     8,663        —     

Accrued stock-based compensation

     6,188        —     

Capitalized start up costs

     4,214        720   

Federal net operating loss

     1,236        —     

State net operating loss

     93        —     

Accrued expenses

     61        —     

Allowance for loan losses

     29        —     

Fixed assets

     6        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     54,215        720   

Less valuation allowance

     —          (720
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     54,215        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Excess carrying value of FDIC indemnification asset and clawback liability

     (55,974     —     

Prepaid expenses

     (467     —     

Unrealized gains

     (3,138     —     

Other

     (35     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (59,614     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (5,399   $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, if any (including the impact of available carryforward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment.

The valuation allowance at December 31, 2009 related to deferred tax assets that, in the judgment of management, were not more likely than not to be realized based upon the weight of available evidence.

At December 31, 2010, management believes a valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset is not necessary based on the current and future projected earnings of the Company. Furthermore, the Company is in an overall deferred tax liability position as of December 31, 2010. As such, the valuation allowance for the 2009 deferred tax asset has been released.

The Company has approximately $3.6 million of unused net operating losses as of December 31, 2010. A portion of these losses may be carried back to offset taxable income generated in the prior tax year, and the

 

F-66


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

remaining amount may be carried forward to offset future taxable income. These net operating losses expire, if not utilized, by 2030.

The Company has no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Note 21 Commitments and Contingencies

Financial instrument commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various off-balance sheet commitments to help meet the financing needs of customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commercial and consumer lines of credit of credit and standby letters of credit. The same credit policies are applied to these commitments as the loans on the consolidated statements of financial condition; however, these commitments involve varying degrees of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. At December 31, 2010, the Company had loan commitments totaling $225.8 million and standby letters of credit totaling $29.1 million. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon. However, the contractual amount of these commitments represents the Company’s potential credit loss exposure.

Amounts funded at Hillcrest Bank under non-cancelable commitments in effect at the date of acquisition are covered under the loss sharing agreement if certain conditions are met.

Total unfunded commitments at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

     Covered      Not Covered      Total  

Commitments to fund loans:

        

Residential

   $ —         $ 1,491       $ 1,491   

Commercial and commercial real estate

     17,780         55,147         72,927   

Construction and land development

     17,568         1,749         19,317   

Credit card lines of credit

     —           22,661         22,661   

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

     571         108,879         109,450   

Commercial and standby letters of credit

     20,382         8,738         29,120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 56,301       $ 198,666       $ 254,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to fund loans — Commitments to fund loans are legally binding agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions providing there have been no violations of any conditions specified in the contract. These commitments are generally at variable interest rates and are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments are not necessarily representations of future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

Credit card lines of credit — The Company extends lines of credit to customers through the use of credit cards issued by the banks. These lines of credit represent the maximum amounts allowed to be funded, many of which will not exhaust the established limits, and as such, these amounts are not necessarily representations of future cash requirements or credit exposure.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit — In the ordinary course of business, the Company extends revolving credit to its customers through the use of bank-issued credit cards. These arrangements may require the payment of a fee.

Commercial and standby letters of credit — As a provider of financial services, the Company routinely issues commercial and standby letters of credit, which may be financial standby letters of credit or performance standby letters of credit. These are various forms of “backup” commitments to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. While these arrangements represent a potential cash outlay for the Company, the majority of these letters of credit will expire without being drawn upon. Letters of credit are subject to the same underwriting and credit approval process as traditional loans, and as such, many of them have various forms of collateral securing the commitment, which may include real estate, personal property, receivables, or marketable securities.

Other Commitments

Lease commitments — The Company leases certain premises, all of which are classified as operating leases. In accordance with these agreements, the Company has minimum lease obligations, which are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

Year

   Total  

2011

   $ 601   

2012

     1,115   

2013

     1,118   

2014

     1,118   

2015

     1,137   

Thereafter

     7,542   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 12,630   
  

 

 

 

The Company has various leases, the longest of which expires in 2087. As leases expire, it is expected that the leases will either be renewed or replaced with leases on different property. As a result, future minimum lease commitments are not expected to be less than the amount listed in 2012.

Employment agreement — In 2010, the Company entered into an employment agreement with its Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement establishes the duties, responsibilities, and compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and provides the executive with a guaranteed minimum salary, bonus incentives of up to 100% of the minimum base salary and benefits. The employment agreement has an initial term of three years with automatic one-year renewals and contains provisions for payments upon termination in certain circumstances.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its banks may be subject to litigation. Based upon the available information and advice from the Company’s legal counsel, management does not believe that any potential, threatened, or pending litigation to which it is a party will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Note 22 Parent Company Only Financial Statements

Summarized financial information for NBH Holdings Corp — Parent Company only as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(In thousands)

 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 393,283   

Investment in subsidiaries

     596,882   

Other assets

     14,180   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,004,345   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  

Other liabilities

     10,586   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     10,586   

Stockholders’ equity

     993,759   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,004,345   
  

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

 

Interest income

   $ 2,330   

Undistributed equity from subsidiaries

     30,798   

Other income

     8   
  

 

 

 

Total non interest income

     33,136   

Expenses

  

Salaries and employee benefits

     22,234   

Other expenses

     3,435   

Transaction/due diligence expense

     13,117   
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

     38,786   

Operating loss

     (5,650

Income tax benefit

     (11,701
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 6,051   
  

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Net income

   $ 6,051   

Undistributed equity from subsidiaries

     (30,798

Stock-based compensation expense

     16,612   

Other

     (10,230
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (18,365

Cash flows from investing activity:

  

Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     (560,000
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activity

     (560,000

Cash flows from financing activity:

  

Payment to repurchase stock

     (127,641
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activity

     (127,641
  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (706,005

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

     1,099,288   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

   $ 393,283   
  

 

 

 

The Company’s primary source of funding is its capital account. While it is expected that the Banks will eventually be the primary source of funding of the Holding Company, as part of the capital plan submitted in conjunction with being granted the new charters for the Banks, the Company has agreed that no dividends will be paid from the Banks to the Holding Company for at least three years.

Note 23 Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to disclose the fair value of its financial instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments , requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of an entity’s assets and liabilities considered to be financial instruments. For disclosure purposes, the Company groups its financial and non-financial assets and liabilities into three different levels based on the nature of the instrument and the availability and reliability of the information that is used to determine fair value. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

   

Level 1 — Includes assets or liabilities in which the inputs to the valuation methodologies are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2 — Includes assets or liabilities in which the inputs to the valuation methodologies are based on similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, and other inputs obtained from observable market input.

 

   

Level 3 — Includes assets or liabilities in which the inputs to the valuation methodology are based on at least one significant assumption that is not observable in the marketplace. These valuations may rely on management’s judgment and may include internally-developed model-based valuation techniques.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Level 1 inputs are considered to be the most transparent and reliable and Level 3 inputs are considered to be the least transparent and reliable. The Company assumes the use of the most advantageous market to conduct a transaction of each particular asset or liability being measured and then considers the assumptions that market

participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. Whenever possible, the Company first looks for quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets (Level 1 inputs) to value each asset or liability. However, when inputs from identical assets or liabilities on active markets are not available, the Company utilizes market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and limits the use of unobservable inputs to occasions when observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from the lack of market liquidity of the actual financial instrument or of the underlying collateral. Although, in some instances, third-party price indications may be available, limited trading activity can challenge the observability of these quotations.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of each instrument under the valuation hierarchy:

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

Investment securities available for sale — Investment securities available for sale are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. To the extent possible, observable quoted prices in an active market are used to determine fair value and, as such, these securities are classified as Level 1. The Company classified its U.S. Treasury securities as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2010. When quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, discounted cash flows, or other pricing characteristics are used to estimate fair values, and the securities are then classified as Level 2. The Company’s Level 2 securities include: U.S. Government sponsored agency obligations, residential mortgage-backed securities, and the Company’s residential mortgage pass-through securities. All other investment securities are classified as Level 3.

The table below presents the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010, on the consolidated statement of financial condition utilizing the hierarchy structure described above (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Investment Securities Available for Sale:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 42,548       $ —         $ —         $ 42,548   

U.S. Government sponsored agency obligations

     —           500         —           500   

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           176,425         —           176,425   

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

     —           1,034,703         —           1,034,703   

Other securities

     —           —           419         419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 42,548       $ 1,211,628       $ 419       $ 1,254,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Value appreciation rights issued to FDIC

   $         $ —         $ 746       $ 746   

Warrant liability

     —           —           6,901         6,901   

Clawback liability

     —           —           11,571         11,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 19,218       $ 19,218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

NBH HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Warrant liability — The Company measures the fair value of the warrants liability on a recurring basis using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Since the Company’s common stock is not publicly traded in an exchange, significant inputs to the model are not market observable.

Clawback liability — The Company measures the net present value of expected future cash payments to be made by the Company to the FDIC within 45 days of the conclusion of the loss sharing agreements. The expected cash flows are calculated in accordance with the loss sharing agreements and are based primarily on the expected losses on the covered assets, which involve significant inputs that are not market observable.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the only changes to assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs was the acquisition of $0.4 million of other securities, the issuance of $.7 million of VAR to the FDIC, the additional issuance and revaluation of the $6.9 million warrant liability, and the assumption of the clawback liability.

Note 24 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank and Bank Midwest acquisitions, the Company recorded all of the purchased assets and assumed liabilities at fair value at the respective dates of acquisition. Due to the short timeframe between the acquisitions and December 31, 2010, the Company has determined that carrying amount approximates fair value for the Company’s assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010.

Note 25 Subsequent Events

On July 22, 2011, the Company agreed to acquire substantially all of the assets and assume substantially all of the liabilities of the Bank of Choice from the FDIC in a no-loss share structure at a discount of approximately 21%. In the transaction, the Company acquired approximately $1.0 billion of assets and $0.9 billion of liabilities and deployed approximately $100 million of capital.

On August 8, 2011, the Company reached a definitive agreement with Community Banks of Colorado to acquire 16 branches, the name of Community Banks of Colorado and approximately $771 million of assets, and to assume approximately $645 million of liabilities. The Company is expected to deploy approximately $127 million of capital at the close of the transaction, which is expected to close during the fourth quarter of 2011 and is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

LOGO

  

KPMG LLP

Suite 1000

1000 Walnut Street

Kansas City, MO 64106-2162

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

NBH Holdings Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Hillcrest Bank, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) (the Company) as of October 22, 2010. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit of a statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in that financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit of the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hillcrest Bank, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of October 22, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

LOGO

Kansas City, Missouri

September 28, 2011

KPMG LLP is a Delaware limited liability partnership,

the U.S. member firm of KPMG International Cooperative

(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A.

(A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF HILLCREST BANK

As of October 22, 2010

(In thousands)

 

ASSETS

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 5,470   

Due from Federal Reserve Bank

     128,531   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     134,001   

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value

     235,255   

Non-marketable equity securities

     4,042   
  

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     239,297   

Loans receivable

     781,342   

FDIC indemnification asset

     159,706   

Other real estate owned

     51,600   

Premises and equipment

     157   

Gain on bargain purchase

     (37,778

Core deposit intangible asset

     5,760   

Other assets

     4,882   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,338,967   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

  

Demand deposits:

  

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 87,249   

Interest-bearing

     78,287   

Savings and money market

     131,972   

Time deposits

     936,505   
  

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,234,013   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     83,894   

Clawback liability

     11,454   

Due to FDIC

     746   

Other liabilities

     8,860   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 1,338,967   
  

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank

As of October 22, 2010

Note 1 Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statement includes the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed (“net assets acquired”) by NBH Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) in the acquisition of the former Hillcrest Bank from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) on October 22, 2010. In conjunction with the acquisition of the net assets acquired, the Company obtained a new banking charter from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Hillcrest Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The assets were acquired and the liabilities were assumed by the Bank on October 22, 2010.

In accordance with the guidance provided by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.K, Financial Statements of Acquired Troubled Financial Institutions (“SAB 1.K”), and pursuant to a request for relief submitted to, and not objected to by the SEC, the Company has omitted certain financial information of Hillcrest Bank that is typically required under Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X and the related pro forma financial information required by Article 11 of Regulation S-X. SAB 1.K provides relief from certain reporting requirements, including pro forma information in the case of an acquisition of a troubled financial institution for which historical financial information is not reasonably available and in which federal assistance is an essential and significant part of the transaction, or where the nature and magnitude of federal assistance is so pervasive as to substantially reduce the relevance of such information to an assessment of future operations.

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) require management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. By their nature, estimates are based on judgment and available information. Management has made significant estimates in certain areas, such as the amount and timing of expected cash flows from purchased assets, the fair value adjustments on assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the valuation of core deposit intangible assets, the valuation of other real estate owned, the valuation of the FDIC indemnification asset and clawback liability, and the value appreciation rights issued to the FDIC, as defined below. Unless stated otherwise, the amounts presented herein include management’s estimates, including the fair value adjustments described in note 3. Because of the inherent uncertainties associated with any estimation process and future changes in market and economic conditions, it is possible that actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Note 2 Net Assets Acquired

On October 22, 2010, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, as receiver, to acquire certain assets and assume substantially all of the liabilities of the former Hillcrest Bank of Overland Park, Kansas. Upon closing the acquisition, the Company reopened the 9 full-service banking branches and 32 retirement center branches previously owned by Hillcrest Bank, as branches of Hillcrest Bank N.A.

Excluding the effects of purchase accounting adjustments, the Company acquired assets of $1.6 billion and assumed deposits and other liabilities of $1.3 billion in connection with the acquisition of Hillcrest Bank. The net assets were acquired at a discount of $182.7 million, which is reflected as a portion of the cash acquired, and the settlement amount paid to the FDIC at close was $56.3 million. In conjunction with the Hillcrest Bank purchase and assumption agreement, the Company also provided the FDIC with Value Appreciation Rights (“VAR”) whereby the FDIC is entitled to a cash payment equal to the excess of the Company’s common stock price and a strike price of $18.65 per unit at a future time, not to exceed 10 years. The VAR is applicable to a maximum of 100,000 units and the Company has estimated the fair value of the VAR at the date of acquisition of Hillcrest Bank to be approximately $0.7 million, which is included in due to FDIC in the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any future changes to the value of the VAR will be included in other noninterest expense.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank

As of October 22, 2010

 

Information regarding the fair value adjustments recorded by the Company in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805 is shown in the following table (in thousands):

 

     As Acquired
from FDIC
     Fair Value
Adjustments
    Settlement
amount paid to
    As recorded by
the Company
 

Assets acquired:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 190,344       $ —        $ (56,343   $ 134,001   

Investment securities, available for sale

     235,255         —          —          235,255   

Non-marketable investment securities

     4,042         —          —          4,042   

Loans

     1,016,394         (235,052     —          781,342   

FDIC indemnification asset

     —           159,706        —          159,706   

Other real estate owned, covered by loss share agreement

     111,332         (59,732     —          51,600   

Gain on bargain purchase

     —           (37,778     —          (37,778

Intangible assets

     —           5,760        —          5,760   

Premises and equipment

     157         —          —          157   

Other assets

     4,882         —          —          4,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,562,406       $ (167,096   $ (56,343   $ 1,338,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

         

Deposits

   $ 1,234,013       $ —        $ —        $ 1,234,013   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     80,460         3,434        —          83,894   

Accrued interest payable

     7,279         —          —          7,279   

Due to FDIC

     —           11,454        —          11,454   

Other liabilities

     1,575         752        —          2,327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,323,327         15,640        —        $ 1,338,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, the Company entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC whereby the Company will be reimbursed by the FDIC for a portion of the losses incurred as a result of the resolution and disposition of the problem assets of Hillcrest Bank. The loss sharing agreements with the FDIC cover substantially all of the failed bank’s loans, unfunded commitments, and other real estate owned (“OREO”), which are collectively referred to as the “covered assets.” However, the Company also acquired other assets of Hillcrest Bank that are not covered by the loss sharing agreements, including $190.3 million of cash and cash equivalents, $239.3 million of investment securities, $3.1 million of consumer loans and overdrafts, and other tangible assets. For purposes of the loss sharing agreements, the anticipated losses on the covered assets are grouped into commercial assets and single family assets, and each category has its own specific loss sharing agreement. The loss sharing agreement categories cover losses on both loans and OREO in their respective categories and have provisions that reimburse the Company for direct expenses related to the resolution of these assets. Within these categories, there are three tranches of losses, each beginning after the loss threshold of the previous tranche has been met, and each with a specified loss-coverage percentage. The categories, and the respective loss thresholds and coverage amounts are as follows (in thousands):

 

Commercial

  

Single family

Tranche

  

Loss

Threshold

  

Loss-Coverage
Percentage

  

Tranche

  

Loss

Threshold

  

Loss-Coverage
Percentage

1

   $  295,592    60%    1    $  4,618    60%

2

   405,293    0%    2    8,191    30%

3

   >405,293    80%    3    >8,191    80%

 

F-76


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank

As of October 22, 2010

 

The FDIC’s obligation to reimburse the Company for losses with respect to covered assets begins with the first dollar of loss incurred. The term for loss sharing on single-family residential real estate loans is 10 years, while the term for loss sharing on all other covered loans is 5 years. The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant covered assets as determined by the FDIC at the date of acquisition. The Company will refund to the FDIC its share of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Company under the loss sharing agreements.

The expected reimbursements from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements are reflected in the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as an indemnification asset at its estimated fair value of $159.7 million.

Within 45 days of the end of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company may be required to pay the FDIC in the event that losses do not reach a specified threshold, based on the initial discount received less cumulative servicing amounts for the covered assets acquired. The Company recorded $11.5 million as the estimated fair value of this clawback liability at the acquisition date.

The Company believes that the FDIC loss sharing agreement will mitigate the Company’s risk of loss on assets acquired. Nonetheless, to the extent the actual values realized for the acquired assets are different from the estimated values, the FDIC indemnification asset will generally be impacted in an offsetting manner due to the loss sharing support from the FDIC.

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank transaction, the Company recognized approximately $37.8 million of bargain purchase gain and a $5.8 million core deposit intangible. The bargain purchase gain of $37.8 million recorded at the date of acquisition represents the amount by which the acquisition-date fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired (inclusive of the $182.7 million purchase discount from the FDIC) exceeds the fair value of the consideration paid.

Note 3 Fair Value Determinations

The Company has determined that the Hillcrest Bank acquisition constitutes a business combination as defined by ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . This guidance requires that all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination be recorded at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. The fair values have been determined in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements .

Fair values of certain assets and liabilities were established by discounting the expected future cash flows at a market discount rate for like maturity and risk instruments. The estimation of expected future cash flows requires significant assumptions and management judgment about appropriate discount rates, the amount and timing of future cash flows, market conditions and other future events, and actual results could differ materially. The determination of the initial fair values of covered loans and the related FDIC indemnification asset and clawback liability involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. The Company has made the determinations of fair value using the best information available. Below is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities:

 

(a) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents have a short-term nature and the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank

As of October 22, 2010

 

(b) Investment securities

The estimated fair values of investment securities were based on quoted market prices or bid quotations received from third-party securities dealers. The fair value of securities held for regulatory purposes were deemed to be equal to par value.

 

(c) Loans and covered loans

The fair value of the loan portfolio was estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. The cash flows were projected based on the expected probability of default, default timing and loss given default rates on loans covered by the loss share agreements. The expected cash flows were then discounted utilizing a discount rate based on interest rates being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality at the date of acquisition. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, no allowance for loan losses was carried forward with the acquired loans at the date of acquisition, but rather, any estimated credit losses inherent in the portfolio at the time of acquisition were included in the fair value estimates of the loans.

 

(d) FDIC indemnification asset

The loss sharing agreements with the FDIC resulted in an FDIC indemnification asset that is measured separately from the related covered assets as they are not contractually embedded in those assets and are not transferable should the Company choose to dispose of the covered assets. The fair value of the FDIC indemnification asset was determined based upon projected cash flows from loss sharing agreements and the timing and amount of expected reimbursements for losses on covered assets at the applicable loss sharing percentages in accordance with the terms of the loss share agreements with the FDIC. The projected cash flows were discounted with a market discount rate of similar maturity and risk instruments to reflect the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursements from the FDIC.

 

(e) Core deposit intangible asset

The core deposit intangible asset is representative of the value associated with the relationships that Hillcrest Bank had with its deposit customers at the date of acquisition. The fair value was determined based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered primary asset attributes such as expected customer runoff rates, cost of the deposit base, and reserve requirements.

 

(f) Accrued interest receivable

Accrued interest receivable has a short-term nature and the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

(g) Deposits

The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, and money market accounts, was equal to the amount payable on demand at the acquisition date. The FDIC provided Hillcrest Bank depositors with the right to cash in their time deposits at any time during the life of the time deposit, without penalty, unless the depositor accepts new terms. Additionally, the Company had the opportunity to change the interest rates on these deposits at the time of acquisition. The interest rates on certain deposits were changed at the date of acquisition to rates that the Company determined to be market rates for comparable deposits of similar remaining maturities. As a result, all time deposits were deemed to be at fair value as of the date of acquisition and no fair value adjustments were made.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank

As of October 22, 2010

 

(h) Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

The fair values of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances were based on discounted values of contractual cash flows of the advances. The discount rate was estimated using market rates at the acquisition date, for advances of similar remaining maturities.

 

(i) Clawback liability

The clawback liability represents the Company’s obligation to refund a portion of the cash received from the FDIC at acquisition in the event that losses do not reach a specified threshold, based on the initial discount received less cumulative servicing amounts for the covered assets acquired. The Company estimated the fair value of the clawback liability based on the net present value of expected future cash payments to be made by the Company to the FDIC that must be made within 45 days of the conclusion of the loss sharing agreements. The expected cash flows were calculated in accordance with the loss sharing agreements and are based primarily on the expected losses on the covered assets, which involve significant inputs that are not market observable.

 

(j) Due to FDIC

The amount due to FDIC is specified in the purchase agreements and is discounted to reflect the uncertainty in the timing and payment of the amount due by the Company.

 

(k) Value appreciation rights issued to FDIC

The estimated fair value of the VAR is tied to the Company’s stock price and is fully described in note 2.

 

(l) Accrued interest payable

Accrued interest payable has a short-term nature and the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

(m) Treasury tax and loan

Treasury tax and loan liabilities generally have a short-term nature and the fair value was determined to be equal to the carrying value.

Note 4 Investment Securities

The investment securities portfolio comprised investment securities available for sale and non-marketable investment securities. The fair values of investment securities available for sale at the date of acquisition are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value      Yield  

U.S. sponsored agency obligations

   $ 500         0.23

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

     234,755         2.45
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 235,255         2.45
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-marketable securities

     4,042         2.44
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 239,297         2.45
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank

As of October 22, 2010

 

The Company estimates that the weighted average life of the collateralized mortgage obligations portfolio as of the acquisition date was 3.51 years. This estimate is based on assumptions and actual results may differ.

The Company had one FHLB agency debenture for $.5 million with a remaining contractual maturity of less than one year.

Certain securities were pledged as collateral for public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, treasury tax and loan agreements, and to secure borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank, if needed. $61.9 million of investment securities were pledged at the acquisition date for such purposes.

Non-marketable securities consist of $4.0 million of FHLB stock that was required based on the level of borrowings from the FHLB.

Note 5 Loans

The majority of the acquired loans are within the scope of ASC Topic 310-30 except loans with revolving privileges, which are outside the scope of this guidance, and loans for which cash flows could not be estimated, which are accounted for under the cost recovery method.

Substantially all loans are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. All loans are reflected at their estimated fair value. Generally, the determination of the fair value of the loans resulted in a significant write-down in the value of the loans, which was assigned to an accretable yield or non-accretable difference, with the accretable yield to be recognized as interest income over the expected remaining term of the loan. The following table reflects the composition of all acquired loans as of October 22, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Covered loans      Non-covered
loans
     Total loans  
     Loans accounted
for under FASB
ASC Topic 310-30
     Loans excluded
from FASB ASC
Topic 310-30
     Total covered
loans
       

Commercial and industrial

   $ 79,232       $ 46,839       $ 126,071         —         $ 126,071   

Commercial construction

     132,869         126         132,995         —           132,995   

Commercial real estate

     188,321         1,144         189,465         —           189,465   

Multifamily

     67,088         —           67,088         —           67,088   

Land and development

     220,866         12,166         233,032         —           233,032   

Single family residential

     11,552         7,988         19,540         —           19,540   

Consumer*

     —           —           —           3,090         3,090   

Leases

     —           10,061         10,061         —           10,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

   $ 699,928       $ 78,324       $ 778,252       $ 3,090       $ 781,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Consumer loans acct for under ASC Topic 310-30, but not covered.

The outstanding balance of all non-covered loans, including contractual principal, interest, fees, and penalties, was $3.2 million as of the date of acquisition.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank

As of October 22, 2010

 

Below is the composition of the net book value for loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 at October 22, 2010 (in thousands):

 

Contractual cash flows of loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

   $ 1,034,373   

Nonaccretable discount

     (246,682
  

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected

     787,691   

Accretable discount

     (84,673
  

 

 

 

Covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

   $ 703,018   
  

 

 

 

Covered loans are considered past due or delinquent when the contractual principal or interest due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement or any portion thereof remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. Covered loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 are generally classified as performing, even though they may be contractually past due, as any non-payment of contractual principal or interest was considered in the estimation of expected cash flows and will be included in the resulting recognition of future period covered loan loss provision or future period yield adjustments.

The following table reflects the composition and contractual maturities of loans purchased in the Hillcrest Bank transaction (in thousands):

 

     Due within
1 year
     Due after 1
but within
5 years
     Due after
5 years
     Total  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 49,565       $ 76,506       $ —         $ 126,071   

Commercial construction

     71,573         61,422         —           132,995   

Commercial real estate

     114,034         75,431         —           189,465   

Multifamily

     9,024         58,064         —           67,088   

Land and development

     159,527         73,505         —           233,032   

Single family residential

     17,456         1,813         271         19,540   

Consumer

     880         2,057         153         3,090   

Leases

     —           —           10,061         10,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 422,059       $ 348,798       $ 10,485       $ 781,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table reflects a distribution of acquired loans with a maturity of greater than one year between fixed and adjustable rate loans as of October 22, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Fixed      Variable      Total  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 21,592       $ 54,914       $ 76,506   

Commercial construction

     10,202         51,220         61,422   

Commercial real estate

     26,517         48,914         75,431   

Multifamily

     12,728         45,336         58,064   

Land and development

     14,678         58,827         73,505   

Single family residential

     743         1,341         2,084   

Consumer

     2,210         —           2,210   

Leases

     10,061         —           10,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 98,731       $ 260,552       $ 359,283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank

As of October 22, 2010

 

Note 6 Other Real Estate Owned

The accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed includes $51.6 million of other real estate owned. These assets are covered by the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC and are comprised of properties acquired through the foreclosure or repossession process, or any other resolution activity that results in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans. Any losses on these assets or on subsequent foreclosures related to covered loans are substantially offset by a corresponding change in the FDIC indemnification asset. See note 2 for a discussion of the terms of the loss sharing arrangement.

Note 7 Core Deposit Intangible Asset

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank transaction, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $5.8 million. The Company will amortize the core deposit intangible asset under the straight-line method over 7 years, which represents the expected useful life of the asset. This will result in approximately $0.8 million of core deposit intangible amortization expense each year through 2017.

Note 8 Deposits

The scheduled maturity of certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more, as of October 22, 1010, were as follows (in thousands):

 

3 months or less

   $ 80,696   

Over three months through 6 months

     64,349   

Over 6 months through 12 months

     124,739   

Over 12 Months

     216,830   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 486,614   
  

 

 

 

In connection with the Hillcrest Bank acquisition, the FDIC provided the majority of Hillcrest Bank depositors with the right to cash in their time deposits at any time during the life of the time deposit, without penalty, unless the depositor accepts new terms. As of October 22, 2010 the Company had approximately $922.7 million of time deposits that were subject to penalty-free withdrawals.

Note 9 Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

The Company assumed Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances with a fair value of $83.9 million in connection with the acquisition of Hillcrest Bank. The advances were secured with $31.5 million of loans and $53.8 million of investment securities. The following table sets forth selected information regarding the FHLB advances assumed:

 

     Principal
amounts due
     Range of
interest rates

Repayable during the year ended December 31,

     

2010

   $ 5,000       5.91%

2011

     15,000       0.98%-1.27%

2011

     50,000       4.21% -5.33%

2012

     3,350       6.35%

2017

     5,000       3.74%

2023

     2,110       6.07%
  

 

 

    

Total contractual amounts due

     80,460      

Fair value adjustment

     3,434      
  

 

 

    

Total as recorded by the Company

   $ 83,894      
  

 

 

    

 

F-82


Table of Contents

HILLCREST BANK, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank

As of October 22, 2010

 

The Company paid off all amounts due under the FHLB advances by November 1, 2010. In doing so, the Company paid $83.9 million, inclusive of $3.4 million of prepayment penalties.

Note 10 Income Taxes

Due to the nature of the transaction as a taxable asset acquisition, the Company recorded offsetting deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at the time of the acquisition due to the different allocation approaches of GAAP and the requirements of the tax laws. GAAP prescribes a fair value approach for the entire balance sheet (assets and liabilities) based on the purchase price. Tax laws provide a residual approach of asset classes based on the purchase price and the FDIC loss share agreement requires the covered assets to be valued at the greater of their fair market value or their guaranteed value; in addition, tax law does not assign any value to the GAAP loss share indemnification asset or related clawback liability. The two methods provide the same overall “net” result due to the purchase prices of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed; however, different amounts have been assigned to specific assets and liabilities creating a basis difference for GAAP and tax purposes resulting in offsetting deferred tax asset or liability items. For tax purposes, there was not a bargain purchase gain based on the allocation approach.

Note 11 Commitments

The Company acquired various off-balance sheet commitments that are not required to be recorded on the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These commitments are financing arrangements that help meet the needs of customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commercial and consumer lines of credit of credit, and standby letters of credit and involve varying degrees of credit risk. At the acquisition date, loan commitments totaled $30.8 million and standby letters of credit totaled $23.6 million, substantially all of which are covered under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon. However, the contractual amount of these commitments, offset by applicable loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC, represents the Company’s potential credit loss exposure.

Total unfunded commitments at the acquisition date of October 22, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Commitments to fund loans

  

Residential

   $ 670   

Commercial and commercial real estate

     16,107   

Construction and land development

     14,109   

Commercial and standby letters of credit

     23,593   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 54,479   
  

 

 

 

Commitments to fund loans — Commitments to fund loans are legally binding agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions providing there have been no violations of any conditions specified in the contract. These commitments are generally at variable interest rates and are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments are not necessarily representations of future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

Commercial and standby letters of credit — Commercial and standby letters of credit include financial standby letters of credit or performance standby letters of credit. These are various forms of “back-up” commitments to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. While these arrangements represent a potential cash outlay for the Company, the majority of these letters of credit will expire without being drawn upon. Many of the letters of credit have various forms of collateral securing the commitment, which may include real estate, personal property, receivables, or marketable securities.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

LOGO

  

KPMG LLP

Suite 1000

1000 Walnut Street

Kansas City, MO 64106-2162

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

NBH Holdings Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Bank Midwest, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) (the Company) as of December 10, 2010. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit of a statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in that financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit of the statement of assets acquired and liabilities provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bank Midwest, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of December 10, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

LOGO

Kansas City, Missouri

September 28, 2011

KPMG LLP is a Delaware limited liability partnership, the U.S.

member firm of KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”),

a Swiss entity.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A.

(a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK MIDWEST

As of December 10, 2010

(In thousands)

 

ASSETS

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 38,925   

Due from Federal Reserve Bank

     1,330,812   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,369,737   

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value

     55,360   

Non-marketable investment securities

     400   
  

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     55,760   

Loans receivable

     882,615   

Premises and equipment

     36,224   

Goodwill

     52,442   

Core deposit intangible asset

     21,650   

Accrued interest receivable

     4,458   

Other assets

     3,520   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 2,426,406   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

  

Demand deposits:

  

Non-interest bearing

   $ 236,640   

Interest bearing

     141,311   

Savings and money market

     521,245   

Time deposits

     1,486,701   
  

 

 

 

Total deposits

     2,385,897   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     29,134   

Accrued interest payable

     11,089   

Other liabilities

     286   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 2,426,406   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest

as of December 10, 2010

Note 1 Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statement includes the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed by NBH Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) in the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of the former Bank Midwest, a banking subsidiary of Dickinson Financial Corporation (“DFC”). In conjunction with the acquisition of assets and assumption of liabilities, the Company obtained a new banking charter from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Bank Midwest, N.A. (the “Bank”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The assets were acquired and the liabilities were assumed by the Bank on December 10, 2010.

As discussed in note 2, the Company acquired only select assets and assumed only select liabilities, and in light of the facts and circumstances involved, historical financial information of the former Bank Midwest provides limited understanding of future operations. Furthermore, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were not operated as a distinct stand-alone entity with separate, audited financial statements. As a result, and pursuant to a request for relief submitted to, and not objected to by, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the information provided herein is in lieu of certain historical financial information of the net assets acquired required by Rule 3-05 and Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) require management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. By their nature, estimates are based on judgment and available information. Management has made significant estimates in certain areas, such as the amount and timing of expected cash flows from purchased assets, the fair value adjustments on assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and the valuation of core deposit intangible assets. Unless stated otherwise, the amounts presented herein include management’s estimates, including the fair value adjustments described in note 3. Because of the inherent uncertainties associated with any estimation process and future changes in market and economic conditions, it is possible that actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Note 2 Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

In July 2010, the Company agreed to acquire, and on December 10, 2010 completed the acquisition of, certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities formerly held by Bank Midwest, one of six banking subsidiaries owned by DFC. In this transaction, the Company acquired 39 locations across Missouri and eastern Kansas, $2.4 billion of deposits and approximately $905.4 million of loans. The Company had specific performance criteria for the assets purchased and, as a result, did not acquire any non-accrual loans or other real estate owned in connection with the Bank Midwest transaction.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest

as of December 10, 2010

 

The Bank acquired $2.4 billion of assets, assumed $2.4 billion of liabilities, and paid $56.0 million cash for the Bank Midwest net assets. The fair value of consideration paid exceeded the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and resulted in the establishment of goodwill in the amount of $52.4 million, which will be tax deductible. Information regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on December 10, 2010 in connection with the Bank Midwest acquisition and the fair value adjustments recorded by the Company in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations , are shown in the table below (in thousands):

 

    As Acquired from
DFC
    Fair Value
Adjustments
    Settlement amount
paid to DFC
    As recorded by the
Company
 

Assets Acquired:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,425,737      $ —        $ (56,000   $ 1,369,737   

Investment securities, available for sale

    55,360        —          —          55,360   

Non-marketable investment securities

    400        —          —          400   

Loans

    905,354        (22,739     —          882,615   

Premises and equipment

    30,662        5,562        —          36,224   

Goodwill

    —          52,442        —          52,442   

Intangible assets

    —          21,650        —          21,650   

Accrued interest receivable

    4,458        —          —          4,458   

Other assets

    3,520        —          —          3,520   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 2,425,491      $ 56,915      $ (56,000   $ 2,426,406   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

       

Deposits

  $ 2,384,982      $ 915      $ —        $ 2,385,897   

Accrued interest payable

    11,089        —          —          11,089   

Other liabilities

    29,420        —          —          29,420   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 2,425,491      $ 915      $ —        $ 2,426,406   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 3 Fair Value Determinations

The Company has determined that the acquisition of assets and the assumption of liabilities constitutes a business combination as defined ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. This guidance requires that all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination be recorded at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. The fair values have been determined in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements .

Fair values of certain assets and liabilities were established by discounting the expected future cash flows at a market discount rate for like maturity and risk instruments. The estimation of expected future cash flows requires significant assumptions and management judgment about appropriate discount rates, the amount and timing of future cash flows, market conditions, and other future events, and actual results could differ materially. The Company has made the determinations of fair value using the best information available. Below is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities:

 

(a) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents have a short-term nature and the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest

as of December 10, 2010

 

(b) Investment securities

The estimated fair value of investment securities was based on quoted market prices or bid quotations received from securities dealers.

 

(c) Loans

The estimated fair value of the loan portfolio was estimated using a discounted cash flow approach utilizing a discount rate based on interest rates being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality at the date of acquisition. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, no allowance for loan losses was carried forward with the acquired loans at the date of acquisition, but rather, any estimated credit losses inherent in the portfolio at the time of acquisition were included in the fair value estimates of the loans.

 

(d) Core deposit intangible asset

The core deposit intangible asset is representative of the value associated with the relationships that Bank Midwest had with its deposit customers at the date of acquisition. The Company engaged a third party to assist in the valuation of the core deposit intangible asset and the fair value was determined based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered primary asset attributes such as expected customer run-off rates, cost of the deposit base, and reserve requirements.

 

(e) Premises and equipment

The estimated fair value of land and buildings was estimated based on third-party appraisals. The carrying value of equipment was deemed to be a reasonable fair value.

 

(f) Accrued interest receivable

Accrued interest receivable has a short-term nature and the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

(g) Deposits

The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW accounts, and money market accounts, was equal to the amount payable on demand at the acquisition date. The fair value adjustment on interest-bearing time deposits is representative of the differences in the contractual interest rates versus market interest rates for time deposits with similar remaining maturities at the date of acquisition. The fair value of these deposits was based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows of such deposits. The discount rate was estimated using market rates at the acquisition date, for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

(h) Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

The vast majority of the assumed repurchase agreements were overnight transactions that mature the day after the transaction and, as a result of this short-term nature, the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

(i) Accrued interest payable

Accrued interest payable has a short-term nature and the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest

as of December 10, 2010

 

Note 4 Investment Securities

Acquired investment securities included $55.4 million of U.S. Treasury securities with contractual maturities of less than one year and $0.4 million of investments in Community Reinvestment Act ventures with no stated maturity.

Certain securities were pledged as collateral for public deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The carrying value of securities pledged as collateral totaled $55.4 million at the date of acquisition.

Note 5 Loans

The following table reflects the composition and contractual maturities of loans purchased in the Bank Midwest transaction (in thousands):

 

     Due within 1
year
     Due after 1 but
within 5 years
     Due after 5 years      Total  

Commercial

   $ 23,723       $ 74,453       $ 30,629       $ 128,805   

Commercial real estate*

     134,045         143,722         110,642         388,408   

Agriculture

     12,670         18,385         31,039         62,094   

Residential real estate

     12,416         40,711         225,630         278,757   

Consumer

     9,756         10,134         4,661         24,551   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 192,609       $ 287,406       $ 402,601       $ 882,615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Total includes $47.1 million of loans secured by farmland.

The following table shows a distribution of acquired loans with a maturity of greater than one year between fixed and adjustable rate loans as of December 10, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Fixed      Variable      Total  

Commercial

   $ 57,084       $ 47,998       $ 105,082   

Commercial real estate*

     118,555         135,809         254,364   

Agriculture

     17,762         31,662         49,424   

Residential real estate

     90,344         175,997         266,341   

Consumer

     11,853         2,942         14,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 295,598       $ 394,408       $ 690,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Includes $12.6 million and $31.1 million of fixed and variable rate loans secured by farmland, respectively.

The Company purchased only performing loans in the Bank Midwest acquisition and did not acquire any loans that were 90 days or more past due or on non-accrual status. The gross contractual amounts receivable, including interest, were $1.3 billion as of the acquisition date and the estimated contractual cash flows that were not expected to be collected totaled $13.0 million.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest

as of December 10, 2010

 

Note 6 Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment consisted of the following at December 10, 2010 (in thousands):

 

Land

   $ 14,549   

Buildings and improvements

     21,249   

Equipment

     426   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,224   
  

 

 

 

Note 7 Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In connection with the Bank Midwest transaction, the Company acquired a core deposit intangible of $21.7 million. The core deposit intangible asset will be amortized straight line over seven years, which represents the expected useful life of the assets and will result in approximately $3.1 million of core deposit intangible amortization expense each year through 2017.

The fair value of consideration paid exceeded the fair value of the Bank Midwest net assets acquired and resulted in the establishment of goodwill in the amount of $52.4 million. In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and other , the goodwill will be subject to a fair value-based impairment assessment at least annually. The goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes.

Note 8 Deposits

The scheduled maturity of certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more, as of acquisition date, were as follows (in thousands):

 

3 months or less

   $ 78,928   

Over 3 months through 6 months

     94,195   

Over 6 months through 12 months

     142,958   

Over 12 months

     31,716   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 347,797   
  

 

 

 

Note 9 Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The Company assumed $29.1 million of repurchase agreements at acquisition, all of which were deemed to be carried at fair value because the vast majority of the repurchase agreements were overnight transactions that matured within one day.

As of the date of acquisition, the securities sold under agreements to repurchase were secured by U.S. Treasury securities with an estimated fair value of $55.4 million. At acquisition date, the overnight repurchase agreements had a weighted average interest rate of 0.25% and $235 thousand were for periods longer than one day.

The Company did not assume any borrowings, unused lines of credit, or short-term financing agreements.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest

as of December 10, 2010

 

Note 10 Income Taxes

Due to the nature of the transaction as a taxable asset acquisition, the Company recorded offsetting deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at the time of the acquisition due to the different allocation approaches of GAAP and the requirements of the tax laws. GAAP prescribes a fair value approach for the entire balance sheet (assets and liabilities) based on the purchase price. Tax laws provide a residual approach of asset classes based on the purchase price, inclusive of liabilities assumed based on their contractual terms. The two methods provide the same overall result due to the purchase prices of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed; however, different amounts have been assigned to specific assets and liabilities creating a basis difference for GAAP and tax purposes resulting in offsetting deferred tax asset or liability items.

Note 11 Commitments

The Company acquired various off-balance sheet commitments that are not required to be recorded on the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These commitments are financing arrangements that help meet the needs of customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commercial and consumer lines of credit, and standby letters of credit and involve varying degrees of credit risk. At the acquisition date, loan commitments totaled $182.9 million and standby letters of credit totaled $8.8 million. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon. However, the contractual amount of these commitments represents the Company’s potential credit loss exposure.

Total unfunded commitments at the acquisition date of December 10, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Commitments to fund loans:

  

Residential

   $ 89   

Commercial and commercial real estate

     32,115   

Construction and land development

     3,675   

Consumer

     43   

Credit card lines of credit

     22,661   

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

     124,335   

Commercial and standby letters of credit

     8,828   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 191,746   
  

 

 

 

Commitments to fund loans — Commitments to fund loans are legally binding agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions providing there have been no violations of any conditions specified in the contract. These commitments are generally at variable interest rates and are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments are not necessarily representations of future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

Credit card lines of credit — Credit card lines of credit have been extended to customers through the use of credit cards issued by the Bank. These lines of credit represent the maximum amounts allowed to be funded, many of which will not exhaust the established limits and, as such, these amounts are not necessarily representations of future cash requirements or credit exposure.

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit — Unfunded commitments under lines of credit are revolving credit arrangements extended to customers in the ordinary course of business that may require the payment of a fee.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.)

Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest

as of December 10, 2010

 

Commercial and standby letters of credit — Commercial and standby letters of credit include financial standby letters of credit or performance standby letters of credit. These are various forms of “back-up” commitments to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. While these arrangements represent a potential cash outlay for the Company, the majority of these letters of credit will expire without being drawn upon. Many of the letters of credit have various forms of collateral securing the commitment, which may include real estate, personal property, receivables, or marketable securities.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

LOGO

  

KPMG LLP

Suite 1000

1000 Walnut Street

Kansas City, MO 64106-2162

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

NBH Holdings Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Bank of Choice (acquired by Bank Midwest, N.A, a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp. (the Company)) as of July 22, 2011. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit of a statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in that financial statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit of the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bank of Choice as of July 22, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

LOGO

KPMG LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

November 14, 2011

KPMG LLP is a Delaware limited liability partnership,

the U.S. member firm of KPMG International Cooperative

(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A.

(A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

(In thousands)

 

ASSETS

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 26,665   

Due from Federal Reserve Bank

     375,340   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     402,005   

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value

     134,369   

Non-marketable equity securities

     9,840   
  

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     144,209   

Loans receivable

     363,931   

Other real estate owned

     34,335   

Premises and equipment

     21   

Gain on bargain purchase

     (63,204

Core deposit intangible asset

     5,190   

Other assets

     2,496   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 888,983   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

  

Demand deposits:

  

Non-interest bearing

   $ 97,199   

Interest bearing

     237,176   

Savings and money market

     60,688   

Time deposits

     365,164   
  

 

 

 

Total deposits

     769,227   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     117,148   

Due to FDIC

     2,526   

Other liabilities

     9,082   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 888,983   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF

CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

Note 1 Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statement includes the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed (“net assets acquired”) by NBH Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) through its wholly owned subsidiary, Bank Midwest, N.A., in the acquisition of the former Bank of Choice from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) on July 22, 2011.

In accordance with the guidance provided by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.K, Financial Statements of Acquired Troubled Financial Institutions (“SAB 1.K”), and pursuant to a request for relief submitted to, and not objected to by the SEC, the Company has omitted certain financial information of the Bank of Choice that is typically required under Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X and the related pro forma financial information required by Article 11 of Regulation S-X. SAB 1.K provides relief from certain reporting requirements, including pro forma information in the case of an acquisition of a troubled financial institution for which historical financial information is not reasonably available and in which federal assistance is an essential and significant part of the transaction, or where the nature and magnitude of federal assistance is so pervasive as to substantially reduce the relevance of such information to an assessment of future operations.

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) require management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. By their nature, estimates are based on judgment and available information. The initial accounting for the Bank of Choice acquisition has not been completed as it relates to loans and other real estate owned due to the timing of the receipt of current appraisals. Management has made reasonable estimates in these areas and future changes during the measurement period may occur. Management has also made significant estimates in certain other areas, such as the amount and timing of expected cash flows from purchased assets, the fair value adjustments on assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the valuation of core deposit intangible assets, the valuation of other real estate owned, and the value appreciation rights issued to the FDIC, as defined below. Unless stated otherwise, the amounts presented herein include management’s estimates, including the fair value adjustments described in note 3. Because of the inherent uncertainties associated with any estimation process and future changes in market and economic conditions, it is possible that actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Note 2 Net Assets Acquired

On July 22, 2011, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, as receiver, to acquire certain assets and assume substantially all of the liabilities of the former Bank of Choice of Greeley, Colorado. Upon closing the acquisition, the Company reopened the 17 full-service banking branches previously owned by the Bank of Choice, as branches of Bank Midwest, N.A., branded as Bank of Choice.

Excluding the effects of purchase accounting adjustments, the Company acquired assets of $772.6 million and assumed deposits and other liabilities of $872.7 million in connection with the acquisition of Bank of Choice. The net liabilities were acquired at a discount of $171.6 million, which is reflected as a portion of the cash acquired. In conjunction with the Bank of Choice purchase and assumption agreement, the Company also provided the FDIC with Value Appreciation Rights (“VAR”) whereby the FDIC is entitled to a cash payment equal to the excess of the Company’s common stock price and a strike price of $17.95 per unit at a future time, not to exceed two years. The VAR is applicable to a maximum of 100,000 units and the Company has estimated the fair value of the VAR at the date of acquisition of Bank of Choice to be approximately $0.6 million, which is included in Due to FDIC in the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF

CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

 

Information regarding the fair value adjustments recorded by the Company in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805 Business Combinations is shown in the following table (in thousands):

 

Assets acquired:    As Acquired
from FDIC
     Fair Value
Adjustments
    Settlement
amount received
from FDIC
     As recorded by
the Company
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 128,265       $ —        $ 273,740       $ 402,005   

Investment securities available for sale

     134,369         —          —           134,369   

Non-marketable equity securities

     9,840         —          —           9,840   

Loans

     447,738         (83,807     —           363,931   

Other real estate owned

     49,833         (15,498     —           34,335   

Gain on bargain purchase

     —           (63,204     —           (63,204

Premises and equipment

     21         —          —           21   

Core deposit intangible asset

     —           5,190        —           5,190   

Other assets

     2,496         —          —           2,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 772,562       $ (157,319   $ 273,740       $ 888,983   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

          

Deposits

   $ 760,227       $ —        $ —         $ 760,227   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     106,840         10,308        —           117,148   

Accrued interest payable

     751         —          —           751   

Due to FDIC

     —           2,526        —           22,526   

Other liabilities

     4,881         3,450        —           8,331   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 872,699       $ 16,284      $ —         $ 888,983   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with the Bank of Choice transaction, the Company recognized a $5.2 million core deposit intangible and a bargain purchase gain of $63.2 million. The bargain purchase gain of $63.2 million recorded at the date of acquisition represents the amount by which the acquisition-date fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired (inclusive of the $171.6 million purchase discount from the FDIC) exceeds the fair value of the consideration transferred.

Note 3 Fair Value Determinations

The Company has determined that the Bank of Choice acquisition constitutes a business combination as defined by ASC Topic 805. This guidance requires that all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination be recorded at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. The fair values have been determined in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements .

 

F-96


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF

CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

 

Fair values of certain assets and liabilities were established by discounting the expected future cash flows at a market discount rate for like maturity and risk instruments. The estimation of expected future cash flows requires significant assumptions and management judgment about appropriate discount rates, the amount and timing of future cash flows, market conditions and other future events, and actual results could differ materially. The determination of the initial fair values of loans and other real estate owned involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. The Company has made the determinations of fair value using the best information available. Below is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities:

 

(a) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash and highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at origination. The estimated fair value of cash and cash equivalents was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

(b) Investment securities

The estimated fair values of investment securities available for sale were based on quoted market prices or bid quotations received from a third-party pricing service. The fair value of the non-marketable equity securities, which consisted of Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (“FHLB”) common stock, was deemed to be equal to par value.

 

(c) Loans

The fair value of the loan portfolio was estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. The cash flows were projected based on the expected probability of default, default timing and loss given default rates on loans. The expected cash flows were then discounted utilizing a discount rate based on interest rates being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality at the date of acquisition. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, no allowance for loan losses was carried forward with the acquired loans at the date of acquisition, but rather, any estimated credit losses inherent in the portfolio at the time of acquisition were included in the fair value estimates of the loans.

 

(d) Other real estate owned

The fair value of other real estate owned (“OREO”) was recorded at the fair value, less estimated selling costs. Fair value of the OREO property is generally estimated using both market and income approach valuation techniques incorporating observable market data to formulate an opinion of the estimated fair value. When current appraisals are not available, judgment was used based on managements’ experience for similar properties.

 

(e) Core deposit intangible asset

The core deposit intangible asset is representative of the value associated with the relationships that Bank of Choice had with its deposit customers at the date of acquisition. The fair value was determined based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered primary attributes such as expected customer runoff rates, cost of the deposit base, and reserve requirements.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF

CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

 

(f) Other assets

Other assets, which include accrued interest receivable, are short-term in nature and the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

(g) Deposits

The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, and money market accounts, was equal to the amount payable on demand at the acquisition date. The FDIC provided Bank of Choice depositors with the right to cash in their time deposits at any time during the life of the time deposit, without penalty, unless the depositor accepts new terms. Additionally, the Company had the opportunity to change the interest rates on these deposits at the time of acquisition. The interest rates on certain deposits were changed at the date of acquisition to rates that the Company believed to be market rates for comparable deposits of similar remaining maturities. As a result, all time deposits were deemed to be at fair value as of the date of acquisition and no fair value adjustments were made.

 

(h) Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

The vast majority of the assumed repurchase agreements were overnight transactions that mature the day after the transaction and, as a result of this short-term nature, the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

(i) Federal Home Loan Bank advances

The fair values of the FHLB advances were based on discounted values of contractual cash flows of the advances. The discount rate was estimated using interest rates at the acquisition date for advances of similar remaining maturities.

 

(j) Value appreciation rights issued to FDIC

The estimated fair value of the VAR is tied to the Company’s stock price and was based on the spread between the strike price of the VAR and the average multiple of price to tangible book value indicated by national and regional bank indices, multiplied by the maximum number of applicable units.

 

(k) Other liabilities

Other liabilities, which include accrued interest payable, are short-term in nature and the estimated fair value was deemed to be equal to the carrying value.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF

CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

 

Note 4 Investment Securities

The investment securities portfolio comprised investment securities available for sale and non-marketable investment securities. The fair values of investment securities at the date of acquisition are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value      Average Yield  

Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 100,641         2.42

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

     33,728         2.51

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 134,369         2.44
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-marketable securities

     9,840         0.59
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 144,209         2.65
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

All investment securities available for sale were backed by Government National Mortgage Association government sponsored enterprises collateral. The estimated weighted average life of the mortgage-backed securities portfolio as of the acquisition date was 5.50 years. This estimate is based on assumptions and actual results may differ.

Certain securities were pledged as collateral for public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and to secure borrowing capacity at the FHLB, if needed. $119.0 million of investment securities available for sale were pledged at the acquisition date for such purposes.

Non-marketable securities consist of $9.8 million of FHLB stock, $5.3 million of which was required based on the level of borrowings from the FHLB.

Note 5 Loans

The majority of the acquired loans exhibited credit quality deterioration at the date of acquisition and are within the scope of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 310-30 Receivables — Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. Loans acquired without deteriorated credit quality and loans with revolving privileges are outside the scope of this guidance and are accounted for under the cost recovery method.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF

CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

 

Loans are reflected at their recorded fair value. Generally, the determination of the fair value of the loans resulted in a significant write-down in the value of the loans, which was assigned to an accretable yield or non-accretable difference, with the accretable yield to be recognized as interest income over the expected remaining term of the loan. The following table reflects the composition of all acquired loans as of July 22, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Loans accounted for
under FASB ASC
Topic 310-30
     Loans excluded
from FASB ASC
Topic 310-30
     Total loans  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 45,086       $ 23,934       $ 69,020   

Construction

     85,892         4,906         90,798   

Commercial real estate

     85,770         2,107         87,877   

Agriculture

     15,167         652         15,819   

Single family residential investment

     43,809         363         44,172   

Single family residential — owner occupied

     40,910         966         41,876   

Consumer

     2,864         10,754         13,618   

Leases

     —           751         751   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 319,498       $ 44,433       $ 363,931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The outstanding balance of all loans, including contractual principal, interest, fees, and penalties, was $463.3 million as of the date of acquisition.

Below is the composition of the net book value for loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 at July 22, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Contractual cash flows of loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

   $ 448,389   

Nonaccretable discount

     (95,187
  

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected

     353,202   

Accretable discount

     (33,704
  

 

 

 

Loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30

   $ 319,498   
  

 

 

 

Loans are considered past due or delinquent when the contractual principal or interest due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement or any portion thereof remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. Loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30 are generally classified as performing, even though they may be contractually past due, as any non-payment of contractual principal or interest was considered in the estimation of expected cash flows and will be included in the resulting recognition of future period loan loss provision or future period yield adjustments.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF

CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

 

The following table reflects the composition and contractual maturities of loans purchased in the Bank of Choice acquisition (in thousands):

 

     Due within
1 year
     Due after 1
but within
5 years
     Due after
5 years
     Total  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 32,090       $ 32,481       $ 4,449       $ 69,020   

Construction

     79,106         11,225         467         90,798   

Commercial real estate

     30,454         26,800         30,623         87,877   

Agriculture

     5,940         8,352         1,527         15,819   

Single family residential investment

     24,440         15,533         4,199         44,172   

Single family residential — owner occupied

     21,379         14,437         6,060         41,876   

Consumer

     3,706         4,645         5,267         13,618   

Leases

     196         555         —           751   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 197,311       $ 114,028       $ 52,592       $ 363,931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table reflects a distribution of acquired loans with a maturity of greater than one year between fixed and adjustable rate loans as of July 22, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Fixed      Variable      Total  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 18,328       $ 18,603       $ 36,931   

Construction

     3,543         8,148         11,691   

Commercial real estate

     24,540         32,883         57,423   

Agriculture

     7,159         2,720         9,879   

Single family residential investment

     16,198         3,534         19,732   

Single family residential — owner occupied

     17,860         2,637         20,498   

Consumer

     2,739         7,174         9,912   

Leases

     356         199         555   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     90,723       $ 75,898       $ 166,621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 6 Other Real Estate Owned

The accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed includes $34.3 million of other real estate owned. These assets are comprised of properties acquired through the foreclosure or repossession process, or any other resolution activity that results in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans.

Note 7 Core Deposit Intangible Asset

In connection with the Bank of Choice transaction, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $5.2 million. The Company will amortize the core deposit intangible asset under the straight-line method over 7 years, which represents the expected useful life of the asset. This will result in approximately $0.7 million of core deposit intangible amortization expense each year through 2018.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF

CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

 

Note 8 Deposits

The scheduled maturity of time deposits of $100,000 or more, as of July 22, 2011, were as follows (in thousands):

 

3 months or less

   $ 91,565   

Over three months through 6 months

     53,689   

Over 6 months through 12 months

     45,393   

Over 12 months

     16,212   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 206,859   
  

 

 

 

In connection with the Bank of Choice acquisition, the FDIC provided the majority of the Bank of Choice depositors with the right to cash in their time deposits at any time during the life of the time deposit, without penalty, unless the depositor accepts new terms. As of July 22, 2011 all of the Company’s $365.2 million of assumed certificates of deposit were subject to penalty-free withdrawals.

Note 9 Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

The Company assumed FHLB advances with a fair value of $117.1 million in connection with the acquisition of the Bank of Choice. The advances were secured with loans of $218.5 million and investment securities available for sale of $107.0 million. The following table sets forth selected information regarding the FHLB advances assumed:

 

     Principal
amounts due
     Range of
interest rates

Repayable during the year ending December 31,

     

2011

   $ 30       4.88%

2012

     12,060       3.53%-4.88%

2013

     20,060       2.71%-4.88%

2014

     60       4.88%

2015

     60       4.88%

Thereafter

     74,570       3.25%-5.32%
  

 

 

    

Total contractual amounts due

     106,840      

Fair value adjustment

     10,308      
  

 

 

    

Total as recorded by the Company

   $ 117,148      
  

 

 

    

Bank Midwest, N.A. repaid all amounts due under the FHLB advances on July 25, 2011. In doing so, the Company paid $117.4 million, inclusive of $10.3 million of prepayment penalties and $0.3 million of accrued interest payable.

Note 10 Income Taxes

Due to the nature of the transaction as a taxable asset acquisition, the Company recorded offsetting deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at the time of the acquisition due to the different allocation approaches of GAAP and the requirements of the tax laws. GAAP prescribes a fair value approach for the entire balance sheet (assets and liabilities) based on the purchase price. Tax laws provide a residual approach of asset classes based

 

F-102


Table of Contents

BANK MIDWEST, N.A. (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NBH HOLDINGS CORP.)

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED OF BANK OF

CHOICE

AS OF JULY 22, 2011

 

on the purchase price. The two methods provide the same overall “net” result due to the purchase prices of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed; however, different amounts have been assigned to specific assets and liabilities creating a basis difference for GAAP and tax purposes resulting in offsetting deferred tax asset or liability items. For tax purposes, there was not a bargain purchase gain based on the allocation approach.

Note 11 Commitments

The Company acquired various off-balance sheet commitments that are not required to be recorded on the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These commitments are financing arrangements that help meet the needs of customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit and involve varying degrees of credit risk. At the acquisition date, loan commitments totaled $23.3 million and standby letters of credit totaled $0.8 million. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon. However, the contractual amount of these commitments, represents the Company’s potential credit loss exposure.

Total unfunded commitments at the acquisition date of July 22, 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Commitments to fund loans

  

Residential

   $ 10,018   

Commercial and commercial real estate

     11,678   

Construction and land development

     1,649   

Commercial and standby letters of credit

     800   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 24,145   
  

 

 

 

Commitments to fund loans — Commitments to fund loans are legally binding agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions providing there have been no violations of any conditions specified in the contract. These commitments are generally at variable interest rates and are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments are not necessarily representations of future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

Commercial and standby letters of credit — Commercial and standby letters of credit include financial standby letters of credit or performance standby letters of credit. These are various forms of “back-up” commitments to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. While these arrangements represent a potential cash outlay for the Company, the majority of these letters of credit will expire without being drawn upon. Many of the letters of credit have various forms of collateral securing the commitment, which may include real estate, personal property, receivables, or marketable securities.

Note 12 Subsequent Events

In conjunction with our acquisition of the Bank of Choice our agreement with the FDIC provides us at least 90 days after the acquisition date to notify the FDIC of our intent to purchase the branch premises and equipment of these failed banks. The notification period is still open as the deadline was extended pending receipt of current appraisals of the properties.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including                      (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

             Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

J.P. Morgan

FBR

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the Class A common stock being registered. All amounts, except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 28,650   

FINRA filing fee

     25,500   

New York Stock Exchange listing fees and expense

     *     

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *     

Printing fees and expenses

     *     

Legal fees and expenses

     *     

Accounting fees and expenses

     *     

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *     

Miscellaneous

     *     

Total

   $ *     

 

* To be furnished by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (regarding, among other things, the payment of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon completion of the offering will provide for such limitation of liability.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent, or former director, officer, employee or agent, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of such person’s service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or such person’s service, at the corporation’s request, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding; provided that such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit; provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such director or officer shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that

 

II-1


Table of Contents

the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in the by-laws, we shall be required to indemnify any such person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by any such person was authorized by the board.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly required to advance certain expenses to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors and officers for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and the directors’ and officers’ insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

We have also entered into, or will enter into prior to the completion of this offering, indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws against (i) any and all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest and amounts paid in settlement of any claim with our approval and counsel fees and disbursements, (ii) any liability pursuant to a loan guarantee, or otherwise, for any of our indebtedness, and (iii) any liabilities incurred as a result of acting on behalf of us (as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with an employee benefit plan. The indemnification agreements also provide for, or will provide for, the advancement or payment of expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the Registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, NBH Holdings Corp. has issued the following securities:

On June 16, 2009 and August 10, 2009 in connection with its incorporation and initial capitalization, NBH Holdings Corp. issued 250,000 shares of its common stock to members of its board of directors, senior management team and FBR Capital Markets & Co. for $0.012 per share.

On October 20, 2009, NBH Holdings Corp. issued an aggregate of 57,500,000 shares of its common stock to private investors and to FBR Capital Markets & Co. for resale to private investors for net consideration of approximately $1.1 billion in cash. The net proceeds of the offering were used to fund our four acquisitions to date and for general corporate purposes and the Company continues to hold the remaining proceeds (after deduction for the Company’s operating expenses) in cash and cash equivalents.

The issuances of securities described in the preceding paragraphs were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including the safe harbors established in Rules 144A and Regulation D, for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. NBH Holdings Corp. did not offer or sell the securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, informed the purchaser that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and were subject to restrictions on transfer, and made offers only to the purchaser, whom NBH Holdings Corp. believed had the knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the securities.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

NBH Holdings Corp. granted certain of its employees 2,620,832 options to purchase an aggregate of 2,620,832 shares of our common stock under the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. These grants were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated thereunder inasmuch as they were offered and sold under written compensatory benefit plans and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits Financial Statements Schedules.

 

  (a) Exhibits: The list of exhibits is set forth under “Exhibit Index” at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules: None.

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

  (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

  (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

 

  (i) If the registrant is relying on Rule 430B (§ 230.430B of this chapter):

 

  (A) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) (§ 230.424(b)(3) of this chapter) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

 

  (B)

Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) (§ 230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) of this chapter) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) (§ 230.415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) of this chapter) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

 

  (ii) If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C (§ 230.430C of this chapter), each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

  (6) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of this chapter);

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (f) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  (h)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the

 

II-4


Table of Contents
  registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (i) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Kansas City, Missouri on November 14, 2011.

 

NBH Holdings Corp.

(Registrant)

By:  

/s/    G. Timothy Laney

  Name:    G. Timothy Laney
  Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints G. Timothy Laney and Donald Gaiter, and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as the attorney-in-fact and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and any other documents required in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and their substitutes, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to its registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    G. Timothy Laney        

G. Timothy Laney

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 14, 2011
    

/s/    Donald Gaiter        

Donald Gaiter

  

Acting Chief Financial Officer,

Chief of Acquisitions and Strategy (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  November 14, 2011
    

/s/    Frank V. Cahouet        

Frank V. Cahouet

   Chairman   November 14, 2011

/s/    Ralph W. Clermont        

Ralph W. Clermont

   Director   November 14, 2011

/s/    Robert E. Dean        

Robert E. Dean

   Director   November 14, 2011

/s/    Lawrence K. Fish        

Lawrence K. Fish

   Director   November 14, 2011

/s/    Micho F. Spring        

Micho F. Spring

   Director   November 14, 2011

/s/    Burney S. Warren        

Burney S. Warren

   Director   November 14, 2011

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  2.1    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2010, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Hillcrest Bank, Overland Park, Kansas, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Hillcrest Bank, National Association (Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement included as Exhibits 4.15A and 4.15B thereto, respectively)†
  2.2    Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement by and among Dickinson Financial Corporation, Bank Midwest, N.A. and NBH Holdings Corp. (on behalf of itself and its to-be-formed national banking association subsidiary), dated as of August 31, 2010†
  2.3    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2011, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Bank of Choice, Greeley Colorado, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Bank Midwest, National Association†
  2.4    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2011, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Community Banks of Colorado, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Bank Midwest, National Association†
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws*
  4.1    Specimen common stock certificate*
  4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2009, by and between NBH Holdings Corp. and FBR Capital Markets, Inc.
  4.3    Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 20, 2011, to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2009 by and between NBH Holdings Corp. and FBR Capital Markets, Inc.
  5.1    Opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz*
10.1    Employment Agreement, dated May 22, 2010, between G. Timothy Laney and NBH Holdings Corp.*
10.2    NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan
10.3    Value Appreciation Instrument Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2010 by and between NBH Holdings Corp. and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
10.4    Value Appreciation Instrument Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2011 by and between NBH Holdings Corp. and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
10.5    Value Appreciation Instrument Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2011 by and among NBH Holdings Corp., Bank Midwest, National Association and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
10.6    Form of Indemnification Agreement between NBH Holdings Corp. and each of its directors and executive officers*
21.1    Subsidiaries of NBH Holdings Corp.*
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
23.2    Consent of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Schedules and similar attachments have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules or similar attachment to the SEC upon request.

 

II-7

Exhibit 2.1

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

AMONG

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,

RECEIVER OF HILLCREST BANK,

OVERLAND PARK, KANSAS

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

and

HILLCREST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

DATED AS OF

OCTOBER 22, 2010

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS      2   
ARTICLE II    ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES      9   
            2.1   

Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution

     9   
            2.2   

Interest on Deposit Liabilities

     10   
            2.3   

Unclaimed Deposits

     10   
            2.4   

Employee Plans

     11   
ARTICLE III    PURCHASE OF ASSETS      11   
            3.1   

Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution

     11   
            3.2   

Asset Purchase Price

     12   
            3.3   

Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.

     12   
            3.4   

Puts of Assets to the Receiver

     12   
            3.5   

Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution

     15   
            3.6   

Assets Essential to Receiver

     16   
            3.7   

Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans

     17   
ARTICLE IV    ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS      17   
            4.1   

Continuation of Banking Business

     17   
            4.2   

Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business

     18   
            4.3   

Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business

     18   
            4.4   

Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business

     18   
            4.5   

Agreement with Respect to Trust Business

     19   
            4.6   

Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises

     19   
            4.7   

Agreement with Respect to Data Processing Equipment and Leases

     23   
            4.8   

Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements

     24   
            4.9   

Informational Tax Reporting

     24   
            4.10   

Insurance

     25   
            4.11   

Office Space for Receiver and Corporation

     25   
            4.12   

Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank

     26   
            4.13   

Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing

     27   
            4.14   

Reserved

     27   
            4.15   

Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing

     27   
ARTICLE V    DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK      27   
            5.1   

Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders

     27   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

i


            5.2

   Certain Agreements Related to Deposits      28   

            5.3

   Notice to Depositors      28   
ARTICLE VI    RECORDS      28   

            6.1

   Transfer of Records      28   

            6.2

   Delivery of Assigned Records      29   

            6.3

   Preservation of Records      29   

            6.4

   Access to Records; Copies      29   
ARTICLE VII    BID; INITIAL PAYMENT      30   
ARTICLE VIII    ADJUSTMENTS      30   

            8.1

   Pro Forma Statement      30   

            8.2

   Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities      30   

            8.3

   Payments      31   

            8.4

   Interest      31   

            8.5

   Subsequent Adjustments      31   
ARTICLE IX    CONTINUING COOPERATION      31   

            9.1

   General Matters      31   

            9.2

   Additional Title Documents      31   

            9.3

   Claims and Suits      32   

            9.4

   Payment of Deposits      32   

            9.5

   Withheld Payments      32   

            9.6

   Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities      33   

            9.7

   Information      33   
ARTICLE X    CONDITION PRECEDENT      34   
ARTICLE XI   

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION

     34   
ARTICLE XII    INDEMNIFICATION      35   

            12.1

   Indemnification of Indemnitees      35   

            12.2

   Conditions Precedent to Indemnification      38   

            12.3

   No Additional Warranty      39   

            12.4

   Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation      39   

            12.5

   Obligations Supplemental      40   

            12.6

   Criminal Claims      40   

            12.7

   Limited Guaranty of the Corporation      40   

            12.8

   Subrogation      41   
ARTICLE XIII    MISCELLANEOUS      41   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

ii


            13.1

  

Entire Agreement

     41   

            13.2

  

Headings

     41   

            13.3

  

Counterparts

     41   

            13.4

  

GOVERNING LAW

     41   

            13.5

  

Successors

     41   

            13.6

  

Modification; Assignment

     42   

            13.7

  

Notice

     42   

            13.8

  

Manner of Payment

     43   

            13.9

  

Costs, Fees and Expenses

     43   

            13.10

  

Waiver

     43   

            13.11

  

Severability

     43   

            13.12

  

Term of Agreement

     43   

            13.13

  

Survival of Covenants, Etc.

     44   
SCHEDULES      

            2.1(a)

  

Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

  

            3.2

  

Purchase Price of Assets or Assets

  

            3.5(l)

  

Excluded Securities

  

            4.15A

  

Single Family Shared-Loss Loans

  

            4.15B

  

Commercial Shared-Loss Loans

  

            4.15C

  

Shared-Loss Securities

  

            4.15D

  

Shared-Loss Subsidiaries

  

            6.3

  

Data Retention Catalog

  

            7

  

Calculation of Deposit Premium

  
EXHIBITS      

            2.3A

  

Final Notice Letter

  

            2.3B

  

Affidavit of Mailing

  

            3.2(c)

  

Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts

  

            4.13

  

Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement

  

            4.15A

  

Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement

  

            4.15B

  

Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement

  

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

iii


PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 22nd day of October, 2010, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of HILLCREST BANK, OVERLAND PARK, KANSAS (the “Receiver”), HILLCREST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in OVERLAND PARK, KANSAS (the “Assuming Institution”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed Hillcrest Bank (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and

WHEREAS , the Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

1


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

Accounting Records ” means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.

Acquired Subsidiaries ” means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.

Affiliate ” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.

Agreement ” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assets ” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.

Assumed Deposits ” means Deposits.

Bank Closing ” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.

Bank Premises ” means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with adjacent parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, and unimproved land that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.

Bid Amount ” has the meaning provided in Article VII.

Bid Valuation Date ” means July 23, 2010.

Book Value ” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

2


differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. For Shared-Loss Securities, Book Value means the value of the security provided in the Information Package.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.

Chartering Authority ” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).

Commitment ” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.

Credit Documents ” mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

3


Credit File ” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.

Data Processing Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, or computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto) other than Personal Computers, owned or leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing, which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data processing activities.

Deposit ” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided , that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.

Deposit Secured Loan ” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions

Electronically Stored Information ” means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.

Failed Bank Advances ” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.

Fair Market Value ” means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

(1) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

(2) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

(3) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

(4) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

4


(5) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;

as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.

Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.

Furniture and Equipment ” means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, motor vehicles, Personal Computers, and Data Processing Equipment), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment, and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.

Indemnitees ” means, except as provided in paragraph (11) of Section 12.1(b), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.

Information Package ” means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.

Initial Payment ” means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount,

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

5


or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Institution if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Institution to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.

Legal Balance ” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.

Liabilities Assumed ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.

Loans ” means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:

(i) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;

(ii) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and

(iii) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

6


Obligor ” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.

Other Real Estate ” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.

Payment Date ” means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.

Personal Computer(s) ” means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral. A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.

Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.

Pro forma ” means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The pro forma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

Put Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 3.4. “Put Notice” has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

Put Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

Qualified Financial Contract ” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).

Record ” means any document, microfiche, microfilm and Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.

Related Liability ” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

7


affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.

Related Liability Amount ” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.

Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Loan, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at Bank Closing and either subtracting the Asset discount or adding the Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that total by (i) adding any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, (ii) subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Loan after Bank Closing, regardless of how applied, and (iii) adding total disbursements of principal made by Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.

Safe Deposit Boxes ” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.

Settlement Date ” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.

Settlement Interest Rate ” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills as published the week of Bank Closing by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website; provided, that if no such Investment Rate is published the week of Bank Closing, the Investment Rate for such Treasury Bills most recently published by the United States Treasury on TreasuryDirect.gov prior to Bank Closing shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published by The United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website.

Shared-Loss Securities ” means those securities and other assets listed on Schedule 4.15C.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

8


ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):

(a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;

(b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(c) borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;

(d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;

(e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

9


(g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(h) liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;

(i) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business, or trust business, if any; and

(j) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;

(k) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;

(l) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;

(m) liabilities, if any, under any contract pursuant to which mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and

(n) all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a shared-loss agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.

2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.

2.3 Unclaimed Deposits . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

10


Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the “Final Legal Notice” to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.

If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.

2.4 Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE OF ASSETS

3.1 Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

11


3.2 Asset Purchase Price .

(a) All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero.

(b) The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary, Shared-Loss Securities, and FHLB stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii)  provided , that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii)  further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.

(c) Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.

3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc . THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS,” “WHERE IS,” WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.

3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver .

(a) Puts Within 30 Days After Bank Closing . During the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

12


purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and, at the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the Bid Valuation Date and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:

(A) made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;

(B) taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;

(C) created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;

(D) entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or

(E) sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).

The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

(b) Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Institution can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided , that , the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Institution has taken

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

13


any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

(c) Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:

(i) a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;

(ii) a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and

(iii) a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.

Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.

(d) Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).

(e) Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.

(f) Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

14


(g) Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.

3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:

(a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;

(b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;

(c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;

(d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;

(e) amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;

(f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and Data Processing Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided , that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;

(g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

15


(h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.3, and other intangibles (other than intellectual property);

(i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;

(j) reserved;

(k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;

(l) the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l);

(m) Federal Reserve Bank stock and its cash equivalent;

(n) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8; and

(o) reserved.

3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .

(a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:

(i) made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;

(ii) the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;

(iii) made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;

(iv) secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or

(v) related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

16


(b) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

3.7 Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans . For the period of 30 days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may sell, in its sole discretion, and the Assuming Institution, may purchase, in its sole discretion, at Book Value as of the Bank Closing Date, any Loans initially withheld from sale to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of this Agreement. Except for the sales price, Loans sold under this section will be treated as if initially sold under Section 3.1 of this Agreement, and will be subject to all relevant terms of this Agreement as similarly situated Loans sold and transferred pursuant to this Agreement, provided that , no Loan shall be a Shared Loss Loan pursuant to the Shared Loss Agreements as defined in Section 4.15 hereof if it does not meet the definition of Shared Loss Loan in the applicable Shared Loss Agreement. Payment for Loans sold under this section will be handled through the Settlement process.

ARTICLE IV

ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

The Assuming Institution agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:

4.1 Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not restrict the Assuming Institution from opening, closing or selling branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

17


approvals, if the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area. Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.

4.2 Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit or balances with respect to these lines of business.

4.3 Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided , that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.

4.4 Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

18


4.5 Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .

(a) The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided , that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.

(c) In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.

(d) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.

4.6 Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .

(a) Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.

(b) Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

19


Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Institution containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.

(c) Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

(d) Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.

(e) Occupancy Costs .

(i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

20


(ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

(f) Certain Requirements as to Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided , that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).

(g) Vacating Premises .

(i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution shall promptly be responsible for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of Bank Closing, in the same condition as at Bank Closing and at the premises where it was inventoried at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as set out in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

21


(ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of Bank Closing, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, and at the premises where it was inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as set out in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180) day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

(h) Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and/or all telecommunications and check processing equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.

(i) Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .

(i) For a period of ninety (90) days following Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.

(ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and which is located on such Bank Premises. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

22


(iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its option under this subparagraph, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).

(iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its option under this subparagraph, the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.

4.7 Agreement with Respect to Data Processing Equipment and Leases .

(a) The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to: (i) accept an assignment from the Receiver of all leased Data Processing Equipment and (ii) purchase at Fair Market Value from the Receiver all owned Data Processing Equipment. The Assuming Institution’s election under this option applies to both owned and leased Data Processing Equipment.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all leased Data Processing Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Equipment, (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Equipment that is subject to a lease, and (iii) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to purchase all owned Data Processing Equipment and promptly pay the Receiver for the purchase of such Data Processing Equipment.

(c) The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.

(d) The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Data Processing Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing data processing leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.

(e) The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all Data Processing Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing data processing lease or negotiate a new

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

23


lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to leased Data Processing Equipment, and (iii) accept ownership of all Data Processing Equipment purchased from the Receiver.

4.8 Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).

4.9 Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

24


to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.

4.10 Insurance . The Assuming Institution agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Institution as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.

4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation .

(a) Office Space for Receiver and Corporation.

(i) For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution will provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive), and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) (collectively, “FDIC Office Space”) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver’s use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank.

(ii) Upon written notice by the Receiver or the Corporation, for the period commencing on the one hundred eighty first (181st) day following Bank Closing and ending no later than the three hundred and sixty-fifth (365th) day following Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution will continue to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation FDIC Office Space at the Bank Premises. During the period from the 181st day following Bank Closing until the day the FDIC and the Corporation vacate FDIC Office Space, the Receiver and the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution their respective pro rata share (based on square footage occupied) of (A) the market rental value for the applicable owned Bank Premises or (B) actual rent paid for applicable leased Bank Premises.

(iii) If the Receiver or the Corporation determine that the space provided by the Assuming Institution is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable FDIC Office Space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.

(b) Certain Payments on behalf of Receiver and Corporation. The Assuming Institution will pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and the Corporation as

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

25


the Receiver or the Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. The Assuming Institution shall submit its requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.

4.12 Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .

(a) The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.

(c) No later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution pays all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank Employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e., salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution offers its current employees.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

26


(d) This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.

4.13 Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.

4.14 Reserved.

4.15 Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing . The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Commercial Shared Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared Loss Agreements.” The assets that shall be subject to the Shared Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedules 4.15A through 4.15D, attached hereto.

ARTICLE V

DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

27


5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.

5.3 Notice to Depositors .

(a) Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.

(b) Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.

(c) If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.

(d) The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS

6.1 Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:

(a) Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;

(b) Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and

(c) Any other Records as determined by the Receiver.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

28


6.2 Delivery of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.

6.3 Preservation of Records .

(a) The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver for the Receiver’s approval of the Assuming Institution’s data retention plan.

(b) With regard to all Records of which it has custody which are ten (10) years old as of the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR– Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov ; and

(c) With regard to all Records of which it has custody which have been maintained in the custody of the Assuming Institution after six (6) years from the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR– Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov .

6.4 Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record in the form of microfilm or microfiche pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such microfilm or microfiche Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

29


ARTICLE VII

BID; INITIAL PAYMENT

The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of 0% and an Asset discount bid of One Hundred Eighty Two Million Seven Hundred Thirty Four Thousand Dollars ($182,734,000.00) (the “Bid Amount”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. On the Payment Date, the Assuming Institution will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the day of the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.

ARTICLE VIII

ADJUSTMENTS

8.1 Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.

8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .

(a) In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

30


the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(b) If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.

8.3 Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.

8.4 Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.

8.5 Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.

ARTICLE IX

CONTINUING COOPERATION

9.1 General Matters . The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.

9.2 Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

31


such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.

9.3 Claims and Suits .

(a) The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as co-plaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.

9.4 Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.

9.5 Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is in the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

32


Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.

9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .

(a) In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.

(b) In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Institution, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.

(c) Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.

9.7 Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver,

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

33


make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.

ARTICLE X

CONDITION PRECEDENT

The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.

ARTICLE XI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION

The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:

(a) Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

(c) Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Compliance with Law .

(i) Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

34


of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.

(ii) Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.

(e) Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement, including the Shared-Loss Agreements, are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty, agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.

(f) Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

35


actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:

(a)

(1) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

(2) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;

(3) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

(4) claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(5) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;

(6) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;

(7) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

(8) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

36


(b) provided , that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:

(1) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;

(2) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(3) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(4) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;

(5) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;

(6) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(7) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

37


(8) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;

(9) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;

(10) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(11) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;

(12) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;

(13) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and

(14) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.

12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:

(a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided , that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;

(b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

38


(c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;

(d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;

(e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;

(f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and

(g) take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.

12.3 No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.

12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:

(a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

39


not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and

(b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and

(c) claims based on any failure to preserve, maintain or provide reasonable access to Records transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Article VI.

12.5 Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.

12.6 Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.

12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

40


parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.

12.8 Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits thereto, embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.

13.2 Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

13.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

13.4 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT, THE SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT, AND THE COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.

13.5 Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

41


the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.

13.6 Modification; Assignment . No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

13.7 Notice . Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing , and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.

Assuming Institution

Hillcrest Bank, National Association

Two International Place, Suite 2302

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: G. Timothy Laney

with a copy to:

David E. Shapiro, Esq.

Mark F. Veblen, Esq.

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen, & Katz

51 West 52n Street

New York, New York 10019-6150

Receiver and Corporation

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,

Receiver of Hillcrest Bank

1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Settlement Agent

In addition, with respect to notices under Article 4.6 :

cc: Resolutions and Closings Manager, ORE Department

In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII :

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

42


cc: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

13.8 Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided , that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.

13.9 Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided , that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.

13.10 Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided , that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided , that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

13.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.

13.12 Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided , that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further , that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

43


13.13 Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

44


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

   

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,

RECEIVER OF HILLCREST BANK

OVERLAND PARK, KANSAS

    BY:  

/s/ Daniel M. Bell

    NAME:   Daniel M. Bell
    TITLE:   Receiver in Charge
Attest:      

/s/

     
    FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
    BY:  

/s/ Daniel M. Bell

    NAME:   Daniel M. Bell
    TITLE:   Attorney in Fact
Attest:      

/s/

     
    HILLCREST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
    BY:  

/s/ G. Timothy Laney

    NAME:   G. Timothy Laney
    TITLE:   Chief Executive Officer
Attest:      

/s/

     

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

45


SCHEDULE 3.2 - Purchase Price of Assets or assets

 

(a)      cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:      Book Value
(b)      securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries, Shared-Loss Securities, and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:      As provided in Section 3.2(b)
(c)      federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:      Book Value
(d)      Loans:      Book Value
(e)      credit card business:      Book Value
(f)      Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:      Book Value
(g)      Records and other documents:      Book Value
(h)      Other Real Estate      Book Value
(i)      boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, firearms, and repossessed collateral      Book Value
(j)      capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries and FHLB stock:      Book Value
(k)      amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:      Book Value
(l)      assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:      Book Value
(m)      Overdrafts of customers:      Book Value
(n)      rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.      As provided in Section 3.2(c)

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

46


(o)      rights of the Failed Bank to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.      Book Value
(p)      Shared-Loss Securities      Book Value
(q)      Personal Computers      Fair Market Value
assets subject to an option to purchase:     
(a)      Bank Premises:      Fair Market Value
(b)      Furniture and Equipment:      Fair Market Value
(c)      Fixtures:      Fair Market Value
(d)      Other Equipment:      Fair Market Value

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

47


SCHEDULE 6.3- Data Retention Catalog

FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)

Acquirer Data Retention Catalog

Version 2.0

Failed Institution

Name

Data Center Address

Assuming Institution

Name

Address

DRC Preparation Data

DRC Preparer’s Contact

Name

Designation

Phone

Email

Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Requests (if different from above)

Name

Phone

Email

Instructions

 

1. Provide preparer’s contact information and Bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.

 

2. Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.

 

3. Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.

 

  a. Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included

 

  b. Select the most appropriate value from the drop dawn list when the list is provided with applicable column.

If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2022 or Leslie Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562-6262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslie Daley LDaley@FDIC.gov .

 

FDIC Confidential

   5/25/2010   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

48


EXHIBIT 2.3A

FINAL NOTICE LETTER

FINAL LEGAL NOTICE

Claiming Requirements for Deposits

Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)

[Date]

[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Anytown, USA]

 

Subject: [XXXXX – Name of Bank
     City, State] – In Receivership

Dear [Sir/Madam]:

As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date], the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].

According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date], [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution], your account(s) currently fall into this category.

This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date], to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution]. It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:

 

1. Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:

[123 Main Street

Anytown, USA]

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

49


2. Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).

 

3. Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.

 

4. Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.

If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.

If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.

If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].

 

Sincerely,
[Name of Claims Specialist]
[Title]

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

50


EXHIBIT 2.3B

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

State of

COUNTY OF

I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .

This will attest that on [Date of mailing], I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank], City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.

 

 

[Name]

[Title of Office]

[Name of Acquiring Institution]

Subscribed and sworn to before me this      day of [Month, Year].

My commission expires:

 

 

    

 

  
     [Name], Notary Public   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

51


EXHIBIT 3.2(c) — VALUATION OF CERTAIN

QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS

 

A. Scope

Interest Rate Contracts - All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.

Option Contracts - All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.

Foreign Exchange Contracts - All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

B. Exclusions

All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.

 

C. Adjustment

The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.

 

D. Methodology

 

  1. The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

 

  2. In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:

 

  (i) All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.

 

  (ii) All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.

 

  (iii) Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.

 

  (iv) For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

52


  (v) For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

53


EXHIBIT 4.13

INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT

(a) With respect to each asset or liability designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement, including any assets or liabilities sold or conveyed by the Receiver to any party other than the Assuming Institution (any such party, a “Successor Owner”) but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such assets and liabilities, the “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement the Assuming Institution shall, with respect to the Pool Assets:

(i) promptly post and apply payments received to the applicable system of record;

(ii) reverse and return insufficient funds checks;

(iii) pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; (B) tax and insurance bills, as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for such purposes; and (C) unfunded commitments and protective advances out of escrow funds created for that purpose;

(iv) process funding draws under Loans and protective advances in connection with collateral and acquired property, in each case, as and to the extent authorized and funded by the Receiver;

(v) maintain in use all data processing equipment and systems and other systems of record on which any activity with respect to any Pool Assets are or, prior to Bank Closing were recorded, and maintain all historical data on any such systems as of Bank Closing and may not, without the express written consent of the Receiver (which consent must be sought at least 60 days prior to taking any action), deconvert, remove, transfer or otherwise discontinue use of any of the Failed Bank’s systems of record with respect to any Pool Asset;

(vi) maintain accurate records reflecting (A) payments received by the Assuming Institution, (B) information received by the Assuming Institution concerning changes in the address or identity of any obligor, and (C) other servicing actions taken by the Assuming Institution, including checks returned for insufficient funds;

(vii) send (A) billing statements to Obligors on Pool Assets (to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver) and (B) notices to Obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver);

(viii) employ a sufficient number of qualified employees to provide the services required to be provided by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement (with the number and qualifications of such employees not to be less than the number and qualifications of employees employed by the Failed Bank to perform such functions as of Bank Closing);

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

54


(ix) any Credit Files and any servicing files in the possession or on the premises of the Assuming Institution shall be held in trust by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable) and shall be segregated from the other books and records of the Assuming Institution and be appropriately marked to clearly reflect the ownership interest of the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable);

(x) send to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: Interim Servicing Manager, at the email address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery : (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections, trial balances, and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be requested from time to time by the Receiver, including, if requested, copies of (1) checks or other remittances received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks or other remittances for payment to participants or for taxes, insurance, funding advances and protective advances, (4) pay-off requests, and (5) notices to defaulted Obligors;

(xi) remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: DRR Cashier Unit, Business Operations Support Branch, at the address in (vii),  via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such other address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received;

(xii) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if requested by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and remit taxes due on or before the due date; and

(xiii) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions, including, without limitation, with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, as may be requested by the Receiver;

(xiv) establish a custodial account for the Receiver and for each Successor Owner at the Assuming Institution, each of which may be interest bearing, titled in the name of Assuming Institution, in trust for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable), in each case as the owner, and segregate and hold all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets separate and apart from any of the Assuming Institution’s own funds and general assets; and

(xv) no later than the end of the second Business Day following receipt thereof, deposit into the applicable custodial account and retain therein all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any Obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(x), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

55


(b) In consideration for the provision of the services provided pursuant to this Arrangement, the Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).

(c) The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for a term of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing. The Receiver may terminate the Arrangement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days notice to the Assuming Institution without any liability or cost to the Receiver other than the fees and expenses due to the Assuming Institution as of the termination date pursuant to paragraph (b) above.

(d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets, and at the time of such removal the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.

(e) At the expiration of this Arrangement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and records relating to the Pool Assets; and

(ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver or its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and persons to which any Pool Assets are conveyed).

(f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and any actual or potential Successor Owners) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems and to facilitate due diligence by actual and potential Successor Owners, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.

(g) Until such time as the Arrangement expires or is terminated, without limitation of its obligations set forth above or in the Agreement and without any additional consideration (other than that set forth in paragraph (b) above), the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and actual and potential Successor Owners) with the following, as the same may be requested:

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

56


(i) access to and the ability to obtain assistance and information from personnel of the Assuming Institution, including former personnel of the Failed Bank and personnel of third party consultants;

(ii) access to and the ability to use and download information from data processing systems and other systems of record on which information regarding Pool Assets or any assets transferred to or liabilities assumed by the Assuming Institution is stored or maintained (regardless of whether information with respect to other assets or liabilities is also stored or maintained thereon); and

(iii) access to and the ability to use and occupy office space (including parking facilities and vault space), facilities, utilities (including local telephone service and facsimile machines), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and facsimile machines), and technology and connectivity (including email accounts, network access and technology resources such as shared drives) in the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution.

(h) Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit 4.13 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

57


EXHIBIT 4.15A

SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared­Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

Accounting Records ” means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Institution in management of loan portfolios.

Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.

Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

Applicable Percentage ” means, the percentage of shared-loss the Receiver will incur with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, which is sixty percent (60%) for the SF Tranche 1 Amount; thirty percent (30%) for the SF Tranche 2 Amount; and eighty percent (80%), for the SF Tranche 3 Amount.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

58


Commencement Date ” means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.

Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement ” means the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B.

Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.

Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Institution (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.

Deficient Loss ” means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.

Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Institution has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3).

Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owner’s Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq .

Home Equity Loan ” means a loan or funded or unfunded portions of a line of credit secured by a mortgage on a one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing association, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.

Investor-Owned Residential Loan ” means a Loan, excluding advances made pursuant to a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that is not owner-occupied or the borrower’s primary residence.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

59


Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Loss.

Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Shared-Loss Loan.

Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) for single family loans previously modified pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that subsequently default and result in a foreclosure, short sale or Deficient Loss.

Modification Guidelines ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

Monthly Certificate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and Deficient Losses realized by the Assuming Institution for any Shared Loss Month.

Monthly Shared-Loss Amount ” means the change in the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.

Net Loss Amount ” means the sum of Cumulative Loss Amounts under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and Aggregate Net Charge-Offs under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

Neutral Member ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

Portfolio Loss ” means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.

Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Institution that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss calculated in accordance with Exhibits 2c(1)-(3), or (iii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Institution has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iv) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.

Related Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

60


advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), as applicable.

Restructured Loan ” means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Institution has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.

Servicing Officer ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

SF1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” means total losses under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in the amount of Nine Million Dollars ($9,000,000.00).

SF Tranche 1 Amount ” means a Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement up to and including Four Million Six Hundred Eighteen Thousand Dollars ($4,618,000.00).

SF Tranche 2 Amount ” means a Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement greater than the SF Tranche 1 Amount up to and including Eight Million One Hundred Ninety One Thousand Dollars ($8,191,000.00).

SF Tranche 3 Amount ” means a Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement exceeding Eight Million One Hundred Ninety One Thousand Dollars ($8,191,000.00).

Shared Loss Loan ” means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, Investor-Owned Residential Loan, Restructured Loan or Home Equity Loan, and any Commitment with respect to those loans.

Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.

Shares ” means common stock and any instrument which by its terms is currently convertible into common stock, or which may become convertible into common stock.

Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Institution’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided , that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibits 2b(1)-(3).

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

61


Single Family Shared-Loss Loan ” means a single family one-to-four owner­occupied residential mortgage loan, excluding Home Equity Loans, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association.

Termination Date ” means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Month.

Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans for Investor-Owned Loans or such other interest rate approved by the Receiver.

Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” means the sum of the SF 1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate in the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and the Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate in the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, expressed in dollars.

ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

2.1 Shared-Loss Arrangement .

(a) Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives .

(i) For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Institution in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Institution can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for each such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Institution shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under the applicable Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Institution believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. If unemployment or underemployment is the primary cause for default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution may consider the borrower for a temporary forbearance plan which reduces the loan payment to an affordable level for at least six (6) months.

(ii) Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Institution’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

62


(iii) Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans shall be treated as Restructured Loans, and with the consent of the Receiver can be restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibits 2(a)(1 )-(2) for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans. Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans will be treated as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans.

(iv) The Assuming Institution shall retain its loss calculations for the Shared Loss Loans and such calculations shall be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Assuming Institution is not required to modify or restructure any Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (y) the Assuming Institution is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing if the Assuming Institution can document that a loan modification is not cost effective and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (z) the Assuming Institution shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Institution may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.

(b) Monthly Certificates .

Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the Final Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver, (a “Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):

 

  (i) (A) a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:

(i) each Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;

(ii) each Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;

(iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;

(iv) the Cumulative Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;

(v) the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

63


(vi) the result obtained in (v) times the Applicable Percentage, which is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;

 

  (ii) for each of the Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), Exhibit 2b, or Exhibits 2c(1)-(2), as applicable.

 

  (iii) For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibits 2d(1)-(2).

 

  (iv) a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.

(c) Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Month, Assuming Institution shall provide Receiver:

(i) the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the fields shown on Exhibit 2.1(c) for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable; and

(ii) an Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:

 

  (A) Foreclosure date

 

  (B) Unpaid loan principal balance

 

  (C) Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable

 

  (D) Projected liquidation date

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided , that the Assuming Institution shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.

(d) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

64


number, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds the Applicable Percentage of that amount.

(e) Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Deficient Loss, or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, shall not constitute grounds for the Receiver to withhold payment as to all other Losses (or portion of Losses) that are properly payable pursuant to the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Institution shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.

(f) Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.

(g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . If the asset premium (discount) bid expressed in dollars is a five per cent (5%) or more discount to the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III, then on the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, or upon the final disposition of all Shared Loss Assets under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement at any time after the termination of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of any positive amount resulting from the following calculation:

A - (B + C + D), where

A equals 20% of the Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate;

B equals 20% of the Net Loss Amount;

C equals 25% of the asset premium (discount) bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A, 4.15B, and 4.15D at Bank Closing; and

D equals 3.5% of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A, 4.15B and 4.15D at Bank Closing.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

65


The Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the foregoing calculation, including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.

(h) Payments as Administrative Expenses . Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.

2.2 Auditor Report; Right to Audit .

(a) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363 after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Institution under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such fiscal year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.

(c) The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”), its contractors and their employees, and its agents may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Institution shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Institution’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

66


expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

2.3 Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.

2.4 Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment

2.5 Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.

2.6 Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

2.7 Loss of Shared-Loss Coverage on Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount, or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, or upon the sale without FDIC consent of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Institution to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Failure to administer any Shared-Loss Loan or Loans in accordance with Article III shall at the discretion of the Receiver constitute grounds for the loss of shared loss coverage with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan or Loans.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

67


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Institution or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Institution, (ii) a merger by Assuming Institution with or into any other entity, or (iii) a sale by Assuming Institution of all or substantially all of its assets.

ARTICLE III — RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF

SHARED-LOSS LOANS

3.1 Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.

3.2 Duties of the Assuming Institution .

(a) In the performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) manage and administer each Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Institution’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Shared-Loss Loans;

(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans;

(iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Institution’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and

(v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Institution may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Institution and the FDIC and

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

68


(2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.

(b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.

3.3 Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

3.4 Related Loans .

(a) Assuming Institution shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans,” as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit to an Obligor of a Shared-Loss Loan held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period.

3.5 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

3.6 Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

69


through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Institution); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.

ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE

4.1 Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Institution shall have the right, with the consent of the Receiver, to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give sixty (60) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale, which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Shared-Loss Loans that have not been restructured. Other proposals for the sale of a Shared-Loss Loan or Shared-Loss Loans submitted by the Assuming Institution will be considered by the Receiver on a case-by-case basis.

4.2 Assuming Institution’s Liquidation of Remaining Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Institution does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, any Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Institution, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to liquidate the Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Institution will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

4.3 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans, gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

70


Institution from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibits 2d(1)-(2) for example calculations).

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES

GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER

All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:

 

If to Receiver, to:   

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver

for Hillcrest Bank

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

  

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets

with a copy to:

  

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

as Receiver for Hillcrest Bank

Room E7056

  

3501 Fairfax Drive

Arlington, VA 22226

Attn: Special Issues Unit

With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:

 

     Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
   Legal Division 1601 Bryan St.
   Dallas, Texas 75201
   Attention: Regional Counsel
If to Assuming Institution, to:    Hillcrest Bank, National Association
   Two International Place, Suite 2302
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110
   with a copy to:
   Mark F. Veblen, Esq.
   David E. Shapiro, Esq.
  

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen, & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019-6150

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

71


Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.

ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS

6.1. Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

6.2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . This Single Family Shared­Loss Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part), or sell or transfer of any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities, without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement includes:

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

(ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

(iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another company or person; or

(iv) a sale of shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).

For the avoidance of doubt, any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without consent of the Receiver hereunder will relieve the Receiver of any of its obligations under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

72


No Loss shall be recognized under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.

6.3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

6.4 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

6.5 Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

6.6 Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

ARTICLE VII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

7.1 Dispute Resolution Procedures .

(a) In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution resolve all such

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

73


items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment due as a result of such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.

(b) If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to submit pursuant to paragraph (c) hereof any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall extinguish that party’s right to submit the non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration, and constitute a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item (but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future).

(c) If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:

(i) A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

(ii) A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

(iii) The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and

(iv) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.

(d) The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:

(i) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;

(ii) A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

74


(iii) The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable

(e) The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the AAA. In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.

(f) The Receiver and Assuming Institution shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.

(g) The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Institution with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.

(h) Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.

(i) For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

75


7.2 Fees and Expenses of Arbiters . The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall pay the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).

Exhibit 1

Monthly Certificate

SEE FOLLOWING PAGE

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

76


CERTIFICATE

MONTHLY SUMMARY

FOR SINGLE FAMILY ASSETS

FDIC – RECEIVER FOR XXXXXXX BANK

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED: Jan 1, 2009

Shared-Loss Period Ended:                     

(Dollars)

Calculation of Amount Due from (to) FDIC

 

FDIC % Share

   0%     80%           Total  

Carry forward from other types of assets:

        

1. Cumulative losses from single family pool

     0        0          0   

2. Cumulative losses from securities

     0        0          0   

3. Cumulative loss from commercial and other pool

     0        0        —          0   

4. Total cumulative losses at beg of period

     0        0          0   

5. Covered single family losses (gains) during period

     0        0        —          0   

6. Cumulative loss at end of period

     0        0          0   

FDIC % Share

     x 0     x 80    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

7. Amount Due from (to) FDIC

     0  +      0  +         =      —     

Memo: threshold for recovery percentage

     0        0       

 

Preparer name:  

 

    

 

       Preparer signature
Preparer title:  

 

    
Officer name:  

 

    

 

       Officer signature
Officer title:  

 

    
Date:  

 

    

Page 1 of 3

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

77


CERTIFICATE

MONTHLY SUMMARY

FOR SINGLE FAMILY ASSETS

FDIC – RECEIVER FOR XXXXXXX BANK

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED: Jan 1, 2009

Shared-Loss Period Ended:                     

(Dollars)

Calculation of Amount Due from (to) FDIC

 

FDIC % Share

   0%     80%           Total  

Carry forward from other types of assets:

        

1. Cumulative losses from single family pool

     0        0          0   

2. Cumulative losses from securities

     0        0          0   

3. Cumulative loss from commercial and other pool

     0        0        —          0   

4. Total cumulative losses at beg of period

     0        0          0   

5. Covered single family losses (gains) during period

     0        0        —          0   

6. Cumulative loss at end of period

     0        0          0   

FDIC % Share

     x 0     x 80    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

7. Amount Due from (to) FDIC

     0  +      0  +         =      —     

Memo: threshold for recovery percentage

     0        0       

 

Preparer name:  

 

    

 

       Preparer signature
Preparer title:  

 

    
Officer name:  

 

    

 

       Officer signature
Officer title:  

 

    
Date:  

 

    

Page 1 of 3

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

78


XXXXXXXXX Bank

FIN No.                     

 

Schedule 4.15B    Date:                    
Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   

 

     Proforma Net Balance*      Unfunded  

Schedule 4.15B as provided

   $ —         $ —     

 

Loan

Number

   Name         Net Balance      Unfunded      Explanation
(Loan Description)

Add the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15A Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:

           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
   Subtotal         —           —        

Subtract the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15B Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:

           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
   Subtotal         —           —        

Add the following loan not included in either Schedule 4.15A or 4.15B Asset Detail (Must provide documentation)

           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
   Subtotal         —           —        

Add the following Unfunded Commitments (Must provide documentation)

           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
   Subtotal         —           —        
  

Total Adjustments

     —           —        
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

Schedule 4.15B Revised Totals

   $ —         $ —        
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

Note: Total adjustments should also be reflected in the Certificate filing for the quarter this form is submitted.

 

* Net Balance agrees with amount noted on Schedule 4.15A Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, or Revised Totals if this form has already been submitted previously.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

79


XXXXXXXXX Bank

FIN No.                     

 

Schedule 4.15A    Date:                    
Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   

 

     Proforma Net Balance*      Unfunded  

Schedule 4.15A as provided

   $ —         $ —     

 

Loan
Number

   Name         Net Balance      Unfunded      Explanation
(Loan Description)

Add the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15B Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:

           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
   Subtotal         —           —        

Subtract the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15A Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:

           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
   Subtotal         —           —        

Add the following loan not included in either Schedule 4.15A or 4.15B Asset Detail (Must provide documentation)

           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
   Subtotal         —           —        

Add the following Unfunded Commitments (Must provide documentation)

           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
           —           —        
   Subtotal         —           —        
  

Total Adjustments

     —           —        
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

Schedule 4.15A Revised Totals

   $ —         $ —        
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

80


Exhibit 2.1(c)

 

1

   Shared-Loss Month

2

   Loan ID

3

   First payment date

4

   Property type

5

   Lien

6

   Original loan amount

7

   Documentation

8

   Original FICO

9

   Original LTV

10

   Original combined LTV

11

   Original front-end DTI

12

   Original back-end DTI

13

   Negative Amortization cap

14

   Property city

15

   Property state

16

   Property street address

17

   Property zip

18

   Maturity date

19

   MI Coverage

20

   Occupancy

21

   Interest rate type

22

   Product Type

23

   Loan amortization type

24

   Lookback

25

   Margin

26

   Interest rate index

27

   Interest rate cap

28

   Interest rate floor

29

   First interest cap

30

   Periodic interest cap

31

   Periodic interest floor

32

   Pay Cap

33

   UPB

34

   Interest rate

35

   Paid-to date

36

   Next payment due date

37

   Scheduled payment

38

   Escrow payment

39

   Escrow balance

40

   Next interest rate reset date

41

   Next payment reset date

42

   Rate reset period

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

81


43

   Payment reset period

44

   Payment History

45

   Exceptional Loan Status

46

   Valuation date

47

   Valuation amount

48

   Valuation type

49

   Household income

50

   Current FICO

51

   Maximum Draw Amount

52

   Draw period

53

   Superior Lien Balance

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

82


Exhibit 2a (1)

CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS - HAMP or FDIC LOAN

MODIFICATION

 

1

  

Shared-Loss Month

     20090531   

2

  

Loan no:

     123456   

3

  

Modification Program:

     HAMP   
  

Loan before Restructuring

  

4

  

Unpaid principal balance

     450000   

5

  

Remaining term

     298   

6

  

Interest rate

     0.06500   

7

  

Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)

     0.00000   

8

  

Interest Paid-To-Date

     20081230   

9

  

Delinquency Status

     FC   

10

  

Monthly payment - P&I

     3047   

11

  

Monthly payment - T&I

     1000   
  

Total monthly payment

     4047   

12

  

Household current annual income

     95000   

13

  

Valuation Date

     20090121   

14

  

Valuation Amount

     425000   

15

  

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

     AVM   
  

Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan

  

16

  

1st Trial Payment Due Date

     20090119   

17

  

Modification Effective Date

     20090419   

18

  

Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)

     467188   

19

  

Principal forbearance

     0   

20

  

Principal reduction

     0   

21

  

Product (fixed or step)

     step   

22

  

Remaining amortization term

     480   

23

  

Maturity date

     20490119   

24

  

Interest rate

     0.02159   

25

  

Next Payment due date

     20090601   

26

  

Monthly payment - P&I

     1454   

27

  

Monthly payment - T&I

     1000   
  

Total monthly payment

     2454   

28

  

Next reset date

     20140501   

29

  

Interest rate change per adjustment

     0.01000   

30

  

Lifetime interest rate cap

     0.05530   

31

  

Back end DTI

     0.45000   
  

Restructuring Loss Calculation

  

same as Unpaid Principal Balance before 4 above restructuring/modification

     450000   

    34

  

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

     7313   

35

  

Attorney’s fees

     0   

36

  

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

     500   

37

  

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

     0   

38

  

Tax and insurance advances

     2500   
  

Other Advances

  

39

  

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

     100   

40

  

Inspections

     0   

41

  

Other

     0   
  

Total loan balance due before restructuring

     460413   
  

Cash Recoveries :

  

42

  

MI contribution

     0   

43

  

Other credits

     0   

44

  

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

  
  

Total Cash Recovery

     0   
  

Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:

  

45

  

Discount rate for projected cash flows

     0.05530   

46

  

Loan prepayment in full

     120   

47

  

NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd1)

     386927   

48

  

Gain/Loss Amount

     73485   

Line item definitions can be found in SFR Data Submission Handbook.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

83


Exhibit 2a (2)

CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS – 2nd FDIC MODIFICATION

 

1   

Shared-Loss Month

     20090531   
2   

Loan no:

     123456   
3   

Modification Program:

     FDIC   
  

Loan before Restructuring

  
4   

Unpaid principal balance

     450000   
5   

Remaining term

     298   
6   

Interest rate

     0.06500   
7   

Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)

     0.00000   
8   

Interest Paid-To-Date

     20081230   
9   

Delinquency Status

     FC   
10   

Monthly payment - P&I

     3047   
11   

Monthly payment - T&I

     1000   
  

Total monthly payment

     4047   
12   

Household current annual income

     95000   
13   

Valuation Date

     20090121   
14   

Valuation Amount

     425000   
15    Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)      AVM   
  

Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan

  
16   

1st Trial Payment Due Date

     20090201   
17   

Modification Effective Date

     20090501   
18    Net Principal balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)      467188   
19   

Principal forbearance

     0   
20   

Principal reduction

     0   
21   

Product (fixed or step)

     step   
22   

Remaining amortization term

     480   
23   

Maturity date

     20490501   
24   

Interest rate

     0.02159   
25   

Next Payment due date

     20090601   
26   

Monthly payment - P&I

     1454   
27   

Monthly payment - T&I

     1000   
  

Total monthly payment

     2454   
28   

Next reset date

     20140501   
29   

Interest rate change per adjustment

     0.01000   
30   

Lifetime interest rate cap

     0.05530   
31   

Back end DTI

     0.45000   
  

Restructuring Loss Calculation

  
32   

Previous NPV of loan modification

     458740   
33   

Less: Post modification principal payments

     2500   
  

Plus:

  
35   

Attorney’s fees

     0   
36   

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

     500   
37   

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

     0   
38   

Tax and insurance advances

     2500   
  

Other Advances

  
39   

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

     100   
40   

Inspections

     0   
41   

Other

     0   
  

Total loan balance due before restructuring

     459340   
  

Cash Recoveries :

  
42   

MI contribution

     0   
43   

Other credits

     0   
44   

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

  
  

Total Cash Recovery

     0   
   Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:   
45   

Discount rate for projected cash flows

     0.05530   
46   

Loan prepayment in full

     120   
47   

NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd1)

     386927   
48   

Gain/Loss Amount

     72413   

Line item definitions can be found in SFR Data Submission Handbook.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

84


Notes to Exhibits 2a (restructuring)

 

1. The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

 

2. For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:

 

  a.

The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3rd party fees prior to restructuring (2a(1) lines 34-41, 2a(2) lines 33-41), and

 

  b. The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 47). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).

 

3. For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

 

4. For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

 

5. If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Institution must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.

 

6. Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

7. The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the lesser of:

 

  a. 90 days

 

  b. The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring

 

  c. The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

85


Exhibit 2b (1)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share

 

  1       Shared-Loss Month:      20090531   
  2       Loan #      62201   
  3       Interest Paid-to-date      20071130   
  4       Short Payoff Date      20090522   
  5       Note Interest rate      0.08500   
  6       Occupancy      Owner   
   If owner occupied:   
  7       Household current annual income      45000   
  8       Estimated NPV of loan mod      220000   
  9       Valuation Date      20090121   
  10       Valuation Amount      300000   
  11       Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)      Ext Appraisal   
   Short-Sale Loss calculation   
  13       Book Value      300000   
  14       Less: Post closing principal payments      0   
  17       Accrued interest, limited to 90 days      6375   
  18       Attorney’s fees      75   
  19       Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.   
  20       Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to      0   
   environmental conditions      0   
  21       Tax and insurance advances      0   
   Other Advances   
  22      

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

     250   
  23      

Inspections

     600   
  24      

Other

     0   
  25       Incentive to borrower      5000   
  

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

     312300   
  26       Amount accepted in Short-Sale (net proceeds)      275000   
  27       Hazard Insurance      0   
  28       Mortgage Insurance      0   
  29       T & I escrow account balance, if positive      0   
  30       Other credits, if any (itemize)      0   
  

Total Cash Recovery

     275000   
  31       Gain/Loss Amount      37300   

 

(1)  

Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

86


Exhibit 2b(2)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

 

  1       Shared-Loss Month:      20090531   
  2       Loan #      58776   
  3       Interest Paid-to-Date      20080731   
  4       Short Payoff Date      20090417   
  5       Note Interest rate      0.07750   
  6       Occupancy      Owner   
   If owner occupied:   
  7       Household current annual income      38500   
  8       Estimated NPV of loan mod      200000   
  9       Valuation Date      20090121   
  10       Valuation Amount      300000   
  11       Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)      Ext Appraisal   
   Short-Sale Loss calculation   
  12       Loan UPB      375000   
  17       Accrued interest, limited to 90 days      7266   
  18       Attorney’s fees      0   
  19       Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.      400   
  20       Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions      1450   
  21       Tax and insurance advances      0   
   Other Advances   
  22       Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees      350   
  23       Inspections      600   
  24       Other      0   
  25       Incentive to borrower      2000   
   Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser      387066   
  26       Amount accepted in Short-Sale (net proceeds)      255000   
  27       Hazard Insurance      0   
  28       Mortgage Insurance      0   
  29       T & I escrow account balance, if positive      0   
  30       Other credits, if any (itemize)      0   
  

Total Cash Recovery

     255000   
  31       Gain/Loss Amount      132066   

 

(1)  

Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

87


Exhibit 2b(3)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

Short Sale after a Covered Loan Mod

 

  1       Shared-Loss Month:      20090531   
  2       Loan #      20076   
  3       Interest Paid-to-Date      20080930   
  4       Short Payoff Date      20090402   
  5       Note Interest rate      0.07500   
  9       Valuation Date      20090121   
  10       Valuation Amount      230000   
  11       Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)      Ext Appraisal   
   Short-Sale Loss calculation   
  15       NPV of projected cash flows at first loan mod      311000   
  16       Less: Post modification principal payments Plus:      1000   
  18       Attorney’s fees      0   
  19       Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.      0   
  20       Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions      0   
  21       Tax and insurance advances      0   
   Other Advances   
  22       Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees      350   
  23       Inspections      600   
  24       Other      0   
  25       Incentive to borrower      3500   
   Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser      314450   
  26       Amount accepted in Short-Sale (net proceeds)      210000   
  27       Hazard Insurance      0   
  28       Mortgage Insurance      0   
  29       T & I escrow account balance, if positive      400   
  30       Other credits, if any (itemize)      0   
  

Total Cash Recovery

     210400   
  31       Loss Amount      104050   

 

(1)  

Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

88


Notes to Exhibits 2b (short sale)

 

1. The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.

 

2. The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

 

  a. If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2b(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

  b. Otherwise, use Exhibit 2b(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

  c. Use Exhibit 2b(1) for loans written down to book value prior to the shared-loss agreement.

 

3. For Exhibit 2b(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 – 25; it is shown after line 25. For Exhibit 2b(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 15 minus line 16 plus lines 18 – 25; it is shown after line 25.

 

4. For Exhibit 2b(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2b(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown after line 30.

 

5. Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

 

6. Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

7. If Exhibit 2b(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the lesser of:

 

  a. 90 days

 

  b. The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

 

  c. The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

89


To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

90


Exhibit 2c(1)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

ORE or Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement

 

  1       Shared-Loss Month      20090630   
  2       Loan no:      364574   
  3       Interest Paid-To-Date      20071001   
  4       Foreclosure sale date      20080202   
  5       Liquidation date      20090412   
  6       Note Interest rate      0.08100   
  10       Valuation Date      20090121   
  11       Valuation Amount      228000   
  12       Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)      Int Appr   
   Foreclosure Loss calculation   
  13       Book value at date of Loss Share agreement      244900   
  14       Less: Post closing principal payments      0   
        3306   
   Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:   
  19       Attorney’s fees      0   
  20       Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.      0   
  21       Property protection costs, maint. and repairs      6500   
  22       Tax and insurance advances      0   
   Other Advances   
  23       Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees      0   
  24       Inspections      0   
  25       Other      0   
   Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser      254706   
   Cash Recoveries:   
  26       Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)      219400   
  27       Hazard Insurance proceeds      0   
  28       Mortgage Insurance proceeds      0   
  29       T & I escrow account balances, if positive      0   
  30       Other credits, if any (itemize)      0   
  

Total Cash Recovery

     219400   
  31       Gain/Loss Amount      35306   

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

91


Exhibit 2c(2)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

During Term of the Agreement

No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

 

  1       Shared-Loss Month      20090531   
  2       Loan no:      292334   
  3       Interest Paid-to-Date      20080430   
  4       Foreclosure sale date      20090115   
  5       Liquidation date      20090412   
  6       Note Interest rate      0.08000   
  7       Occupancy      Owner   
   If owner occupied:   
  8       Household current annual income      42000   
  9       Estimated NPV of loan mod      195000   
  10       Valuation Date      20090121   
  11       Valuation Amount      235000   
  12       Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)      Ext BPO   
   Foreclosure Loss calculation   
  14       Loan Principal balance at property reversion      300000   
   Plus:   
  18       Accrued interest, limited to 90 days      6000   
  19       Attorney’s fees      0   
  20       Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.      4000   
  21       Property protection costs, maint. and repairs      5500   
  22       Tax and insurance advances      1500   
   Other Advances   
  23       Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees      0   
  24       Inspections      50   
  25       Other      0   
   Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser      317050   
   Cash Recoveries:   
  26       Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)      205000   
  27       Hazard Insurance proceeds      0   
  28       Mortgage Insurance proceeds      0   
  29       T & I escrow account balances, if positive      0   
  30       Other credits, if any (itemize)      0   
  

Total Cash Recovery

     205000   
  31       Gain/Loss Amount      112050   

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

92


Exhibit 2c(3)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod

 

  1       Shared-Loss Month      20090531   
  2       Loan no:      138554   
  3       Interest Paid-to-Date      20080430   
  4       Foreclosure sale date      20090115   
  5       Liquidation date      20090412   
  6       Note Interest rate      0.04000   
  10       Valuation Date      20081215   
  11       Valuation Amount      210000   
  12       Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)      Ext Appr   
   Foreclosure Loss calculation   
  16       NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod      285000   
  17       Less: Post modification principal payments      2500   
   Plus:   
  19       Attorney’s fees      0   
  20       Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.      4000   
  21       Property protection costs, maint. and repairs      7000   
  22       Tax and insurance advances      2000   
   Other Advances   
  23       Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees      0   
  24       Inspections      0   
  25       Other      0   
   Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser      295500   
   Cash Recoveries:   
  26       Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)      201000   
  27       Hazard Insurance proceeds      0   
  28       Mortgage Insurance proceeds      0   
  29       T & I escrow account balances, if positive      0   
  30       Other credits, if any (itemize)      0   
  

Total Cash Recovery

     201000   
  31       Gain/Loss Amount      94500   

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

93


Notes to Exhibits 2c (foreclosure)

 

2. The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

 

3. The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

 

  a. If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

  b. If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

  c. If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2c(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

4. For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 13 – 25; it is shown after line 25. For Exhibit 2c(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 14 – 25; it is shown after line 25. For Exhibit 2c(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 16 minus line 17 plus lines 17 – 25; it is shown after line 25.

 

5. For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2c(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31.

 

6. Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

 

7. Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.

 

8.

Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

94


  Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

9. If Exhibit 2c(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. The amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss on Exhibit 2c(2) is limited to the lesser of:

 

  a. 90 days

 

  b. The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

 

  c. The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

95


Exhibit 2d(1)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR UNRELATED 2ND LIEN

CHARGE-OFF

 

1   

Shared-Loss Month:

     20090531   
2   

Loan #

     58776   
3   

Interest paid-to-date

     20081201   
4   

Charge-Off Date

     20090531   
5   

Note Interest rate

     0.03500   
6   

Occupancy

     Owner   
  

If owner occupied:

  
7   

Household current annual income

     0   
8   

Valuation Date

     20090402   
9   

Valuation Amount

     230000   
10   

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

     BPO   
11   

Balance of superior liens

     210000   
  

Charge-Off Loss calculation

  
12   

Loan Principal balance

     55000   
13   

Charge-off amount (principal only)

     55000   
  

Plus:

  
14   

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

     481   
15   

Attorney’s fees

     0   
16    Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.      250   
17    Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions      0   
18    Tax and insurance advances      0   
  

Other Advances

  
19   

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

     75   
20   

Inspections

     0   
21   

Other

     0   
  

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

     55806   
22   

Foreclosure sale proceeds

     0   
23   

Hazard Insurance proceeds

     0   
24   

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

     0   
25   

Tax overage

     0   
26   

Short sale payoff

     1500   
27   

Other credits, if any (itemize)

     0   
  

Total Cash Recovery

     1500   
28   

Loss Amount

     54306   

 

(1)  

Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

96


Exhibit 2d(2)

 

Shared-Loss Month:      [input month]
Loan no.:      [input loan no.)

NOTE

The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.

EXAMPLE CALCULATION

 

Restructuring Loss Information       

Loan principal balance before restructuring

     $ 200,000      A

NPV, restructured loan

       165,000      B
    

 

 

   

Loss on restructured loan

     $ 35,000      A – B

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)

       80  
    

 

 

   

Loss share payment to purchaser

     $ 28,000      C

Calculation – Recovery amount due to Receiver

      

Loan sales price

     $ 190,000     

NPV of restructured loan at mod date

       165,000     
    

 

 

   

Gain - step 1

       25,000      D
    

 

 

   
PLUS       

Loan UPB after restructuring

     (1     200,000     

Loan UPB at liquidation date

       192,000     
    

 

 

   

Gain - step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)

       8,000      E
    

 

 

   

Recovery amount

       33,000      D + E

Times FDIC loss share %

       80  
    

 

 

   

Recovery due to FDIC

     $ 26,400      F

Net loss share paid to purchaser (C – F)

     $ 1,600     

Proof Calculation

     (2    

Loan principal balance

     $ 200,000      G
    

 

 

   

Principal collections on loan

       8,000     

Sales price for loan

       190,000     
    

 

 

   

Total collections on loan

       198,000      H
    

 

 

   

Net loss on loan

     $ 2,000      G – H

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)

       80  
    

 

 

   

Loss share payment to purchaser

     $ 1,600     

 

(1) This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
(2) This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Institution is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

97


EXHIBIT 3

Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule

SHARED-LOSS LOANS

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE

MONTH ENDED:                                                                               [input report month]

 

POOL SUMMARY

        
       #    $     

Loans at Sale Date

   xx    xx   
  

 

  

 

  

Loans as of this month-end

   xx    xx   
  

 

  

 

  
   REDACTED      
   REDACTED      

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS

   #    $    Percent of Total
#

Current

        

30 – 59 days past due

        

60 – 89 days past due

        

90 – 119 days past due

        

120 and over days past due

        

In foreclosure

        

ORE

        

Total

        

Memo Item:

        

Loans in process of restructuring – total

         REDACTED

Loans in bankruptcy

        

Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status

        

Current

        

30 - 59 days past due

        

60 - 89 days past due

        

90 - 119 days past due

        

120 and over days past due

        

In foreclosure

        

Total

        

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

98


List of Loans Paid Off During Month

 

   

Loan #

  Principal
Balance
   

List of Loans Sold During Month

 

   

Loan #

  Principal
Balance
   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

99


EXHIBIT 4

Wire Transfer Instructions

PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

BANK RECEIVING WIRE   

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER   

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER   

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT   

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM   

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE   
FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
BANK RECEIVING WIRE   

 

SHORT NAME   

 

ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE   

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER   

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER   

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT   

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM   

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE   

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

100


EXHIBIT 5

FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM

Objective

The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.

Qualifying Mortgage Loans

In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:

 

   

The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and

 

   

The mortgagee has a first priority lien on the collateral; and

 

   

Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.

Modification Process

The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value (“NPV”) of the modified loan and shall provide the methodology employed to determine the NPV, and a certification that the lender’s model assumptions are documented and validated through periodic independent reviews. A sound model validation process includes the lender’s modeling assumptions, consideration of industry standards and results and the lender’s own portfolio experiences, other available models or predictors, and any model validation requirements of the lender’s chartering authority.

If the NPV of a Qualifying Loan will exceed the value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.

The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing borrower’s gross monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance, any HOA dues, and PITIA) by the borrower’s monthly income. For the purpose of the foregoing calculation:

(1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be defined as the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) income amount before any payroll deductions and includes wages and salaries, overtime pay, commissions, fees, tips, bonuses, housing allowances, other compensation for

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

101


personal services, Social Security payments, including Social Security received by adults on behalf of minors or by minors intended for their own support, and monthly income from annuities, insurance policies, retirement funds, pensions, disability or death benefits, unemployment benefits, rental income and other income. All income information must be documented and verified. If the borrower receives public assistance or collects unemployment, the Assuming Institution must determine whether the public assistance or unemployment income will continue for at least nine (9) months.

(2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.

In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).

In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:

 

  1. Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.

 

  2. If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved, for a period of five (5) years.

 

  3. If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.

 

  4. If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions – the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

102


At the end of the five (5) year period in paragraph 2, above, the interest rate on the modified loan shall adjust to the Freddie Mac Survey Rate as of the date of the loan modification, but subject to an annual adjustment cap of one percent (1%) per year. At that time, the monthly amount due by the borrower will also adjust to amortize fully the remaining Capitalized Balance (or, in any case in which the Capitalized Balance was bifurcated, the amortizing portion thereof) over the remaining term of the modified loan.

Special Note :

The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Institution’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.

By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant.

Related Junior Lien Mortgage Loans

In cases where the lender holds a junior lien mortgage loan that is collateralized by the same property that collateralizes a Qualifying Loan that is modified as described above, the junior lien mortgage loan shall also be modified to enhance overall affordability to the borrower. At a minimum, the lender shall reduce the interest rate on the junior lien mortgage loan to no more than 2% per annum. Further modifications may be made at the lender’s discretion as needed to support affordability and performance of the modified first lien Qualifying Loan.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

103


EXHIBIT 4.15B

COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

AAA means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

Accrued Interest means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable); provided , that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable).

Additional ORE means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.

Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

Aggregate Net Charge-Offs means the total amount of Charge-Offs, less the total amount of Recoveries, for all Shared-Loss Quarters and all Recovery Quarters.

Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

104


Applicable Percentage means, the percentage of shared-loss the Receiver will incur with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, which is sixty percent (60%) for the Commercial Tranche 1 Amount; zero percent (0%) for the Commercial Tranche 2 Amount; and eighty percent (80%) for the Commercial Tranche 3 Amount.

Calendar Quarter means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.

Capitalized Expenditures means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.

Charge-Offs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including

(a) charge-offs of

(i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, or loan modification(s)); and

(ii) Accrued Interest; and

(iii) Capitalized Expenditures; plus

(b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Institution during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; provided , that :

(i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days Accrued Interest; and

(ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Institution until such expenditure is actually incurred; and

(iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Institution shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

105


(c) except for Portfolio Sales, the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner, or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs.

Commencement Date means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.

Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate means total losses under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in the amount of Four Hundred Five Million Dollars ($405,000,000.00).

Commercial Tranche 1 Amount means total positive Shared Loss Amounts under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement up to and including Two Hundred Ninety Five Million Five Hundred Ninety Two Thousand Dollars ($295,592,000.00).

Commercial Tranche 2 Amount means total positive Shared Loss Amounts under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in excess of the Commercial Tranche 1 Amount up to and including Four Hundred Five Million Two Hundred Ninety Three Thousand Dollars ($405,293,000.00).

Commercial Tranche 3 Amount means total positive Shared Loss Amounts under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement of in excess of Four Hundred Five Million Two Hundred Ninety Three Thousand Dollars ($405,293,000.00).

Consumer Loans means loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures, not secured by real estate, including but not limited to loans for (i) purchase of private automobiles, pickup trucks, household appliances, furniture, trailers and boats; (ii)repairs or improvements to the borrower’s residence not secured by real estate; (iii) educational expenses, including student loans, whether or not guaranteed by the United States or any state; (iv) medical expenses; (v) taxes; (v) vacations; (vi) personal (non business) debt consolidation; (vii) purchases of mobile homes not combined with real property to be used as a residence; and (viii) other personal expenditures. Consumer Loans can be installment loans, demand loans, single payment time loans, regardless of size or maturity, and regardless of whether the loans are made by the consumer loan department or by any other department within the Failed Bank. Consumer Loans also include retail installment sales paper purchased by the Failed Bank from merchants or dealers, finance companies and others, and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan.

Environmental Assessment means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.

Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

106


Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

FDIC Party has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

Holding Company means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act 0f 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owner’s Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq .

Net Charge-Offs means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.

Net Loss Amount means the sum of all Aggregate Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Cumulative Loss Amounts under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

New Shared-Loss Loans means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after the Bid Valuation Date and before Bank Closing.

Notice of Dispute has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

Other Real Estate means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution) that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan:

(A) all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and

(B) all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.

OTTI Adjustment means any other than temporary impairment of the Shared-Loss Securities, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number, or reversals of other than temporary impairment, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

107


OTTI Loss means any other than temporary impairment of the Shared-Loss Securities, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).

Permitted Advance means an advance of funds by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that

(i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date; and

(ii) does not cause the sum of

(A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Institution; plus

(B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Institution related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; and

(iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which

(A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment; or

(B) the Assuming Institution has taken a Charge-Off; and

(iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided , that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Institution in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.

Permitted Amendment means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Institution in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided , that :

(i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

108


amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;

(ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and

(iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.

Pre-Charge-Off Expenses means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.

Quarterly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

Recoveries shall mean the following:

(i) Generally .

(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (ii) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):

(1) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus

(2) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus

(3) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Institution of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE ( provided , that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus

(4) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

109


(5) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period ( provided , that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).

(B) Order of Application . For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (A) above, the Assuming Institution shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution.

(ii) Interest Income as Recoveries . If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, and if , as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Institution recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by multiplying :

(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

provided , however , that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (x) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs, (y) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (z) any Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Commercial

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

110


Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.

(iii) Exceptions to Recoveries . Notwithstanding subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include:

(A) any amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement;

(B) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter;

(C) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Institution from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution will subtract

(1) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement), from

(2) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter.

If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.

Recovery Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

111


Recovery Expenses means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to:

(i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution); and

(ii) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses).

Provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (ii) of the definition of “Recoveries,” the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by :

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (ii)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.

Recovery Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

112


Reimbursable Expenses means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to:

(i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution) and recover amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries,” the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;

(ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative);

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

113


(iii) litigation expenses with respect to Shared-Loss Assets.

Review Board has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

Shared-Loss Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided , that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1(e)(i) or 2.1(e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.

Shared-Loss Assets means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Institution, Additional ORE, Shared-Loss Subsidiaries, and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared-Loss Securities.

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment means:

(i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

114


Shared-Loss Loans means:

(i)      (A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Schedule 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption greement;

(B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;

(C) Permitted Advances;

(D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided , that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor;

(E) but does not include Consumer Loans; and

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.

Shared-Loss Securities means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).

Shared-Loss Subsidiaries means those subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 4.15D.

Shared-Loss Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

Shares means common stock and any instrument which by its terms is currently convertible into common stock, or which may become convertible into common stock.

SLS Net Realized Gain means the net realized gain on the sale of a Shared Loss Security determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a negative number on the Quarterly Certificate.

SLS Net Realized Loss means the net realized loss on the sale of a Shared Loss Security determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number on the Quarterly Certificate.

Termination Date means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate means the sum of the Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the SF1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate in the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, expressed in dollars.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

115


Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

2.1 Shared-Loss Arrangement .

(a) Quarterly Certificates . (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Institution’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”)(an example of a Quarterly Certificate is attached as Exhibit 1):

(A) the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and

(B) the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and

(C) SLS Net Realized Loss and SLS Net Realized Gain, if any; and

(D) any OTTI Adjustment.

(ii) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify

(A) the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only , the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

116


behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and

(B) SLS Net Realized Gain, and any reversals of OTTI Loss.

(b) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .

(i) For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Institution shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared-Loss Securities on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus SLS Net Realized Gain and SLS Net Realized Loss, plus the OTTI Adjustment during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(iii) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter.

(ii)      (A) If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus SLS Net Realized Gains and reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared-Loss Securities (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter.

(B) If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided , that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1 (b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative.

(C) The Assuming Institution shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus SLS Net Realized Gains and reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared-Loss Securities (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C)  only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

117


ggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Institution all or any portion of such excess.

(D) Subsequent to the Assuming Institution’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by the Applicable Percentage (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Institution may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Institution the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate.

(E) On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).

(iii) With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss Securities shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets. With respect to Assets that were completely charged off by the Failed Bank and had a zero Book Value at Bank Closing, for the purpose of calculating the payments under this Section 2.1(b) for Recoveries on those Assets for each such quarter, the Assuming Institution shall pay an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Recoveries on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs with respect to such Assets, and shall separately account

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

118


for the other computations on those Recoveries under this Section 2.1(b) using fifty percent (50%) (and not the Applicable Percentage).

(iv) If the Assuming Institution has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in Section 2.1(a)(ii)(E), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.

(v) Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.

(c) Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Institution had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections. Failure to administer any Shared-Loss Asset or Assets, or Shared-Loss Securities, in accordance with Article III shall at the discretion of the Receiver constitute grounds for the loss of shared loss coverage with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan or Loans.

(d) Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans . No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1(i) if the Assuming Institution sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Institution makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Institution makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Institution has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

119


the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided , that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Institution shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.

(e) Option to Purchase .

(i) In the event that the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Institution shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.

(ii) During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:

(A) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $5,000,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or

(B) a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

120


During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any complete or partial charge-off of a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

(iii) If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Institution to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.

(iv) Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1 (e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Institution to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.

(v) The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1 (e)(iv).

(f) Dispute Resolution .

(i) (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

121


(ii) A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Institution agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Institution and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.

(iii) No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Institution as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.

(iv) The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution.

(v) Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

122


(vi) The FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Institution will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.

(vii) Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.

(viii) Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:

(1) all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;

(2) the communication has already been made public;

(3) the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public; or

(4) a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.

(ix) Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.

(x) No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision,

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

123


interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.

(xi) The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.

(xii) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.

(g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . If the asset premium (discount) bid expressed in dollars is a five per cent (5%) or more discount to the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III, then on the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, or upon the final disposition of all Shared Loss Assets under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement at any time after the termination of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of any positive amount resulting from the following calculation:

A - (B + C + D), where

A equals 20% of the Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate;

B equals 20% of the Net Loss Amount;

C equals 25% of the asset premium (discount) bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A,4.15B, and 4.15D at Bank Closing; and

D equals 3.5% of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A, 4.15B and 4.15D at Bank Closing.

The Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the foregoing calculation, including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.

2.2 Administration of Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Institution shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

124


2.3 Auditor Report; Right to Audit .

(a) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363 after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.

(c) The Receiver or the Corporation, their agents, contractors and their employees, may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

2.4 Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

125


payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Institution elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.

2.5 Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.

2.6 Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.

2.7 Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

126


associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF

SHARED-LOSS ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS SECURITIES

3.1 Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities), or shall cause a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss Securities while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.

3.2 Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared Loss Assets .

(a) In the performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared Loss Assets;

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;

(iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;

(iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

(v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

(vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

127


which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

(b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

(c) The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:

(i) Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;

(ii) salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Institution employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation-related expenses;

(iii) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;

(iv) except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Asset that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided , that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;

(v) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;

(vi) any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and

(vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.

(d) Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

128


3.3 Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Securities .

(a) In the performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss Security in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss Securities;

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Securities;

(iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Securities and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Security, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Securities, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss Security shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;

(iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Securities, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

(v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

(vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Securities, together with a copy of that contract.

(b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Security including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

(c) The Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

3.4 Records and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss Securities, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

129


from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss Securities and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

3.5 Related Loans .

(a) The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Institution.

(b) The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $5,000,000 or more.

3.6 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

3.7 Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Institution); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

130


ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE

4.1 Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Institution shall have the right with the consent of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Institution (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors.

4.2 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the aggregate sales price received by the Assuming Institution less the aggregate book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO

CORPORATION AND/OR RECEIVER

As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:

5.1 With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing

5.2 With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

1601 Bryan Street

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Regional Counsel

with a copy to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

131


ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

6.2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part), or sell or transfer of any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities, without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement includes:

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66 %) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

(ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66 %) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

(iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another company or person; or

(iv) a sale of shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).

For the avoidance of doubt, any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without consent of the Receiver hereunder will relieve the Receiver of any of its obligations under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

No Loss shall be recognized under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

132


6.3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

6.4 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

6. 5 Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

6.6 Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

133


Exhibit 1

For the commercial and other pool, the FDIC reporting requirement includes the following:

 

   

A quarterly loan level download for all loans in the asset pool

 

   

A quarterly asset level download of commercial ORE

 

   

A quarterly certificate report that includes 3 sections:

 

   

1: A summary report of total covered losses for the quarter and the derivation of the FDIC portion of the covered loss

 

   

2: A summary report on the commercial and other portfolio and covered losses and recoveries

 

   

3: A performance report on the outstanding commercial and other pool assets under loss share

 

   

A quarterly listing of assets with covered losses

A blank version of the quarterly certificate report is shown below.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

134


CERTIFICATE

QUARTERLY SUMMARY

FOR COMM AND OTHER SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

FDIC – RECEIVER OF

 

 

 

 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED:                     

Shared-Loss Quarter Ended:

                                   (Dollars)

Calculation of Amount Due from (to) FDIC

 

FDIC % Share

   0%     50%     95%     Total  

Carry forward from other types of assets:

        

1. Cumulative losses from single family loans

     0        0        0        0   

2. Cumulative losses from securities

     0        0        0        0   

3. Cumulative loss from non-single family

     0        0        0        0   

4. Total cumulative losses at beg of quarter

     0        0        0        0   

5. Covered losses (gains) during quarter

     0        0        0        0   

6. Cumulative loss at end of quarter

     0        0        0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FDIC % Share

     x 0     x 80     x 95  

7. Amount Due from (to) FDIC

                 —     

Memo: threshold for recovery percentage

     0        0       

 

Preparer name:  

 

   

 

      Preparer signature
Preparer title:  

 

   
Officer name:  

 

   

 

      Officer signature
Officer title:  

 

   
Date:  

 

   

Page 1 of 3

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

135


CERTIFICATE

QUARTERLY SUMMARY

FOR COMM AND OTHER SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

FDIC – RECEIVER OF

                     BANK

                                          BANK

PURCH AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED:                     

 

  Shared-Loss Quarter Ended:  
  (Dollars)  

 

      Cumulative at  beg
of Quarter
    This Quarter     Cumulative at
end  of Quarter
 
    Commercial Real Estate Loans     C&I Loans     ORE & Oth  repo
assets
    Consumer
Loans
    Other Loans     Total     FDIC
Adjustments
   
    Constr & Dev     Other                
PART A. Opening/Closing/Net Shared-Loss Asset Balances                      

1. Opening Balance

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

2. Adjustment

 

a) Transfers

      0        0        0        0        0        0         
   

b) Reclassifications

      0        0        0        0        0        0         
   

c) Other

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

3. Adjusted Opening Balance

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

4. Add:

 

a) Assumed Commitment Advances

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   
 

b) Permitted Advances

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   
 

c) Capital Expenditures

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   
 

d) Recoveries

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

5. Less:

 

a) Prin Collections (payoffs and amort)

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   
 

b) Sales

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   
 

c) Charge-Offs (excluding accr int)

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   
 

d) Qualifying loss on sales

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

6. Net (Reduction) Increase Amount

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

7. Closing Balance

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   
PART B. Charge-Offs, Recoveries & Reimbursable Expenses                      

8. Charge-offs

 

a) Principal (from 5c and 5d)

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   
   

b) Accr int (up to 90 days)

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

9. Total Charge-Offs

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

10. Less: Recoveries

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

11. Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries)

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

12. Add: Reimbursable Expenses

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

13. Less: Offsetting Income

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

14. Shared-Loss Debit (Credit) Amount

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

136


Failed Bank Name

Performance Status: Commercial and Other Loans

Quarter ending                     

(Dollars)

Number of Loans/Properties

 

     Performing      Delinquent      In
Foreclosure
     Repossessed
Assets*
     Total  
        30-59 days      60-89 days      90+ days           

Construction & Development

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Total Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

C&I

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Consumer Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Total

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

$ Balance (000s)

 

     Performing      Delinquent      In
Foreclosure
     Repossessed
Assets*
     Total  
        30-59 days      60-89 days      90+ days           

Construction & Development

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Total Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

C&I

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Consumer Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Total

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

 

* ORE for CRE loans; other types of repossessed assets for other types of loans.

 

Page 3 of 3

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

137


List of Omitted Schedules

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the following schedules to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated October 22, 2010, by and among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver Of Hillcrest Bank, Overland Park, Kansas, Hillcrest Bank, National Association and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have not been provided herein:

Schedules

2.1(a) Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

3.5(l) Excluded Securities

4.15A Single Family Shared-Loss Loans

4.15B Commercial Shared-Loss Share Loans

4.15C Shared-Loss Securities

4.15D Shared-Loss Subsidiaries

7 Calculation of Deposit Premium

The registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A

Version 2.09A

August 17, 2010

  

Hillcrest Bank

Overland Park, Kansas

138

Exhibit 2.2

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and between

DICKINSON FINANCIAL CORPORATION,

BANK MIDWEST, N.A.

and

NBH HOLDINGS CORP.

(on behalf of itself and its to-be-formed

national banking association subsidiary)

 

 

Dated as of August 31, 2010

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

  

DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.1

  

Certain Defined Terms

     1   

ARTICLE II

  

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION TRANSACTIONS

     11   

2.1

  

Purchase and Assumption

     11   

2.2

  

Purchase Price

     11   

2.3

  

Calculation of Closing Payment

     11   

2.4

  

The Closing

     12   

2.5

  

Post-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment

     13   

2.6

  

[Reserved]

     14   

2.7

  

Definition of Acquired Assets, Excluded Assets, Assumed Liabilities and Excluded Liabilities

     14   

2.8

  

Unassignable Contracts

     16   

2.9

  

Deposit Purchase Price Adjustment

     17   

ARTICLE III

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

     18   

3.1

  

Corporate Organization

     18   

3.2

  

[Reserved]

     19   

3.3

  

Authority; No Violation

     19   

3.4

  

Consents and Approvals

     20   

3.5

  

Reports

     20   

3.6

  

Financial Statements

     21   

3.7

  

Undisclosed Liabilities

     21   

3.8

  

Absence of Certain Changes or Events

     21   

3.9

  

Legal Proceedings

     22   

3.10

  

Taxes and Tax Returns

     22   

3.11

  

Employee Benefit Plans

     23   

3.12

  

Employee Matters

     25   

3.13

  

Compliance with Applicable Law

     25   

3.14

  

Material Contracts

     26   

3.15

  

Agreements with Regulatory Agencies

     28   

3.16

  

Investment Securities

     28   

3.17

  

Derivative Instruments

     29   

3.18

  

Environmental Liability

     29   

3.19

  

Insurance

     30   

3.20

  

Title to Property

     30   

3.21

  

Intellectual Property

     31   

3.22

  

Broker’s Fees

     32   

3.23

  

No Investment Adviser

     32   

3.24

  

Loans; Loan Documents

     32   

3.25

  

[Reserved]

     35   

3.26

  

Sufficiency of Assets

     35   

ARTICLE IV

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

     35   

4.1

  

Corporate Organization

     35   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

4.2

  

Authority; No Violation

     35   

4.3

  

Consents and Approvals

     36   

4.4

  

Financial Wherewithal

     37   

4.5

  

Legal Proceedings

     37   

4.6

  

Agreements with Regulatory Agencies

     37   

4.7

  

Broker’s Fees

     37   

4.8

  

Pro Forma Capital Requirements

     37   

ARTICLE V

  

COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     38   

5.1

  

Conduct of Business of Bank Prior to the Closing Date

     38   

5.2

  

[Reserved]

     38   

5.3

  

Forbearances of Seller

     38   

5.4

  

Exclusivity

     40   

ARTICLE VI

  

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     41   

6.1

  

Regulatory Matters

     41   

6.2

  

Access to Information

     42   

6.3

  

Public Disclosure

     42   

6.4

  

Employees; Employee Benefit Matters

     43   

6.5

  

Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation

     46   

6.6

  

Additional Agreements

     48   

6.7

  

Transition Services Agreement

     48   

6.8

  

Insurance

     48   

6.9

  

Additional Agreements Regarding Tax Matters

     48   

6.10

  

Post-Closing Confidentiality

     50   

6.11

  

Cooperation

     51   

6.12

  

Certain Other Matters

     51   

6.13

  

Use of Name

     51   

6.14

  

Additional Loans; Certain Securities

     51   

6.15

  

Merger of Bank and Seller Affiliate

     52   

ARTICLE VII

  

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     52   

7.1

  

Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Closing

     52   

7.2

  

Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser

     52   

7.3

  

Conditions to Obligations of Seller

     53   

ARTICLE VIII

  

TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

     54   

8.1

  

Termination

     54   

8.2

  

Effect of Termination

     55   

8.3

  

Amendment

     55   

8.4

  

Extension; Waiver

     55   

ARTICLE IX

  

INDEMNIFICATION

     55   

9.1

  

Survival of Representations and Warranties and Agreements

     55   

9.2

  

Indemnification by Seller

     56   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

9.3

  

Indemnification by Purchaser

     56   

9.4

  

Tax and Benefit Liability Indemnification

     57   

9.5

  

Indemnification Procedure

     58   

9.6

  

Exclusive Remedy

     59   

9.8

  

Damages Net of Insurance

     59   

ARTICLE X

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     60   

10.1

  

Expenses

     60   

10.2

  

Notices

     60   

10.3

  

Interpretation

     61   

10.4

  

Counterparts

     62   

10.5

  

Entire Agreement

     62   

10.6

  

Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial

     62   

10.7

  

Specific Performance

     63   

10.8

  

Severability

     63   

10.9

  

Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries

     63   

10.10

  

Joinder

     63   

 

iv


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Accrued Interest

   1

Acquired Asset

   14

Additional Acquired Asset

   15

Additional Loan

   50

Additional Loans

   1

Affiliate

   1

Agency

   33

Agreement

   1

Articles of Association

   2

Assumed Liability

   15

Balance Sheet

   20

Bank

   1

Bank Benefit Plans

   23

Bank Confidential Information

   2

Bank Financial Statements

   20

Bank Intellectual Property

   31

Bank Policies

   29

Bank Regulatory Agreement

   27

Bank Subsidiaries

   18

Bank Subsidiary

   18

BHCA

   2

Branch Employees

   2

Branch Leases

   3

Branches

   3

Business Day

   3

Business Employees

   42

Cap

   3

Cash on Hand

   3

Closing

   11

Closing Date

   3

Closing Deposit Statement

   16

Closing Deposits

   16

Closing Net Asset Value

   13

Closing Statement

   12

Code

   3

Collateral Source

   58

Combined Tax Return

   3

Comparable Bank Benefit Plans

   44

Competitive Activities

   44

Controlled Group Liability

   4

Controlling Party

   56

Corporate Entity

   4

Covered Claim

   60

CRA

   4

Damages

   4

 

v


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

(continued)

 

Delaware Courts

   60

Deposit(s)

   4

Derivative Transactions

   28

Designated Purchaser Representations

   54

Designated Seller Representations

   54

Disclosing Party

   49

Disclosure Schedule

   5

Employees

   23

Employment Agreement

   5

Environmental Laws

   28

ERISA

   5

Estimated Net Asset Value

   5

Excluded Assets

   15

Excluded Liabilities

   15

Executive Business Employees

   42

Federal Courts

   60

Federal Reserve Board

   5

Final Deposits

   16

Final Net Asset Value

   13

GAAP

   5

Governmental Entity

   5

HSR Act

   5

Indemnified Party

   56

Indemnifying Party

   56

Independent Accounting Firm

   13

Intellectual Property

   6

Interim Deposit Statement

   16

Interim Period

   6

IRS

   6

Key Employee

   46

Knowledge

   6

Leased Premises

   6

Leave Recipients

   42

Lien

   6

Loan Documents

   6

Loan Tape

   6

Loans

   6

Material Adverse Effect

   7

Material Contract

   25

Materially Burdensome Regulatory Condition

   40

Multiemployer Plan

   23

Multiple Employer Plan

   23

Non-Controlling Party

   56

Non-Executive Business Employees

   42

Non-Material Damages

   54

 

vi


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

(continued)

 

Obligor

     32   

OCC

     7   

Outside Date

     52   

Owned Real Property

     29   

Permitted Encumbrances

     30   

Person

     7   

Personal Property

     8   

Personal Property Leases

     8   

Pool

     33   

Post-Closing Period

     8   

Pre-Closing Period

     8   

Pro Forma Balance Sheet

     20   

Property Taxes

     8   

Proposed Allocation

     47   

Purchase Price

     11   

Purchaser

     1   

Purchaser Bank

     1   

Purchaser Indemnitees

     54   

Purchaser Material Adverse Effect

     8   

Purchaser Regulatory Approvals

     35   

Purchaser Representatives

     41   

Records

     9   

Regulatory Agencies

     19   

Regulatory Approvals

     9   

Reports

     19   

Requisite Regulatory Approvals

     19   

Restricted Period

     44   

Safe Deposit Agreements

     9   

Secondary Transaction

     41   

Seller

     1   

Seller Indemnitees

     55   

SRO

     9   

Subsidiary

     9   

Tax

     9   

Tax Claim

     10   

Tax Data

     48   

Tax Documentation

     48   

Tax Return

     10   

Taxes

     9   

Third Party Tax Claim

     56   

Threshold Amount

     54   

Total Consideration

     47   

Tradename

     10   

Transaction Documents

     10   

Transfer Date

     42   

 

vii


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

(continued)

 

Transfer Taxes

     48   

Transferred Employees

     42   

Transition Services Agreement

     10   

Wal-Mart Locations

     10   

 

viii


AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement (“ Agreement ”), dated as of August 31, 2010, by and between Dickinson Financial Corporation, a Missouri corporation (“ Seller ”), Bank Midwest, N.A., a national banking association (“ Bank ”), and NBH Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”) on behalf of itself and its to-be-formed national banking association subsidiary (“ Purchaser Bank ”). Certain capitalized terms have the meanings given to such terms in Article I.

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Seller is the sole owner of all of the outstanding common stock of Bank, $100 par value per share; and

B. WHEREAS, Purchaser wishes to cause Purchaser Bank (which will sign a joinder agreement to this Agreement and be bound hereby) to acquire from Bank, and Seller wishes for Bank to transfer to Purchaser Bank, certain banking operations of Bank on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Certain Defined Terms . Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms, when used in this Agreement, shall have the respective meanings specified below (such meanings to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Accrued Interest ” means, as of any date, (a) with respect to a Deposit, interest which is accrued on such Deposit to but excluding such date and not yet posted to the relevant deposit account and (b) with respect to a Loan, interest which is accrued on such Loan to but excluding such date and not yet paid.

Acquired Assets ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.7(a).

Additional Acquired Assets ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.7(a)(xi).

Additional Loans ” shall mean the loans designated pursuant to Section 6.14.

Adjustment Factor ” shall mean 0.0178.


Affiliate ” of a Person shall mean any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

Agency ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.24(i).

Agreement ” shall have the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.

Articles of Association ” shall mean the Articles of Association of Bank, as currently in effect.

Assumed Liability ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.7(c).

Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.6(a).

Balance Sheet Date ” shall mean March 31, 2010.

Bank ” shall have the meaning stated in the preamble to this Agreement.

Bank Benefit Plans ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.11(a).

Bank Confidential Information ” shall mean information concerning Bank’s customers and prospects, products and services, employees, Intellectual Property (including trade secrets), technology, financial or business plans and operations, and unpublished financial information, but shall exclude any such information to the extent related to the Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities.

Bank Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.6(a).

Bank Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.21(a).

Bank Policies ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.19.

Bank Regulatory Agreement ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.15.

Bank Subsidiary” and “Bank Subsidiaries ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.1(b).

Baseline Deposits ” shall mean $2,530,067,799.

BHCA ” shall mean the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

Branch Employees ” shall mean the employees that, as of May 31, 2010, are employed by Bank or one of the Bank Subsidiaries and provide services to the Branches who are identified on Section 1.1-a of the Disclosure Schedule (as may be updated pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv) of this Agreement to reflect the hiring or termination of employees of the Branch in the ordinary course consistent with past practice). Section 1.1-a of the Disclosure Schedule shall provide, for each Branch Employee listed, to the extent permitted

 

2


by applicable law: (i) name, position held, Branch location, annual base salary, earned incentive compensation for the prior performance year and target incentive compensation (if any) for the current performance year; (ii) the date of hire; (iii) city and state of residence; (iv) status as full or part-time and active or on leave of absence; (v) the employing entity; and (vi) annual vacation entitlement.

Branch Leases ” means the leases, subleases, licenses or other contracts (including all amendments, modifications, and supplements thereto) pursuant to which Seller, Bank or their respective Subsidiaries leases land and/or buildings used as Branches, together with the real property rights (including security deposits), benefits and appurtenances pertaining thereto and rights in respect thereof, including ground leases, that are listed on Section 3.20(c) of the Disclosure Schedule.

Branches ” means each of the banking offices of Bank at the locations identified on Section 1.1-b of the Disclosure Schedule, which for the avoidance of doubt does not include any Wal-Mart Location or the Bank’s Leavenworth, Kansas and Springfield, Missouri banking offices.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts are authorized or obligated pursuant to legal requirements or executive order to be closed.

Business Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a)(i).

Cap ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.2.

Cash on Hand ” means, as of any date, all petty cash, vault cash, teller cash, ATM cash, prepaid postage and cash equivalents held at a Branch.

Closing ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.4(a).

Closing Date ” shall mean the date on which the Closing actually occurs.

Closing Deposit Statement ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.9(b).

Closing Deposits ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.9(a).

Closing Net Asset Value ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.5(a).

Closing Statement ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.5(a).

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral Source ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.7.

 

3


Combined Tax Return ” shall mean any consolidated, combined or unitary or other similar Tax Return that includes the Seller.

Comparable Bank Benefit Plans ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.4(c).

Competitive Activities ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.5(a).

Confidentiality Agreement ” shall mean the Confidentiality Agreement dated as of April 22, 2010 by and between Hovde Financial, Inc. on behalf of Seller and Purchaser (as it may be amended from time to time).

Controlled Group Liability ” means any and all liabilities (i) under Title IV of ERISA, (ii) under Section 302 of ERISA, (iii) under Sections 412 and 4971 of the Code, (iv) as a result of a failure to comply with the continuation coverage requirements of Section 601 et seq. of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code, and (v) under corresponding or similar provisions of foreign laws or regulations.

Corporate Entity ” shall mean a bank, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other organization, whether an incorporated or unincorporated organization.

Covered Claim ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 10.6(b).

CRA ” shall mean the Community Reinvestment Act of 1997.

Damages ” shall mean all damages, liabilities, claims, demands, obligations, fines, awards, losses, royalties, deficiencies, costs and expenses, interest, awards, judgments and penalties (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and consultants’ fees and expenses) actually suffered or incurred.

Delaware Courts ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 10.6(b).

Deposit(s) ” means deposit liabilities with respect to deposit accounts booked by Bank at the Branches or allocated by Bank to the Branches, as of the close of business on the Closing Date, which constitute “deposits” for purposes of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813, including collected and uncollected deposits and Accrued Interest, but excluding (1) any deposits properly allocated to the Wal-Mart Locations, (2) those deposits identified by Seller and acknowledged by Purchaser, in each case in such party’s reasonable judgment, prior to the Closing Date as deposits associated with single-product customer relationships, (3) any wholesale, brokered or similar deposit, (4) any Quickrate term deposit, (5) intercompany accounts associated with the business of Seller and its Affiliates (other than Bank and Bank Subsidiaries) and (6) any deposits that are pledged as collateral for an Excluded Asset.

Deposit Floor ” shall mean $2,150,557,629.

 

4


Deposit Purchase Price Adjustment ” shall mean an amount calculated by multiplying (1) the Adjustment Factor by (2) the difference between the Deposit Floor and the Closing Deposits.

Derivative Transactions ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.17.

Designated Purchaser Representations ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.1.

Designated Seller Representations ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.1.

Disclosing Party ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.10(b).

Disclosure Schedule ” shall mean the disclosure schedule dated as of the date of the Agreement and delivered by Seller to Purchaser concurrent with the execution and delivery of the Agreement.

Employees ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.11(a).

Employment Agreement ” shall mean a contract, offer letter or agreement of Seller, Bank or any of their respective Affiliates with or addressed to any Business Employee to which Seller, Bank or any of their respective Affiliates has any actual or contingent liability or obligation to provide compensation and/or benefits in consideration for past, present or future services.

Environmental Laws ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.18.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Estimated Net Asset Value ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.3.

Excluded Assets ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.7(b).

Excluded Liabilities ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.7(d).

Excluded Taxes ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.4(a).

Executive Business Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).

Federal Courts ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 10.6(b).

Federal Reserve Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Final Deposits ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.9(b).

 

5


Final Net Asset Value ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.5(e).

GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles as applicable to banks and bank holding companies, consistently applied during the periods involved.

Governmental Entity ” shall mean any court, administrative agency, arbitrator or commission or other governmental, prosecutorial or regulatory authority or instrumentality, or any SRO.

HSR Act ” shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.5(a).

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.5(a).

Independent Accounting Firm ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.5(c).

Intellectual Property ” shall mean any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of or associated with: all patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, domain names, database rights, copyrights and any applications therefor, mask works, net lists, technology, web sites, know-how, trade secrets, ideas, algorithms, processes, computer software programs or applications (in both source code and object code form), and tangible or intangible proprietary information or material of a Person.

Interim Deposit Statement ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.9(a).

Interim Period ” shall mean any taxable year or period commencing on or prior to the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date.

IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

Knowledge ” with respect to Seller shall mean the actual knowledge of those individuals set forth on Section 1.1(c) of the Disclosure Schedule.

Leased Premises ” shall mean all parcels of real property leased to Bank pursuant to the Branch Leases.

Leave Recipients ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.4(a)(ii).

Lien ” shall mean any lien, claim, charge, option, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge or security interest or other restriction of any kind.

Loan Documents ” means all Loan files and all documents included in Seller’s file or imaging system with respect to a Loan, including loan applications, notes, security agreements, deeds of trust, collectors notes, appraisals, credit reports, disclosures, titles to collateral, verifications (including employment verification, deposit

 

6


verification, etc.), mortgages, loan agreements, including building and loan agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements, financing statements, intercreditor agreements, participation agreements, sureties and insurance policies (including title insurance policies) and all modifications, waivers and consents relating to any of the foregoing.

Loan Tape ” means the data storage disk produced by Seller from its management information systems regarding the Loans and provided to Purchaser with information as of May 31, 2010.

Loans ” means, collectively, (i) overdrafts associated with the Deposits, (ii) all consumer loans associated with the Branches, and (iii) the loans that are listed on the Loan Tape, as may be updated with Purchaser’s and Seller’s consent as of the Closing Date ( provided , however , that Purchaser may exclude any of the following from such consumer loans or the Loan Tape as of the Closing Date without Seller’s consent (A) or any loans that as of the close of business on the date of the estimated Closing Statement prepared in accordance with Section 2.3 are contractually past due sixty (60) days or more in the payment of principal and/or interest or (B) any loans that are classified as “non-accrual” by Seller, Bank, or any of their respective Subsidiaries or that are classified as “non-performing” by any applicable regulatory definition).

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean, with respect to Seller or Bank, any event, development, change or effect that (i) is, or would be reasonably likely to be, material and adverse to the business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) prevents, or would be reasonably likely to prevent, Seller from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby; provided that a Material Adverse Effect shall not be deemed to include effects to the extent resulting from (A) changes in applicable regulatory accounting requirements or GAAP, to the extent such changes do not disproportionately adversely affect Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, compared to other depositary institutions and their subsidiaries (B) changes in laws, regulations or interpretations thereof by Governmental Entities, to the extent such changes do not disproportionately adversely affect Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, compared to other depositary institutions and their subsidiaries (C) actions or omissions of Seller or the Bank taken with the prior written consent of Purchaser or as required by the Transaction Documents, (D) except for purposes of Section 3.3(b), (x) the performance of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents or (y) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (E) any action that Purchaser and Seller reasonably agree is required to be taken under any law or any Bank Regulatory Agreement set forth on Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule.

Material Contract ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.14(a).

Materially Burdensome Regulatory Condition ” shall have the meaning stated in 6.1(a).

Multiemployer Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(b).

Multiple Employer Plan ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.11(b).

 

7


Non-Executive Business Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a)(i).

Non-Material Damages ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.2(a).

Obligor ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.24(c).

OCC ” shall mean the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

Outside Date ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 8.1(b).

Owned Real Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.20.

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.20.

Person ” shall mean any individual, Corporate Entity or Governmental Entity.

Personal Property Leases ” means the leases under which Bank or Bank Subsidiaries lease certain Personal Property in the Branches.

Personal Property ” means all of the personal property of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries located in the Branches consisting of the trade fixtures, shelving, furniture, on-premises ATMs, equipment, security systems, safe deposit boxes (exclusive of contents), vaults, sign structures and supplies excluding any items consumed or disposed of, but including new items acquired or obtained, in the ordinary course of the operation of the Branches through the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, Personal Property does not include any antiques, rugs or artwork or similar furnishings located or stored in the Branches; provided that any such items shall not be reflected on the Closing Statement; and provided , further , that any such items that are removed from a customer-oriented location in a Branch will be replaced with comparable items prior to the Closing. If, prior to the Closing Date, an item of Personal Property is damaged by fire or other casualty, such item, if reasonably repairable, shall be sold to Purchaser (in accordance with the provisions hereof) and the insurance proceeds relating to such item shall be assigned to Purchaser, it being understood that if such item is not reasonably repairable or is underinsured or uninsured, it shall be an Excluded Asset. Personal Property does not include any personal property or equipment subject to a Personal Property Lease.

Pool ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.24(m).

Post-Closing Period ” shall mean any taxable year or period that begins after the Closing Date, and, with respect to any Interim Period, the portion of such Interim Period commencing immediately after the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Period ” shall mean any taxable year or period that ends on or before the Closing Date, and, with respect to any Interim Period, the portion of such Interim Period ending on and including the Closing Date.

 

8


Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.6(a).

Property Taxes ” shall mean real, personal, and intangible ad valorem property Taxes.

Proposed Allocation ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.9(a).

Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 2.2.

Purchaser ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Purchaser Bank ” shall have the meaning stated in the second Recital.

Purchaser Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.2.

Purchaser Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean, with respect to Purchaser, any event, development, change or effect that prevents, or would be reasonably likely to prevent, Purchaser from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby.

Purchaser Regulatory Approvals ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 4.3.

Purchaser Representatives ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.2.

Records ” shall mean (i) all records and original documents, or where reasonable and appropriate copies thereof, in Seller’s or Bank’s possession that pertain to and are used by Seller or Bank to administer, reflect, monitor, evidence or record information respecting the business or conduct of the Branches (including transaction tickets through the Closing Date and all records for closed accounts located in Branches and excluding any other transaction tickets and records for closed accounts) and (ii) all such records and original documents, or where reasonable and appropriate copies thereof, regarding the Acquired Assets, or the Deposits, including all such records maintained on electronic or magnetic media in the electronic database system of Seller reasonably accessible by Seller or Bank, or to comply with the applicable laws and governmental regulations to which the Deposits are subject, including but not limited to applicable unclaimed property and escheat laws, but shall exclude any such documents or information referenced in (i) or (ii) above to the extent related to the Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities.

Regulatory Agencies ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.5.

Regulatory Approvals ” shall mean the Requisite Regulatory Approvals and the Purchaser Regulatory Approvals.

Reports ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.5.

Requisite Regulatory Approvals ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 3.4.

Restricted Period ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.5(a)(i).

 

9


Safe Deposit Agreements ” means the agreements relating to safe deposit boxes located in the Branches.

Secondary Transaction ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.1(b).

Seller ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Seller Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.3.

SRO ” shall mean any domestic or foreign securities, broker-dealer, investment adviser and insurance industry self-regulatory organization.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, when used with respect to any party, any Corporate Entity which is consolidated with such party for financial reporting purposes or which otherwise would be deemed to be a subsidiary of such party within the meaning of the BHCA.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean all federal, state, local, and foreign income, excise, gross receipts, gross income, ad valorem, profits, gains, property, capital, sales, transfer, use, value-added, stamp, documentation, payroll, employment, severance, withholding, duties, license, intangibles, franchise, backup withholding, environmental, occupation, alternative or add-on minimum taxes, imposed by any Governmental Entity, and other taxes, charges, levies or like assessments, and including all penalties and additions to tax and interest thereon.

Tax Claim ” shall mean any claim with respect to Taxes made by a Governmental Entity.

Tax Data ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.9(c).

Tax Documentation ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.9(c).

Tax Return ” shall mean any return, declaration, report, statement, information statement and other document filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof, supplied to a Governmental Entity.

Tenant Leases ” means leases, subleases, licenses or other use agreements between Seller and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and tenants with respect to Owned Real Property or Leased Premises, on the other hand.

Third Party Tax Claim ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.4(e).

Threshold Amount ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 9.2.

Total Consideration ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.9(a).

Transfer Date ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.4(a)(iii).

 

10


Transfer Taxes ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.9(d).

Tradename ” means Bank Midwest.

Transaction Documents ” shall mean this Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement.

Transferred Employees ” shall have the meaning stated in Section 6.4(a)(i).

Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean the Transition Services Agreement by and between Bank and Seller referred to in Section 6.7.

Wal-Mart Locations ” shall mean the branch activities of Bank in existence as of July 6, 2010 and conducted at the locations set forth on Section 1.1(d) of the Disclosure Schedule.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION TRANSACTIONS

2.1 Purchase and Assumption . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Bank agrees to, and Seller agrees to cause Bank to, sell, assign and transfer to Purchaser Bank, and Purchaser agrees to cause Purchaser Bank to purchase from Bank, all of Bank’s right, title and interest in the Acquired Assets, free and clear of any Liens or rights or claims of others, other than Permitted Encumbrances on Owned Real Property and Leased Premises. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Purchaser Bank agrees to, and Purchaser agrees to cause Purchaser Bank to, assume the Assumed Liabilities.

2.2 Purchase Price . The purchase price payable by Purchaser Bank (or by Purchaser on behalf of Purchaser Bank) for the Acquired Assets shall be $56,000,000 (such amount, as it may be adjusted pursuant to Section 6.14 or Section 2.9, the “ Purchase Price ”).

2.3 Calculation of Closing Payment . No later than three Business Days prior to the date on which the Closing is scheduled to occur, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser a good faith estimate of the Closing Statement and, based on such estimated Closing Statement, a good faith estimate of (x) the value of the Acquired Assets less (y) the value of the Assumed Liabilities, in each case as set forth on the Closing Statement (such difference, whether positive or negative, the “ Estimated Net Asset Value ”). Such certificate shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser and Seller. Seller shall also deliver to Purchaser copies of all workpapers and other documents used in the calculation of Estimated Net Asset Value as necessary to allow Purchaser and Seller to determine the adjustments to the Purchase Price hereunder.

 

11


2.4 The Closing .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the transactions set forth in Section 2.1 (the “ Closing ”) shall take place on the third Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver (subject to applicable law) of the latest to occur of the conditions set forth in Article VII hereof, unless extended by mutual agreement of the parties. The Closing shall take place at the offices of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019, or at such other location as the parties hereto may agree.

(b) At the Closing:

(i) If the Purchase Price is a positive number, Purchaser shall deliver, or cause Purchaser Bank to deliver, the Purchase Price to Bank, and if the Purchase Price is a negative number, Bank shall (and Seller shall cause Bank to) deliver the absolute value of the Purchase Price to Purchaser Bank, in either case by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

(ii) Seller shall deliver to Purchaser:

(1) A bill of sale in substantially the form of Exhibit 2.4(b)(ii)(1), pursuant to which the Personal Property and the Loans shall be transferred to Purchaser Bank;

(2) An assignment and assumption agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit 2.4(b)(ii)(2), with respect to the Assumed Liabilities;

(3) Lease assignment and assumption agreements in substantially the form of Exhibit 2.4(b)(ii)(3), with respect to each of the Branch Leases;

(4) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.8, such consents of landlords as shall be required pursuant to the terms of such Branch Leases or, to the assignment of the Branch Leases to Purchaser Bank in substantially the form of Exhibit 2.4(b)(ii)(4) or to a sublease with substantially the same effect;

(5) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.8, such consents as shall be required pursuant to the terms of such Tenant Leases in connection with the assignment thereof to Purchaser Bank;

(6) Bank’s keys to the safe deposit boxes and all other records as exist and are in Seller’s possession or control related to the safe deposit box business at the Branches;

(7) The Records, including Bank’s files and records related to the Loans, the Loan Documents and the collateral for the Loans;

(8) The contracts, agreements, leases and other documentation related to the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities;

 

12


(9) Cash on Hand;

(10) Such other Acquired Assets to be purchased as shall be capable of physical delivery;

(11) Instruments to transfer the Owned Real Property in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser and Seller; and

(12) Such other documents as the parties determine are reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(iii) Seller and Purchaser Bank shall enter into the Transition Services Agreement.

2.5 Post-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment .

(a) As promptly as practicable, but no later than 60 days, after the Closing Date, Purchaser will cause to be prepared and delivered to Seller a closing statement of the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities as of the close of business on the Closing Date prepared in accordance with the accounting principles, policies, practices and methodologies used in connection with the preparation of the Balance Sheet, except that such closing statement shall exclude any loss reserves associated with the Loans (as reflecting the Final Net Asset Value, the “ Closing Statement ”). The Closing Statement will be accompanied by a schedule setting forth Purchaser’s calculation of the Closing Net Asset Value. “ Closing Net Asset Value ” means (x) the value of the Acquired Assets less (y) the value of the Assumed Liabilities, as shown on the Closing Statement.

(b) If Seller disagrees with Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Net Asset Value, Seller may, within 20 days after delivery of Purchaser’s delivery of the Closing Statement, deliver a notice to Purchaser disagreeing with such calculation and which specifies Seller’s calculation of such amount and, in reasonable detail, Seller’s grounds for such disagreement. Any such notice of disagreement shall specify those items or amounts as to which Seller disagrees, and Seller shall be deemed to have agreed with all other items and amounts contained in the Closing Statement and the Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Net Asset Value.

(c) If a notice of disagreement shall be duly delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(b), Purchaser and Seller shall, during the 15 days following such delivery, use their reasonable best efforts to reach agreement on the disputed items or amounts in order to determine, as may be required, the amount of Closing Net Asset Value, which amount shall not be less than the amount thereof shown in Purchaser’s calculations delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(a) nor more than the amount thereof shown in Seller’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(b). If Purchaser and Seller are unable to reach such agreement during such period, they shall promptly thereafter cause KPMG LLP (or if such firm is unable or unwilling to act, independent accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser and Seller (who shall not have any material relationship with Purchaser or Seller)) (KPMG LLP

 

13


or such firm as the case may be, the “ Independent Accounting Firm ”), promptly to review this Agreement and the disputed items or amounts for the purpose of calculating Closing Net Asset Value. The Independent Accounting Firm shall deliver to Purchaser and Seller, as promptly as practicable, a report setting forth such calculation. The Independent Accounting Firm shall report on only those items or amounts in the Closing Statement or Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Net Asset Value as to which Seller has disagreed. Such report shall be final and binding upon Purchaser and Seller. The cost of such review and report shall be borne (i) by Purchaser if the difference between Final Net Asset Value and Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Net Asset Value delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(a) is greater than the difference between Final Net Asset Value and Seller’s calculation of Closing Net Asset Value delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(b), (ii) by Seller if the first such difference is less than the second such difference and (iii) otherwise equally by Purchaser and Seller.

(d) Purchaser and Seller agree that they will, and agree to cause their respective independent accountants and Affiliates to, cooperate and assist in the preparation of the Closing Statement and the calculation of Closing Net Asset Value and in the conduct of the audits and reviews referred to in Section 2.5, including the making available to the extent necessary of books, records, work papers and personnel.

(e) If Estimated Net Asset Value exceeds Final Net Asset Value, Purchaser Bank shall be entitled to receive a payment from Bank, or from Seller on behalf of Bank, equal to the amount of such excess. If Final Net Asset Value exceeds Estimated Net Asset Value, Bank shall be entitled to receive a payment from Purchaser Bank, or from Purchaser on behalf of Purchaser Bank, equal to the amount of such excess. “ Final Net Asset Value ” means the Closing Net Asset Value (i) as shown in Purchaser’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(a), if no notice of disagreement with respect thereto is duly delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(b); or (ii) if such a notice of disagreement is delivered, (A) as agreed by Purchaser and Seller pursuant to Section 2.5(c) or (B) in the absence of such agreement, as shown in the independent accountant’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(c); provided that in no event shall Final Net Asset Value be more than Seller’s calculation of Closing Net Asset Value delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(b) or less than Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Net Asset Value delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(a).

(f) Any payment pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be made at a mutually convenient time and place within 10 days after the Final Net Asset Value has been determined by wire transfer of same day funds to the account designated by the party entitled to such payment, and shall be accompanied by interest on such amount from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date of payment at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition in effect from time to time during the period from the Closing Date to the date of payment.

2.6 [Reserved] .

2.7 Definition of Acquired Assets, Excluded Assets, Assumed Liabilities and Excluded Liabilities .

 

14


(a) Each of the following shall be an “ Acquired Asset ”:

(i) Cash on Hand;

(ii) the Owned Real Property;

(iii) the Branch Leases and Tenant Leases;

(iv) the Personal Property and the Personal Property Leases;

(v) the Loans (including any participation owned by Seller or an Affiliate of Seller relating to a Loan), the collateral for the Loans, the Loan Documents, servicing rights related to the Loans, and the Additional Loans, if any; provided that any loan loss reserves associated with the Loans shall be Excluded Assets;

(vi) the Safe Deposit Agreements;

(vii) benefits under all confidentiality agreements executed in favor of Seller or its Affiliates by entities invited to bid on the Branches;

(viii) all right, title, registrations and interests in the Tradename;

(ix) the Records;

(x) all governmental licenses, registrations, franchises, permits, authorizations and similar rights relating to the conduct of the business of the Branches;

(xi) the other assets set forth on Exhibit 2.7(a)(xi), which has been jointly prepared and mutually agreed upon by the parties (the “ Additional Acquired Assets ”);

(xii) all pre-paid expenses and premiums associated with the Acquired Assets; and

(xiii) the rights of action and claims related to the foregoing items, except to the extent relating to Excluded Liabilities.

(b) “ Excluded Assets ” means all assets of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries other than the Acquired Assets. For avoidance of doubt, the “Excluded Assets” shall also include all of the Bank’s rights to recover assets charged off by Bank prior to the Closing.

(c) Each of the following shall be an “ Assumed Liability ”:

(i) the Deposits;

 

15


(ii) the Owned Real Property, the Leased Premises, the Branch Leases and the Tenant Leases;

(iii) the Personal Property Leases;

(iv) the performance obligations of Bank in connection with servicing the Loans;

(v) the Safe Deposit Agreements and the Additional Acquired Assets; and

(vi) the Loans, and the servicing of the Loans.

(d) “ Excluded Liabilities ” means all liabilities of Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries incurred prior to the Closing Date (whether such liabilities are known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated prior to, on or after the Closing Date); provided, that none of the Excluded Liabilities shall be Assumed Liabilities. For avoidance of doubt, the “Excluded Liabilities” shall include (i) all liabilities arising out of the employment of any employee of Seller, Bank or the Bank Subsidiaries prior to the Closing, including in connection with the matters set forth in Section 6.4 and (ii) all liabilities for Excluded Taxes.

2.8 Unassignable Contracts .

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign any Acquired Asset or right that is included in the Acquired Assets but is not assignable or transferable without the consent of any Person, other than Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, or for which assignment without such consent would constitute a breach or in any way adversely affect the rights of Purchaser Bank thereunder to the extent that such consent shall not have been obtained prior to the Closing; provided , however , that Seller and Bank shall have the continuing obligation after the Closing to use all reasonable efforts to endeavor to obtain all necessary consents to the assignment thereof and, upon obtaining the requisite third party consents thereto, such agreement, license or right, shall be transferred and assigned to Purchaser Bank hereunder.

(b) With respect to any Acquired Asset or right included in the Acquired Assets that is not assigned to Purchaser Bank at the Closing by reason of Section 2.8(a), after the Closing and until the applicable requisite consents are obtained and the foregoing sold and assigned to Purchaser Bank, Seller and Bank shall provide to Purchaser Bank the benefits under each such Acquired Asset or right (with Purchaser Bank responsible for all liabilities and obligations thereunder to the extent it would be liable under the applicable Acquired Asset if the requisite consent had been obtained and such Acquired Asset had been assigned to Purchaser Bank). In particular, in the event that any requisite consent is not obtained prior to Closing, then Purchaser and Seller shall enter into such arrangements or cause Purchaser Bank and an Affiliate of Seller, respectively, to enter into such arrangements (including sublicensing, subleasing or subcontracting if permitted) to provide to Purchaser Bank the economic and operational equivalent of obtaining such requisite consent and assigning such Acquired Asset or right, including enforcement for the benefit of Purchaser Bank of all claims or rights arising thereunder, and the performance by Purchaser Bank of the obligations thereunder. Seller shall

 

16


take all actions reasonably requested by Purchaser or Purchaser Bank to enforce its rights under any such Acquired Assets including the assertion and enforcement of any right, claim, presentation, demand or draw under or with respect to any such Acquired Assets.

2.9 Deposit Purchase Price Adjustment .

(a) No later than three Business Days prior to the date on which the Closing is scheduled to occur, Bank shall deliver to Purchaser a statement of the Deposits as of the end of the most recently completed calendar month prior to the Closing Date (the “ Interim Deposit Statement ”). The Deposits set forth on the Interim Deposit Statement shall be determined in the same manner as the Baseline Deposits were determined and shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties, or, in the absence of such mutual agreement, shall be determined in Seller’s good faith calculation of such Deposits (such finally agreed upon or calculated amount, the “ Closing Deposits ”). If the Closing Deposits are less than the Deposit Floor, at Closing the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Deposit Purchase Price Adjustment.

(b) As promptly as practicable, but no later than 60 days, after the Closing Date, Purchaser and Purchaser Bank will cause to be prepared and delivered to Seller a statement of the Deposits as of the close of business on the Closing Date prepared in accordance with the accounting principles, policies, practices and methodologies used in connection with the preparation of the Interim Deposit Statement (the “ Closing Deposit Statement ”). The Deposits set forth on the Closing Deposit Statement shall be determined in the same manner as the Closing Deposits, and any dispute related to the calculation thereof shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures specified in Sections 2.5(b) through 2.5(d), mutatis mutandis (such amount as finally determined, the “ Final Deposits ”).

(c) If each of Closing Deposits and Final Deposits are less than the Deposit Floor, then:

(i) if Closing Deposits exceed Final Deposits, Purchaser Bank shall be entitled to receive a payment from Seller on behalf of Bank equal to the amount calculated by multiplying (1) the Adjustment Factor by (2) the amount of such excess; and

(ii) if Final Deposits exceed Closing Deposits, Seller on behalf of Bank shall be entitled to receive a payment from Purchaser Bank or Purchaser on behalf of Purchaser Bank equal to the amount calculated by multiplying (1) the Adjustment Factor by (2) the amount of such excess.

(d) If Closing Deposits are less than the Deposit Floor and Final Deposits are equal to or in excess of the Deposit Floor, Seller on behalf of Bank shall be entitled to receive a payment from Purchaser Bank or Purchaser on behalf of Purchaser Bank equal to the Deposit Purchase Price Adjustment received by Purchaser Bank at the Closing.

 

17


(e) If Final Deposits are less than the Deposit Floor and Closing Deposits are equal to or in excess of the Deposit Floor, Purchaser Bank shall be entitled to receive a payment from Seller on behalf of Bank equal to the amount calculated by multiplying (1) the Adjustment Factor by (2) the positive difference between the Final Deposits and the Deposit Floor.

(f) Any payment pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall be made at a mutually convenient time and place within 10 days after the Final Deposits have been determined by wire transfer of same day funds to the account designated by the party entitled to such payment, and shall be accompanied by interest on such amount from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date of payment at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition in effect from time to time during the period from the Closing Date to the date of payment.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser that the following is true and correct as of July 6, 2010 (except to the extent the following representations and warranties are expressly made only as of another date, in which case as of such other date). The Disclosure Schedule shall be organized to correspond to the Sections in this Article III. Each exception set forth in the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to qualify (i) the corresponding representation and warranty set forth in this Agreement that is specifically identified (by cross-reference or otherwise) in the Disclosure Schedule and (ii) any other representation and warranty to the extent the relevance of such exception to such other representation and warranty is reasonably clear on the face of the disclosure (without need to examine underlying documentation).

3.1 Corporate Organization .

(a) Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Bank is a federally chartered and federally insured bank. Bank has the requisite corporate power and authority to own or lease and operate all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly licensed or qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the character or location of the properties and assets owned or leased by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Seller is duly registered as a bank holding company under the BHCA. True and complete copies of the Articles of Association and bylaws of Bank, as in effect as of July 6, 2010, have previously been furnished or made available to Purchaser. Bank is not in violation of any of the provisions of its Articles of Association or bylaws, each as amended.

 

18


(b) Section 3.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of all the Subsidiaries of Bank (each a “ Bank Subsidiary ” and collectively the “ Bank Subsidiaries ”). Except for its interests in the Bank Subsidiaries, Bank does not as of July 6, 2010 own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, membership interest, partnership interest, joint venture interest or other equity interest in any Person.

3.2 [Reserved] .

3.3 Authority; No Violation .

(a) Seller has full corporate power and authority and is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly approved by all necessary corporate action on the part of Seller. No other corporate proceedings (including any approvals of Seller’s stockholders) on the part of Seller are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller. Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Purchaser, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally, or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller nor the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by Seller with any of the terms or provisions hereof, will (i) violate any provision of the certificates of incorporation or bylaws of Seller or Articles of Association or bylaws of Bank or (ii) assuming that the Requisite Regulatory Approvals and the consents set forth on Section 3.3(b) of the Disclosure Schedule are duly obtained and/or made, (x) violate any statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree or injunction applicable to Seller or Bank or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets or (y) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of or the loss of any benefit under, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under or in any payment conditioned, in whole or in part, on a change of control of Bank or approval or consummation of transactions of the type contemplated hereby, accelerate the performance required by or rights or obligations under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the respective properties or assets of Seller or Bank or any of their respective Subsidiaries under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement, contract, or other instrument or obligation to which Seller or Bank or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party, or by which they or any of their respective properties, assets or business activities may be bound or affected, except (in the case of clause (ii) above) for such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults or the loss of benefits which,

 

19


either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.4 Consents and Approvals . Except for (i) the approval of the OCC of the merger of Bank with and into Armed Forces Bank, N.A., (ii) the regulatory notices, consents, approvals, waivers, authorizations, filings and registrations set forth in Section 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule, (iii) if required, any approvals or filings required by the HSR Act and waiver by the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program (such consents or approvals in clauses (i) through (iii), the “ Requisite Regulatory Approvals ”) and (v) the Purchaser Regulatory Approvals, no notices to, consents or approvals of, waivers or authorizations by, or filings or registrations with any Governmental Entity (other than such additional notices, consents, approvals, waivers, authorizations, filings or registrations the failure of which to make or obtain would not be material) are necessary in connection with (A) the execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement and (B) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. The only material third party consents necessary in connection with (A) the execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement and (B) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are set forth in Section 3.3(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

3.5 Reports . Bank and each Bank Subsidiaries have filed, and Seller has filed with respect to Bank, all reports, forms, correspondence, registrations and statements, together with any amendments required to be made with respect thereto (“ Reports ”), that they were required to file since January 1, 2007 with (i) any SRO, (ii) the Federal Reserve Board, (iii) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (iv) the OCC and (v) any other federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory agency or authority (the agencies and authorities identified in clauses (i) through (v), inclusive, are, collectively, the “ Regulatory Agencies ”), and all other Reports required to be filed by them since January 1, 2007, including any Report required to be filed pursuant to the laws, rules or regulations of the United States, any state, or any Regulatory Agency and have paid all fees and assessments due and payable in connection therewith, except where the failure to file such Report or to pay such fees and assessments, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Any such Report regarding Bank or the Branches made in any Report filed with or otherwise submitted to any Regulatory Agency complied in all material respects with relevant legal requirements, including as to content. Except for normal examinations conducted by a Regulatory Agency in the ordinary course of the business of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries or in connection with the Bank Regulatory Agreements described in Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no pending proceeding before, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, examination or investigation by, any Regulatory Agency into the business or operations of Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries. There are no unresolved violations, criticisms, or exceptions by any Regulatory Agency with respect to any Report relating to any examinations of Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries, except where any such violations, criticisms or exceptions that would not reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20


3.6 Financial Statements .

(a) Seller has previously made available to Purchaser copies of the following financial statements (the “ Bank Financial Statements ”), copies of which are attached as Section 3.6(a) of the Disclosure Schedule: (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2010 (the “ Balance Sheet ”), and the related consolidated statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2010, (iii) the Call Reports of Bank for the year ended December 31, 2009 and quarter ended March 31, 2010, and (iv) the unaudited pro forma balance sheet reflecting only the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities, as of May 31, 2010 (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”). The Bank Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position and results of operations of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries (other than, in the case of the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, which reflects only the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities) as of the respective dates or for the respective periods therein set forth and, other than the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, have been prepared in accordance with either GAAP or regulatory accepted accounting procedures pursuant to OCC requirements, consistently applied during the periods involved, except for the absence of footnote disclosure and, in the case of interim financial statements, subject to recurring year-end adjustments normal in nature and amount. The Bank Financial Statements have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries.

(b) Bank maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to comply in all material respects with all legal and accounting requirements applicable to the business of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries. Neither Seller nor Bank has received notice of any material claim, investigation, examination or proceeding alleging that Bank has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices.

(c) The books and records kept by Bank and any Bank Subsidiaries are in all material respects complete and accurate and have been maintained in the ordinary course of business and in accordance in all material respects with applicable laws and accounting requirements.

3.7 Undisclosed Liabilities . Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule and except for (i) Excluded Liabilities; (ii) those liabilities that are reflected or reserved against on the Balance Sheet, and (iii) liabilities incurred since the Balance Sheet Date, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiaries has any material liability of any nature whatsoever (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether due or to become due), whether or not the same would have been required to be reflected on the Balance Sheet if it had existed on the Balance Sheet Date.

3.8 Absence of Certain Changes or Events . Since the Balance Sheet Date: (a) Bank and Bank Subsidiaries have, in all material respects carried on their respective businesses in the ordinary course consistent with

 

21


their past practices; (b) Bank has not taken any of the actions that Seller has agreed not to permit Bank to take from July 6, 2010 through the Closing Date pursuant to Sections 5.3(a) through (p) of this Agreement, except to the extent such actions (i) relate solely to the Excluded Assets or the Excluded Liabilities, (ii) were taken in the ordinary course of business, (iii) were required pursuant to any Bank Regulatory Agreement, or (iv) as are otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement; and (c) there have been no events, circumstances, facts or occurrences that have had a Material Adverse Effect.

3.9 Legal Proceedings . Except as set forth in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary is a party to or the subject of any, and there are no outstanding or pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations of any nature against Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries that, if determined adversely to Bank or Bank Subsidiary, would be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. There is no material injunction, order, judgment, decree or regulatory restriction (other than regulatory restrictions of general application that apply to similarly situated companies or the Bank Regulatory Agreements described in Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule) imposed upon Bank, any Bank Subsidiaries or the assets of Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries.

3.10 Taxes and Tax Returns .

(a) Bank and each Bank Subsidiary has duly and timely filed or caused to be filed (including all applicable extensions) all federal, state, foreign and local Tax Returns required to be filed by it, with respect to it or with respect to the Acquired Assets or Assumed Liabilities (all such Tax Returns being accurate and complete in all respects) and has duly and timely paid or caused to be paid on its behalf all Taxes required to be paid by it. Through July 6, 2010, Bank and Bank Subsidiaries do not have any liability for Taxes in excess of the amount reserved or provided for on their financial statements. Bank and each Bank Subsidiary has made adequate provision on the Balance Sheet for all accrued Taxes not yet due and payable.

(b) No jurisdiction where Bank and Bank Subsidiaries do not file a Tax Return has made a claim in writing that any of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries is required to file a Tax Return in such jurisdiction.

(c) No Liens for Taxes exist with respect to any of the assets of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, except for statutory Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable.

(d) There are no audits, examinations, disputes or proceedings pending or threatened in writing with respect to, or claims or assessments asserted or threatened in writing for, any Taxes of Bank or any Bank Subsidiary or with respect to the Acquired Assets or Assumed Liabilities.

(e) There is no waiver or extension of the application of any statute of limitations of any jurisdiction regarding the assessment or collection of any Tax with respect to Bank and any Bank Subsidiary, which waiver or extension is in effect.

 

22


(f) All Taxes required to be withheld, collected or deposited by or with respect to Bank and each Bank Subsidiary have been timely withheld, collected or deposited, as the case may be, and to the extent required by applicable law, have been paid to the relevant Governmental Entity. Bank and each Bank Subsidiary has complied in all respects with all information reporting and backup withholding provisions of applicable law, including the collection, review and retention of any required withholding certificates or comparable documents (including with respect to Deposits) and any notice received pursuant to Section 3406(a)(1)(B) or (C) of the Code.

(g) Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary has participated in any reportable transaction, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(1).

(h) Except as set forth in Section 3.10(h) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary is a party to, is bound by, or has any obligation under, any Tax sharing, allocation, indemnity or similar agreements or arrangement that obligates it to make any payment computed by reference to the Taxes, taxable income or taxable losses of any other Person.

(i) Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary (i) has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which was Seller’s parent, Dickinson Financial Corporation II) or (ii) has any liability for the Taxes of any person (other than Seller or any of its subsidiaries) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise.

(j) Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary has any application pending with any Governmental Entity requesting permission for any changes in accounting method.

(k) No rulings, requests for rulings or closing agreements have been entered into with or issued by, or are pending with, any Governmental Entity with respect to Bank or any Bank Subsidiary.

(l) None of the Acquired Assets is “tax exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code.

(m) None of the Acquired Assets is a lease made pursuant to Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

(n) The Acquired Assets do not include any shares of corporate stock, partnership or limited liability company interests or any other equity interests in any Person nor is any Acquired Asset required to be treated as such for federal income tax purposes.

3.11 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) A description of or information relating to all pension, retirement, profit-sharing, deferred compensation, stock option, employee stock ownership, severance pay, sick leave, vacation, bonus, or other incentive plans, all other written or unwritten employee programs, arrangements, or agreements, all medical, vision, dental, or other health plans, all

 

23


disability and life insurance plans, and all other employee benefit plans or fringe benefit plans, including, without limitation, “employee benefit plans” as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, covering any current or former directors, officers or employees of Bank or Bank Subsidiaries (collectively, “ Employees ”) or any Business Employees, or to which contributions must be made or liabilities are outstanding thereunder for Employees or any Business Employees (the “ Bank Benefit Plans ”) have been provided to the Purchaser prior to July 6, 2010. Section 3.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate summary of all currently applicable health care, group life and disability insurance benefits and tax-qualified defined contribution savings plan benefits covering any Employees or any Business Employees. All Bank Benefit Plans are sponsored or maintained by Seller. Seller has provided to the Purchaser true, complete and correct (in all material respects) copies of summary plan descriptions (and related amendments or summary of material modifications) for the Bank Benefit Plans. There are no Bank Benefit Plans that are sponsored or maintained by Bank or any Bank Subsidiary or for which Bank or any Bank Subsidiary has or could have any liability, and none of Seller, Bank or any Bank Subsidiary is a party to an Employment Agreement.

(b) None of Bank or any Bank Subsidiary, Seller or their respective ERISA Affiliates has (i) contributed to or been obligated to contribute to, at any time during the past six years, a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA (a “ Multiemployer Plan ”) or a plan that has two or more contributing sponsors at least two of whom are not under common control (a “ Multiple Employer Plan ”), (ii) withdrawn in a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer Plan or (iii) incurred any liability due to the termination or reorganization of a Multiemployer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.

(c) None of Seller, Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries has contributed to or been obligated to contribute to, at any time during the past six years, a “single employer plan” that is subject to Title IV of ERISA.

(d) Each Bank Benefit Plan that is intended to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code has received a favorable determination, opinion or advisory letter from the IRS to such effect and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no fact, circumstance or event has occurred or exists since the date of such determination letter that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the qualified status of any such Bank Benefit Plan.

(e) None of Bank, Bank Subsidiaries or Seller is a party to any contract, agreement or other arrangement, including, without limitation, any Bank Benefit Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in the payment of money or any other property or rights or accelerate or provide any other rights or benefits, to any Employee or Business Employee that would not have been required but for the transaction provided for in this Agreement (either alone or in combination with any other event).

(f) There are no pending actions, claims or lawsuits which have been asserted, instituted or, to Knowledge of Seller, threatened, against the Bank Benefit Plans, the assets of any of the trusts under such plans or the plan sponsor or the plan administrator, or against any fiduciary of the Bank Benefit Plans with respect to the operation of such plans

 

24


(other than routine benefit claims) which could result in any material liability to Bank or Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

3.12 Employee Matters .

(a) Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary is, or has over the past five years been, a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union contract; nor to the Knowledge of the Seller are there any activities or proceedings of any labor union to organize any such employees.

(b) To the Knowledge of Seller, no executive officer of Bank or any Bank Subsidiary or any Executive Business Employee is in violation in any respect of any term of any employment or services contract, patent disclosure agreement, noncompetition agreement, or any restrictive covenant to a former employer which would reasonably be likely to impede the right of any such executive officer or Executive Business Employee to be employed or engaged by Bank or any Bank Subsidiary because of the nature of the business conducted by Bank or any Bank Subsidiary or to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others.

(c) Bank and each Bank Subsidiary has complied in all material respects with all applicable material laws relating to the employment of employees, including, without limitation, those relating to wages, hours, immigration, the payment of wages, and the classification of employees as exempt or not exempt from the payment of overtime under applicable law, the prohibitions against discrimination and harassment, occupational safety and health, and leaves of absence, except for such noncompliance as would not be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

3.13 Compliance with Applicable Law .

(a) Bank and each Bank Subsidiary and each of their employees, hold all licenses, registrations, franchises, certificates, variances, permits and authorizations necessary for the lawful conduct of their respective businesses and properties and are and have been in compliance with, and are not and have not been in violation of, under any applicable law, statute, order, rule, regulation, policy and/or guideline of any Governmental Entity, except in each case where the failure to hold such license, registration, franchise, certificate, variance, permit or authorization or such noncompliance or violation would not be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary knows of, or has received notice of, any violations of any of the above, except for such violations that would not be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(b) Except as would not be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, Bank and each Bank Subsidiary have properly administered all accounts for which Bank or any Bank Subsidiary acts as a fiduciary, including accounts for which Bank or any Bank Subsidiary serves as a trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment adviser, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents, applicable state and federal law and regulation and common law in all material respects. None of Bank or any Bank Subsidiary, or any director, officer or employee of Bank or any Bank

 

25


Subsidiary, has committed any breach of trust with respect to any such fiduciary account that would be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and the accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct in all material respects and accurately reflect in all material respects the assets of such fiduciary account.

(c) Bank has a CRA rating no less than “satisfactory.” Bank has not been informed that its status as “satisfactory” for CRA purposes will change within one year. All Deposits of Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the fullest extent under the law. Bank has met all conditions of such insurance, including timely payment of its premiums.

3.14 Material Contracts .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary is a party to or bound by, as of July 6, 2010, any of the following (each contract, arrangement, commitment or understanding of the type described in this Section 3.14(a), as amended, modified or supplemented as applicable, whether written or oral and whether or not set forth in the Disclosure Schedule is referred to as a “ Material Contract ”; provided that no contract, arrangement, commitment or understanding relating solely to an Excluded Asset or an Excluded Liability shall be a Material Contract nor shall any such contract, arrangement, commitment or understanding be required to be disclosed on Section 3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule):

(i) any contract or agreement entered into since January 1, 2008 (and any contract or agreement entered into at any time to the extent that material obligations remain as of July 6, 2010), other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, for the acquisition of the securities of or any material portion of the assets of any other Person or entity;

(ii) any trust indenture, mortgage, promissory note, loan agreement or other contract, agreement or instrument for the borrowing of money, any currency exchange, commodities or other hedging arrangement or any leasing transaction of the type required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP (excluding trade payables, securities transactions and brokerage agreements arising in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, intercompany indebtedness and immaterial leases for telephones, copy machines, facsimile machines and other office equipment), in each case, where Bank or any of Bank Subsidiary is a lender, borrower or guarantor other than those entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) any contract or agreement limiting the freedom of Bank or any Bank Subsidiary to engage in any line of business to compete with any other Person or prohibiting Bank from soliciting customers, clients or employees, in each case whether in any specified geographic region or business or generally;

(iv) any contract or agreement with any Affiliate of Bank or Bank Subsidiaries;

 

26


(v) any agreement of guarantee, support or indemnification by Bank or Bank Subsidiaries, assumption or endorsement by Bank or Bank Subsidiaries of, or any similar commitment by Bank or Bank Subsidiaries with respect to, the obligations, liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) or indebtedness of any other Person other than those entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) any agreement which would be terminable other than by Bank or Bank Subsidiaries or any agreement under which a material payment obligation would arise or be accelerated, in each case as a result of the announcement or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional acts or events);

(vii) any alliance, cooperation, joint venture, stockholders’ partnership or similar agreement involving a sharing of profits or losses relating to Bank or any Bank Subsidiary;

(viii) any broker, distributor, dealer, agency, sales promotion, customer or client referral, underwriter, administrative services, market research, market consulting or advertising agreement providing for annual payments by Bank or Bank Subsidiaries of more than $50,000;

(ix) any agreement, option or commitment or right with, or held by, any third party to acquire, use or have access to any assets or properties, or any interest therein, of Bank or Bank Subsidiaries;

(x) any contract or agreement that contains any (v) exclusive dealing obligation, (w) “clawback” or similar undertaking requiring the reimbursement or refund of any fees, (x) “most favored nation” or similar provision, (y) provision that grants any right of first refusal or right of first offer or similar right or (z) that limits or purports to limit the ability of Bank or any Bank Subsidiary to own, operate, sell, transfer, pledge (other than pledges entered into in the ordinary course of business) or otherwise dispose of any assets or business;

(xi) any material contract or agreement which would require any consent or approval of a counterparty as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(xii) any contract under which Bank or any Subsidiary will have an obligation with respect to an “earn-out,” contingent purchase price or similar contingent payment obligation, or similar liability after July 6, 2010;

(xiii) any lease or other contract (whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible) pursuant to which the annualized rent or lease payments for the lease year that includes December 31, 2009, as applicable, were in excess of $50,000;

(xiv) any contract or agreement for the use or purchase of materials, supplies, goods, services, equipment or other assets providing for annual payments by Bank or Bank Subsidiaries of $50,000; and

 

27


(xv) any contract (other than contracts listed above or in Section 2.7(a)(xi), or contracts that relate exclusively to a product, asset or service that Bank will have the right to use solely pursuant to, and during the term of, the Transition Services Agreement), that is material to the financial condition, results of operations or business of Bank or its Subsidiaries.

(b) Bank and Bank Subsidiaries have performed in all material respects all of the obligations required to be performed by them and are entitled to all accrued benefits under, and are not alleged (or otherwise known by Seller) to be in default in respect of, each Material Contract to which Bank or Bank Subsidiaries are a party or by which Bank or Bank Subsidiaries are bound, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Each of the Material Contracts is valid and binding on Bank or its applicable Subsidiary and in full force and effect, and there exists no default or event of default or event, occurrence, condition or act, with respect to Bank or Bank Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of Seller, with respect to any other contracting party, which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of the time or the happening of any other event or condition, would become a default or event of default under any Material Contract, except, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. True, correct and complete copies of all Material Contracts have been furnished or made available to Purchaser.

3.15 Agreements with Regulatory Agencies . Except as set forth in Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary, nor Seller as may be applicable to the transaction described herein, is subject to any cease-and-desist or other order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any order or directive by, or has been ordered to pay any civil penalty by, or is subject to any supervisory letter from, or has adopted any board resolutions at the request or suggestion of any Regulatory Agency or other Governmental Entity that restricts the conduct of its business or that relates to its capital adequacy, its ability to pay dividends, its credit or risk management policies, its management or its business (each, whether or not set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, a “ Bank Regulatory Agreement ”), nor does Seller have Knowledge of any pending or threatened regulatory investigation or any other action by any Regulatory Agency or other Governmental Entity that could reasonably be expected to lead to the issuance of any such Bank Regulatory Agreement that would be in addition to the Bank Regulatory Agreements set forth in Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule. The capital category as of May 31, 2010 of the Bank (as defined in 12 C.F.R. §6.4) is set forth on Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule.

3.16 Investment Securities .

(a) Each of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all securities that will be Acquired Assets held by it (except securities sold under repurchase agreements or held in any fiduciary or agency capacity) free and clear of any Lien, except to the extent such securities are pledged in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practices to secure obligations of Bank or any Bank Subsidiary and except for such defects in title or Liens that would not be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a

 

28


whole. Such securities are valued on the books of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Bank and Bank Subsidiaries employ investment, securities risk management and other policies, practices and procedures which Bank and Seller believe are prudent and reasonable in the context of such businesses.

3.17 Derivative Instruments . All Derivative Transactions, whether entered into for the account of Bank or one of its Subsidiaries or for the account of a customer of Bank or one of its Subsidiaries, were entered into in the ordinary course of business and, to Seller’s Knowledge, in accordance with prudent banking practice and applicable laws, rules, regulations and policies of all applicable Regulatory Agencies and other policies, practices, procedures employed by Seller or Bank, as applicable and with counterparties believed to be financially responsible at the time and are legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller or Bank or one of their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms (except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally, or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and are in full force and effect. Seller, Bank and each of their respective Subsidiaries have duly performed in all material respects all of their obligations thereunder to the extent required, and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there are no breaches, violations or defaults or allegations or assertions of such by any party thereunder. As used herein, “ Derivative Transactions ” means any swap transaction, option, warrant, forward purchase or sale transaction, futures transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction or collar transaction relating to one or more currencies, commodities, bonds, equity securities, loans, interest rates, prices, values, or other financial or non-financial assets, credit-related events or conditions or any indexes, or any other similar transaction or combination of any of these transactions, including any collateralized debt or equity instruments evidencing or embedding any such types of transactions, and any related credit support, collateral or other similar arrangements related to such transactions.

3.18 Environmental Liability . (i) There are no legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims or actions pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries nor are there governmental or third party environmental investigations or remediation activities that seek to impose or that could reasonably be likely to result in the imposition, on Bank or any of Bank Subsidiaries, of any liability or obligation arising under any local, state or federal environmental, health or safety statute, regulation, law (including common law) or ordinance, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“ Environmental Laws ”), which liability or obligation would reasonably be likely, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) to the Knowledge of Seller, there is no reasonable basis for any such proceeding, claim, action or governmental investigation that would impose any liability or obligation that would have or would reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) to the Knowledge of Seller, during or prior to the period of (x) Bank’s or Bank Subsidiary’s ownership or operation of any

 

29


property, (y) Bank’s or any the Bank Subsidiary’s participation in the management of any property, or (z) Bank’s or any of the Bank Subsidiary’s holding of a security interest or other interest in any property reflected on the Balance Sheet or the Closing Statement, there were no releases or threatened releases of hazardous, toxic, radioactive or dangerous materials or other materials regulated under Environmental Laws in, on, under or affecting any such property which would reasonably be likely, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) Bank is not subject to any agreement, order, judgment or decree by or with any court, governmental authority, regulatory agency or third party imposing any liability or obligation under any Environmental Law with respect to the Branches. Bank has delivered to Purchaser prior to July 6, 2010 any written third party environmental site assessment conducted since January 1, 2007 assessing the presence of hazardous materials located on any Owned Real Property or Leased Premises that is within the possession or control of Seller and its Affiliates as of July 6, 2010.

3.19 Insurance . The Acquired Assets are insured with reputable insurers against such risks and in such amounts as constitute reasonably adequate coverage against all risks customarily insured against by banking institutions and their subsidiaries of comparable size and operations to Bank and the Bank Subsidiaries. Prior to July 6, 2010, Seller has given Purchaser access to all insurance policies and fidelity bonds covering the assets, business, equipment, properties and operations of the Bank or Bank Subsidiaries or otherwise relating to any of their respective businesses (the “ Bank Policies ”), except solely with respect to Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities. There is no claim for coverage by Bank or any Bank Subsidiary, or by Seller with respect to Bank or any of Bank’s Subsidiaries, pending under any of such Bank Policies as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such Bank Policies or in respect of which such underwriters have reserved their rights, except solely with respect to Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities. All premiums payable by Bank or Bank Subsidiaries, or by Seller on behalf of Bank or any of Bank’s Subsidiaries, have been timely paid, by Bank or Bank Subsidiaries or Seller, as applicable. Neither Bank, any Bank Subsidiary nor Seller has received written notice of any threatened termination of, material premium increase with respect to, or material alteration of coverage under, any of such Bank Policies.

3.20 Title to Property .

(a) Except as would not be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, Bank and each Bank Subsidiary (i) has (or will have, at Closing) good and marketable title to all the owned real properties on which the Branches are located (except properties sold or otherwise disposed of since the date of the Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business) (the “ Owned Real Property ”), free and clear of all Liens of any nature whatsoever, except (A) statutory Liens securing payments not yet due (or being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established), (B) Liens for real property Taxes not yet due and payable, (C) easements, rights of way, and other similar encumbrances that do not materially affect the value or use of the properties or assets subject thereto or affected thereby or otherwise materially impair business operations at such properties and (D) such imperfections or irregularities of title or Liens as do not materially affect the value or use of the properties or assets subject thereto or affected thereby or otherwise materially impair business operations at such properties (collectively, “ Permitted Encumbrances ”),

 

30


and (ii) has good and marketable leasehold interests in all the Leased Premises, free and clear of all Liens of any nature whatsoever, except for Permitted Encumbrances, and is in sole possession of the properties purported to be leased thereunder, subject and pursuant to the terms of the Branch Leases and the Tenant Leases. Since the Balance Sheet Date, none of the Leased Premises or Owned Real Property has been taken by eminent domain (or to Seller’s Knowledge is the subject of a pending or contemplated taking which has not been consummated). All of the land, buildings, structures, plants, facilities and other improvements leased or owned by Bank or any Bank Subsidiary in the conduct of Bank’s or such Subsidiary’s business other than those items that comprise part of the Owned Real Property are included (except as set forth in Section 3.26 of the Disclosure Schedule) in the Leased Premises.

(b) Except pursuant to the Tenant Leases, no Person other than Bank and the Bank Subsidiaries has (or will have, at Closing) (i) any right in any of the Owned Real Property or any right to use or occupy any portion of the Owned Real Property or (ii) any right to use or occupy any portion of the Leased Premises. All buildings, structures, fixtures and appurtenances comprising part of the Owned Real Property are in good operating condition and have been well-maintained reasonable wear and tear excepted.

(c) Section 3.20(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, correct, and complete list of all Branch Leases and all Tenant Leases (including all amendments, modifications, and supplements thereto) and all such documentation has been made available to Purchaser on or prior to July 6, 2010. Each of the Branch Leases and each of the Tenant Leases is valid and binding on Bank and there exists no default or event of default or event, occurrence, condition or act, with respect to Bank or Bank Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of Seller, with respect to the other parties thereto, and neither Bank nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto, which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of the time or the happening of any other event or condition, would become a default or event of default thereunder, except where such event of default would not reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Bank and Bank Subsidiaries have operated the Owned Real Property and the Leased Premises, and the continued operation of the Owned Real Property and the Leased Premises in the manner it is used in Bank and Bank Subsidiaries’ business will be, in accordance in all material respects with all applicable laws.

(e) Except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, Bank and Bank Subsidiaries have good, valid and marketable title to all Personal Property and each of the Personal Property Leases is valid, and in full force and effect, without default thereunder by the lessee or, to the Knowledge of Seller, the lessor.

3.21 Intellectual Property .

(a) Bank and Bank Subsidiaries own, or are licensed or otherwise possess rights to use free and clear of all Liens all material Intellectual Property used or held for use by Bank and Bank Subsidiaries as of July 6, 2010, other than any Intellectual Property solely related to the Excluded Assets or the Excluded Liabilities (collectively, the “ Bank Intellectual

 

31


Property ”) in the manner that it is currently used by Bank and Bank Subsidiaries.

(b) Section 3.21(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Bank Intellectual Property that is the subject of a registration, issuance or pending application.

(c) Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiaries has received written notice from any third party alleging any material interference, infringement, misappropriation or violation of any Intellectual Property rights of any third party and, to the Knowledge of Seller, neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiaries has interfered in any material respect with, infringed upon, misappropriated or violated any Intellectual Property rights of any third party. To the Knowledge of Seller, no third party has interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated or violated any Bank Intellectual Property, other than immaterial periodic “phishing” attempts or similar interference, infringements, misappropriations or violations. Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiaries licenses to, or has entered into any exclusive agreements relating to any Bank Intellectual Property with, third parties, or permits third parties to use any Bank Intellectual Property rights. Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiaries owes any material royalties or payments to any third party for using or licensing to others any Bank Intellectual Property.

(d) Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary is a party to any agreement to indemnify any Person against a claim of infringement of or misappropriation by any Bank Intellectual Property.

3.22 Broker’s Fees . Except for Hovde Financial, Inc., all the fees and expenses of which shall be borne entirely by Seller, neither Seller, Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary has employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any broker’s fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.23 No Investment Adviser . Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary serves in a capacity described in Section 9(a) or 9(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, nor acts as an “investment adviser” required to register as such under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

3.24 Loans; Loan Documents .

(a) The information with respect to each Loan set forth in the Loan Tape, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, any third party information set forth in the Loan Tape is true, correct and accurate as of the dates specified therein.

(b) Section 3.24(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all Loans as of July 6, 2010 by Bank and Bank Subsidiaries to any directors, executive officers and principal shareholders (as such terms are defined in Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board (12 C.F.R. Part 215)) of Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries, (ii) there are no employee, officer, director or other affiliate Loans on which the borrower is paying a rate other than that reflected in the note or other relevant credit or security agreement or on which the borrower is paying a rate

 

32


which was below market at the time the Loan was originated and (iii) all such Loans are and were originated in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws.

(c) Each Loan of Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries (i) is evidenced by Loan Documents that is true, genuine and what it purports to be in all material respects and (ii) represents the valid and legally binding obligation of the obligor, maker, co-maker, guarantor, endorser or debtor (such person referred to as an “ Obligor ”) thereunder, and is enforceable against the Obligor in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(d) Each Loan (i) was originated or purchased by Bank and its principal balance as shown on Bank’s books and records is true and correct in all material respects as of the date indicated therein, (ii) to the extent secured is secured by a valid and enforceable Lien in the collateral therefor, which Lien is assignable and has the priority reflected in Bank’s records, (iii) contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the holder thereof shall be adequate for the practical realization against any collateral therefor and (iv) complies, and at the time the Loan was originated complied, in all material respects with all applicable requirements of federal, state, and local laws, and regulations and rules thereunder.

(e) Except as would not be material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, each outstanding Loan (including Loans held for resale to investors) has been solicited and originated and is administered and serviced (to the extent administered and serviced by Seller, Bank or Subsidiary thereof), and the relevant Loan Documents are being maintained, in accordance with Seller’s and Bank’s underwriting and servicing standards (and, in the case of Loans held for resale to investors, the underwriting standards, if any, of the applicable investors) and customary industry practices and with all applicable requirements of federal, state, and local laws, and regulations and rules thereunder. The Loan Documents with respect to each Loan was in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations at the time of origination or purchase by Bank or Bank Subsidiaries and is complete and correct in all material respects.

(f) With respect to each Loan that is secured, Bank has a valid and enforceable Lien on the collateral described in the documents relating to such Loan, and such Lien has the priority described in the Loan Documents (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and except as the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by general principles of equity), (iii) no Taxes or other liability of Bank shall accrue against or be collected from Purchaser out of any Loan by reason of the purchase thereof by Purchaser, (iv) Bank has paid or caused to be paid any and all license, franchise, intangible, stamp or other tax or fee due and owing to any state where a Loan originated, or any political subdivision thereof, arising from or relating to the acquisition, collection or holding of any Loan, and (v) neither Bank nor any of its officers or employees, or to Seller’s Knowledge any of Bank’s representatives or agents, has been guilty of any civil or criminal fraud with respect to the creation of any Loan or with respect to the transfer, assignment and sale of the same to Purchaser hereunder.

 

33


(g) Except as set forth in Section 3.24(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the agreements pursuant to which Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries has sold Loans or pools of Loans or participations in Loans or pools of Loans contains any obligation to repurchase such Loans or interests therein solely on account of a payment default by the obligor on any such Loan.

(h) Section 3.24(h) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies each Loan that as of May 31, 2010 (i) was on non-accrual status, (ii) where a specific reserve allocation existed in connection therewith, or (iii) which was required to be accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 15. For each Loan identified in response to clauses (i) through (iii) above, Section 3.24(h) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the outstanding balance, including accrued and unpaid interest, on each such Loan and the identity of the borrower thereunder as of July 6, 2010.

(i) Each of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, as applicable, is approved by and is in good standing as a seller/servicer by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation to originate and service conventional residential mortgage Loans (the “ Agency ”).

(j) Neither of Bank nor any Bank Subsidiaries is now nor has it ever been since January 1, 2007 subject to any fine, suspension, settlement or other agreement or other administrative agreement or sanction by, or any reduction in any loan purchase commitment from, any Agency or any federal or state agency relating to the origination, sale or servicing of mortgage or consumer Loans, other than any of the Bank Regulatory Agreements set forth on Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule. Neither Bank nor any Bank Subsidiaries has received any written notice, nor does it have any reason to believe as of July 6, 2010, that any Agency proposes to limit or terminate the underwriting authority of Bank or any Bank Subsidiaries or to increase the guarantee fees payable to any such Agency.

(k) Each of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, including the Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and all Agency and other investor and mortgage insurance company requirements relating to the origination, sale and servicing of mortgage and consumer Loans, other than any of the Bank Regulatory Agreements set forth on Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule.

(l) Except as set forth in this Section 3.24, Seller makes no representation or warranty of any kind to Purchaser relating to the Loans, including with respect to (i) the collectability of the Loans, (ii) any representation, warranty or statement made by an Obligor or other third party in or in connection with any Loan, (iii) the financial condition or creditworthiness of any primary or secondary Obligor under any Loan or any guarantor or surety or other Obligor thereof, (iv) the performance of the Obligor or compliance with any of the terms or provisions of any of the documents, instruments and agreements relating to any Loan, (v) inspecting any of the property, books or records of any Obligor, or (vi) any of the warranties set forth in Section 3-417 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

34


(m) To the Knowledge of Seller, each Loan included in a pool of Loans originated, acquired or serviced by Bank or any of its Subsidiaries (a “ Pool ”) meets all eligibility requirements (including all applicable requirements for obtaining mortgage insurance certificates and loan guaranty certificates) for inclusion in such Pool. To the Knowledge of Seller, all such Pools have been finally certified or, if required, recertified in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, except where the time for certification or recertification has not yet expired. To the Knowledge of Seller, no Pools have been improperly certified, and no Loan has been bought out of a Pool without all required approvals of the applicable investors.

3.25 [Reserved] .

3.26 Sufficiency of Assets . Except as set forth on Section 3.26 of the Disclosure Schedule, at the Closing, Purchaser Bank will own or have the right to use (including pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement) all of the assets, rights and properties sufficient for the conduct or operation of Bank’s business as it was conducted and operated as of July 6, 2010 (other than any such assets, rights and properties solely necessary for the ownership, conduct and operation of the Excluded Assets and the Excluded Liabilities).

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

4.1 Corporate Organization . Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Purchaser has the corporate power and authority to own or lease all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly licensed or qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the character or location of the properties and assets owned or leased by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Purchaser, as in effect as of July 6, 2010, have previously been delivered by Purchaser to Seller. Purchaser is not in violation of any of the provisions of its certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws or other charter or organizational documents, each as amended.

4.2 Authority; No Violation .

(a) Purchaser has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. At the Closing, Purchaser Bank shall have full requisite power and authority to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of

 

35


the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly approved by all necessary corporate action on the part of Purchaser. No other corporate proceedings (including any approvals of Purchaser’s stockholders) on the part of Purchaser are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser. Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally, or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Purchaser, nor the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by Purchaser with any of the terms or provisions hereof, will (i) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Purchaser or (ii) assuming that the consents and approvals referred to in Section 4.3 are duly obtained, (x) violate any statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree or injunction applicable to Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets or (y) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of or the loss of any benefit under, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under, accelerate the performance required by or rights or obligations under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the respective properties or assets of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement, contract, or other instrument or obligation to which Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or by which they or any of their respective properties, assets or business activities may be bound or affected, except (in the case of clause (ii) above) for such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults or the loss of benefits that would not reasonably be likely to, either individually or in the aggregate, have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

4.3 Consents and Approvals . Except for (i) the Requisite Regulatory Approvals, (ii) the notices, consents, approvals, waivers, authorizations, filings and registrations set forth in Section 4.3 of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule, the approval of the OCC of the formation of Purchaser Bank and the transfer of assets and liabilities of Bank to Purchaser Bank, the approval by the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA, and the approval of the FDIC of deposit insurance for Purchaser Bank (the “ Purchaser Regulatory Approvals ”), and (iii) such additional notices, consents, approvals, waivers, authorizations, filings or registrations the failure of which to make or obtain would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, no consents, approvals or authorizations of or filings or registrations with any Governmental Entity or, of or with any third party, are necessary in connection with (A) the execution and delivery by Purchaser of this Agreement and (B) the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

36


4.4 Financial Wherewithal . Purchaser has or will have as of the Closing sufficient cash or cash equivalents available, directly or through one or more affiliates, to pay, or cause Purchaser Bank to pay, the Purchase Price to Bank on the terms and conditions contained herein, and there is no restriction on the use of such cash or cash equivalents for such purpose.

4.5 Legal Proceedings .

(a) Neither Purchaser nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any, and there are no pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened, legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations of any nature against Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There is no injunction, order, judgment or decree imposed upon Purchaser, any of its Subsidiaries or the assets of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Agreements with Regulatory Agencies . Neither Purchaser nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any cease-and-desist or other order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any order or directive that would reasonably be likely to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

4.7 Broker’s Fees . Except for Goldman, Sachs & Co., all the fees and expenses of which shall be borne entirely by Purchaser, neither Purchaser nor any of its Subsidiaries has employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any broker’s fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.8 Pro Forma Capital Requirements . On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Documents, and any financing or capital injection contemplated by Purchaser, after the Closing, Purchaser and Purchaser Bank will be (i) “well capitalized,” as defined for purposes of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and (ii) in compliance with all capital requirements, standards and ratios required by each state or federal bank regulator with jurisdiction over Purchaser and Purchaser Bank, including, without limitation, any such higher requirement, standard, or ratio as shall apply to institutions engaging in the acquisition of insured institution deposits, assets or branches, and no such regulator is likely to, or has indicated that it will, condition any of the regulatory approvals upon an additional increase in Purchaser’s capital or compliance with any capital requirement, standard or ratio.

 

37


ARTICLE V

COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

5.1 Conduct of Business of Bank Prior to the Closing Date . During the period from July 6, 2010 to the Closing Date, except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, Bank and each Bank Subsidiary shall, and Seller shall cause Bank and each Bank Subsidiary to, (a) conduct its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course consistent with past practice and (b) use reasonable best efforts to maintain and preserve intact its business organization and its current relationships with its customers, regulators, employees and other persons with which it has business or other relationships.

5.2 [Reserved] .

5.3 Forbearances of Seller . During the period from July 6, 2010 to the Closing Date, except as set forth in Section 5.3 of the Disclosure Schedule or as expressly required by this Agreement, Seller shall not with respect to Bank and Bank’s Subsidiaries, and Seller shall not permit Bank or any Bank Subsidiary to do any of the following, without the prior written consent of Purchaser:

(a) (i) create, incur any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than acceptance of Deposits, purchases of Federal funds, sales of certificates of deposit, advances from Federal Home Loan Banks, issuances of commercial paper and entering into repurchase agreements, each with prices, terms and conditions consistent with past practice), assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for the obligations of any other individual, corporation or other entity, or make, renew, amend or extend any loan or commitment or make any advance in an individual amount in excess of $400,000 (except (A) to the extent committed to prior to July 6, 2010 or (B) consumer loans made within the bank’s traditional branch footprint, in the ordinary course of business and without an exception from Bank policies) or (ii) incur any capital expenditures in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000 (other than capital expenditures incurred pursuant to contracts or commitments in force on July 6, 2010);

(b) make, declare or pay any dividend or distribution of Acquired Assets or Assumed Liabilities;

(c) sell, transfer, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to any individual, corporation or other entity other than a direct or indirect wholly-owned Bank Subsidiary, or cancel, release or assign any indebtedness to any such person or any claims held by any such person, except (i) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice to third parties who are not Affiliates of Seller or (ii) pursuant to contracts or agreements in force at July 6, 2010 that are set forth in Section 5.3(c) of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

38


(d) (i) acquire any business entity, whether by stock purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, or (ii) make any other investment either by purchase of stock or securities, contributions to capital, property transfers, or purchase of any property or assets of any other individual, corporation, limited partnership or other entity, other than investments in securities made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(e) (i) except as required under applicable law or the terms of any existing Bank Benefit Plan, increase in any manner the compensation or benefits of any Business Employee, other than increases to Branch Employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection with promotions or periodic raises, (ii) pay any pension or retirement allowance not required by any current plan or agreement to any Business Employee, (iii) become a party to, establish, amend, commence participation in, terminate or commit itself to any compensation, equity, severance, pension, retirement, profit-sharing or welfare benefit plan or agreement or employment agreement with or for the benefit of any Business Employee (or newly hired employees), or (iv) hire or terminate the employment of any Business Employee who has (in the case of Employees to be terminated) or would have (in the case of employees to be hired) target total compensation (cash and any other compensation other than benefits under broad-based benefit plans) of $75,000 or more, other than terminations for cause or terminations in accordance with Bank policy;

(f) except with respect to any matter set forth in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, settle any claim, action or proceeding other than claims, actions or proceedings in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice involving solely money damages not in excess of $25,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate, or waive or release any material rights or claims other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(g) pay, discharge or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction of any Excluded Liabilities or any other liabilities in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(h) (i) change its methods of accounting (or the manner in which it accrues for liabilities), except as required by changes in GAAP as concurred in by KPMG LLP, its independent auditors or (ii) except as may be required by GAAP and other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, revalue in any material respect any of its assets, including writing-off notes or accounts receivable;

(i) make, change or revoke any Tax election, change an annual Tax accounting period, adopt or change any Tax accounting method, file any amended Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement with respect to Taxes, settle any Tax claim, audit, assessment or dispute or surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes;

(j) adopt or implement any amendment to its Articles of Association or any changes to its bylaws or comparable organizational documents in an manner that would interfere with the transfer of the Acquired Assets or Assumed Liabilities or otherwise interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

39


(k) [Reserved];

(l) enter into, amend in any material respect or terminate any contract of the sort required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 3.14, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; provided that in no event shall Bank or any Bank Subsidiary enter into any contract of the sort required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 3.14(a) (iii), (iv), (vii), (ix), (x) or (xii) or that calls for aggregate annual payments of $100,000 or more unless terminable on 30 days or less notice without payment of any penalty or premium;

(m) change in any material respect the credit policies and collateral eligibility requirements and standards of Bank;

(n) enter into any new line of business that is material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or materially change its lending, investment, underwriting, risk and asset liability management and other banking and operating policies that are material to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as required by applicable law, regulation or policies imposed by any Governmental Entity;

(o) file any application, or otherwise take any action, to establish, relocate or terminate the operation of any Branch;

(p) take any action that is intended or would be reasonably likely to result in any of the conditions set forth in Article VII not being satisfied or prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except, in every case, as may be required by applicable law; or

(q) agree to, or make any commitment to, take any of the actions prohibited by this Section 5.3.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the actions otherwise prohibited under this Section 5.3 would only have an effect on Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities (and have no effect on any Acquired Asset or Assumed Liability), neither Seller, Bank nor any Bank Subsidiary shall be prohibited from taking such action.

5.4 Exclusivity . Prior to the Closing Date, or until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, Seller shall not, Seller shall cause Bank not to, and Seller shall use all reasonable efforts to cause Seller’s and Bank’s respective officers, employees, directors, agents or representatives not to, directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage, facilitate or initiate discussions or engage in negotiations with, or provide information to, or authorize any financial advisor or other Person to solicit, encourage, facilitate or initiate discussions or engage in negotiations with, or provide information to, any Person (other than Purchaser or a Purchaser Representative) concerning any potential sale of capital stock of, or merger, consolidation, combination, sale of assets, reorganization or other similar transaction involving, Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not prevent such activities to the extent related solely to Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities. Until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, Seller shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days after receipt thereof by Seller or any Affiliate) advise Purchaser orally and in writing of any

 

40


proposal of the kind described in this Section 5.4 (including the proposed terms thereof), any request for information with respect to any such proposal, or any inquiry with respect to or which could result in a proposal of the kind described in this Section 5.4; provided that Seller shall have no such obligations with respect to proposals, requests or inquiries solely with respect to Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Purchaser and Seller agree that the sole right and remedy for noncompliance with this Section 5.4 is to have such provision specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction; it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach will cause irreparable injury to Purchaser and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to Purchaser.

ARTICLE VI

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

6.1 Regulatory Matters .

(a) Each of Purchaser and Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use their respective reasonable best efforts to (i) take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary, proper to comply promptly with all legal requirements which may be imposed on such party or its Subsidiaries with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, including obtaining any third party consent which may be required to be obtained in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and, subject to the conditions set forth in Article VII hereof, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (including, for purposes of this Section 6.1, required in order to prevent the termination of any contract or agreement to be transferred to Purchaser Bank at Closing or to avoid any penalty or other fee under such contracts and agreements, in each case arising in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby) and (ii) obtain (and cooperate with the other party to obtain) any consent, authorization, order or approval of, or any exemption by, any Governmental Entity which is required or advisable to be obtained by Seller or Purchaser, respectively, or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The parties hereto shall cooperate with each other and promptly prepare and file all necessary documentation, and to effect all applications, notices, petitions and filings (including, if required, notification under the HSR Act or any other antitrust or competition law), to obtain as promptly as practicable all permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of all third parties and Governmental Entities which are necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser and Seller shall have the right to review in advance and, to the extent practicable, each will consult the other on, in each case subject to applicable laws relating to the exchange of information, all the information relating to Seller, Bank or Purchaser, as the case may be, and any of their respective Subsidiaries, which appear in any filing made with, or written materials submitted to, any third party or any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In exercising the foregoing right, each of the parties hereto shall act reasonably and as promptly as practicable. The parties hereto agree that they will consult with each other with respect to the obtaining of all permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of all third parties and Governmental Entities necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each party will

 

41


keep the other apprised of the status of matters relating to completion of the transactions contemplated herein. Each of Purchaser and Seller shall use their reasonable best efforts to resolve any objections that may be asserted by any Governmental Entity with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to require Purchaser to take any action, or commit to take any action, or agree to any condition or restrictions, in connection with obtaining the foregoing permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of Governmental Entities or third parties that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Branches or Purchaser (measured on a scale relative to the Branches taken as a whole) following the Closing (a “ Materially Burdensome Regulatory Condition ”).

(b) Purchaser shall not enter into a definitive agreement with respect to any other transaction (a “ Secondary Transaction ”) to the extent that such Secondary Transaction would be reasonably likely to cause the receipt of the Requisite Regulatory Approvals to be delayed beyond the Outside Date.

(c) Purchaser and Seller shall, upon request, furnish each other with all information concerning Purchaser, Seller, Bank and their respective Subsidiaries, directors, officers and shareholders and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary in connection with any statement, filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of Purchaser, Seller, Bank or any of their respective Subsidiaries to any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Purchaser and Seller shall promptly advise each other upon receiving any communication from any Governmental Entity or third party whose consent or approval is required for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which causes such party to believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that any Regulatory Approval or other consent or approval will not be obtained or that the receipt of any such consent or approval will be materially delayed.

6.2 Access to Information . Subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, Seller agrees to provide Purchaser and Purchaser’s officers, directors, employees, accountants, counsel, financial advisors, agents and other representatives (collectively, the “ Purchaser Representatives ”), from time to time prior to the Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement, such information with respect to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, financial conditions and operations and such access to the properties, books and records and personnel of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries as Purchaser shall reasonably request, which access shall occur during normal business hours and shall be conducted in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the business of Bank or Bank Subsidiaries.

6.3 Public Disclosure . Seller and Purchaser shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement or making any other public (or non-confidential) disclosure (whether or not in response to an inquiry) regarding the terms of this Agreement or any of the transactions

 

42


contemplated hereby, and neither shall issue any such press release or make any such statement or disclosure without the prior approval of the other (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except as may be required by law or the rules of any market or exchange on which the shares of Seller or Purchaser may be listed for trading, in which case the party proposing to issue such press release or make such public statement or disclosure shall consult with the other party before issuing such press release or making such public statement or disclosure to allow such party a reasonable opportunity to comment on such press release or public statement in advance of such publication, to the extent practicable.

6.4 Employees; Employee Benefit Matters .

(a) Employment .

(i) Offers of Employment . Purchaser shall, or shall cause Purchaser Bank to, (A) offer to employ as of the Closing Date the Branch Employees, (B) offer to employ as of the Closing Date those non-executive employees of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries who are not Branch Employees and whose names are set forth on a schedule to be jointly developed and mutually agreed upon between the parties prior to the Closing Date (the “ Non-Executive Business Employees ”), and (C) offer to employ as of the Closing Date those executive level (with an annual salary of $100,000 or above) employees of the Bank and Bank Subsidiaries whose names are set forth on a schedule to be jointly developed and mutually agreed upon between the parties prior to the Closing Date (the “ Executive Business Employees ”), in the case of each of (B) and (C) above, whom Purchaser, in its sole discretion, chooses to extend an employment offer prior to the Closing Date. In addition to the foregoing, the parties agree that Purchaser shall, or shall cause Purchaser Bank to, offer to employ as of the Closing Date each of the employees of Seller (including Bank and Bank Subsidiaries) whose names are set forth on Schedule 6.4(a)(i) and collectively with the Branch Employees, the Non-Executive Business Employees and the Executive Business Employees, the “ Business Employees ”) and, pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv), Seller (including Bank and Bank Subsidiaries) shall not interfere with the making of offers of employment to any Business Employee. Any such offers of employment to a Business Employee shall be made no later than 20 Business Days prior to the Closing Date to be effective as of the Closing Date (subject to Section 6.4(a)(ii) hereof). Except as provided in Section 6.4(a)(ii) hereof with respect to Leave Recipients, the Business Employees to whom Purchaser or Purchaser Bank makes an offer of employment prior to the Closing Date and who accept such offer and commence active employment with Purchaser or one of its Subsidiaries effective as of the Closing Date shall collectively be referred to as “ Transferred Employees .”

(ii) Special Provisions for Leave Recipients . With respect to any Business Employee who is not actively at work on the Closing Date as a result of a leave of absence (including without limitation due to disability, military leave with reemployment rights under federal law and leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993) (collectively, the “ Leave Recipients ”),

 

43


Purchaser’s or Purchaser Bank’s offer of employment to any such Business Employee shall be contingent on such Leave Recipient’s return to active status within six months of the Closing Date. If the Leave Recipient returns to active status on or prior to the date that is six months after the Closing Date, such Leave Recipient shall be considered a Transferred Employee.

(iii) Transfer Date . The employment of Transferred Employees with Purchaser or one of its Affiliates, as applicable, shall be effective as of the time of the Closing; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the employment of Leave Recipients will become effective as provided in Section 6.4(a)(ii) above. The date on which a Transferred Employee’s employment with Purchaser or one of its Affiliates, as applicable, becomes effective is hereafter referred to as that Transferred Employee’s “ Transfer Date .” Purchaser and its Affiliates shall have no obligations or liabilities with respect to any employee of Seller and its Affiliates (including Bank and Bank Subsidiaries) who does not become a Transferred Employee and, with respect to Transferred Employees, Purchaser shall not assume any liability or obligations with respect to periods of service prior to the Transfer Date.

(iv) Cooperation; Communications . During the period commencing on July 6, 2010 and continuing through the Closing Date, Seller shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, assist and cooperate with Purchaser by (A) permitting Purchaser to review compensation data and job descriptions (if any) for any Business Employees at Purchaser’s reasonable request; (B) cooperating with Purchaser to identify which Business Employees will be beneficial for the future operations of Bank; and (C) making each Business Employee available for interviews with Purchaser at Purchaser’s reasonable request. Seller and Purchaser shall cooperate in good faith to provide for an orderly transition of any Business Employee offered employment by Purchaser as a Transferred Employee, and the Seller or any of its Subsidiaries (including Bank and Bank Subsidiaries) shall not make offers of employment (including through any internal job-posting sites) to any of the Business Employees (other than those Business Employees to whom Purchaser does not make an offer of employment) for a period beginning on July 6, 2010 and ending on the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date. Any communications by Seller or its Affiliates (including Bank and Bank Subsidiaries) with the Business Employees prior to the Closing Date in respect of the matters pertaining to this Agreement shall be subject to the prior reasonable approval of Purchaser.

(v) Updated Employee Schedules . Within ten (10) Business Days following July 6, 2010 (or with respect to the Non-Executive Business Employees and Executive Business Employees, as soon as such employees are agreed upon as provided in Section 6.4(a)(i)), Seller furnished Purchaser with a schedule that includes the information provided in Section 1.1-a of the Disclosure Schedule (with respect to the Branch Employees) for the Business Employees. Seller shall furnish to Purchaser updated Schedules of all Branch Employees and all other Business Employees (reflecting the hiring or termination of employees in the ordinary course consistent with past practice) and other changes in the information previously provided, from time to time, but not less frequently than monthly with a final list to be provided to Purchaser two Business Days prior to the Closing.

 

44


(b) Employee Benefit Plan Liabilities . Seller shall retain and be liable for all liabilities under any Bank Benefit Plans and shall make or provide any required payments or benefits thereunder, including without limitation, the payment to the Transferred Employees of amounts in respect of any earned and unused vacation or other paid time-off with respect to periods prior to the applicable Transfer Date, as soon as reasonably practicable following the applicable Transfer Date. Effective as of the applicable Transfer Date, Seller shall cause any unvested accounts of the Transferred Employees under the applicable defined contribution plans of the Seller to be fully vested. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to welfare benefits and workers’ compensation, Seller and its Affiliates shall be solely responsible for claims for welfare benefits and for workers’ compensation, in each case that are incurred by or with respect to any Transferred Employee (and his or her spouse, dependents or beneficiaries) before his or her Transfer Date.

(c) Compensation and Benefits of Transferred Employees . Purchaser shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, provide the Transferred Employees with: (i) for a period of one year following the Closing Date, base salary or wages at a rate that is not less than that in effect immediately prior to the Closing and job duties and responsibilities that are materially consistent in the aggregate with those performed immediately prior to the Closing; (ii) with respect to performance periods from the applicable Transfer Date through December 31, 2010, cash incentive compensation opportunities that provide substantially similar cash incentive opportunities as those in effect immediately prior to the Closing; and (iii) for a period of one year following the Closing Date, health care, group life and disability insurance benefits and the availability of a tax-qualified defined contribution savings plan that are substantially comparable, in the aggregate, to the health care, group life and disability insurance benefits and tax-qualified defined contribution savings plan benefits provided under the Bank Benefit Plans as described in Section 3.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule (such health care, group life and disability insurance benefits and defined contribution savings plan benefits referred to herein as the “ Comparable Bank Benefit Plans ”). Effective on and after the Closing, Purchaser shall arrange for each Transferred Employee to be given service credit for his or her length of service with Seller, Bank and their respective Affiliates prior to the Closing for eligibility to participate and vesting under all employee benefit plans and arrangements covering the Transferred Employees, and vacation accrual following the Closing Date, to the same extent such service credit was recognized by Seller for similar purposes under the Comparable Bank Benefit Plan, and subject to Seller timely providing Purchaser with such data in the form reasonably requested by Purchaser; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Purchaser be required to recognize a Transferred Employee’s prior service credit with Seller or its Affiliates under any benefit plan or arrangement of Purchaser or its Affiliates for which similarly-situated employees of Purchaser do not receive credit for prior service.

(d) No Third-Party Rights or Amendment to Benefit Plans . The provisions of this Section 6.4 are solely for the benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and no current or former employee or any other individual associated therewith shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. In no event shall the terms of this Agreement be deemed to (i) establish, amend, or modify any Bank Benefit Plan or any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, or any other benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement maintained or sponsored by Purchaser, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates;

 

45


(ii) alter or limit the ability of Purchaser, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates to amend, modify or terminate any Bank Benefit Plan, Employment Agreement or any other benefit or employment plan, program, agreement or arrangement after the Closing Date; or (iii) to confer upon any current or former employee, officer, director or consultant, including any Transferred Employee, any right to employment or continued employment or continued service with Bank or Bank Subsidiaries, or constitute or create an employment agreement with any employee.

6.5 Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation .

(a) Noncompetition .

(i) For a period of five years from the Closing Date (the “ Restricted Period ”), except as permitted by this Section 6.5(a), Seller shall not (and shall cause each of its Affiliates not to), without the prior written consent of Purchaser, (i) engage in or carry on any Competitive Activities, or (ii) have an equity interest in any Person that engages in any Competitive Activities. “ Competitive Activities ” means the business of providing consumer, small business and/or middle market commercial banking products and services in the States of Kansas and Missouri; provided , however , that the operation (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the business of providing consumer, small business and/or middle market commercial banking products and services) of (i) the Wal-Mart Locations, (ii) locations in additional Wal-Mart stores in Kansas (excluding Johnson County and Wyandotte County) and in the St. Louis, Springfield and Columbia, Missouri Metropolitan Statistical Areas, (iii) locations on military installations or (iv) locations in Leavenworth, Kansas shall not constitute “Competitive Activities”; provided , further , that “Competitive Activities” shall in no event be deemed to include performing any act or conducting any business for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser Bank and required by the Transition Services Agreement.

(ii) This Section 6.5(a) shall cease to apply upon the occurrence of an arm’s length transaction in which any Person acquires or combines with Seller in a transaction in which (A) Persons who are directors of Seller immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction do not constitute upon the consummation of such transaction a majority of the board of directors of the Person which survives such transaction (or the publicly traded parent thereof) and (B) the holders of the common stock of Seller hold upon the consummation thereof 49% or less of the shares of equity securities normally entitled to vote in the election of directors of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.5(a), nothing in this Agreement shall preclude, prohibit or restrict Seller or any of its Affiliates from (i) acquiring, owning or holding up to 5% of the outstanding securities of any entity whose securities are listed and traded on a national securities exchange or market or any securities required to be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended; or (ii) holding or exercising rights of ownership with respect to any security in a fiduciary capacity or otherwise for the benefit of a third party not affiliated with Seller.

 

46


(iii) If Seller breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of this Section 6.5(a), Purchaser and Purchaser Bank shall have the right in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to Purchaser or Purchaser Bank under law or in equity (including the right and remedy to recover monetary damages) to have such provision specifically enforced by any court having jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to each of Purchaser and Purchaser Bank and that money damages may not provide an adequate remedy to Purchaser or Purchaser Bank. Seller acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 6.5(a) are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of Purchaser and constitute a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Seller Nonsolicitation of Employees . Seller agrees that, during the Restricted Period, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates will (or will assist or encourage others to), directly or indirectly, solicit to hire (or cause or seek to cause to leave the employ of Purchaser Bank or any of its successors) any Transferred Employee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing in this Agreement or otherwise shall prohibit any general solicitations of employment not directed solely to the employees of Purchaser Bank. In no event during the Restricted Period shall Seller or any of its Affiliates hire any Key Employee unless such person has not been an employee of Purchaser Bank or its Affiliates for at least six months. As used herein, “ Key Employee ” means any executive officer of Bank, any of Bank’s department or function heads, or any client relationship management team member that is a Transferred Employee.

(c) Purchaser Nonsolicitation of Employees . Purchaser agrees that, in the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1, until the first anniversary of the date of termination of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Seller, neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates will (or will assist or encourage others to), directly or indirectly, solicit to hire (or cause or seek to cause to leave the employ of Bank or any Bank Subsidiary or any of their successors) any employee of Bank or any Bank Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing in this Agreement or otherwise shall: (i) prohibit any general solicitations of employment not directed solely to the employees of the Bank or any Bank Subsidiary, or (ii) prevent Purchaser or its Affiliates from hiring any Person who contacts Purchaser or any of its Affiliates on his or her own initiative without any solicitation by or encouragement from Purchaser or such Affiliate (other than general solicitations not directed solely to the employees of the Bank or any Bank Subsidiary) and no provision of this Agreement shall be deemed violated by any inadvertent solicitation of any individual employee. If Purchaser breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of this Section 6.5(c), Seller shall have the right in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to Seller under law or in equity (including the right and remedy to recover monetary damages) to have such provision specifically enforced by any court having jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to Seller and that money damages may not provide an adequate remedy to Seller. Purchaser acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 6.5(c) are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of Seller and

 

47


constitute a material inducement to Seller to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6.6 Additional Agreements . In case at any time after the Closing Date any further action is reasonably necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the proper officers and directors of each party to this Agreement and their respective Subsidiaries shall take all such necessary action as may be reasonably requested by, and at the sole expense of, the requesting party.

6.7 Transition Services Agreement . At the Closing, Seller, a Subsidiary of Seller and Purchaser Bank will enter into the Transition Services Agreement on substantially the terms set forth in Schedule 6.7 pursuant to which Seller and its Subsidiary will provide certain services to Purchaser Bank for up to six (6) months following the Closing (subject to extension as set forth in such agreement) and Purchaser Bank will pay Seller on the terms set forth in such agreement.

6.8 Insurance . With respect to events or circumstances that occurred or existed prior to the Closing Date that are covered by Sellers’ or its Affiliates’ insurance policies that are in effect prior to the Closing Date (other than to the extent such events or circumstances relate exclusively to the Excluded Assets and Excluded Liabilities), Purchaser Bank, or Purchaser on behalf of Purchaser Bank, may make claims under such policies and programs and Seller shall take such actions as may reasonably be requested by Purchaser and/or Purchaser Bank in connection with the tendering of such claims to the applicable insurers under such insurance policies and shall provide Purchaser Bank, or Purchaser on behalf of Purchaser Bank, with the net proceeds it realizes with respect to such claims; provided , however , (i) Purchaser shall notify, or shall cause Purchaser Bank to notify, Seller of all such coverage claims made and (ii) Seller shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, deliberately take any action or deliberately omit to take any action for the purpose of limiting Purchaser’s or Purchaser Bank’s ability to make all claims and recover proceeds in respect hereof. Seller agrees to, and to cause its Affiliates to, cooperate with Purchaser and/or Purchaser Bank in the administration and handling of insurance claims under this Section 6.8. With respect to any open claims against Seller’s insurance policies relating to Bank or any Bank Subsidiary (other than in respect of the Excluded Assets and Excluded Liabilities) on the Closing Date ( provided that expected proceeds of which are reflected as an Acquired Asset on the Closing Statement), Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts (at Purchaser Bank’s sole cost and expense) to pursue such claims and obtain such expected proceeds.

6.9 Additional Agreements Regarding Tax Matters .

(a) Allocation of Purchase Price . No later than ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to Seller the proposed allocation of the total consideration paid by Purchaser to Seller pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Total Consideration ”) among the Acquired Assets (the “ Proposed Allocation ”) for purposes of Section 1060 of the Code. Seller agrees that, within thirty (30) days following receipt of such Proposed Allocation , Seller shall either approve such Proposed Allocation, or shall object in writing delivered to Purchaser

 

48


specifying the objections to the Proposed Allocation. If the parties cannot reach agreement as to the allocation of the Total Consideration, then either Purchaser or Seller may submit such dispute for resolution to the Independent Accounting Firm under procedures substantially the same as those provided for under Section 2.5(c) for resolving disputed items or amounts in the determination of Closing Net Asset Value. The Independent Accounting Firm will determine only those issues in dispute regarding the allocation of the Total Consideration. The Independent Accounting Firm’s determination will be made within 30 days after submission of the disputed items, or as soon thereafter as possible, and will be set forth in a written statement delivered to Seller and Purchaser. The allocation of the Total Consideration among the Acquired Assets, as finalized by the Independent Accounting Firm if necessary, shall be deemed final and conclusive and shall be binding on Purchaser and Seller for all purposes under this Agreement. Purchaser and Seller agree to file all federal and state Tax Returns and other Tax information returns and reports (including, without limitation, IRS Form 8594) in accordance with such allocation, as finalized by the Independent Accounting Firm if necessary, and not to take, or cause to be taken, any action that would be inconsistent with such allocation, except as required by a “determination” as defined in Section 1313(a) of the Code, or any similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign law. Any adjustment to the purchase price pursuant to Section 2.5 shall be allocated among the Acquired Assets by reference to the item or items to which such adjustment is attributable.

(b) Interim Periods . For purposes of this Agreement, in determining the Taxes attributable to the Pre-Closing Period included in any Interim Period

(i) Property Taxes shall be equal to the amount of such Property Taxes for the entire Interim Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days during the Interim Period that are in the Pre-Closing Period and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire Interim Period; and

(ii) Taxes (other than Property Taxes) shall be computed as if such taxable period ended as of the end of the day on the Closing Date.

(c) Cooperation . Purchaser, Seller and Bank shall each at their own expense cooperate with each other and make available to each other such Tax data and other information as may be reasonably required in connection with (i) the preparation or filing of any Tax Return, election, consent or certification, or any claim for refund, (ii) any determinations of liability for Taxes, or (iii) any Tax Claim (“ Tax Data ”). Such cooperation shall include making their respective employees and independent auditors reasonably available on a mutually convenient basis for all reasonable purposes, including to sign Tax forms and consents, to provide explanations and background information and to permit the copying of books, records, schedules, workpapers, notices, revenue agent reports, settlement or closing agreements and other documents containing the Tax Data (“ Tax Documentation ”). The Tax Data and the Tax Documentation shall be retained until one year after the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitations (including extensions thereof); provided , however , that in the event an audit, examination, investigation or other proceeding has been instituted prior to the expiration of an applicable statute of limitations, the Tax Data and Tax Documentation relating thereto shall be retained until there is a final determination thereof (and the time for any appeal has expired).

 

49


(d) Transfer Taxes . All applicable sales and transfer Taxes and filing, recording, registration, stamp, documentary and other similar Taxes and fees (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”) payable in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the documents giving effect to such transactions will be shared equally between Seller and Purchaser.

(e) Tax Treatment of Payments . The parties agree to treat any indemnification payment required to be made pursuant to Article IX (other than the portion treated as interest) as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

(f) Survival . All rights and obligations under this Section 6.9 shall survive the Closing Date and continue until the expiration of the relevant statutes of limitation (including all period of extension).

6.10 Post-Closing Confidentiality .

(a) Following the Closing, the confidentiality obligations of Purchaser under the Confidentiality Agreement with respect to information relating to the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities shall terminate. Following the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause its controlled Affiliates and its and their officers, directors, employees, consultants, agents and advisors to, keep confidential and not use for its benefit or for the benefit of any other Person, any and all Bank Confidential Information. Without limiting the foregoing, except to the extent Seller or its Affiliates deem necessary to comply with its obligations under applicable law or regulation or Tax or accounting requirements, Seller shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, use any Bank Confidential Information for any purpose. The provisions of this Section 6.10 shall not be deemed to prohibit the disclosure or use by the Seller of Bank Confidential Information that Seller or its Affiliates deem necessary (a) to prepare or complete any required Tax Return or financial statements, (b) in connection with any reports, applications, statements, testimony, audits or other matter before or by a Governmental Entity, (c) to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, (d) to defend, resolve or settle any suit, claim, demand or other litigation, or in response to any summons or subpoena, or (e) to exercise or enforce its rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Seller or its Affiliates or any of their officers, directors, employees, consultants, agents or advisors (collectively, “ Disclosing Party ”) is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Bank Confidential Information, the Disclosing Party will provide Purchaser with notice of such request or requirement as promptly as practicable (unless not permitted by applicable law) so that Purchaser and/or Purchaser Bank may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Agreement. The Disclosing Party will cooperate reasonably with Purchaser and/or Purchaser Bank in connection with Purchaser’s and/or Purchaser Bank’s efforts to seek such an order or remedy. If Purchaser and/or Purchaser Bank does not obtain such protective order or other remedy or waives the Disclosing Party’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 6.10, the Disclosing Party will furnish only that portion of the Bank Confidential Information that is

 

50


legally required, and will exercise reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such disclosed information. Any disclosure made as permitted by this paragraph (c) shall not be a breach of this Section 6.10.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank Confidential Information shall not include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Seller or any of its Affiliates in breach of this Agreement, or (ii) becomes available to Seller after the Closing Date on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Purchaser, provided that such source is not, known to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation with respect to such information.

(d) Seller acknowledges and agrees that due to the unique nature of the Bank Confidential Information there can be no adequate remedy at law for any breach of its obligations hereunder, that any such breach or threatened breach may result in irreparable harm to Purchaser, and therefore, that upon any such breach or any threat thereof, Purchaser will be entitled to appropriate equitable and injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction without the necessity of proving actual loss, in addition to whatever remedies either of them might have at law or equity.

6.11 Cooperation . Following the Closing, each party agrees to cooperate in good faith to provide information to the other party that is reasonably necessary in connection with regulatory, legal, accounting and similar matters of Seller and its Affiliates on the one hand and Purchaser Bank and its Affiliates on the other (and not relating to any dispute, litigation or arbitration between the parties hereto or their Affiliates). The parties agree that any information provided pursuant to this provision shall be kept confidential and shall not be used for any purpose except for the reason given in the request.

6.12 Certain Other Matters . Seller and its Affiliates shall use its reasonable best efforts to assist and shall cooperate with Purchaser (at no expense to Seller) in seeking any tax incentives, exemptions, credits, abatements or other available benefits from the States of Missouri and/or Kansas which may be available to Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or Purchaser’s ownership of, and operation of the business of, Purchaser Bank following the Closing.

6.13 Use of Name . From and after the Closing Date, Seller, Bank and Bank Subsidiaries shall cease using (including at the Wal-Mart Locations) and shall have no right in, to and under the Tradename and any other Intellectual Property exclusively used by Bank and Bank Subsidiaries in the conduct of the business of the Branches. The parties agree that any and all such rights shall be rights of Purchaser Bank and its Subsidiaries from and after the Closing Date. The parties agree to cooperate and discuss in good faith appropriate arrangements relating to the shared use, after Closing, of any Intellectual Property that is currently used in connection with the Acquired Assets or Assumed Liabilities, on the one hand, and by Seller or its Affiliates, on the other hand (such arrangements to be on terms consistent with past practice).

6.14 Additional Loans; Certain Securities . At any time prior to the Closing Date, Purchaser and Seller may

 

51


mutually agree in writing that any consumer loan(s) or municipal securities owned as of July 6, 2010 by Seller or its Affiliates (other than Bank and its Subsidiaries) shall constitute an “ Additional Loan .” At least ten (10) Business Days prior to the anticipated Closing Date, Seller shall provide Purchaser a schedule of all consumer loans and municipal securities then owned by Seller or its Affiliates (other than Bank and its Subsidiaries) not already designated as an Additional Loan and shall offer to Purchaser the opportunity to designate any such loans and securities as Additional Loans. All Additional Loans shall be transferred to Purchaser Bank in accordance with Section 2.1. For the avoidance of doubt, no servicing rights associated with the Additional Loans shall be transferred to Purchaser Bank at or prior to the Closing. The parties shall agree on the appropriate adjustment to the Purchase Price for any Additional Loans that are transferred to Purchaser Bank prior to the Closing.

6.15 Merger of Bank and Seller Affiliate . Subject to receipt of the Requisite Regulatory Approvals, Seller agrees to cause Bank to merge with and into Armed Forces Bank, N.A. immediately following the Closing and in any event not later than the close of business on the Closing Date, whereupon the separate corporate existence of Bank shall cease.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

7.1 Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Closing . The respective obligation of each party to effect the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a) Regulatory Approvals . All Requisite Regulatory Approvals and all Purchaser Regulatory Approvals shall have been obtained and shall remain in full force and effect or, in the case of waiting periods, shall have expired or been terminated (and, in the case of the obligation of Purchaser to effect the Closing, no such Requisite Regulatory Approval or Purchaser Regulatory Approval shall have resulted in the imposition of any Materially Burdensome Regulatory Condition).

(b) No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality . No order, injunction, decree or judgment issued by any court or governmental body or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in effect. No statute, rule, regulation, order, injunction or decree shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any Governmental Entity which prohibits or makes illegal consummation of the Closing.

7.2 Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser . The obligation of Purchaser to effect the Closing is also subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Purchaser at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

 

52


(a) Representations and Warranties . (i) The representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Article III of this Agreement (other than the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1(a) (second sentence only), 3.3(a), 3.3(b)(i), 3.3(b)(ii)(x), 3.8(a) and 3.22, which shall be covered by Section 7.2(a)(ii)) shall be true and correct (without regard to “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” qualifiers contained therein), in each case as of July 6, 2010 and as of the Closing Date as though made on such Closing Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties are expressly made only as of an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date, except for such failures to be true and correct that do not have, or would not reasonably be likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Sections 3.1(a) (second sentence only), 3.3(a), 3.3(b)(i), 3.3(b)(ii)(x), 3.8(a) and 3.22 shall be true and correct, in each case as of July 6, 2010 and as of the Closing Date as though made on such Closing Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties are expressly made only as of an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date.

(b) Performance of Obligations of Seller . Seller shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) Officer’s Certificate . Purchaser shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Seller by its Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer stating that the conditions specified in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b) have been satisfied.

(d) FIRPTA Certificate . Seller shall deliver a certificate of non-foreign status pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(b)(2).

(e) Sufficiency of Assets . Except as set forth on Section 3.26 of the Disclosure Schedule (as modified pursuant to Exhibit 2.7(a)(xi)), Purchaser Bank will own or have the right to use (including pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement) all of the assets, rights and properties sufficient for the conduct or operation of Bank’s business as it was conducted and operated as of July 6, 2010 (other than any such assets, rights and properties solely necessary for the conduct and operation of the Excluded Assets and the Excluded Liabilities).

(f) Receipt of Closing Deliverables . Seller and its Affiliates shall have complied with and provided to Purchaser or Purchaser Bank, as applicable, at the Closing all of the deliverables set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii).

7.3 Conditions to Obligations of Seller . The obligation of Seller to effect the Closing is also subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Seller at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Purchaser set forth in Article IV of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of July 6, 2010 and as of the Closing Date as though made on such Closing Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties are expressly made only as of an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date.

 

53


(b) Performance of Obligations of Purchaser . Purchaser shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) Officer’s Certificate . Seller shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Purchaser by its Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer stating that the conditions specified in Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.3(b) have been satisfied.

(d) Receipt of Closing Deliverables . Purchaser, Purchaser Bank and their respective Affiliates shall have complied with and provided to Seller or Bank, as applicable, at the Closing, (i) the Purchase Price and (ii) all of the deliverables set forth in Sections 2.4(b)(ii)(2), 2.4(b)(ii)(3) and 2.4(b)(ii)(12).

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

8.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date:

(a) by mutual written consent of Seller and Purchaser;

(b) by either Seller or Purchaser, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before December 31, 2010 (the “ Outside Date ”) ( provided that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose action or failure to act has been the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes a breach of this Agreement);

(c) by either Seller or Purchaser, if any approval required to be obtained pursuant to Section 7.1(a) has been denied by the relevant Governmental Entity and such denial has become final and nonappealable or any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction shall have issued a final, nonappealable injunction permanently enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that with respect to any denial by a Governmental Entity, the party terminating this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(c) shall have complied in all material respects with its obligations set forth in Section 6.1(a);

(d) by Seller, if Purchaser has breached or is in breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Purchaser contained in this Agreement in any respect, which breach would, individually or together with all such other then uncured breaches by Purchaser, constitute grounds for the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) or 7.3(b) not to be satisfied on the Closing Date and such breach is not cured within 15 Business Days after written notice thereof to Purchaser; or

(e) by Purchaser, if Seller has breached or is in breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Seller contained in this Agreement in any

 

54


respect, which breach would, individually or together with all such other then uncured breaches by Seller, constitute grounds for the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) or 7.2(b) not to be satisfied on the Closing Date and such breach is not cured within 15 Business Days after written notice thereof to Seller.

8.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article VIII, no party to this Agreement shall have any liability or further obligation hereunder to the other party hereto, except that (i) Section 6.3 (Public Disclosure), Section 6.5(c) (Purchaser Non-Solicitation), Section 8.1 (Termination), Section 8.2 (Effect of Termination), Section 10.1 (Expenses), Section 10.2 (Notices) and Section 10.6 (Governing Law) shall survive any termination of this Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, termination will not relieve a breaching party from liability for any willful and material breach of any provision of this Agreement or from its obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement.

8.3 Amendment . Subject to compliance with applicable law, this Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

8.4 Extension; Waiver . At any time prior to the Closing Date, the parties hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of such party, but such extension or waiver or failure to insist on strict compliance with an obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties and Agreements . The respective representations and warranties of Seller and Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing but shall expire on the eighteen month anniversary of the Closing Date (except for the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.26, which shall expire on the six month anniversary of the Closing Date), except with respect to, and to the extent of, any claim of which written notice of the claim has been given by one party to the other prior to such expiration; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the representations and warranties set forth in (i) the second and third sentences of Section 3.1(b) (Corporate Organization), Section 3.3(a) (Authority; No Violation) and Section 3.22 (Broker’s Fees) (the “ Designated Seller Representations ”), and Section

 

55


4.2(a) (Authority; No Violation), Section 4.7 (Broker’s Fees) (the “ Designated Purchaser Representations ”) shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect indefinitely and (ii) Section 3.10 (Taxes and Tax Returns) shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect to the full extent of any applicable statute of limitations. The respective covenants and agreements of Seller and Purchaser contained in this Agreement (including the indemnification obligations set forth in this Article IX) shall survive the Closing, provided that any such covenants and agreements that by their terms are to be performed prior to the Closing Date shall survive the Closing only until the eighteen month anniversary of the Closing.

9.2 Indemnification by Seller . Subject to the remaining provisions of this Article IX, from and after the Closing Date, Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold Purchaser and its officers, directors, employees, agents, advisers, representatives and Affiliates (collectively, the “ Purchaser Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any Damages incurred or suffered by the Purchaser Indemnitees to the extent relating to or resulting or arising from: (a) any inaccuracy in any of the representations and warranties made herein by Seller (other than Section 3.10, which shall be governed by Section 9.4(a)) (solely for this purpose disregarding any qualification or limitation as to materiality or a Material Adverse Effect), except to the extent that such inaccuracy relates to an Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability, (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement of Seller made herein (other than Section 5.3(i) or Section 6.9, which shall be governed by Section 9.4(a)), except to the extent such breach relates to an Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability, (c) any Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities or (d) any of the matters listed on Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Damages arising under Section 9.2(a) (except for Damages resulting from breaches of the Designated Seller Representations), (i) the Seller shall not be liable for any Damages in connection with any individual claim (or any series or group of related claims (including any class action)) to the extent that such Damages do not exceed $25,000, which amount is intended to be a qualifying claim threshold and shall not operate as a deductible (such Damages, “ Non-Material Damages ”), (ii) Seller shall not be liable to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnitees against Damages unless and until the aggregate amount of such Damages exceeds $1,500,000 (the “ Threshold Amount ”), in which case Seller shall be liable for all such Damages (including the Damages that were aggregated to reach the Threshold Amount) and (iii) Seller’s maximum liability to the Purchaser Indemnitees for Damages shall not exceed $30,000,000 (the “ Cap ”).

9.3 Indemnification by Purchaser . Subject to the remaining provisions of this Article IX, from and after the Closing Date, Purchaser shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller and its officers, directors, employees, agents, advisers, representatives and Affiliates (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any Damages incurred or suffered by the Seller Indemnitees to the extent relating to or resulting or arising from (a) any inaccuracy in any of the representations and warranties made herein by Purchaser (for this purpose disregarding any qualification or limitation as to materiality or a Material Adverse Effect), and (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement of Purchaser made herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing with respect to Damages arising under Section 9.3, (i) Purchaser shall not be liable for any Non-Material Damages, (ii) Purchaser shall not be liable to indemnify any Seller Indemnitees against

 

56


Damages unless and until the aggregate amount of such Damages exceeds the Threshold Amount, in which case Purchaser shall be liable for all such Damages (including the Damages that were aggregated to reach the Threshold Amount), and (ii) Purchaser’s maximum liability to the Seller Indemnitees for Damages shall not exceed the Cap.

9.4 Tax and Benefit Liability Indemnification .

(a) Seller will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnitees from and against (i) any liability for Taxes of, imposed on, or with respect to Bank and Bank Subsidiaries, or any assets or activities of Bank or Bank Subsidiaries, for any Pre-Closing Period, (ii) any liability for Taxes in respect of the Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities, (iii) any liability for Taxes resulting from the breach of any representations or warranties contained in this Agreement, (iv) any liability for Taxes of another Person (other than any of Bank and Bank Subsidiaries) for which Bank, its Subsidiaries, Purchaser or any of its Affiliates are liable as a result of the application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law, (v) any liability for Taxes of any Person as a transferee or successor or by contract, agreement or otherwise, (vi) any liability for Taxes imposed as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any internal restructuring in anticipation of such transactions or any repayment, discharge, cancellation or extinguishment of any intercompany liability, (vii) any liability for Taxes reportable on any Combined Tax Return, (viii) any liability for Transfer Taxes required to be paid by Seller pursuant to Section 6.9(d), (ix) any liability for Taxes resulting from the breach by Seller of any agreement or covenant contained in Section 5.3(h) or Section 6.9 (together with any Taxes described in clauses (i)-(viii), “ Excluded Taxes”) , (x) all liabilities under Bank Benefit Plans, (xi) any Controlled Group Liability, and (xii) all liability for any reasonable legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting or similar fees and expenses actually incurred relating to the foregoing. The amount of any liability for which Seller is obligated to indemnify the Purchaser Indemnitees under this Section 9.4(a) shall be reduced by the amount, if any, of such liabilities that is reflected and specifically identified as a liability on the Closing Statement resulting in an adjustment to the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.5.

(b) Purchaser will indemnify, defend and hold Seller Indemnitees from and against (i) any liability for Taxes resulting from the breach by Purchaser of any covenant or obligation under Section 6.9, (ii) any liability for Taxes attributable to a Post-Closing Period in respect of the Acquired Assets or Assumed Liabilities except to the extent such Taxes are the responsibility of Seller under Section 9.4(a) and (ii) all liability for any reasonable out of pocket legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting or similar fees and expenses actually incurred relating to the foregoing.

(c) The obligations of each party to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party and other Persons, pursuant to Sections 9.4(a) and 9.4(b), (i) are not subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.2 and (ii) will terminate 30 days after the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitations (giving effect to any extensions thereof); provided , however , that such obligations to indemnify, defend and hold harmless will not terminate with respect to any individual item as to which an Indemnified Party shall have, before the expiration of the

 

57


applicable period, previously made a claim by delivering a notice (stating in reasonable detail the basis of such claim) to the applicable Indemnifying Party.

(d) Any indemnity payment required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) – (x) of Section 9.4(a) or Section 9.4(b) shall be made within five days after the indemnified party makes written demand upon the indemnifying party, and in no case later than five days prior to the date on which the relevant Taxes are required to be paid to the relevant Tax authority.

(e) Notwithstanding Section 9.5, if a third party claim includes or would reasonably be expected to include both a claim for Taxes that are Excluded Taxes and a claim for Taxes that are not Excluded Taxes, and such claim for Taxes that are Excluded Taxes is not separable from such a claim for Taxes that are not Excluded Taxes, Seller (if the claim for Taxes that are Excluded Taxes exceeds or reasonably would be expected to exceed in amount the claim for Taxes that are not Excluded Taxes) or otherwise Purchaser (Seller or Purchaser, as the case may be, the “ Controlling Party ”) shall be entitled to control the defense of such third party claim (such third party claim, a “ Third Party Tax Claim ”). In such case, the other party (Seller or Purchaser, as the case may be, the “ Non-Controlling Party ”) shall be entitled to participate fully (at the Non-Controlling Party’s sole expense) in the conduct of such Third Party Tax Claim and the Controlling Party shall not settle such Third Party Tax Claim without the consent of such Non-Controlling Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The costs and expenses of conducting the defense of such Third Party Tax Claim shall be reasonably apportioned based on the relative amounts of the Third Party Tax Claim that are Excluded Taxes and that are not Excluded Taxes.

9.5 Indemnification Procedure .

(a) The party seeking indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall notify the party from which indemnification is sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) following the assertion of any claim, or the incurrence of any Damages, that might give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided , however , that the failure to deliver such notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder, unless such failure is materially prejudicial to the Indemnifying Party.

(b) Promptly after the assertion by any third party of any claim against any Indemnified Party that in the reasonable judgment of such Indemnified Party may result in the incurrence by such Indemnified Party of Damages for which such Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, such Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Indemnifying Party a written notice describing in reasonable detail (to the extent known) such claim and such Indemnifying Party may, at its option, assume the defense of the Indemnified Party against such claim (including the employment of counsel, who shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party) at such Indemnifying Party’s expense. Any failure on the part of the Indemnified Party to provide prompt notice shall not limit any of the obligations of the Indemnifying Party, except to the extent such failure materially prejudices the defense of such claim. Any Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action or claim and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall not be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party; provided that the

 

58


Indemnifying Party shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party’s counsel in any such action or claim if (i) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Party which are not available to, or the assertion of which would be adverse to the interests of, the Indemnified Party or (ii) the Indemnified Party shall have been advised in writing by counsel that the assumption of such defense by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to an actual or potential conflict of interest ( provided that in the case of clause (i) and (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of counsel for all Indemnified Parties, other than local counsel). In addition, the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume control of the defense of any claim, and shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party’s counsel if the Indemnified Party shall have failed, within 15 Business Days after having been notified by the Indemnified Party of the existence of such claim as provided above, to either (A) acknowledge that it is obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Party in respect of such claim and assume the defense of such claim or (B) to notify the Indemnified Party in writing that it shall assume the defense of such claim. No Indemnifying Party shall be liable to indemnify any Indemnified Party for any settlement of any such action or claim effected without the consent of the Indemnifying Party (not to be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, or if there be a judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment, subject to the limitations set forth in this Article IX. If the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of any claim in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.5(b), the Indemnifying Party shall obtain the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party before entering into any settlement of such claim (not to be unreasonably withheld), unless the settlement releases the Indemnified Party from all liabilities and obligations with respect to such claim and does not impose injunctive or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party each agrees to fully cooperate in all matters covered by this Section 9.5(b), including, as required, the furnishing of books and records, personnel and witnesses and the execution of documents, in each case as necessary for any defense of such third party claim and at no cost to the other party ( provided that any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Indemnified Party incurred in connection with the foregoing shall be considered part of Damages hereunder). Anything in this Section 9.5(b) to the contrary notwithstanding, the control of any claims or proceedings in respect of or relating to Taxes and the procedures related thereto shall be governed exclusively by Section 9.4(e).

9.6 Exclusive Remedy . After the Closing Date, this Article IX shall provide the exclusive remedy for any of the matters addressed herein or other claims arising out of this Agreement, except in the case of fraud in connection with or relating to this Agreement or with respect to matters for which the remedy of specific performance, injunctive relief or other non-monetary equitable remedies are available.

9.7 Damages Net of Insurance . For the purposes of this Article IX, “ Damages ” shall be net of any insurance or other recoveries (net of any related deductible or expenses incurred in securing such recovery) actually received by the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates as a result of the liability or loss giving rise to the right

 

59


of indemnification (any such source of recovery a “ Collateral Source ”). If the amount to be netted hereunder in connection with a Collateral Source from any payment required under this Article IX is determined after payment by the Indemnifying Party of any amount otherwise required to be paid to the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall repay to the Indemnifying Party, promptly after such determination, any amount that the Indemnifying Party would not have had to pay pursuant to this Article IX had such determination been made at the time of such payment, and any excess recovery from a Collateral Source shall be applied to reduce any future payments to be made by the Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Article IX.

ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.1 Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such expense.

10.2 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be sent to the party to whom it is to be given and be either delivered personally against receipt, by facsimile or other wire transmission, by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or deposited with an express courier (with confirmation) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

(a) if to Seller, to:

Dickinson Financial Corporation

1111 Main Street Suite 1600

Kansas City, MO 64105

Attention: Paul P. Holewinski

Fax: (816) 472-5211

with a copy to:

Dickinson Financial Corporation

1111 Main Street Suite 1600

Kansas City, MO 64105

Attention: John R. Cox

Fax: (816) 221-3694

and,

DLA Piper LLP (US)

500 Eighth Street, NW

 

60


Washington, DC 20004

Attention: Michael P. Reed

Fax: (202) 799-5229

(b) if to Purchaser, to:

NBH Holdings, Corp.

Two International Place, Suite 2302

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention:    James B. Fitzgerald

Fax:             (617) 342-1803

with a copy to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention:    David E. Shapiro

Fax:             (212) 403-2000

All notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been given (i) when received if given in person, (ii) on the date of electronic confirmation of receipt if sent by facsimile or other wire transmission, (iii) three Business Days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or (iv) one Business Day after being deposited with a reputable overnight courier.

10.3 Interpretation . For the purposes of this Agreement, (i) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires, (ii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the Exhibits to this Agreement) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Article, Section, paragraph and Exhibit references are to the Articles, Sections, paragraphs and Exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise specified, (iii) whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” (iv) the word “or” shall not be exclusive, (v) all references to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days unless otherwise specified, and (vi) all reference to “the date of this Agreement” in any ancillary document or exhibit or schedule hereto or the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be references to July 6, 2010 unless the context specifically indicates that such reference is to the date of this Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement. It is understood and agreed that the specification of any dollar amount in the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or the inclusion of any specific item in the Disclosure Schedule is not intended to imply that such amounts or higher or lower amounts, or the items so included or other items, are or are not material, and neither party shall use the fact of the setting of such amounts or the fact of the inclusion of any such item in the Disclosure Schedule in any dispute or controversy between the parties as to whether any

 

61


obligation, item or matter not described in this Agreement or included in the Disclosure Schedule is or is not material for purposes of this Agreement.

10.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

10.5 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Disclosure Schedule, the Transaction Documents and other documents and the instruments referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof other than the Confidentiality Agreement.

10.6 Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any applicable conflicts of law.

(b) The parties hereby (i) irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the United States of America located in the State of Delaware (the “ Federal Courts ”), or, if jurisdiction in the Federal Courts is not available, the courts of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Courts ”), in respect of any claim, dispute or controversy relating to or arising out of the negotiation, interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement or any of the documents referred to in this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (any such claim being a “ Covered Claim ”); (ii) irrevocably agree to request that the Federal Courts, or as applicable, the Delaware Courts adjudicate any Covered Claim on an expedited basis and to cooperate with each other to assure that an expedited resolution of any such dispute is achieved; (iii) waive, and agree not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding raising a Covered Claim that any of the parties hereto is not subject to the personal jurisdiction of the Delaware Courts or the Federal Courts or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts or that the venue thereof may be inappropriate or inconvenient or that this Agreement or any such document may not be enforced in or by such courts; and (iv) irrevocably agree to abide by the rules of procedure applied by the Federal Courts, or as applicable, the Delaware Courts (including the procedures for expedited pre-trial discovery) and waive any objection to any such procedure on the ground that such procedure would not be permitted in the courts of some other jurisdiction or would be contrary to the laws of some other jurisdiction. The parties further agree that any Covered Claim has a significant connection with the State of New York, and will not contend otherwise in any proceeding in any court of any other jurisdiction. Each party represents that it has agreed to the jurisdiction of the Federal Courts and the Delaware Courts in respect of Covered Claims after being fully and adequately advised by legal counsel of its own choice concerning the procedures and law applied in the Federal Courts and the Delaware Courts and has not relied on any representation by any other party or its Affiliates, representatives or advisors as to the content, scope, or effect of such procedures and law, and will not contend otherwise in any proceeding in any court of

 

62


any jurisdiction. Each party further irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered airmail, postage prepaid, to such party at its address set forth in this Agreement, such service of process to be effective upon acknowledgment of receipt of such registered mail. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

(c) Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues, and therefore each such party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right such party may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party certifies and acknowledges that: (i) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver; (ii) each party understands and has considered the implications of this waiver; (iii) each party makes this waiver voluntarily; and (iv) each party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 10.6.

10.7 Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any party fails to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance in such event, in addition to any other remedy at law or in equity.

10.8 Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

10.9 Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided , however , that Purchaser may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to a Subsidiary of Purchaser. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement (including the documents and instruments referred to herein) is not intended to confer upon any person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

10.10 Joinder . Immediately following the formation of Purchaser Bank, and in any event prior to or at the Closing, Purchaser shall cause Purchaser Bank to execute a joinder agreement to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller.

 

63


[ Signature page follows ]

 

64


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Purchaser have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

NBH HOLDINGS CORP.
By:   

/s/    G. Timothy Laney

  Name:   G. Timothy Laney
  Title:   President & Chief Executive Officer
DICKINSON FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   

/s/    Paul P. Holewinski

  Name:   Paul P. Holewinski
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
BANK MIDWEST, N.A.
By:   

/s/    Paul P. Holewinski

  Name:   Paul P. Holewinski
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[ Signature Page to Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement ]

Exhibit 2.3

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

AMONG

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,

RECEIVER OF BANK OF CHOICE,

GREELEY, COLORADO

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

and

BANK MIDWEST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

DATED AS OF

JULY 22, 2011

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado


PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I.    GENERAL      2   
            1.1.   

Purpose

     2   
            1.2.   

Shared-Loss Agreements

     2   
            1.3.   

Defined Terms

     2   
ARTICLE II.    ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES      10   
            2.1.   

Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution

     10   
            2.2.   

Interest on Deposit Liabilities

     11   
            2.3.   

Unclaimed Deposits

     12   
            2.4.   

Employee Plans

     12   
ARTICLE III.    PURCHASE OF ASSETS      12   
            3.1.   

Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution

     12   
            3.2.   

Asset Purchase Price

     13   
            3.3.   

Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.

     13   
            3.4.   

Puts of Assets to the Receiver

     14   
            3.5.   

Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution

     16   
            3.6.   

Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver

     17   
            3.7.   

Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans

     18   
ARTICLE IV.    ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS      19   
            4.1.   

Continuation of Banking Business

     19   
            4.2.   

Credit Card Business

     19   
            4.3.   

Safe Deposit Business

     19   
            4.4.   

Safekeeping Business

     19   
            4.5.   

Trust Business

     20   
            4.6.   

Bank Premises

     20   
            4.7.   

Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment

     24   
            4.8.   

Certain Existing Agreements

     25   
            4.9.   

Informational Tax Reporting

     26   
            4.10.   

Insurance

     26   
            4.11.   

Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments

     27   
            4.12.   

Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank

     27   
            4.13.   

Interim Asset Servicing

     28   
            4.14.   

[RESERVED]

     29   
            4.15.   

Loss Sharing

     29   
ARTICLE V.    DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK      29   
            5.1.   

Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits

     29   
            5.2.   

Certain Agreements Related to Deposits

     29   
            5.3.   

Notice to Depositors

     29   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

1


ARTICLE VI.    RECORDS      30   
            6.1.   

Transfer of Records

     30   
            6.2.   

Transfer of Assigned Records

     30   
            6.3.   

Preservation of Records

     30   
            6.4.   

Access to Records; Copies

     31   
            6.5.   

Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit

     31   
ARTICLE VII.    BID; INITIAL PAYMENT      31   
ARTICLE VIII.    ADJUSTMENTS      32   
            8.1.   

Pro Forma Statement

     32   
            8.2.   

Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities

     32   
            8.3.   

Payments

     32   
            8.4.   

Interest

     33   
            8.5.   

Subsequent Adjustments

     33   
ARTICLE IX.    CONTINUING COOPERATION      33   
            9.1.   

General Matters

     33   
            9.2.   

Additional Title Documents

     33   
            9.3.   

Claims and Suits

     33   
            9.4.   

Payment of Deposits

     34   
            9.5.   

Withheld Payments

     34   
            9.6.   

Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities

     34   
            9.7.   

Information

     35   
            9.8.   

Tax Ruling

     35   
ARTICLE X.    CONDITION PRECEDENT      35   
ARTICLE XI.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION      36   
            11.1.   

Corporate Existence and Authority

     36   
            11.2.   

Third Party Consents

     36   
            11.3.   

Execution and Enforceability

     36   
            11.4.   

Compliance with Law

     36   
            11.5.   

Insured or Guaranteed Loans

     37   
            11.6.   

Representations Remain True

     37   
            11.7.   

No Reliance; Independent Advice

     37   
ARTICLE XII.    INDEMNIFICATION      37   
            12.1.   

Indemnification of Indemnitees

     37   
            12.2.   

Conditions Precedent to Indemnification

     40   
            12.3.   

No Additional Warranty

     41   
            12.4.   

Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation

     41   
            12.5.   

Obligations Supplemental

     42   
            12.6.   

Criminal Claims

     42   
            12.7.   

Limited Guaranty of the Corporation

     42   
            12.8.   

Subrogation

     43   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

2


ARTICLE XIII.    MISCELLANEOUS      43   

            13.1.

   Costs, Fees, and Expenses      43   

            13.2.

   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      43   

            13.3.

   Consent; Determination or Discretion      43   

            13.4.

   Rights Cumulative      43   

            13.5.

   References      43   

            13.6.

   Notice      44   

            13.7.

   Entire Agreement      44   

            13.8.

   Counterparts      45   

            13.9.

   GOVERNING LAW      45   

            13.10.

   Successors      45   

            13.11.

   Modification      45   

            13.12.

   Manner of Payment      45   

            13.13.

   Waiver      45   

            13.14.

   Severability      46   

            13.15.

   Term of Agreement      46   

            13.16.

   Survival of Covenants, Etc.      46   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

3


SCHEDULES

 

           Page

Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

    Schedule 2.1(a)       44

Purchase Price of Assets or any other assets

    Schedule 3.2       48

Excluded Securities

    Schedule 3.5(l)       47

Excluded OREO and ADC Residential Loans

    Schedule 3.5(m)       48

Excluded Loans

    Schedule 3.5(n)       49

Data Retention Catalog

    Schedule 6.3       50

Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium

    Schedule 7       55

EXHIBITS

 

           Page

Final Legal Notice

    Exhibit 2.3A       51

Affidavit of Mailing

    Exhibit 2.3B       53

Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts

    Exhibit 3.2(c)       54

Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement

    Exhibit 4.13       56

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

4


PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 22nd day of July, 2011, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of BANK OF CHOICE, GREELEY, COLORADO (the “ Receiver ”), BANK MIDWEST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal place of business in KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI (the “ Assuming Institution ”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “ Corporation ”).

R E C I T A L S

A. On the Bank Closing Date, the Chartering Authority closed BANK OF CHOICE (the “ Failed Bank ”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof.

B. The Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposits and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

C. Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII.

D. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

E. The Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank and is the least costly to the deposit insurance fund of all possible methods for meeting such obligation.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

1


A G R E E M E N T

ARTICLE I. GENERAL .

1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, the terms and conditions on which the Assuming Institution purchases certain assets and assumes certain liabilities of the Failed Bank.

1.2. Shared-Loss Agreements . If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution desire to share losses and recoveries on certain acquired assets, a Shared-Loss Agreement or Shared-Loss Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and/or Exhibit 4.15B , as applicable, and will govern the terms of any such shared-loss arrangement. To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of this Agreement and a Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of a Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement shall control.

1.3. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth or referenced in this Section 1.3. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

Acquired Subsidiary ” or “ Acquired Subsidiaries ” means one or more, as applicable, Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.

Affiliate ” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in § 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. § 1841.

Agreement ” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assets ” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition by virtue of being owned by such Subsidiaries.

Assumed Deposits ” means Deposits.

Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

Bank Closing Date ” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.

Bank Premises ” means the banking buildings, drive-in banking facilities, teller facilities (staffed or automated), storage and service facilities, structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, land on which the foregoing are located and unimproved land,

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

2


together with any adjacent parking, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date.

Bid Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII.

Bid Valuation Date ” means April 27, 2011.

Board ” has the meaning set forth in Recital D.

Book Value ” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Failed Bank Records. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of the Bank Closing Date after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of an Acquired Subsidiary shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of the Bank Closing Date, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Failed Bank Records.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.

Chartering Authority ” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(4), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(9).

Commitment ” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

3


Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

Counterclaim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).

Credit Documents ” means the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.

Credit File ” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any such documents.

Deposit ” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1813(1), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of the Bank Closing Date.

Deposit Secured Loan ” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.

Electronically Stored Information ” means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.

Eligible Individuals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.

Failed Bank Advances ” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance and (iii) pay premiums for credit life insurance, accident and health insurance and vendor’s single interest insurance.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

4


Failed Bank Records ” means Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to, its corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support the general ledger balances.

Fair Market Value ” means:

(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the assumed consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

(i) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

(ii) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

(iii) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

(iv) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

(v) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;

as determined as of the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and

with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date; or

(b) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefor as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (a) above.

FDIC Office Space ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.

Final Legal Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

5


Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of the Bank Closing Date.

Furniture and Equipment ” means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, Personal Computers, Owned Data Management Equipment and motor vehicles), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.

GSE ” means a government sponsored enterprise.

Indemnitees ” means, except as provided in Section 12.1(b)(xi), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.

Information Package ” means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.

Initial Payment ” means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Institution if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and any other assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Institution to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.

Leased Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

6


equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.

Legal Balance ” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.

Liabilities Assumed ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.

Loan ” or “ Loans ” means, individually or collectively, all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date:

(a) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Failed Bank Records in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and lease financing contracts;

(b) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above; and

(c) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.

New Loan ” means a Loan made by the Failed Bank after the Bid Valuation Date that is not a continuation, amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinancing, restructuring or refunding of or for any then-existing Loan.

Obligor ” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly or severally.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

7


Other Real Estate ” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, easements, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.

Owned Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media owned by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.

Payment Date ” means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.

Personal Computer(s) ” means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral, and associated peripherals (such as keyboard, mouse, etc.). A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.

Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.

Pro Forma ” means a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed Bank through the Bank Closing Date and serves as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

Put Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d).

Put Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c).

Qualified Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

Qualified Financial Contract ” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1821(e)(8)(D).

Record ” means any document, microfiche, microfilm or Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

8


copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at the Bank Closing Date.

Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

Related Liability ” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.

Related Liability Amount ” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Failed Bank Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one Asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such Assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such Assets.

Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such Assets stated on the Failed Bank Records of the entity that owns such Asset.

Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Asset, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at the Bank Closing Date and either subtracting the pro rata Asset discount or adding the pro rata Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that amount (i) for any advances and interest on such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, regardless of how applied and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.

Safe Deposit Boxes ” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.

Settlement Date ” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.

Settlement Interest Rate ” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the investment rate on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills as published on the Bank Closing Date by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website; provided, that if no such Investment Rate is published the week of the Bank Closing Date, the investment rate for such Treasury Bills

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

9


most recently published by the United States Treasury on TreasuryDirect.gov prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website.

Shared-Loss Agreements ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B .

Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in § 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(w)(4), as amended.

ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES .

2.1. Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform and discharge, all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “ Liabilities Assumed ”):

(a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a) ; provided, that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to the Bank Closing Date, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;

(b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided, that the amount of any liability assumed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(c) all borrowings from, and obligations and indebtedness to, Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, whether currently owed, or conditional or not yet matured, including but not limited to, if applicable, (i) advances, including principal, interest, and any prepayment fees, costs and expenses; (ii) letters of credit, including any reimbursement obligations; (iii) acquired member assets programs, including representations, warranties, credit enhancement obligations and servicing obligations; (iv) affordable housing programs, including retention agreements and other contracts and monitoring obligations; (v) swaps and other derivatives; and (vi) safekeeping and custody agreements, provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, if any;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

10


(d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided, that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;

(e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including the Bank Closing Date); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;

(g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(h) liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;

(i) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any;

(j) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;

(k) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Acquired Subsidiary;

(l) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts; and

(m) duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or any contract pursuant to which mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, including (i) any seller obligations, seller origination and repurchase obligations, and (ii) any GSE seller or servicer obligations, provided that, if the Assuming Institution is not an approved GSE servicer, or does not intend or is unable to become an approved GSE servicer, the Assuming Institution will cooperate with the Receiver and the GSE to effect the transfer of any such servicing obligations to a GSE-approved servicer.

2.2. Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after the Bank Closing Date, it will accrue and pay interest on Assumed Deposits pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided, that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

11


further provided, that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.

2.3. Unclaimed Deposits .

(a) Final Legal Notice . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a Final Legal Notice in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A (the “ Final Legal Notice ”) to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the Final Legal Notice to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the Final Legal Notice to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.

(b) Unclaimed Deposits . If, within eighteen (18) months after the Bank Closing Date, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Assumed Deposits at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such Deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.

2.4. Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401k or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS .

3.1. Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 and, if applicable, listed on Schedule 3.5(l) the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships and any and all other business

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

12


combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1.

3.2. Asset Purchase Price .

(a) Determination of Asset Purchase Price . All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2 , except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off on the Failed Bank Records before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero. The purchase price for Acquired Subsidiaries shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.6(i)(iv), if applicable.

(b) Purchase Price for Securities . The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and Federal Home Loan Bank stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of the Bank Closing Date, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on the Bank Closing Date as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided that in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder and listed on Schedule 3.5(1) .

(c) Purchase Price for Qualified Financial Contracts . Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c) . Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.

3.3. Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS,” “WHERE IS,” WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, VALUE, COLLECTIBILITY, GENUINENESS, ENFORCEABILITY, DOCUMENTATION, CONDITION OR

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

13


FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.

3.4. Puts of Assets to the Receiver .

(a) Puts Within 30 Days After the Bank Closing Date . During the thirty (30)- day period following the Bank Closing Date and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole and absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any New Loans and any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided that with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit:

(i) no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and

(ii) the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase, within a reasonable time, any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which existed on the thirtieth (30th) day following the Bank Closing Date and which was made after the Bid Valuation Date and not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:

(A) made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;

(B) taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;

(C) created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;

(D) entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or

(E) sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

14


(iii) The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

(b) Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Institution can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Institution has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

(c) Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “ Put Notice ”) which shall include:

(i) a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;

(ii) a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and

(iii) a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.

Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and Records.

(d) Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “ Put Date ”).

(e) Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

15


of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(e) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.

(f) Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.

(g) Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.

3.5. Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:

(a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;

(b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to the Bank Closing Date arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before the Bank Closing Date, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of the Bank Closing Date;

(c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;

(d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

16


otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;

(e) amounts reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;

(f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Sections 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;

(g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;

(h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. § 304.3, and other intangibles (other than intellectual property);

(i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;

(j) any and all prepaid fees or any other income as shown on the books and Records of the Failed Bank, but not taken into income as of the Bank Closing Date, associated with a line of business of the Failed Bank which is not assumed pursuant to this Agreement;

(k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;

(l) any banker’s bank stock, and the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(1) ;

(m) those certain Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) properties and ADC Residential Loans listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(m) ;

(n) those certain loans listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(n) ; and

(o) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8.

3.6. Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .

(a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to sell, assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

17


evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:

(i) made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;

(ii) the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;

(iii) made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;

(iv) secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or

(v) related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.

(vi) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

3.7. Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans . For the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may sell, in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Assuming Institution, may purchase, in its sole and absolute discretion, at Book Value as of the Bank Closing Date, any Loans initially withheld from sale to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of this Agreement. Except for the sales price, Loans sold under this section will be treated as if initially sold under Section 3.1 of this Agreement, and will be subject to all relevant terms of this Agreement as similarly situated Loans sold and

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

18


transferred pursuant to this Agreement, provided that, no Loan shall be a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Shared-Loss Agreements if it does not meet the definition of Shared-Loss Loan in the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement. Payment for Loans sold under this Section 3.7 will be handled through the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.

ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS .

4.1. Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing on the first banking Business Day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Receiver and, if applicable, the Corporation. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution may open, close or sell branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, provided that the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area during the period specified in this Section 4.1. The Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this Agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.

4.2. Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after the Bank Closing Date, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all extensions of credit or balances outstanding as of the Bank Closing Date with respect to these lines of business.

4.3. Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefor paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the branch of the Failed Bank in which such Safe Deposit Boxes were located, as determined by the Receiver. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in such trade area for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date.

4.4. Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of the Bank Closing Date. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after the Bank

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

19


Closing Date, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits which accrue after the Bank Closing Date with respect to securities and other items held in safekeeping.

4.5. Trust Business .

(a) Assuming Institution as Successor . The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to the Bank Closing Date; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.

(b) Wills and Appointments . The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.

(c) Transfer of Trust Business . In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.

(d) Verification of Assets . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date.

4.6. Bank Premises .

(a) Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

20


as of the date of the Bank Closing Date and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.

(b) Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from the Bank Closing Date to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.

(c) Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

(d) Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.

(e) Occupancy Costs .

     (i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank,

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

21


including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

     (ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4 6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

(f) Certain Requirements as to Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following the Bank Closing Date obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the Bank Closing Date, purchase from the Receiver all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment or repudiated the leases referred to in clause (ii) or (iii).

(g) Vacating Premises .

     (i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for promptly relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

22


Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date and at the premises where they were inventoried at the Bank Closing Date, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.

     (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date, and at the premises where they were inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the ninety (90)- day period specified above in this Section 4.6(g)(ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.

(h) Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased or owned Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided that, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after the Bank Closing Date for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

23


(i) Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .

    (i) For a period of ninety (90) days following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.

    (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary which is located on such Bank Premises and was utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment purchased.

    (iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its options under this Section 4.6(i), the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).

    (iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its options under this Section 4.6(i), the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.

4.7. Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment .

(a) Option . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of all Leased Data Management Equipment.

(b) Notices Regarding Leased Data Management Equipment . The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all Leased Data Management Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Leased Data Management Equipment, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Leased Data Management Equipment that is subject to a lease.

(c) Facilitation by Receiver . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Leased Data Management Equipment or the negotiation of new leases or license

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

24


agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

(d) Operating Costs . The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Leased Data Management Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing Leased Data Management Equipment leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments.

(e) Assuming Institution’s Obligation . The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver or, at the direction of the Receiver, to a third party, all Leased Data Management Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing Leased Data Management lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to Leased Data Management Equipment.

(f) Data Removal . The Assuming Institution shall, prior to returning any Leased Data Management Equipment, and unless otherwise requested by the Receiver, (i) remove all data from the Leased Data Management Equipment and (ii) provide a written statement to the Receiver that all data has been removed in a manner that renders it unrecoverable.

4.8. Certain Existing Agreements .

(a) Assumption of Agreements . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of the Bank Closing Date which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

25


such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.

(b) Excluded Agreements . The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements maintained between the Failed Bank and MERSCORP, Inc., or its wholly owned subsidiary, Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., (iii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5 and (iv) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).

4.9. Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to the Bank Closing Date, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.

4.10. Insurance .

(a) Assuming Institution to Insure . The Assuming Institution will obtain and maintain insurance coverage acceptable to the Receiver (including public liability, fire, and extended coverage insurance) naming the Assuming Institution as the insured and the Receiver as additional insured, effective from and after the Bank Closing Date, with respect to all (i) Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution occupies, and (ii) Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Leased Data Management Equipment located on those Bank Premises.

(b) Rights of Receiver . If the Assuming Institution at any time from or after Bank Closing Date fails to (i) obtain or maintain any of the insurance policies required by Section 4.10(a), (ii) pay any premium in whole or in part related to those insurance policies, or (iii) provide evidence of those insurance policies acceptable to the Receiver, then the Receiver may in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice, and without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Assuming Institution, obtain and maintain insurance policies, pay insurance premiums and take any other actions with respect to the insurance coverage as the Receiver deem advisable. The Assuming Institution will reimburse the Receiver for all sums disbursed in connection with this Section 4.10(b).

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

26


4.11. Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments .

(a) FDIC Office Space . For the period commencing on the day following the Bank Closing Date and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive), and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) (collectively, “ FDIC Office Space ”) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver and the Corporation to use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank.

(b) Receiver’s Right to Extend . Upon written notice by the Receiver or the Corporation, for the period commencing on the one hundred eighty first (181st) day following the Bank Closing Date and ending no later than the three hundred and sixty-fifth (365th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will continue to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation FDIC Office Space at the Bank Premises. During the period from the 181st day following the Bank Closing Date until the day the FDIC and the Corporation vacate FDIC Office Space, the Receiver and the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution their respective pro rata share (based on square footage occupied) of (A) the market rental value for the applicable owned Bank Premises or (B) actual rent paid for applicable leased Bank Premises.

(c) Receiver’s Relocation Right . If the Receiver or the Corporation determine that the space provided by the Assuming Institution is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable FDIC Office Space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.

(d) Expenditures . The Assuming Institution will pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and the Corporation as the Receiver or the Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of the Bank Closing Date and ending on Settlement Date. The Assuming Institution shall submit its requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.

4.12. Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .

(a) Continuation Coverage . The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to the Bank Closing Date, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“ Eligible Individuals ”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals and other persons who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

27


(“ Qualified Beneficiaries ”) as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) § 607, 29 U.S.C. § 1167. The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in ERISA § 603, 29 U.S.C. § 1163) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161-1169 have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.

(b) Qualified Beneficiaries; Expenses . The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ Qualified Beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.

(c) Employee List . No later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution shall pay all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses ( i.e. , salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution, offers its current employees.

(d) No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section 4.12.

4.13. Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

28


Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer and collect such pool assets in accordance with, and for the term set forth in, Exhibit 4.13 .

4.14. [RESERVED].

4.15. Loss Sharing .

This Agreement includes no Shared-Loss Agreements.

ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK .

5.1. Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts, withdrawal orders and Assumed Deposits of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.

5.2. Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Except as may be modified pursuant to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.

5.3. Notice to Depositors .

(a) Assumption of Deposits . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.

(b) Notice to Depositors . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

29


(c) Fee Schedule . If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.

(d) Approval of Notices and Publications . The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.

ARTICLE VI. RECORDS .

6.1. Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:

(a) Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;

(b) Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and

(c) any other Records as determined by the Receiver.

6.2. Transfer of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall transfer to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.

6.3. Preservation of Records .

(a) Assuming Institution Records Retention . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section 6.3 regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver within thirty (30) days following the Bank Closing Date.

(b) Destruction of Certain Records . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which are at least ten (10) years old as of the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

30


submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR — Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.

(c) Destruction of Records After Six Years . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which have been maintained in the custody of the Assuming Institution after six (6) years from the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR — Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.

6.4. Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.

6.5. Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

ARTICLE VII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT .

The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of zero percent [0%]; an Asset (discount) bid of ($171,695,374.20); and a value appreciation instrument (the “ Bid Amount ”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS ® , and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits as reflected on Schedule 7 . On the Payment Date, the Assuming Institution will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

31


ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS .

8.1. Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after the Bank Closing Date, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a Pro Forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such Pro Forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (a) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which on the Bank Closing Date were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (b) accruals as of the Bank Closing Date for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Failed Bank Records in the normal course of its operations, and (c) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of the Bank Closing Date as reflected on the Failed Bank Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Asset purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank partially or wholly charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of the Bank Closing Date shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the Pro Forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.

8.2. Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .

(a) Adjustments to Correct Errors . In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any Pro Forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Failed Bank Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Failed Bank Records into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(b) Receiver’s Rights Regarding Other Liabilities . If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the Pro Forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.

8.3. Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

32


Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.

8.4. Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5 shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.

8.5. Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.

ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION .

9.1. General Matters . The parties hereto will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.

9.2. Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each shall, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.

9.3. Claims and Suits .

(a) Defense and Settlement . The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before the Bank Closing Date. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Removal of Actions . In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

33


any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as co-plaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.

9.4. Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.

9.5. Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5.

9.6. Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .

(a) Cooperation by Assuming Institution . In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

34


(b) Access to Records . In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and (ii) its books and Records, the books and Records of such Acquired Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, Records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.

(c) Loan Documents . Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.

9.7. Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the Pro Forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.

9.8. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver or Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT .

The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before the Bank Closing Date evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

35


ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION .

The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:

11.1. Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate (or other applicable governance) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.

11.2. Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

11.3. Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

11.4. Compliance with Law .

(a) No Violations . Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.

(b) No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

36


11.5. Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. The Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty and agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.

11.6. Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.

11.7. No Reliance; Independent Advice . The Assuming Institution is not relying on the Receiver or the Corporation for any business, legal, tax, accounting, investment or other advice in connection with this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto and documents delivered in connection with the foregoing, and has had adequate opportunity to consult with advisors of its choice in connection therewith.

ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION .

12.1. Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after the Bank Closing Date and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 12.1 and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to Section 12.2(d), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided:

(a) hereunder in this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in Section 12.1(b):

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

37


(i) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (A) the Failed Bank, or (B) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

(ii) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to the Bank Closing Date;

(iii) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

(iv) claims based on any action or inaction prior to the Bank Closing Date of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(v) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;

(vi) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;

(vii) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(vii) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

(viii) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;

(b) provided that with respect to this Agreement, except for Section 12.1(a)(vii) and (viii), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

38


(i) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “ Counterclaim ”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to the Bank Closing Date, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (A) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (B) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the Counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such Counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such Counterclaim;

(ii) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(iii) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(iv) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to the Bank Closing Date;

(v) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;

(vi) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(vii) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

39


(viii) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (A) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (B) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;

(ix) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;

(x) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(xi) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;

(xii) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;

(xiii) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and

(xiv) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.

12.2. Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:

(a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.6 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

40


(b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;

(c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;

(d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which such Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;

(e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;

(f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents thereto; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and

(g) take such reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the Indemnitee against any Primary Indemnitor.

12.3. No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (a) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectability, genuineness, enforceability, documentation, condition or freedom from liens or encumbrances, of any (i) Asset, or (ii) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (b) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.

12.4. Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

41


(a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.1(a)(vii) or (viii);

(b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in (vii) or (viii) of Section 12.1(a); and

(c) claims based on any failure to preserve, maintain or provide reasonable access to Records transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Article VI.

12.5. Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.

12.6. Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (a) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.

12.7. Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

42


this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.

12.8. Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.

ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS .

13.1. Costs, Fees, and Expenses . All fees, costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided; provided that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith. Further, the Assuming Institution shall be responsible for the payment of MERS routine transaction charges.

13.2. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

13.3. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.

13.4. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under this Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.

13.5. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that a Shared-Loss Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

43


headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .

13.6. Notice .

(a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing and provided in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.6, unless expressly otherwise provided.

(b) Notice to the Receiver or the Corporation . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

40 Pacifica

Irvine, CA 92618

Attention: Settlement Agent

In addition, with respect to notices under Section 4.6, with a copy to:

BankPremiseNotice@fdic.gov

In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Managing Counsel

40 Pacifica

Irvine, CA 92618

In addition, with respect to communications under Exhibit 4.13 , a copy to:

Attention: Post Closing Asset Manager,

rishii@FDIC.gov

(c) Notice to Assuming Institution . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:

Bank Midwest, National Association

1111 Main Street, Suite 2800

Kansas City, MO 64105

Attention: James B. Fitzgerald, Chief Operating Officer;

with a copy to: Kathryn B. Hinderhoffer, same physical address as above and

& also to Eugene Twellman, General Counsel, same physical address and

13.7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Shared-Loss Agreements, if any, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto, embody the entire agreement of the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

44


parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.

13.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

13.9. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.

13.10. Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming institution and for the benefit of no other Person.

13.11. Modification . No amendment or other modification, rescission or release of any part of this Agreement or a Shared-Loss Agreement, if any, shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.

13.12. Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.

13.13. Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

45


13.14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.

13.15. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7, shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (a) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (b) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.

13.16. Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

46


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

   

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,

RECEIVER OF BANK OF CHOICE,

GREELEY, COLORADO

    BY:  

/s/ Frederick J. Ozyp

    NAME:   Frederick J. Ozyp
    TITLE:   Receiver in Charge
Attest:      

/s/ Cathleen L. Powers

     
Cathleen L. Powers      
    FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
    BY:  

/s/ Frederick J. Ozyp

    NAME:   Frederick J. Ozyp
    TITLE:   Attorney in Fact
Attest:      

/s/ Cathleen L. Powers

     
Cathleen L. Powers      
   

BANK MIDWEST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

    BY:  

/s/ G. Timothy Laney

    NAME:   G. Timothy Laney
    TITLE:   Chairman
Attest:      

/s/ James B. Fitzgerald

     
James B. Fitzgerald      

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

47


SCHEDULE 3.2

PURCHASE PRICE OF ASSETS OR ANY OTHER ASSETS

 

(a)      cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:      Book Value
(b)      securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:      As provided in Section 3.2(b)
(c)      federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:      Book Value
(d)      Loans:      Book Value
(e)      credit card business:      Book Value
(f)      Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:      Book Value
(g)      Records and other documents:      Book Value
(h)      Other Real Estate:      Book Value
(i)      boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, and repossessed collateral      Book Value
(j)      capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries (subject to Section 3.2(b), and FHLB stock:      Book Value
(k)      amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiaries:      Book Value
(l)      assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:      Book Value
(m)      overdrafts of customers:      Book Value
(n)      rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts:      As provided in Section 3.2(c)
(o)      rights of the Failed Bank to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts:      Book Value

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

48


(p)      Personal Computers and Owned Data Management Equipment:      Fair Market Value

Assets subject to an option to purchase:

 

(a)      Bank Premises:      Fair Market Value
(b)      Furniture and Equipment:      Fair Market Value
(c)      Fixtures:      Fair Market Value
(d)      Other Equipment:      Fair Market Value

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

49


SCHEDULE 6.3

DATA RETENTION CATALOG

 

FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)

Acquirer Data Retention Catalog

Version 2.0

Failed Institution

Name

Data Center Address

Assuming Institution

Name

Address

DRC Preparation Date

DRC Preparer’s Contact

Name

Designation

Phone

Email

Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Requests (if different from above)

Name

Phone

Email

Instructions

 

  1. Provide preparer’s contact information and Bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.

 

  2. Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.

 

  3. Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.

 

  a. Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included.

 

  b. Select the most appropriate value from the drop down list when the list is provided with applicable column.

If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2012 or Leslie Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562-6262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslie Daley LDaIey@FDIC.gov.

 

      FDIC Confidential

                      5/25/2010

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

50


EXHIBIT 2.3A

FINAL LEGAL NOTICE

Claiming Requirements for Deposits

Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(c)

[Date]

[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Anytown, USA]

 

Subject:

   [XXXXX — Name of Bank
   City, State]  — In Receivership

Dear [Sir/Madam]:

As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution] .

According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.

This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution]. It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:

 

1. Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:

[123 Main Street

Anytown, USA]

 

2. Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution] , change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

51


3. Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.

 

4. Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.

If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.

If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.

If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].

 

Sincerely,

[Name of Claims Specialist]

[Title]

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

52


EXHIBIT 2.3B

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

State of

COUNTY OF

I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .

This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.

 

 

[Name]

[Title of Office]

[Name of Acquiring Institution]

Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of [Month, Year].

My commission expires:

 

 

    

 

  
     [Name], Notary Public   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

53


EXHIBIT 3.2(C)

VALUATION OF CERTAIN

QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS

 

A. Scope

Interest Rate Contracts — All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.

Option Contracts — All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.

Foreign Exchange Contracts — All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

B. Exclusions

All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.

 

C. Adjustment

The difference between the Book Value and market value as of the Bank Closing Date.

 

D. Methodology

 

  1. The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

 

  2. In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:

 

  (i) All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.

 

  (ii) All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.

 

  (iii) Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

54


  (iv) For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal, Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.

 

  (v) For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of the Bank Closing Date. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

55


EXHIBIT 4.13

INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT

This Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Arrangement is attached. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit 4.13 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

(a) With respect to each asset or liability designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement (the “ Arrangement ”), including any assets or liabilities sold or conveyed by the Receiver to any party other than the Assuming Institution (any such party, a “ Successor Owner ”) but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such assets and liabilities, the “ Pool Assets ”), during the term of this Arrangement the Assuming Institution shall, with respect to the Pool Assets:

(i) promptly post and apply payments received to the applicable system of record;

(ii) reverse and return insufficient funds checks;

(iii) pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; (B) tax and insurance bills, as they come due, out of any escrow funds maintained for such purposes; and (C) unfunded commitments and protective advances out of any escrow funds created for such purposes;

(iv) process funding draws under Loans and protective advances in connection with collateral and acquired property, in each case, as and to the extent authorized and funded by the Receiver;

(v) maintain in use all data processing equipment and systems and other systems of record on which any activity with respect to any Pool Assets are, or prior to the Bank Closing Date, were, recorded, and maintain all historical data on any such systems as of the Bank Closing Date and not, without the express consent of the Receiver (which consent must be sought at least sixty (60) days prior to taking any action), deconvert, remove, transfer or otherwise discontinue use of any of the Failed Bank’s systems of record with respect to any Pool Asset;

(vi) maintain accurate records reflecting (A) payments received by the Assuming Institution, (B) information received by the Assuming Institution concerning changes in the address or identity of any Obligor and (C) other servicing actions taken by the Assuming Institution, including checks returned for insufficient funds;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

56


(vii) send (A) billing statements to Obligors on Pool Assets (to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver) and (B) notices to Obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver);

(viii) employ a sufficient number of qualified employees to provide the services required to be provided by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement (with the number and qualifications of such employees to be not less than the number and qualifications of employees employed by the Failed Bank to perform such functions as of the Bank Closing Date);

(ix) hold in trust any Credit Files and any servicing files in the possession or on the premises of the Assuming Institution for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable) and segregate from the other books and records of the Assuming Institution and appropriately mark such Credit Files and servicing files to clearly reflect the ownership interest of the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable);

(x) send to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: Interim Servicing Manager, at the email address provided in Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and trial balances, and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be requested from time to time by the Receiver, including, if requested, copies of (1) checks or other remittances received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks or other remittances for payment to participants or for taxes, insurance, funding advances and protective advances, (4) pay-off requests, and (5) notices to defaulted Obligors;

(xi) remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: DRR Cashier Unit, Business Operations Support Branch, in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a)(x), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such other address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received;

(xii) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if requested by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and remit taxes due on or before the due date;

(xiii) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions, including, without limitation, with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, as may be requested by the Receiver;

(xiv) establish a custodial account for the Receiver and for each successor owner at the Assuming Institution, each of which shall be interest bearing, titled in the name of Assuming Institution, in trust for the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable), in each case as the owner, and segregate and hold all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets separate and apart from any of the Assuming Institution’s own funds and general assets; and

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

57


(xv) no later than the end of the second Business Day following receipt thereof, deposit into the applicable custodial account and retain therein all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any Obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address referred to above in paragraph (a)(x), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.

(b) In consideration for the provision of the services provided pursuant to this Arrangement, the Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, data processing and amounts paid for employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).

(c) The Assuming Institution shall provide the services described herein for a term of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may terminate the Arrangement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days notice to the Assuming Institution without any liability or cost to the Receiver other than the fees and expenses due to the Assuming Institution as of the termination date pursuant to paragraph (b) above.

(d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets, and at the time of such removal the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.

(e) At the expiration of this Arrangement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and records relating to the Pool Assets; and

(ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver or its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and persons to which any Pool Assets are conveyed).

(f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and any actual or potential successor owners) (i) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems and to facilitate due diligence

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

58


by actual and potential successor owners, and (ii) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.

(g) Until such time as the Arrangement expires or is terminated, without limitation of its obligations set forth above or in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and without any additional consideration (other than that set forth in paragraph (b) above), the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and actual and potential successor owners) with the following, as the same may be requested:

(i) access to and the ability to obtain assistance and information from personnel of the Assuming Institution, including former personnel of the Failed Bank and personnel of third party consultants;

(ii) access to and the ability to use and download information from data processing systems and other systems of record on which information regarding Pool Assets or any assets transferred to or liabilities assumed by the Assuming Institution is stored or maintained (regardless of whether information with respect to other assets or liabilities is also stored or maintained thereon); and

(iii) access to and the ability to use and occupy office space (including parking facilities and vault space), facilities, utilities (including local telephone service and facsimile machines), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and facsimile machines), and technology and connectivity (including email accounts, network access and technology resources such as shared drives) in the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

59


LIST OF OMITTED SCHEDULES

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the following schedules to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated July 22, 2011, by and among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver Of Bank of Choice, Greeley, Colorado, Bank Midwest, National Association and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have not been provided herein:

Schedules

2.1(a) Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

3.5(l) Excluded Securities

3.5(m) Excluded OREO & ADC Residential Loans

3.5(n) Excluded Loans

7 Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium

The registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.1.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

April 27, 2011

  

Bank of Choice

Greeley, Colorado

60

Exhibit 2.4

 

 

 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

AMONG

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,

RECEIVER OF COMMUNITY BANKS OF COLORADO,

GREENWOOD VILLAGE, COLORADO

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

and

BANK MIDWEST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

DATED AS OF

October 21, 2011

 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado


PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I.    GENERAL      1   

1.1

    

Purpose

     1   

1.2

    

Shared-Loss Agreements

     1   

1.3

    

Defined Terms

     2   
ARTICLE II.    ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES      9   

2.1

    

Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution

     9   

2.2

    

Interest on Deposit Liabilities

     11   

2.3

    

Unclaimed Deposits

     11   

2.4

    

Employee Plans

     12   
ARTICLE III.    PURCHASE OF ASSETS      12   

3.1

    

Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution

     12   

3.2

    

Asset Purchase Price

     12   

3.3

    

Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.

     14   

3.4.

    

Puts of Assets to the Receiver

     14   

3.5

    

Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution

     16   

3.6

    

Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver

     17   

3.7

    

Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans

     18   
ARTICLE IV.    ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS      19   

4.1

    

Continuation of Banking Business

     19   

4.2

    

Credit Card Business

     19   

4.3

    

Safe Deposit Business

     19   

4.4

    

Safekeeping Business

     19   

4.5

    

Trust Business

     20   

4.6

    

Bank Premises

     20   

4.7

    

Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment

     24   

4.8

    

Certain Existing Agreements

     25   

4.9

    

Informational Tax Reporting

     26   

4.10

    

Insurance

     26   

4.11

    

Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments

     26   

4.12

    

Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank

     27   

4.13

    

Interim Asset Servicing

     28   

4.14

    

[RESERVED]

     28   

4.15

    

Loss Sharing

     28   
ARTICLE V.    DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK      28   

5.1

    

Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits

     28   

5.2

    

Certain Agreements Related to Deposits

     29   

5.3

    

Notice to Depositors

     29   
ARTICLE VI.    RECORDS      29   

6.1

    

Transfer of Records

     29   

6.2

    

Transfer of Assigned Records

     30   

6.3

    

Preservation of Records

     30   

6.4

    

Access to Records; Copies

     30   

6.5

    

Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit

     31   
ARTICLE VII.    BID; INITIAL PAYMENT      31   
ARTICLE VIII    ADJUSTMENTS      31   

8.1

    

Pro Forma Statement

     31   

8.2

    

Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities

     31   

8.3

    

Payments

     32   

8.4

    

Interest

     32   

8.5

    

Subsequent Adjustments

     32   
ARTICLE IX    CONTINUING COOPERATION      32   

9.1

    

General Matters

     32   

9.2

    

Additional Title Documents

     32   

9.3

    

Claims and Suits

     33   

9.4

    

Payment of Deposits

     33   

9.5

    

Withheld Payments

     33   

9.6

    

Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities

     34   

9.7

    

Information

     34   

9.8

    

Tax Ruling

     34   
ARTICLE X.    CONDITION PRECEDENT      35   
ARTICLE XI.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION      35   

11.1

    

Corporate Existence and Authority

     35   

11.2

    

Third Party Consents

     35   

11.3

    

Execution and Enforceability

     35   

11.4

    

Compliance with Law

     35   

11.5

    

Insured or Guaranteed Loans

     36   

11.6

    

Representations Remain True

     36   

11.7

    

No Reliance; Independent Advice

     36   
ARTICLE XII.    INDEMNIFICATION      36   

12.1

    

Indemnification of Indemnitees

     36   

12.2

    

Conditions Precedent to Indemnification

     39   

12.3

    

No Additional Warranty

     40   

12.4

    

Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation

     40   

12.5

    

Obligations Supplemental

     41   

12.6

    

Criminal Claims

     41   

12.7

    

Limited Guaranty of the Corporation

     41   

12.8

    

Subrogation

     41   
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

i


ARTICLE XIII.    MISCELLANEOUS      42   

13.1

    

Costs, Fees, and Expenses

     42   

13.2

    

Waiver of Jury Trial

     42   

13.3

    

Consent; Determination or Discretion

     42   

13.4

    

Rights Cumulative

     42   

13.5

    

References

     42   

13.6

    

Notice

     42   

13.7

    

Entire Agreement

     43   

13.8

    

Counterparts

     43   

13.9

    

Governing Law

     43   

13.10

    

Successors

     44   

13.11

    

Modification

     44   

13.12

    

Manner of Payment

     44   

13.13

    

Waiver

     44   

13.14

    

Severability

     44   

13.15

    

Term of Agreement

     44   

13.16

    

Survival of Covenants, Etc.

     44   
 

 

SCHEDULES

 

            Page  

Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

     Schedule 2.1(a)      

Purchase Price of Assets or any other assets

     Schedule 3.2         47   

Excluded Securities

     Schedule 3.5(l)      

Excluded Loans

     Schedule 3.5(m)      

Data Retention Catalog

     Schedule 6.3         49   

Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium

     Schedule 7      

EXHIBITS

 

            Page  

Final Legal Notice

     Exhibit 2.3A         50   

Affidavit of Mailing

     Exhibit 2.3B         51   

Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts

     Exhibit 3.2(c)         53   

Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement

     Exhibit 4.13         54   

Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (Intentionally Omitted)

     Exhibit 4.15A      

Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement

     Exhibit 4.15B         C-1   

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

ii


PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 21st day of October, 2011, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of COMMUNITY BANKS OF COLORADO, GREENWOOD VILLAGE, COLORADO (the “ Receiver ”), BANK MIDWEST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ], organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in Kansas City, Missouri (the “ Assuming Institution ”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “ Corporation ”).

R E C I T A L S

A. On the Bank Closing Date the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, pursuant to applicable law, appointed the Corporation Receiver of Community Banks of Colorado (the “ Failed Bank ”).

B. The Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposits and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

C. Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII.

D. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

E. The Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank and is the least costly to the deposit insurance fund of all possible methods for meeting such obligation.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

A G R E E M E N T

ARTICLE I. GENERAL .

1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, the terms and conditions on which the Assuming Institution purchases certain assets and assumes certain liabilities of the Failed Bank.

1.2. Shared-Loss Agreements . If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution desire to share losses and recoveries on certain

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

1


acquired assets, a Shared-Loss Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B , and will govern the terms of the shared-loss arrangement. To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of this Agreement and a Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of a Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of the Shared-Loss Agreement shall control.

1.3. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth or referenced in this Section 1.3. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

Acquired Subsidiary ” or “ Acquired Subsidiaries ” means one or more, as applicable, Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.

Affiliate ” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in § 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. § 1841.

Agreement ” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assets ” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition by virtue of being owned by such Subsidiaries.

Assumed Deposits ” means Deposits.

Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

Bank Closing Date ” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System appointed the Corporation Receiver of the Failed Bank.

Bank Premises ” means the banking buildings, drive-in banking facilities, teller facilities (staffed or automated), storage and service facilities, structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, land on which the foregoing are located and unimproved land, together with any adjacent parking, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date.

Bid Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII.

Bid Valuation Date ” means August 11, 2011 .

Board ” has the meaning set forth in Recital D.

Book Value ” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Failed Bank Records. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of the Bank Closing Date after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

2


in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of an Acquired Subsidiary shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of the Bank Closing Date, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Failed Bank Records.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.

Chartering Authority ” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(4), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(9).

Commitment ” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.

Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

Counterclaim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).

Credit Documents ” means the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.

Credit File ” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

3


Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any such documents.

Deposit ” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1813(1), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of the Bank Closing Date.

Deposit Secured Loan ” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.

Electronically Stored Information ” means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.

Eligible Individuals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.

Failed Bank Advances ” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance and (iii) pay premiums for credit life insurance, accident and health insurance and vendor’s single interest insurance.

Failed Bank Records ” means Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to, its corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support the general ledger balances.

Fair Market Value ” means:

(a) “ Market Value ” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the assumed consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

(i) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

(ii) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

4


(iii) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

(iv) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

(v) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;

as determined as of the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and

with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, and with respect to Specialty Assets, shall be determined by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date; or

(b) with respect to property other than Bank Premises and Specialty Assets purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefor as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (a) above.

FDIC Office Space ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.

Final Legal Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of the Bank Closing Date.

Furniture and Equipment ” means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, Personal Computers, Owned Data Management Equipment and motor vehicles), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.

GSE ” means a government sponsored enterprise.

Indemnitees ” means, except as provided in Section 12.1(b)(xi), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors,

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

5


officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.

Information Package ” means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.

Initial Payment ” means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Institution if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and any other assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Institution to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.

Leased Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.

Legal Balance ” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.

Liabilities Assumed ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.

Loan ” or “ Loans ” means, individually or collectively, all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date:

(a) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Failed Bank Records in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

6


lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and lease financing contracts;

(b) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above; and

(c) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.

Obligor ” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly or severally.

Other Real Estate ” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, easements, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.

Owned Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software, computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media owned by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.

Payment Date ” means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.

Personal Computer(s) ” means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral, and associated peripherals (such as keyboard, mouse, etc.). A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.

Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

7


Pro Forma ” means a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed Bank through the Bank Closing Date and serves as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

Proprietary Software ” means computer software developed for and owned by the Failed Bank for its own purpose and use.

Put Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d).

Put Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c).

Qualified Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

Qualified Financial Contract ” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1821(e)(8)(D).

Record ” means any document, microfiche, microfilm or Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at the Bank Closing Date.

Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

Related Liability ” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.

Related Liability Amount ” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Failed Bank Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one Asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such Assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such Assets.

Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such Assets stated on the Failed Bank Records of the entity that owns such Asset.

Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Asset, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at the Bank Closing Date and either subtracting the pro rata Asset discount or adding the pro rata Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that amount (i) for any advances and interest on such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, regardless of how applied and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

8


Safe Deposit Boxes ” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.

Settlement Date ” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.

Settlement Interest Rate ” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the investment rate on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills as published on the Bank Closing Date by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website; provided, that if no such Investment Rate is published the week of the Bank Closing Date, the investment rate for such Treasury Bills most recently published by the United States Treasury on TreasuryDirect.gov prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website.

Shared-Loss Agreements ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B .

Specialty Assets ” means assets that have a greater value than more traditional furniture and equipment owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation fine art and high end decorative art; classic and antique motor vehicles; rare books; rare coins; airplanes; boats; jewelry; collectible firearms; Indian or other cultural artifacts; sculptures; Proprietary Software; and any other items that typically cannot be appraised by a Furniture and Equipment appraiser.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in § 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(w)(4), as amended.

ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES .

2.1. Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform and discharge, all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “ Liabilities Assumed ”):

(a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a) ; provided, that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to the Bank Closing Date, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

9


(b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided, that the amount of any liability assumed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(c) all borrowings from, and obligations and indebtedness to, Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, whether currently owed, or conditional or not yet matured, including but not limited to, if applicable, (i) advances, including principal, interest, and any prepayment fees, costs and expenses; (ii) letters of credit, including any reimbursement obligations; (iii) acquired member assets programs, including representations, warranties, credit enhancement obligations and servicing obligations; (iv) affordable housing programs, including retention agreements and other contracts and monitoring obligations; (v) swaps and other derivatives; and (vi) safekeeping and custody agreements, provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, if any;

(d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided, that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;

(e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including the Bank Closing Date); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;

(g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

(h) liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;

(i) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any;

(j) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;

(k) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Acquired Subsidiary;

(l) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

10


(m) duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or any contract pursuant to which mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, including (i) any seller obligations, seller origination and repurchase obligations, and (ii) any GSE seller or servicer obligations, provided that, if the Assuming Institution is not an approved GSE servicer, or does not intend or is unable to become an approved GSE servicer, the Assuming Institution will cooperate with the Receiver and the GSE to effect the transfer of any such servicing obligations to a GSE-approved servicer; and

(n) all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a Shared-Loss Agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.

(o) any deferred revenue, income or fees recorded on the general ledger of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date attributable to any business assumed pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, or 4.5 of this Agreement, excluding any deferred income or revenue relative to FASB 91 — Loan Fees and Costs associated with originating or acquiring Loans and initial direct costs of leases.

2.2. Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after the Bank Closing Date, it will accrue and pay interest on Assumed Deposits pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided, that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided, that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.

2.3. Unclaimed Deposits .

(a) Final Legal Notice . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a Final Legal Notice in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A (the “ Final Legal Notice ”) to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the Final Legal Notice to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the Final Legal Notice to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.

(b) Unclaimed Deposits . If, within eighteen (18) months after the Bank Closing Date, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Assumed Deposits at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

11


fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such Deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.

2.4. Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401k or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS .

3.1. Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 and, if applicable, listed on Schedule 3.5(1) and Schedule 3.5(m) the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1.

3.2. Asset Purchase Price .

(a) Determination of Asset Purchase Price . All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2 , except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off on the Failed Bank Records before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero. The purchase price for Acquired Subsidiaries shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.6(i)(iv), if applicable.

(b) Purchase Price for Securities . The purchase price for any security (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and Federal Home Loan Bank stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall consist of the market price (as defined below) of the security as of the Bank Closing Date, multiplied by the bank’s ownership interest in the security (see Calculation of Purchase Price below) and shall include accrued interest, where applicable, as noted below.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

12


(i) Definition of Market Price : The market price for any security shall be (i) the market price for that security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on the Bank Closing Date as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, by IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided that if such market price is not available for such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a written purchase price bid for such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, will accept or reject each such purchase price bid; (iii) further provided that in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, or in the event that a security is deemed essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (see Section 3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to the Receiver) such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder and listed on Schedule 3.5(1) .

(ii) Calculation of Purchase Price . The bank’s ownership interest in a security will be quantified one of two ways: (i) number of shares or other units, as applicable (in the case of equity securities) or (ii) par value or notational amount, as applicable (in the case of non-equity securities). As a result, the purchase price (except where determined pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph) shall be calculated one of two ways, depending on whether or not the security is an equity security: (i) the purchase price for an equity security shall be calculated by multiplying the number of shares or other units by the applicable market price per unit; and (ii) the purchase price for a non-equity security shall be an amount equal to the applicable market price (expressed as a decimal), multiplied by the par value for such security (based on the payment factor most recently widely available). The purchase price also shall include accrued interest as calculated below (see Calculation of Accrued Interest), except to the extent the parties may otherwise expressly agree, pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph. If the factor used to determine the par value of any security for purposes of calculating the purchase price, is not for the period in which the Bank Closing Date occurs, then the purchase price for that security shall be subject to adjustment post-closing based on a “cancel and correct” procedure. Under this procedure, after such current factor becomes publicly available, the Receiver will recalculate the purchase price utilizing the current factor and related interest rate, and will notify the Assuming Institution of any difference and of the applicable amount due from one party to the other. Such amount will then be paid as part of the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.

(iii) Calculation of Accrued Interest for Securities : Accrued interest shall be calculated for a non-equity security by multiplying the interest rate (expressed as a decimal point) paid on the security as then most recently publicly available, by the most recent par value (or notational amount, as applicable) of that security, multiplied by the number of days from and including the first interest day of the accrual period in which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to, but not including the Bank Closing Date.

(c) Purchase Price for Qualified Financial Contracts . Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c) . Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

13


3.3. Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc . THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS,” “WHERE IS,” WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, VALUE, COLLECTIBILITY, GENUINENESS, ENFORCEABILITY, DOCUMENTATION, CONDITION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.

3.4. Puts of Assets to the Receiver .

(a) Puts Within 30 Days After the Bank Closing Date . During the thirty (30)-day period following the Bank Closing Date and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole and absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided that with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit:

(i) no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and

(ii) the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase, within a reasonable time, any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which existed on the thirtieth (30th) day following the Bank Closing Date and which was made after the Bid Valuation Date and not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:

(A) made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;

(B) taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;

(C) created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

14


(D) entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or

(E) sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).

(iii) The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

(b) Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Institution can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Institution has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

(c) Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “ Put Notice ”) which shall include:

(i) a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;

(ii) a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and

(iii) a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.

Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and Records.

(d) Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “ Put Date ”).

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

15


(e) Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(e) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.

(f) Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.

(g) Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.

3.5. Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:

(a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;

(b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to the Bank Closing Date arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before the Bank Closing Date, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of the Bank Closing Date;

(c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;

(d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

16


otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;

(e) amounts reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;

(f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Fixtures, Proprietary Software, Furniture and Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, and Specialty Assets located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Sections 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;

(g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;

(h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. § 304.3, and other intangibles (other than intellectual property);

(i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;

(j) any and all prepaid fees or any other income as shown on the books and Records of the Failed Bank, but not taken into income as of the Bank Closing Date, associated with a line of business of the Failed Bank which is not assumed pursuant to this Agreement;

(k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;

(l) any banker’s bank stock, and the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(1) ;

(m) those Loans listed on Schedule 3.5(m) ; and

(n) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4 8; and

(o) except with respect to any Federal Home Loan Bank loans, any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others.

3.6. Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .

(a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to sell, assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

17


(i) made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;

(ii) the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;

(iii) made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;

(iv) secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or

(v) related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.

(vi) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

3.7. Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans . For the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may sell, in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Assuming Institution, may purchase, in its sole and absolute discretion, any Loans initially withheld from sale to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of this Agreement. The purchase price for such Loan shall be the Book Value as of the Bank Closing Date, adjusted (i) for any advances and interest on such Loan after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Loan after the Bank Closing Date, and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver and not otherwise included in the Book Value. Except for the sales price, Loans sold under this section will be treated as if initially sold under Section 3.1 of this Agreement, and will be subject to all relevant terms of this Agreement except that the Loans purchased pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall not be included in the calculation of the pro rata Asset discount or pro rata Asset premium utilized for the repurchase of other Assets. No Loan purchased pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall be a Shared-Loss Loan

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

18


pursuant to the Shared-Loss Agreements unless (i) it is cross-collateralized with a Shared-Loss Loan purchased pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) it otherwise meets the definition of Shared-Loss Loan in the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement. Payment for Loans sold under this Section 3.7 will be handled through the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.

ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS .

4.1. Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing on the first banking Business Day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Receiver and, if applicable, the Corporation. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution may open, close or sell branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, provided that the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area during the period specified in this Section 4.1. The Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this Agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.

4.2. Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after the Bank Closing Date, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all extensions of credit or balances outstanding as of the Bank Closing Date with respect to these lines of business.

4.3. Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefor paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the branch of the Failed Bank in which such Safe Deposit Boxes were located, as determined by the Receiver. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in such trade area for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date.

4.4. Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of the Bank Closing Date. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

19


with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits which accrue after the Bank Closing Date with respect to securities and other items held in safekeeping.

4.5. Trust Business .

(a) Assuming Institution as Successor . The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to the Bank Closing Date; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.

(b) Wills and Appointments . The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.

(c) Transfer of Trust Business . In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.

(d) Verification of Assets . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date.

4.6. Bank Premises .

(a) Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of the Bank Closing Date and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

20


Fair Market Value appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.

(b) Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from the Bank Closing Date to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.

(c) Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

(d) Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.

(e) Occupancy Costs .

(i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

21


(ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

(f) Certain Requirements as to Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Certain Specialty Assets . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following the Bank Closing Date obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the Bank Closing Date, purchase from the Receiver all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment, and all Specialty Assets with an appraised value as determined in accordance with Section 4.6(j) of less than $10,000, owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment or repudiated the leases referred to in clause (ii) or (iii).

(g) Vacating Premises .

(i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for promptly relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date and at the premises where they were inventoried at the Bank Closing Date, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

22


(ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date, and at the premises where they were inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the ninety (90)- day period specified above in this Section 4.6(g)(ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.

(h) Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased or owned Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided that, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after the Bank Closing Date for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.

(i) Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .

(i) For a period of ninety (90) days following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.

(ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary which is located on such Bank Premises and was utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment purchased.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

23


(iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its options under this Section 4.6(i), the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).

(iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its options under this Section 4.6(i), the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.

(j) Option to Purchase Specialty Assets .

(i) The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Receiver provides the Assuming Institution the appropriate appraisal to purchase at Fair Market Value all, some or none of the Specialty Assets.

(ii) The cost of the Specialty Asset appraisals shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the Specialty Assets within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for such Specialty Asset.

4.7. Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment .

(a) Option . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of all Leased Data Management Equipment.

(b) Notices Regarding Leased Data Management Equipment . The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all Leased Data Management Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Leased Data Management Equipment, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Leased Data Management Equipment that is subject to a lease.

(c) Facilitation by Receiver . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Leased Data Management Equipment or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

(d) Operating Costs . The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Leased Data Management Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

24


all relevant terms of any existing Leased Data Management Equipment leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments.

(e) Assuming Institution’s Obligation . The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver or, at the direction of the Receiver, to a third party, all Leased Data Management Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing Leased Data Management lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to Leased Data Management Equipment.

(f) Data Removal . The Assuming Institution shall, prior to returning any Leased Data Management Equipment, and unless otherwise requested by the Receiver, (i) remove all data from the Leased Data Management Equipment and (ii) provide a written statement to the Receiver that all data has been removed in a manner that renders it unrecoverable.

4.8. Certain Existing Agreements .

(a) Assumption of Agreements . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of the Bank Closing Date which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.

(b) Excluded Agreements . The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements maintained between the Failed Bank and MERSCORP, Inc., or its wholly owned subsidiary, Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., (iii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5 and (iv)

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

25


consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).

4.9. Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to the Bank Closing Date, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.

4.10. Insurance .

(a) Assuming Institution to Insure . The Assuming Institution will obtain and maintain insurance coverage acceptable to the Receiver (including public liability, fire, and extended coverage insurance) naming the Assuming Institution as the insured and the Receiver as additional insured, effective from and after the Bank Closing Date, with respect to all (i) Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution occupies, and (ii) Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Leased Data Management Equipment located on those Bank Premises.

(b) Rights of Receiver . If the Assuming Institution at any time from or after Bank Closing Date fails to (i) obtain or maintain any of the insurance policies required by Section 4.10(a), (ii) pay any premium in whole or in part related to those insurance policies, or (iii) provide evidence of those insurance policies acceptable to the Receiver, then the Receiver may in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice, and without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Assuming Institution, obtain and maintain insurance policies, pay insurance premiums and take any other actions with respect to the insurance coverage as the Receiver deem advisable. The Assuming Institution will reimburse the Receiver for all sums disbursed in connection with this Section 4.10(b).

4.11. Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments .

(a) FDIC Office Space . For the period commencing on the day following the Bank Closing Date and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive), and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) (collectively, “ FDIC Office Space ”) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver and the Corporation to use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank.

(b) Receiver’s Right to Extend . Upon written notice by the Receiver or the Corporation, for the period commencing on the one hundred eighty first (181st) day following the Bank Closing Date and ending no later than the three hundred and sixty-fifth (365th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will continue to provide to the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

26


Receiver and the Corporation FDIC Office Space at the Bank Premises. During the period from the 181st day following the Bank Closing Date until the day the FDIC and the Corporation vacate FDIC Office Space, the Receiver and the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution their respective pro rata share (based on square footage occupied) of (A) the market rental value for the applicable owned Bank Premises or (B) actual rent paid for applicable leased Bank Premises.

(c) Receiver’s Relocation Right . If the Receiver or the Corporation determine that the space provided by the Assuming Institution is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable FDIC Office Space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.

(d) Expenditures . The Assuming Institution will pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and the Corporation as the Receiver or the Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of the Bank Closing Date and ending on Settlement Date. The Assuming Institution shall submit its requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.

4.12. Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .

(a) Continuation Coverage . The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to the Bank Closing Date, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“ Eligible Individuals ”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals and other persons who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank (“ Qualified Beneficiaries ”) as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) § 607, 29 U.S.C. § 1167. The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in ERISA § 603, 29 U.S.C. § 1163) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161-1169 have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.

(b) Qualified Beneficiaries; Expenses . The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

27


Institution and such employees’ Qualified Beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.

(c) Employee List . No later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution shall pay all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses ( i.e. , salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution, offers its current employees.

(d) No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section 4.12.

4.13. Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer and collect such pool assets in accordance with, and for the term set forth in, Exhibit 4.13 .

4.14. [RESERVED]

4.15. Loss Sharing .

This Agreement includes a Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B . The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for shared losses, and share recoveries, on certain loans and assets in accordance with the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK .

5.1. Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts, withdrawal orders and Assumed Deposits of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

28


draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.

5.2. Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Except as may be modified pursuant to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.

5.3. Notice to Depositors .

(a) Assumption of Deposits . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.

(b) Notice to Depositors . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.

(c) Fee Schedule . If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.

(d) Approval of Notices and Publications . The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.

ARTICLE VI. RECORDS .

6.1. Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:

(a) Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

29


(b) Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and

(c) any other Records as determined by the Receiver.

6.2. Transfer of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall transfer to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.

6.3. Preservation of Records .

(a) Assuming Institution Records Retention . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section 6.3 regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver within thirty (30) days following the Bank Closing Date.

(b) Destruction of Certain Records . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which are at least ten (10) years old as of the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR— Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.

(c) Destruction of Records After Six Years . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which have been maintained in the custody of the Assuming Institution after six (6) years from the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR— Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.

6.4. Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

30


6.5. Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

ARTICLE VII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT .

The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of zero percent (0%) and an Asset discount bid of $98,000,000.00 (the “ Bid Amount ”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS ® , and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits as reflected on Schedule 7 . On the Payment Date, the Assuming Institution will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.

ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS .

8.1. Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after the Bank Closing Date, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a Pro Forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such Pro Forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (a) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which on the Bank Closing Date were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (b) accruals as of the Bank Closing Date for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Failed Bank Records in the normal course of its operations, and (c) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of the Bank Closing Date as reflected on the Failed Bank Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Asset purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank partially or wholly charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of the Bank Closing Date shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the Pro Forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.

8.2. Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

31


(a) Adjustments to Correct Errors . In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any Pro Forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Failed Bank Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Failed Bank Records into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(b) Receiver’s Rights Regarding Other Liabilities . If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the Pro Forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.

8.3. Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.

8.4. Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5 shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.

8.5. Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.

ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION .

9.1. General Matters . The parties hereto will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.

9.2. Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each shall, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

32


transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.

9.3. Claims and Suits .

(a) Defense and Settlement . The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before the Bank Closing Date. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Removal of Actions . In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as co-plaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.

9.4. Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.

9.5. Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

33


depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5.

9.6. Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .

(a) Cooperation by Assuming Institution . In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.

(b) Access to Records . In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and (ii) its books and Records, the books and Records of such Acquired Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, Records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.

(c) Loan Documents . Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.

9.7. Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the Pro Forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.

9.8. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

34


treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver or Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT .

The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before the Bank Closing Date evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.

ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION .

The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:

11.1. Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate (or other applicable governance) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.

11.2. Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

11.3. Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

11.4. Compliance with Law .

(a) No Violations . Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

35


conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.

(b) No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.

11.5. Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. The Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty and agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.

11.6. Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.

11.7. No Reliance; Independent Advice . The Assuming Institution is not relying on the Receiver or the Corporation for any business, legal, tax, accounting, investment or other advice in connection with this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto and documents delivered in connection with the foregoing, and has had adequate opportunity to consult with advisors of its choice in connection therewith.

ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION .

12.1. Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after the Bank Closing Date and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 12.1 and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to Section 12.2(d), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

36


reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided:

(a) hereunder in this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in Section 12.1(b):

(i) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (A) the Failed Bank, or (B) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

(ii) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to the Bank Closing Date;

(iii) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

(iv) claims based on any action or inaction prior to the Bank Closing Date of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(v) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;

(vi) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;

(vii) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section

12.1(a)(vii) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

(viii) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

37


(b) provided that with respect to this Agreement, except for Section 12.1(a)(vii) and (viii), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:

(i) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “ Counterclaim ”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to the Bank Closing Date, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (A) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (B) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the Counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such Counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such Counterclaim;

(ii) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(iii) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(iv) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to the Bank Closing Date;

(v) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;

(vi) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(vii) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;

(viii) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (A) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

38


disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (B) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;

(ix) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;

(x) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

(xi) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;

(xii) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;

(xiii) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and

(xiv) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.

12.2. Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:

(a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.6 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;

(b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;

(c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

39


(d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which such Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;

(e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;

(f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents thereto; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and

(g) take such reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the Indemnitee against any Primary Indemnitor.

12.3. No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (a) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectability, genuineness, enforceability, documentation, condition or freedom from liens or encumbrances, of any (i) Asset, or (ii) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (b) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.

12.4. Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:

(a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.1(a)(vii) or (viii);

(b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

40


with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in (vii) or (viii) of Section 12.1(a); and

(c) claims based on any failure to preserve, maintain or provide reasonable access to Records transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Article VI.

12.5. Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.

12.6. Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (a) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.

12.7. Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.

12.8. Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

41


ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS .

13.1. Costs, Fees, and Expenses . All fees, costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided; provided that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith. Further, the Assuming Institution shall be responsible for the payment of MERS routine transaction charges.

13.2. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

13.3. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.

13.4. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under this Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.

13.5. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that a Shared-Loss Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa.

13.6. Notice .

(a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing and provided in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.6, unless expressly otherwise provided.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

42


(b) Notice to the Receiver or the Corporation . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

1601 Bryan Street

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Settlement Agent

In addition, with respect to notices under Section 4.6, with a copy to:

BankPremiseNotice@fdic.gov

In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII:

Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

1601 Bryan Street

Dallas, Texas 75201

In addition, with respect to communications under Exhibit 4.13 , a copy to:

Attention: Interim Servicing Manager,

Thore F. Thorbjornsen ( ththorbjornsen@fdic.gov )

1601 Bryan Street

Dallas, Texas 75201

(c) Notice to Assuming Institution . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:

Bank Midwest, National Association

1111 Main Street, Suite 2800

Kansas City, MO 64105

Attention: James B. Fitzgerald, Chief Operating Officer

with a copy to: Kathevn B. Hinderhofer (same address as above) and

with a copy to: Eugene Twellman, General Counsel (same address as above) .

13.7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Shared-Loss Agreements, if any, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.

13.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

13.9. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

43


13.10. Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.

13.11. Modification . No amendment or other modification, rescission or release of any part of this Agreement or a Shared-Loss Agreement, if any, shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.

13.12. Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.

13.13. Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

13.14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.

13.15. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7, shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (a) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (b) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.

13.16. Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

44


[Signature Page Follows]

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

45


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF COMMUNITY BANKS OF COLORADO, GREENWOOD VILLAGE, COLORADO
BY: /s/  

    Terry B. Knapper

NAME: Terry B. Knapper
TITLE: Receiver In Charge

 

Attest:

/s/    Sharon D. Saska

Sharon D. Saska

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
BY: /s/  

    Terry B. Knapper

NAME: Terry B. Knapper
TITLE: Attorney in Fact

 

Attest:

/s/    Sharon D. Saska

Sharon D. Saska

 

BANK MIDWEST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
BY: /s/  

    G. Timothy Laney

NAME: G. Timothy Laney
TITLE:                                         

 

Attest:

/s/    James B. Fitzgerald

James B. Fitzgerald

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

46


SCHEDULE 3.2 – Purchase price of Assets or any other assets

 

(a)    cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:   

Book Value

(b)    securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:   

As provided in Section 3.2(b)

(c)    federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:   

Book Value

(d)    Loans:   

Book Value

(e)    credit card business:   

Book Value

(f)    safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:   

Book Value

(g)    Records and other documents:   

Book Value

(h)    Other Real Estate:   

Book Value

(i)    boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, and repossessed collateral:   

Book Value

(j)    capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries (subject to Section 3.2(b)) and FHLB stock:   

Book Value

(k)    amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:   

Book Value

(l)    assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:   

Book Value

(m)    overdrafts of customers:   

Book Value

(n)    rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts:   

As provided in Section 3.2(c)

(o)    rights of the Failed Bank to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts:   

Book Value

(q)    Personal Computers and Owned Data Management Equipment:   

Fair Market Value

(r)    Safe Deposit Boxes:   

Fair Market Value

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

47


Assets subject to an option to purchase:

 

(a)   

Bank Premises:

  

Fair Market Value

(b)   

Furniture and Equipment:

  

Fair Market Value

(c)   

Fixtures:

  

Fair Market Value

(d)   

Other Equipment:

  

Fair Market Value

(e)   

Specialty Assets

  

Fair Market Value

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

48


SCHEDULE 6.3- Data Retention Catalog

FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)

Acquirer Data Retention Catalog

Version 2.0

Failed Institution

Name

Data Center Address

Assuming Institution

Name

Address

DRC Preparation Data

DRC Preparer’s Contact

Name

Designation

Phone

Email

Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Requests (if different from above)

Name

Phone

Email

Instructions

 

1. Provide preparer’s contact information and Bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.

 

2. Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.

 

3. Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.

 

  a. Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included.

 

  b. Select the most appropriate value from the drop down list when the list is provided with applicable column.

If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2012 or Leslie Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562-6262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslie Daley LDaley@FDIC.gov.

 

FDIC Confidential     5/25/2010

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

49


EXHIBIT 2.3A

FINAL LEGAL NOTICE

Claiming Requirements for Deposits

Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)

[Date]

[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Anytown, USA]

 

Subject:

   [XXXXX – Name of Bank
   City, State] – In Receivership

Dear [Sir/Madam] :

As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution] .

According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.

This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:

 

  1. Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them.
     Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:

[123 Main Street

Anytown, USA]

 

  2. Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).

 

  3. Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

50


  4. Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.

If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.

If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.

If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX] .

 

Sincerely,
[Name of Claims Specialist]
[Title]

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

51


EXHIBIT 2.3B

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

State of

COUNTY OF

I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .

This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.

 

 

[Name]
[Title of Office]
[Name of Acquiring Institution]

Subscribed and sworn to before me this      day of [Month, Year].

My commission expires:

 

 

   

 

 
    [Name], Notary Public  

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

52


EXHIBIT 3.2(c)

VALUATION OF CERTAIN

QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS

 

A. Scope

Interest Rate Contracts - All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.

Option Contracts - All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.

Foreign Exchange Contracts - All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

B. Exclusions

All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.

 

C. Adjustment

The difference between the Book Value and market value as of the Bank Closing.

 

D. Methodology

 

  1. The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

 

  2. In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:

 

  (i) All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.

 

  (ii) All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.

 

  (iii) Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.

 

  (iv) For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

53


  (v) For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of the Bank Closing Date. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

54


EXHIBIT 4.13

INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT

This Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Arrangement is attached. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit 4.13 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

(a) With respect to each asset or liability designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement (the “ Arrangement ”), including any assets or liabilities sold or conveyed by the Receiver to any party other than the Assuming Institution (any such party, a “ Successor Owner ”) but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such assets and liabilities, the “ Pool Assets ”), during the term of this Arrangement the Assuming Institution shall, with respect to the Pool Assets:

(i) promptly post and apply payments received to the applicable system of record;

(ii) reverse and return insufficient funds checks;

(iii) pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; (B) tax and insurance bills, as they come due, out of any escrow funds maintained for such purposes; and (C) unfunded commitments and protective advances out of any escrow funds created for such purposes;

(iv) process funding draws under Loans and protective advances in connection with collateral and acquired property, in each case, as and to the extent authorized and funded by the Receiver;

(v) maintain in use all data processing equipment and systems and other systems of record on which any activity with respect to any Pool Assets are, or prior to the Bank Closing Date, were, recorded, and maintain all historical data on any such systems as of the Bank Closing Date and not, without the express consent of the Receiver (which consent must be sought at least sixty (60) days prior to taking any action), deconvert, remove, transfer or otherwise discontinue use of any of the Failed Bank’s systems of record with respect to any Pool Asset;

(vi) maintain accurate records reflecting (A) payments received by the Assuming Institution, (B) information received by the Assuming Institution concerning changes in the address or identity of any Obligor and (C) other servicing actions taken by the Assuming Institution, including checks returned for insufficient funds;

(vii) send (A) billing statements to Obligors on Pool Assets (to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver) and (B) notices to Obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver);

(viii) employ a sufficient number of qualified employees to provide the services required to be provided by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement (with the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

55


number and qualifications of such employees to be not less than the number and qualifications of employees employed by the Failed Bank to perform such functions as of the Bank Closing Date);

(ix) hold in trust any Credit Files and any servicing files in the possession or on the premises of the Assuming Institution for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable) and segregate from the other books and records of the Assuming Institution and appropriately mark such Credit Files and servicing files to clearly reflect the ownership interest of the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable);

(x) send to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: Interim Servicing Manager, at the email address provided in Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and trial balances, and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be requested from time to time by the Receiver, including, if requested, copies of (1) checks or other remittances received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks or other remittances for payment to participants or for taxes, insurance, funding advances and protective advances, (4) pay-off requests, and (5) notices to defaulted Obligors;

(xi) remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: DRR Cashier Unit, Business Operations Support Branch, in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a)(x), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such other address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received;

(xii) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if requested by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and remit taxes due on or before the due date;

(xiii) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions, including, without limitation, with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, as may be requested by the Receiver;

(xiv) establish a custodial account for the Receiver and for each successor owner at the Assuming Institution, each of which shall be interest bearing, titled in the name of Assuming Institution, in trust for the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable), in each case as the owner, and segregate and hold all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets separate and apart from any of the Assuming Institution’s own funds and general assets; and

(xv) no later than the end of the second Business Day following receipt thereof, deposit into the applicable custodial account and retain therein all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any Obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address referred to above in paragraph (a)(x), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

56


(b) In consideration for the provision of the services provided pursuant to this Arrangement, the Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, data processing and amounts paid for employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).

(c) The Assuming Institution shall provide the services described herein for a term of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may terminate the Arrangement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days notice to the Assuming Institution without any liability or cost to the Receiver other than the fees and expenses due to the Assuming Institution as of the termination date pursuant to paragraph (b) above.

(d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets, and at the time of such removal the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.

(e) At the expiration of this Arrangement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:

(i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and records relating to the Pool Assets; and

(ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver or its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and persons to which any Pool Assets are conveyed).

(f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and any actual or potential successor owners) (i) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems and to facilitate due diligence by actual and potential successor owners, and (ii) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.

(g) Until such time as the Arrangement expires or is terminated, without limitation of its obligations set forth above or in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and without any additional consideration (other than that set forth in paragraph (b) above), the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and actual and potential successor owners) with the following, as the same may be requested:

(i) access to and the ability to obtain assistance and information from personnel of the Assuming Institution, including former personnel of the Failed Bank and personnel of third party consultants;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

57


(ii) access to and the ability to use and download information from data processing systems and other systems of record on which information regarding Pool Assets or any assets transferred to or liabilities assumed by the Assuming Institution is stored or maintained (regardless of whether information with respect to other assets or liabilities is also stored or maintained thereon); and

(iii) access to and the ability to use and occupy office space (including parking facilities and vault space), facilities, utilities (including local telephone service and facsimile machines), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and facsimile machines), and technology and connectivity (including email accounts, network access and technology resources such as shared drives) in the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

58


EXHIBIT 4.15B

COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

A. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “ Agreement ”) is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Agreement is attached.

B. This Agreement shall apply only if the Assuming Institution has purchased Shared-Loss Assets (as defined herein) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall share certain losses, expenses and Recoveries (as defined herein).

A G R E E M E N T

ARTICLE 1. GENERAL .

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-1


1.1 Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, management of Shared-Loss Assets by the Assuming Institution and procedures for notices, consents, reporting and payments. In administering the Shared-Loss Assets, the Assuming Institution shall at all times comply with the Management Standards set forth in Article 3.

1.2 Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement . To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

1.3 Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8.

ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT .

2.1 Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Assets .

(a) Initial Values . The Assuming Institution shall record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at their respective Book Values as of the Commencement Date.

(b) Adjustments . After the Commencement Date, the Assuming Institution shall adjust the Book Values of the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement, the Examination Criteria and Article VIII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

(c) Management . The Assuming Institution shall manage and account for the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement.

(d) Loss Mitigation . Within 90 days of bank closing, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the FDIC for approval a written loss mitigation plan. The loss mitigation plan shall be updated annually and submitted to FDIC. On a quarterly basis the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the FDIC the internal management reports utilized to monitor the status of loan restructurings in process for assets on Schedule 4.15B as well as assets that have successfully undergone documented loan restructurings.

2.2 Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .

(a) Calculation and Method of Payments . Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties shall make the payments set forth in this Article 2. All payments made by a party under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer.

(b) Timing of Payments .

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-2


(i) Payments by the Receiver under this Article 2 shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, provided that the Quarterly Certificate is complete, accurate, timely and in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.

(ii) Payments by the Assuming Institution under this Article 2 shall be made on or before the due date for the Quarterly Certificate for each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, as applicable.

(c) Source of Receiver’s Funds . Payment obligations of the Receiver with respect to this Agreement shall be treated as administrative expenses of the Receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1821(d)(11). To the extent that the Receiver requires funds to make payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to this Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement between the FDIC in its corporate capacity and the FDIC in its receivership capacity, with respect to any receivership, dated as of May 21, 2009, as amended.

(d) Shared-Loss Subsidiaries . Covered Losses with respect to Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans and Subsidiary ORE shall not exceed the Applicable Percentage of the Investment in Subsidiary of each Shared-Loss Subsidiary, if any, identified on Schedule 4.15D as the owner of each such Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans or Subsidiary ORE

2.3 Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Quarters . For each Shared-Loss Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, one of the payments described at (a) or (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:

(a) Covered Loss Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the “ Covered Loss ” which is an amount equal to:

(i) the sum of the Applicable Percentage of:

(A) Charge-Offs; plus

(B) Reimbursable Expenses attributable to Shared-Loss Assets; minus

(C) Recoveries; and

(ii) fifty per cent (50%) of collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets less fifty per cent (50%) of any expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets, provided and only to the extent that such expenses would be Reimbursable Expenses if such Fully Charged-Off Assets were Shared-Loss Assets.

(b) Covered Gain Payments by the Assuming Institution . If the result of the calculation described in Section 2.3(a) is a negative amount (the “ Covered Gain ”), the Assuming Institution shall pay such amount to the Receiver.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-3


2.4 Payments Applicable to Recovery Quarters . For each Recovery Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, the payments described at (a) and (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:

(a) Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of any Reimbursable Expenses, for the period through and including the last Shared-Loss Quarter, which are specified on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter.

(b) Payments by the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver:

(i) an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of Net Recoveries for each Recovery Quarter; plus

(ii) an amount equal to fifty per cent (50%) of any collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets minus fifty per cent (50%) of any Reimbursable Expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets.

(c) Net Recoveries . “ Net Recoveries ” means gross Recoveries during any Calendar Quarter minus Reimbursable Expenses during such Calendar Quarter.

(d) Negative Net Recoveries . If Net Recoveries received in a Recovery Quarter is a negative amount, then the amount of such Net Recoveries shall be offset against the amount of gross Recoveries received in the following Recovery Quarter to determine the amount of Net Recoveries for that following Recovery Quarter. If, after applying the preceding provisions, Net Recoveries received in any subsequent Recovery Quarter is also a negative amount, the provisions of this Section 2.4(d) shall continue to apply to determine the amount of Net Recoveries in each such subsequent Recovery Quarter.

2.5 True-Up Payment and Calculation .

(a) Payment Obligation of the Assuming Institution . If the Assuming Institution’s Bid Amount, as set forth in Article VII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, includes an “Asset discount bid” which represents five percent (5%) or more of the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver on the True-Up Date any positive amount resulting from the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.5 .

(b) Reporting of Calculation . On or before the True-Up Date the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a schedule, signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation described in Exhibit 2.5 , including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.

2.6 Limitation on Payments .

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-4


(a) Failure to Administer . If the Assuming Institution fails to administer any Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the provisions of Article 3, the Receiver may determine that such asset will not be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) Receiver’s Right to Withhold Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 2, the Receiver may withhold all or any portion of a payment to the Assuming Institution of the amount requested in a Quarterly Certificate if the Receiver determines that:

(i) the Quarterly Certificate is incomplete, inaccurate or untimely;

(ii) based upon the Examination Criteria, a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;

(iii) there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Agreement for denying the eligibility of amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate for which reimbursement or payment is sought;

(iv) with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the Assuming Institution has not complied or is not complying with the Management Standards;

(v) the Assuming Institution has failed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 including, but not limited to permitting the Receiver, its agents, contractors and/or employees to determine compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5(c); or

(vi) a retroactive accounting adjustment is to be made by the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.5(c).

(c) Opportunity to Cure; Payment .

(i) In the event that a determination is made to withhold an amount pursuant to Section 2.6(b), the Receiver shall provide the Assuming Institution with notice detailing the grounds for withholding such amount and the Assuming Institution shall cure any deficiency within a reasonable period of time.

(ii) If the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for withholding a payment, or any part thereof, no longer exist or have been cured, the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment within thirty (30) days following the date of such determination.

(iii) If the Assuming Institution does not cure any such deficiency within a reasonable period of time, the Receiver may withhold payment as described in Section 2.6 (b) with respect to the affected Shared-Loss Asset(s), but such withholding will not affect the Receiver’s obligation to make any other payment properly due pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-5


(d) Adjustments . In the event that the Receiver withholds payment with respect to a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset or determines pursuant to Section 2.6(b) that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution of such issue, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.

(e) Interest on Payments . Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.6(d) shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof that accrues with effect from five (5) Business Days after the date on which payment was agreed or determined to be due until such amount is paid. The annual interest rate shall be determined by the Receiver based on the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Treasury bills (secondary market), 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.

(f) Determination of Disputes . Any dispute arising under this Section 2.6 shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures of Article 7.

2.7 Expenses .

(a) Reimbursable Expenses . Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution for a product, service or activity may be reimbursable or recoverable by the Assuming Institution and may be included for the purpose of calculating payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets. “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the usual, prudent and lawful management of a Shared-Loss Asset which are paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates for a Shared-Loss Quarter or a Recovery Quarter, as applicable, in respect of the following expenditure:

(i) expenses to recover amounts owed with respect to:

(A) Shared-Loss Assets as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; and

(B) Failed Bank Charge-Offs;

(ii) expenses to recover amounts described in paragraph (i) which relate to an Environmental Assessment and any environmental conditions relating to the Shared-Loss Assets, including remediation expenses for any pollutant or contaminant and fees for consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance or any pollutant or contaminant relating to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Asset that has been fully or partially charged-off, in each case up to a maximum of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-6


(iii) ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds any ORE Income;

(iv) reasonable and necessary litigation expenses with respect to maximizing Recoveries of Shared-Loss Assets but excluding amounts, if any, incurred with respect to any alleged improper conduct of the Assuming Institution;

(v) fees incurred for attorneys, appraisers and other independent professional consultants engaged as necessary to assist in collections of Shared-Loss Assets, up to a maximum of $100,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);

(vi) a proportion of expenses for collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset with a Book Value greater than zero which are applied to both that Book Value and to a Failed Bank Charge-Off, equal to the collections on such Asset which are applied to the Failed Bank Charge-Off divided by the total collections on such Asset; and

(vii) with respect to the final Recovery Quarter, Reimbursable Expenses may include (A) a Net ORE Loss Carryforward if applicable and to the extent set forth in Section 2.9(g)(iii) and (B) any ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income.

If the Assuming Institution estimates in good faith that required expenditures for the purposes described (A) in paragraph (ii) may exceed $200,000 or (B) in paragraph (v) may exceed $100,000 with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, and provides the Receiver with advance notice and details thereof prior to incurring any such expenditure, the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to such greater amount being deemed a Reimbursable Expense for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Exclusions . Reimbursable Expenses do not include the following:

(i) Capitalized Expenditures;

(ii) amounts paid to Affiliates of the Assuming Institution;

(iii) with respect to Shared-Loss Assets with prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs or Charge-Offs or write-downs for which the Assuming Institution is recognizing interest income as described in Section 2.9(d), the portion of the expense attributable to that Shared-Loss Loan which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.7 ;

(iv) Federal, State or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;

(v) salaries, other compensation and related benefits of employees of the Assuming Institution and its Affiliates including, without limitation, bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues and travel- or relocation-related expenses;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-7


(vi) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates and their respective staff and the rental and maintenance of furniture and equipment;

(vii) expenses for data processing, including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;

(viii) except as expressly permitted in Sections 2.7(a)(ii) and 2.7(a)(v), fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants;

(ix) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense for services of a type which the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;

(x) expenses not incurred in good faith and/or with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest;

(xi) servicing fees payable to a third party (including a Third Party Servicer which is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution), if the Assuming Institution would have provided those services had the relevant Shared-Loss Assets not been subject to this Agreement;

(xii) in a Recovery Quarter, ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income; and

(xiii) expenses which exceed the amount of Recoveries made in any Recovery Quarter.

(c) Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Shared-Loss Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Shared-Loss Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in each Quarterly Certificate, and in any event on or before the end of the first Recovery Quarter.

(d) Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Recovery Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Recovery Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in the Quarterly Certificate for each Recovery Quarter, and in any event on or before the Termination Date.

(e) Notification of Certain Expenditures .

(i) Under certain circumstances the Assuming Institution may determine that, in order to maximize collection of a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, there is a substantial likelihood that funds will need to be expended after the Bank Closing Date by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose, which do not otherwise constitute Reimbursable Expenses. If such expenditure is estimated to exceed ten percent (10%) of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset, respectively, and that Shared-Loss Asset or Asset has a Legal Balance on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution of $1,000,000 or more, then the Assuming Institution shall

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-8


promptly report such proposed expenditure to the Receiver, and may request that such expenditure be treated as a Permitted Expense.

(ii) Within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice pursuant to Section 2.7(e)(i), the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution whether the Receiver grants or withholds its consent to the qualification of the proposed expenditures as a Reimbursable Expense. If consent is withheld, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures and otherwise shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the Management Standards.

2.8 Permitted Advances and Amendments . Pursuant to this Agreement, certain advances in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan and certain amendments in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment made by the Assuming Institution may be permissible additions to the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets, and entitle such Shared-Loss Assets to retain their status as such, if they satisfy certain criteria, as set forth below:

(a) Permitted Advance . A “ Permitted Advance ” is an advance on a Shared Loss Loan which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution and which meets the following criteria:

(i) it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution, or a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds and, in either case, funds are advanced fully within one (1) year from the Commencement Date; and

(A) the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such advance has been made:

(1) the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus

(2) the unfunded amount of the legally binding commitment referred to at Section 2.8(a)(i) with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;

(B) the Assuming Institution has not taken a Charge-Off with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and

(C) no Shared-Loss Loan Commitment exists for such Shared Loss Loan; or

(ii) it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution which the Assuming Institution determines is necessary to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for a Shared-Loss Loan. In making such determination, the Assuming Institution shall apply the same criteria as it would if the Shared-Loss Assets were owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates, and subject to the limitation on

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-9


expenses related to the remediation, presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant as set forth in Section 2.7(a)(ii).

(b) Permitted Amendment . A “ Permitted Amendment ” is, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right or remedy thereunder which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution. A Permitted Amendment must also satisfy the following criteria:

(i) the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such amendment or modification has been made:

(A) the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus

(B) the unfunded amount of any applicable Shared-Loss Loan Commitment, inclusive of amounts advanced pursuant to such amendment, modification, renewal or extension; and

(ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is not a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i); or

(iii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of the Bank Closing Date to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i) (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of the Bank Closing Date or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and

(iv) it does not extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter or, if later, beyond the term which existed as of the Bank Closing Date.

2.9 Recovery .

(a) Calculation of a Recovery . A “ Recovery ” is the sum of the following amounts (without duplication) for any period, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in Section 2.9(b):

(i) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Charge-Offs of a Shared-Loss Asset effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-10


(ii) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs;

(iii) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, to the extent that such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset;

(iv) ORE Income;

(v) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses;

(vi) any gain received on a sale or other disposition of a Shared-Loss Loan or Shared-Loss Subsidiary by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution;

(vii) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution for any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, not exceeding the total of any related Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Loan; and

(viii) interest income, if any, pursuant to Section 2.9(d).

(b) Limitations and Exceptions . In calculating a Recovery, the following shall not be included:

(i) amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Article 2;

(ii) amounts received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter;

(iii) the amount of any gain with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE included in a Recovery which exceeds the total amount of any Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Asset; and

(iv) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, ORE Income except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses.

(c) Order of Application . For the purpose of calculating Recoveries, the Assuming Institution shall apply any collections received on an Asset not otherwise applied to reduce the Book Value of such Asset, if applicable, in the following order:

(i) to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs;

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-11


(ii) to Reimbursable Expenses;

(iii) to interest income; and

(iv) to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution which are not Reimbursable Expenses.

(d) Interest Income as a Recovery . In the event that (i) there is any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to a Recovery Period and (ii) as a result, the Assuming Institution recognizes interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then a Recovery shall also include the portion of such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.9 , subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.9(e).

(e) Maximum Amount of Interest Income . The amount of any interest income included as a Recovery with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan subject to Section 2.9(d) shall not exceed the total of the following:

(i) Failed Bank Charge-Offs;

(ii) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined; and

(iii) Reimbursable Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan.

(f) Application of Collections . Any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce Book Value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to Section 2.9(c).

(g) Treatment of Net ORE Loss Carryforward . To determine whether the Assuming Institution is entitled to apply a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall calculate and report the following information with respect to Recovery Quarters:

(i) For any Recovery Quarter other than the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter less (A) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter and (B) if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward. Any positive Net ORE Income shall be reported as a Recovery on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter.

(ii) For the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during the final Recovery Quarter less ORE

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-12


Expenses from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate pursuant to this Agreement.

(iii) If there is a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, an amount equal to the Net ORE Loss Carryforward up to but not exceeding the total Net ORE Income reported as a Recovery on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Final Recovery Certificate.

2.10 Treatment as a Shared-Loss Asset .

(a) Loss of Right to Receive Shared-Loss Asset Payments . The Assuming Institution shall not be entitled to payments relating to a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.2 if the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution:

(i) sells or otherwise transfers that Shared-Loss Asset or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, other than in compliance with this Agreement;

(ii) makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, in which case the entire Shared-Loss Loan will not be entitled to such payments;

(iii) makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment;

(iv) manages, administers or collects any Related Loan in a manner which would increase the amount of any collections with respect to that Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; or

(v) fails to administer that Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to the Management Standards, including, without limitation, consistent failure to provide complete, accurate and timely certificates and reports pursuant to Article 5.

(b) Effective Date of Loss of Shared-Loss Asset Treatment . If any of the actions described in Section 2.10(a) occur with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset, the Receiver shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Assuming Institution with respect to any affected Shared-Loss Loan after the date of occurrence of such action. In the event that the Receiver withholds payment pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.

(c) Treatment of Recoveries . Notwithstanding Sections 2.10(a) and (b), a Shared-Loss Loan which has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the occurrence of any action described in Section 2.10(a) shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset for the purpose of

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-13


calculating Recoveries on such Charge-Offs, provided that the amount of Recoveries shall be limited to the amount of such Charge-Offs.

2.11 Receiver’s Option to Purchase .

(a) Exercise of Option to Purchase . At any time on or prior to the Termination Date, the Receiver shall have the option, exercisable by notice to the Assuming Institution, to purchase a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected which meets any of the following criteria:

(i) if the Shared-Loss Asset has been fully or partially charged-off or written down and the Receiver determines that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset;

(ii) if the Shared-Loss Asset is the subject of a request pursuant to Section 2.7(e), notwithstanding any prior consent by the Receiver with respect to any requested expenditures;

(iii) if it is an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected; and

(iv) if the Shared-Loss Asset is a Related Loan required to be included in a schedule pursuant to Section 5.4.

(b) Transfer by the Assuming Institution . Within ten (10) Business Days following the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice pursuant to Section 2.11(a), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and all Credit Files and Accounting Records relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to the Receiver.

(c) Payment by the Receiver . Within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution transfers the Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b), the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution a purchase price equal to:

(i) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset, any fees or penalties due from an Obligor and any Accrued Interest (subject to the limitations set forth at Section 2.11(d)), as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, as of the date such price is determined (in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, regardless of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses incurred up to and through the transfer date of such Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b) which have not previously been paid to the Assuming Institution; minus

(ii) the Related Liability Amount applicable to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-14


(d) Limitations on Payment by the Receiver . In the case of the purchase of a Shared-Loss Loan:

(i) the price paid pursuant to Section 2.11(c) shall not include any Accrued Interest accruing during the ninety (90) day period prior to the purchase date pursuant to Section 2.11(b), except to the extent that such Accrued Interest is included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan;

(ii) the Receiver shall be entitled to any collections received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date, which shall be paid by the Assuming Institution forthwith upon receipt and in any event no later than simultaneously with delivery of the next Quarterly Certificate; and

(iii) for the purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order (oldest first) in which such interest accrued.

(e) Receiver’s Assumption of Related Liabilities . The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset repurchased pursuant to this Section 2.11 with effect from the date of transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.

ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS .

3.1 Management Standards Regarding Administration . During the term of this Agreement the Assuming Institution shall manage, administer and collect all Shared-Loss Assets while owned by it or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the rules, requirements and standards regarding management, administration and collection of Shared-Loss Assets set forth in this Article 3 (the “ Management Standards ”). Failure to comply with the Management Standards shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. If the Receiver determines in its sole and absolute discretion that the Assuming Institution is not in compliance with the Management Standards, it may notify the Assuming Institution of the breach and may take action pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, as provided in Sections 2.6(a) and (b).

3.2 Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties .

(a) Covenants of the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall:

(i) be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of this Agreement, whether performed by the Assuming Institution, an Affiliate or a Third Party Servicer;

(ii) provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such certificates, notifications and reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable,

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-15


including but not limited to the certificates, notifications and reports required by Article 5; and

(iii) permit the Receiver and the Corporation to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder at all times.

(b) Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets . In the performance of duties in accordance with the Management Standards, the Assuming Institution shall at all times exercise its best business judgment and shall:

(i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with the following:

(A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; and

(B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, if applicable, a Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, all applicable law, the written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution (or, if applicable, of a Third Party Servicer) in effect from time to time, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of Charge-Offs and write-downs with respect to loans, ORE and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Assets;

(ii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to, and manage and administer, Shared-Loss Assets without favored treatment for any assets owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;

(iii) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7;

(iv) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;

(v) not manage, administer or collect a Related Loan in a manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; and

(vi) cause any of its Affiliates to which it transfers any Shared-Loss Assets and any Third Party Servicer to act in accordance with the Management Standards.

3.3 Third Party Servicers and Affiliates .

(a) Appointment of Third Party Servicers .

(i) With the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Agreement

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-16


through one or more Third Party Servicers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer. Such notice will include information regarding the Third Party Servicer’s relevant experience, qualifications, financial strength and any pending litigation in relation to servicing activities. In the case of a Third Party Servicer that is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, the notice shall include an express statement that the Third Party Servicer is an Affiliate. The Receiver may object to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment. The appointment of a Third Party Servicer by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution from any obligation or liability hereunder.

(ii) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written notification immediately following the execution of any contract pursuant to which a Third Party Servicer or any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets.

(b) Actions of and Expenses Incurred by Third Party Servicers . The Assuming Institution shall ensure that the practices, procedures and guidelines of any Third Party Servicer comply with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Agreement. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver a copy of the Assuming Institution’s written agreement with each Third Party Servicer and shall ensure compliance by each Third Party Servicer with the Assuming Institution’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, amending such agreement with each Third Party Servicer to the extent necessary. Subject to the foregoing and to the other provisions of this Agreement, a Third Party Servicer may take actions and incur expenditures in the same manner as the Assuming Institution, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses if such out-of-pocket expenses would qualify as Reimbursable Expenses if incurred by the Assuming Institution.

(c) Duties with Respect to Affiliates . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver prior written notification of any transaction with or by any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will own, manage, administer or collect amounts owing with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to a proposed transaction with an Affiliate which is not on an arm’s length basis or commercially reasonable terms. Such notice will include information regarding the Affiliate’s relevant experience, qualifications and financial strength. The Receiver may object to the proposed transaction with an Affiliate in such circumstances by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed transaction.

3.4 Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers .

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-17


(a) Notice and Request to Receiver . Upon timely notice to and with the prior consent of the Receiver, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Assuming Institution may utilize in a legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver.

(b) Use of Special Legal Powers . The Receiver may direct usage by the Assuming Institution of any special legal powers of the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall:

(i) comply in all respects with any direction from the Receiver or the Corporation and with any protocols, directives or interpretive memoranda issued from time to time by the Receiver or the Corporation;

(ii) upon request of the Receiver, notify the Receiver of the status of any legal action in which any special legal power or right is utilized; and

(iii) immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment or significant order in any legal action involving any of such special powers or rights.

3.5 Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS ASSETS .

4.1 Sales of Shared-Loss Assets . All sales of Shared-Loss Assets are subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver, except as provided in Section 4.3:

(a) Sales with the Receiver’s Consent . After the fourth anniversary of the Commencement Date and with the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may conduct sales to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of the Shared-Loss Assets (individually or in portfolio transactions) then held by the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with at least sixty (60) days notice prior to any such proposed sale and the notice shall set forth the sale details and the proposed sale schedule.

(b) Sales Required by the Receiver . During the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Termination Date the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all Shared-Loss Assets then held by the Assuming Institution. If the Receiver exercises such right, it shall give notice to the Assuming Institution setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to offer to sell the Shared-Loss Assets. The Assuming

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-18


Institution shall make a good faith effort to sell the Shared-Loss Assets and to otherwise comply with the provisions of the Receiver’s notice.

(c) Conduct of Sales . Any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be conducted by means of sealed bid, to third parties, which may not include any Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, any contractors of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliates of contractors of the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver prior to the proposed appointment of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Receiver may object to such proposed appointment by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment.

4.2 Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale . The gain or loss on sales conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 will be calculated based on the gross sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets which are sold.

4.3 Sale of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, the Assuming Institution may sell or otherwise dispose of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE at any time to a Person other than an Affiliate, a contractor of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of a contractor of the Assuming Institution, provided that such sale is conducted in an arm’s length, commercially reasonable and prudent manner.

ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS .

5.1 Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution .

(a) Records, Notifications and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall maintain such records, provide such notifications and deliver such reports as are required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the records, notifications and reports as provided in the following provisions of this Article 5. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any laws, regulations or orders that are otherwise applicable to the Assuming Institution.

(b) Certification of Accuracy and Completeness . Every submission by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of a Quarterly Certificate, the Final Recovery Certificate and any other document or information shall constitute a certification from the Assuming Institution that the information provided in such submission is correct, complete and in compliance with this Agreement.

5.2 Quarterly Certificates .

(a) Shared-Loss Quarters . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-19


Certificate setting forth the following information with respect to each such Shared-Loss Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:

(i) Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;

(ii) Recoveries;

(iii) collections on Assets on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected;

(iv) aggregate Charge-Offs less Recoveries;

(v) Reimbursable Expenses; and

(vi) ORE Income.

(b) Recovery Quarters . Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth the information specified in Section 5.2(a) and the following information with respect to each Recovery Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:

(i) Recoveries and Reimbursable Expenses;

(ii) on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) paid prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Shared-Loss Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during the first Recovery Quarter; and

(iii) ORE Income, ORE Expenses and Net ORE Income.

(c) Final Recovery Certificate . In addition to the information specified in Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b), in the Final Recovery Certificate the Assuming Institution shall include any Recoveries which were not included in a Quarterly Certificate for a Recovery Quarter and may include any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Recovery Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate to the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.2(b).

(d) Completeness of Information . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver complete and accurate information, except to the extent that it is unable to do so as a result of the failure of the Failed Bank or the Receiver to provide requested information.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-20


(e) Limitations . The Assuming Institution may claim each Charge-Off and each item of expenditure, income, gain or loss only on the Quarterly Certificate for the period in which such Charge-Off, expenditure, income, gain or loss was incurred. The inclusion of information regarding Reimbursable Expenses in a Quarterly Certificate or other documentation does not create any reimbursement obligation of the Receiver if the Assuming Institution is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.

(f) True-Up Date . The Assuming Institution shall deliver the schedule required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on or before the True-Up Date.

5.3 Notification of Certain Transactions . Prior to the Termination Date the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days following any of the following becoming fully or partially charged-off:

(a) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $5,000,000 or more in circumstances in which a legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; and

(b) a Shared-Loss Loan made to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(1), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

5.4 Notification of Related Loans . In addition to maintaining records of all Related Loans, the Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver, on a semi-annual basis, together with the Quarterly Certificates for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters ending on June 30 and December 31, schedules of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans which have Legal Balances of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of June 30 and December 31, to the extent that more than one of such loans are to the same Obligor on Related Loans of $5,000,000 or more.

5.5 Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit .

(a) Independent Auditor’s Report .

(i) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363 following the end of each fiscal year, from and including the fiscal year during which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver and the Corporation a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that such accountants have reviewed this Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during each such year were not made in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-21


(ii) In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i), within seven (7) days following the end of the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to the attention of such accountants suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance with this Agreement. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363.

(b) Assuming Institution’s Internal Audit . The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with this Agreement and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with:

(i) copies of all internal audit reports and access to all related internal audit work papers; and

(ii) a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution certifying that the Assuming Institution is in compliance with this Agreement or identifying any areas of non-compliance.

(c) Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

(d) Authority to Advisors and Representatives . The Assuming Institution shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, contractors and Third Party Servicers to, allow its advisors and representatives to discuss its (and any Affiliates’, contractors’ or Third Party Servicers’) affairs, finances and accounts as they relate to Shared-Loss Assets, or any other matters relating to this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder, with the Receiver and authorizes such advisors and representatives to so discuss such affairs, finances and accounts with the Receiver.

5.6 Accounting Principles .

(a) Maintenance of Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-22


(b) Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall keep all financial books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be consistently applied for the periods involved.

(c) Change in Accounting Principles . The Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles which adversely affects the value of the Shared-Loss Assets, unless it obtains the prior written approval of the Corporation or if required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles that is required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles which would affect any Shared-Loss Asset, the accounting for any Shared-Loss Asset or the amount of any loss, gain, expense, cost or other item of reimbursement that may be due to or from the Assuming Institution.

5.7 Records and Reports .

(a) Content of Records . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may specify, to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request pursuant to this Article 5. Without limitation, such books and records shall be kept in such a manner that information will be readily available to determine and document compliance with this Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

(b) Additional Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver or the Corporation such information as the requesting party may request from time to time, including financial statements, computations and information as the Receiver or the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in connection with monitoring compliance with this Agreement, certified as correct by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution if so requested. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver all such loan-level data and cumulative information regarding the Shared-Loss Assets as the Receiver may request from time to time.

ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS .

6.1 Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.

6.2 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Binding on Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-23


hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of the Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) or sell or transfer any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Agreement includes:

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

(ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

(iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another Person; or

(iv) a sale of Shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).

Any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without such consent will relieve the Receiver of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) No Recognition of Loss . No loss shall be recognized under this Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.

6.3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

6.4 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-24


Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

6.5 Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.

6.6 Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.

6.7 References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .

6.8 Notice .

(a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth in Sections 6.8(b) and 6.8(c) and sent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided.

(b) Notice to FDIC (Division of Resolutions and Receiverships) . With respect to a notice under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 3.4(a):

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing

(c) Notice to FDIC (Legal Division) . With respect to a notice under Section 3.4(a):

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

1601 Bryan Street

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-25


Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Regional Counsel

with a copy to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

Virginia Square, L. William Seidman Center

3501 Fairfax Drive, VS-E-7056

Arlington, Virginia 22226

Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)

ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .

7.1 Methods of Resolution . The methods of resolving a dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:

(a) Charge-Offs . Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with the Examination Criteria shall be finally resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority.

(b) Other Disputes . Any other dispute (a “ Dispute Item ”) shall be resolved in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7.

7.2 Informal Resolution . The Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, (the “ FDIC Party ”) and the Assuming Institution shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Dispute Item within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt of information concerning the Dispute Item.

7.3 Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding . If informal resolution of the Dispute Item pursuant to Section 7.2 is unsuccessful, the FDIC Party, on the one hand, and the Assuming Institution, on the other hand, may submit to the other party written notification of a Dispute Item (a “ Notice of Dispute ”). The Notice of Dispute shall contain a description of the dispute, an estimate of the amount in issue and any other information required pursuant to this Article 7. The parties shall make good faith efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement within thirty-five (35) Business Days following receipt of the Notice of Dispute. In furtherance of these efforts, the parties should consider the mutually agreed upon use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, early neutral evaluation and any other dispute resolution proceedings (as defined in § 571(6) of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (“ ADRA ”), 5 U.S.C. § 571 et seq .), as amended).

7.4 Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations . All good faith attempts to resolve or compromise a dispute pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3 will be confidential. All such compromise negotiations, including any statements made or documents prepared by any party, attorney or other participant,

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-26


are inadmissible as evidence in other proceedings and may not be construed for any purpose as admissions against interest.

7.5 Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution resolve a Dispute Item to their mutual satisfaction pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3, including any dispute pursuant to Section 2.6, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, the appropriate party shall make payment or take action as agreed by the parties.

7.6 Formal Resolution .

(a) Arbitration Matters . Any Dispute Item which has an estimated amount in issue not exceeding $1,000,000 per Asset may be proposed by the party seeking relief (the “ Claimant Party ”) for arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6. No more than three Dispute Items may be submitted for any single arbitration, provided that, by mutual agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(c), the parties may agree to submit any Dispute Item(s) to arbitration.

(b) Proposal to Arbitrate . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not resolve a Dispute Item pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.3, the Claimant Party may propose to submit the unresolved Dispute Item to arbitration by notifying the other party (the “ Respondent Party ”) in writing.

(c) Submission to Arbitration . The Respondent Party may agree to the Claimant Party’s proposal of arbitration by responding in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such proposal. Within five (5) Business Days following receipt of the Respondent Party’s agreement to arbitrate, the Claimant Party may submit the Dispute Item to the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) for arbitration. No Dispute Item may be submitted for arbitration without the consent of both parties.

(d) Waiver of Arbitration . If the Claimant Party does not (i) propose to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration within the period set forth in Section 7.6(b) or (ii) submit the Dispute Item to AAA within the period set forth in Section 7.6(c), then the Claimant Party shall be deemed to have waived submission of the Dispute Item to arbitration.

(e) Litigation Matters . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not agree to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration, the Dispute Item may be resolved by litigation in accordance with Federal or state law, as provided in Section 13.9 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Any litigation shall be filed in a United States District Court in the proper district.

(f) Arbitration Administrator . The FDIC Party may, in its discretion, appoint an organization other than AAA for administration of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.6, in which case this Article 7 and the rules and procedures set forth herein, including the Commercial Arbitration Rules as referred to in Section 7.9, shall govern the arbitration. AAA or such other

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-27


organization appointed pursuant to this Section 7.6(f) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Arbitration Administrator .”

7.7 Limitation on FDIC Party . Nothing in this Article 7 shall be interpreted as obligating the FDIC Party to submit to a dispute resolution proceeding (as defined in ADRA at § 571(6)) any Dispute Item described in (i) ADRA, § 572(b) or (ii) the FDIC’s Statement of Policy Regarding Binding Arbitration, 66 Fed. Reg. 18632 (April 10, 2001), as amended, as a dispute for which an agency shall consider not using a dispute resolution proceeding.

7.8 Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a Notice of Dispute is provided to a party under this Article 7 prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the items set forth in such notice until the dispute with respect to such items has been finally resolved, and such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if that resolution occurs after the Termination Date.

7.9 Governing Rules and Law for Arbitration . Any arbitration shall be substantively governed by the Federal law of the United States of America, and in the absence of controlling Federal law, in accordance with the laws of the state in which the main office of the Failed Bank is located. The arbitration shall be procedurally governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ”) established by AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Article 7, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq . (“ Federal Arbitration Act ”), and ADRA., as each may be in effect at the time that the arbitration is initiated, except that the Commercial Arbitration Rules’ Expedited Procedures shall not apply unless the FDIC Party and Claimant Party otherwise agree in writing. The Review Board (as defined below) may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior written approval of the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party.

7.10 Review Board Proceedings . The arbitration of a dispute shall be conducted by a review board (a “Review Board”) which shall consist of either one (1) or three (3) members (each, a “Member”) with such expertise as the Claimant Party and Respondent Party agree is relevant. The Claimant Party shall specify, in its Notice of Dispute, the number of Members which it proposes for the Review Board.

(a) Selection of Members .

(i) Claimant Party Proposes One Member . If the Dispute Item(s) are less than $500,000 in total, the Claimant Party may propose that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, and shall state, in its Notice of Dispute, the name and address of the Member that it proposes for the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, the Member suggested by the Claimant Party shall comprise the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but states the name and

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-28


address of a different proposed Member for the Review Board, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, provided that , before the Respondent Party responds to the Notice of Dispute with a different proposed Member, the parties may also mutually agree upon one Member. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Members shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iv).

(ii) Claimant Party Proposes Three Members . If the Dispute Items exceed $500,000 in total, or if the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Claimant Party shall state the name and address of the first of three Members in its Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party agrees that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, the Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” (“ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ”), consistent with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-12. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator as provided in Section 7.6(c), then within ten (10) Business Days of such submission, the Party-Appointed Arbitrators shall select a neutral third Member (the “ Neutral Member ”) in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules R-11 and R-13, except that the Neutral Member need not be from the National Roster of Commercial Arbitrators. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, then the Member shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iii).

(iii) Respondent Party Proposes One Member . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, but the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the Review Board unless the Respondent Party states the name and address of a different proposed Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party proposes a different Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator.

(iv) Respondent Party Proposes Three Members . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but the Respondent Party proposes, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the first Member of the Review Board. The Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a Party-Appointed Arbitrator. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, a Neutral Member shall be selected in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).

(b) Removal of Members . A Party-Appointed Arbitrator may be removed at any time by the party who appointed that Member upon five (5) Business Days notice to the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-29


other party of the selection of a replacement Member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the Party-Appointed Arbitrators or unanimous action of the parties after five (5) Business Days notice to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Arbitration Administrator of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member.

(c) Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Review Board prior to or after the commencement of the hearing of evidence and argument (the “ Arbitration Hearing ”) shall be handled in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-19, except that if a vacancy arises after the Arbitration Hearing has commenced, a substitute Member shall be selected in accordance with the rules under which the original Member was selected.

7.11 Impartiality . As a condition of serving on the Review Board, within five (5) Business Days after being selected, each Member shall provide a written oath, under penalty of perjury, containing a statement that the Member does not have any conflicts of interest (whether official, financial, personal or otherwise) with respect to the issues or parties in controversy, and that each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article 7 as applicable to the Members. If a Member has any potential conflict of interest, the Member shall fully disclose such interest in writing to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Member shall not serve on the Review Board, unless the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party agree otherwise. The Conflicts Committee of the Legal Division of the Corporation shall review any potential conflicts of interest for potential waiver. None of the Members may serve as counsel, advisor, witness or representative to any party to the arbitration.

7.12 Schedule . The Review Board shall assume control of the arbitration process and shall schedule all events as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitration Hearing shall commence within ninety (90) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the Arbitration Administrator.

7.13 Written Award . Within twenty (20) Business Days following closing of the Arbitration Hearing, as determined by Commercial Arbitration Rule R-35, the Review Board shall determine the prevailing party and award the prevailing party its proposed award/award any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope of this Article 7, but in no event may an award of the Review Board (inclusive of all claims and counterclaims) exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 7.6(a) of this Agreement. If the Review Board consists of three (3) Members, the determination of any two (2) Members shall constitute the Review Board’s determination. The Review Board shall present to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party a written award regarding the dispute. The written award shall contain a brief, informal discussion of the factual and legal basis for the award and need not contain formal findings of facts and law.

7.14 Interest Rate on Award . Any award amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to the Review Board’s written award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from a beginning date specified by the Review Board in its written award and until the date on which payment is made.

7.15 Payments . All payments required to be made under this Article 7 shall be made by wire transfer and within fifteen (15) Business Days

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-30


following the date on which the award becomes final, as provided by ADRA at § 580(b). The Review Board will have no authority to award any punitive, consequential, special or exemplary damages.

7.16 Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Review Board will have no authority to award attorneys’ fees or costs incurred by either party to the arbitration. Each party will bear the fees, costs, and expenses which it incurs in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board, including the fees and expenses of the Member which it selected in accordance with the Arbitration Administrator’s fee schedule. The Claimant Party and the Respondent Party will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member and any administrative fees of the arbitration (which shall not include the fees and expenses of the Members). No fees, costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the Receiver under this Article 7 or otherwise.

7.17 Binding and Conclusive Nature . Arbitration of a dispute pursuant to this Article 7 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties and not subject to further dispute or review, and judgment upon the award made by the Review Board may be entered in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Other than as provided by the Federal Arbitration Act and ADRA, no review, appeal or reconsideration of the Review Board’s determination shall be permitted, including review, appeal or reconsideration by the Review Board or any other arbitrators. The parties agree to faithfully observe the provisions of this Article 7 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and the parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the Review Board.

7.18 No Precedent . No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of a Review Board shall constitute precedent in regard to any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Agreement), nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel that may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.

7.19 Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents . No arbitration held pursuant to this Article 7 shall be public or accessible to any person other than the parties and their representatives, the Review Board and witnesses participating in the arbitration (and then, only to the extent of their participation). Each party and each Member shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all testimony, pleadings, filings, discovery, information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith (“ Confidential Information ”), in accordance with the provisions of ADRA. In the event that disclosure of Confidential Information is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation, or in the event that disclosure is required pursuant to statute or court determination as provided by ADRA, then to the extent reasonably practicable, the person required to make the disclosure shall provide the

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-31


other party or parties with written notice of such disclosure within one (1) Business Day following the request that it make such disclosure, and in any event prior to making such disclosure, so that the other party or parties may seek a protective order.

7.20 Confidentiality of Arbitration Award . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.19, no party has any duty of confidentiality with respect to any arbitration award made pursuant to this Article 7.

7.21 Extension of Time Periods . The parties may extend any period of time provided in this Article 7 by mutual agreement.

7.22 Venue . The arbitration shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then it will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., or Arlington, Virginia.

ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS .

The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in this Article 8.

AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).

Accounting Records ” means Records including, but not limited to, corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support general ledger balances.

Accrued Interest ” means, for any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of accrued earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), but excluding any amount accrued after the applicable Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days.

Additional ORE ” means Shared-Loss Loans that become ORE after the Bank Closing Date.

ADRA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no Third Party Servicer appointed by an Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution solely by virtue of that appointment.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.

Applicable Percentage ” is eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 1 Amount, thirty percent (30%) for the Tranche 2 Amount and eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 3 Amount.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-32


Arbitration Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(f).

Arbitration Hearing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(iii).

Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Bank Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Bank Premises ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Bid Valuation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Book Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. “Business Day” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Calendar Quarter ” means a period of three months in any year, commencing on the first day of each January, April, July or October, and each successive three-month period thereafter, except that the first such period shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date.

Capitalized Expenditures ” means those expenditures that (a) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles and (b) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE, but excluding expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.

Charge-Off ” means, for any period with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the amount of a loan or portion of a loan classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria as effected by the Assuming Institution and reflected on its Accounting Records for such period, consisting solely of a charge-off of the following:

(a) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset net of unearned interest;

(b) a write-down associated with Shared-Loss Assets, ORE or Additional ORE or loan modification(s);

(c) Accrued Interest for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days; plus

(d) Capitalized Expenditures.

No Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Institution until such expenditure is actually incurred.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-33


Losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs except for: (i) sales duly conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (ii) the sale or other disposition of ORE or Additional ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which was conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner and (iii) other sales or dispositions, if any, with respect to which the Receiver granted prior consent.

Chartering Authority ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Claimant Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).

Commencement Date ” means the first day following the Bank Closing Date.

Commercial Arbitration Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.

Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.

Consumer Loans ” means loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures, that are not secured by real estate, including but not limited to loans for (a) purchase of private automobiles, pickup trucks, household appliances, furniture, trailers and boats; (b) repairs or improvements to a borrower’s residence; (c) educational expenses, including student loans, whether or not guaranteed by the United States or any state; (d) medical expenses; (e) taxes; (f) vacations; (g) personal (non-business) debt consolidation; and (h) purchase of a mobile home to be used as a residence which is not combined with real property. Consumer Loans may be installment loans, demand loans or single payment time loans, regardless of size or maturity and regardless of whether the loans are made by the consumer loan department or by any other department of the Failed Bank. Consumer Loans also include retail installment sales paper purchased by the Failed Bank from merchants or dealers, finance companies and others and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan.

Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Covered Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

Covered Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Credit File ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Dispute Item ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).

Environmental Assessment ” means an assessment relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-34


Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, and any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time an action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Failed Bank Charge-Offs ” means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank, excluding any Fully-Charged-Off Assets.

Federal Arbitration Act ” has the meaning set forward in Section 7.9.

Final Recovery Certificate ” means the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.

Fixtures ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in any capacity, as appropriate.

FDIC Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means Assets subject to Failed Bank Charge-Offs that were completely charged-off by the Failed Bank and had a Book Value of zero on the Bank Closing Date.

Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq .

Investment in Subsidiary ” means the amount of the Failed Bank’s direct and indirect investment in a Shared-Loss Subsidiary, including any amounts due from that Shared-Loss Subsidiary to the Failed Bank that were acquired by the Assuming Institution, calculated as of the Commencement Date.

Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” is three hundred twenty-three million two hundred eighty-five thousand eight hundred thirty-eight dollars ($$323,285,838.00).

Legal Balance ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Loan ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Management Standards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-35


Net Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Covered Losses less all Covered Gains and, if the Purchase and Assumption Agreement includes a Single Family Agreement, the Cumulative Loss Amount under and as defined in the Single Family Agreement.

Net ORE Income ” means the extent to which aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses, as described in Section 2.9(g)(i) or (ii), as appropriate.

Net ORE Loss Carryforward ” means the amount of any ORE Income in any Recovery Quarter that is a negative number.

Net Recoveries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).

Neutral Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).

New Shared-Loss Loans ” means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Agreement that were originated after the Bid Valuation Date and before the Bank Closing Date.

Notice of Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.

Obligor ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

ORE ” means the following that (a) are owned by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (b) have been acquired subsequent to the Bank Closing Date from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan, including, without limitation, any assets which have been fully or partially charged-off on the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution:

(a) interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and

(b) other assets (whether real property, furniture, fixtures or equipment and, at the option of the Receiver, other personal property) acquired by foreclosure of ORE or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.

ORE Expenses ” means the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE, which may include property taxes, insurance and sales commissions, provided that such commissions are of an amount customary for the type and location of the asset.

ORE Income ” means income received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliate(s) from the operation, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition, of ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE.

Party-Appointed Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-36


Permitted Advance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).

Permitted Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).

Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Purchase and Assumption Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.

Quarterly Certificate ” means a certificate or certificates, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Assets, whose name appears on a list provided to the Receiver (as updated by the Assuming Institution as needed from time to time) of servicing officers and the related supporting documentation setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time the items listed at Section 5.2(a), in the form set forth in Exhibit 5.2 and delivered as set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement.

Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Record ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Recovery ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.

Recovery Quarter ” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter and ending on the Termination Date.

Reimbursable Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

Related Liability ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Related Liability Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Related Loan ” means a loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is:

(a) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived; or

(b) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described at paragraph (a) under the applicable rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date.

Respondent Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).

Review Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-37


Settlement Interest Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Shared-Loss Assets ” means Shared-Loss Loans, Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures.

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment ” means (a) a Commitment to make a further extension of credit or a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan or (b) a Shared-Loss Loan in respect of which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance ” means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.

Shared-Loss Loans ” means the following:

(a) Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Schedule 4.15B thereto;

(b) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;

(c) Permitted Advances;

(d) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; and

(e) Shared-Loss Loans (as described at paragraphs (b) through (d) above) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment;

but does not include:

(i) Consumer Loans; or

(ii) Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which a Shared-Loss Subsidiary is an Obligor.

Shared-Loss Quarter ” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with the initial Calendar Quarter and ending with and including the Calendar Quarter in which the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

Shared-Loss Subsidiary ” and “ Shared-Loss Subsidiaries ” mean the Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, if any, listed on Schedule 4.15D , as applicable.

Shares ” means common stock and any instrument which by is, or which may become, convertible into common stock.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-38


Single Family Agreement ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits thereto attached as Exhibit 4.15A to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and entered into of even date with this Agreement among the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

Subsidiary ORE ” means ORE listed on Schedule 4.15D and owned by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15D as the owner of such ORE.

Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans ” means Shared-Loss Loans listed on Schedule 4.15D owned by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15D as the owner of such Shared-Loss Loans.

Termination Date ” means the last day of the Calendar Quarter in which the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution, which may include an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution.

Tranche 1 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount up to and including two hundred four million one hundred ninety-three thousand nine hundred dollars ($204,193,900).

Tranche 2 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 1 Amount up to and including three hundred eight million nineteen thousand six hundred twenty-seven dollars ($308,019,627).

Tranche 3 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 2 Amount.

True-Up Date ” means the date which is forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of the Termination Date of this Agreement, the Termination Date of the Single Family Agreement, if applicable, or disposition of all Assets pursuant to this Agreement or the Single Family Agreement, if applicable.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-39


EXHIBIT 2.5

TRUE-UP

Pursuant to Section 2.5 of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine any payment due by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver on the True-Up Date. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.5 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

X

  =   A-(B+C+D)
              2

Where:

X = the amount payable to the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.5

A = 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate

B = 20% of the Net Loss Amount

C = 25% of the Asset discount bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date

D = 3.5% of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-40


EXHIBIT 2.7

EXCLUSION FROM REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES

Pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of a Shared-Loss Loan which may not be included as a Permitted Expense. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.7 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

X

  =   E * [1- (A+B+C) ]
                (A+B+D)

Where:

X = the proportion of expense not allowed as a Permitted Expense pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii)

A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)

B = the total of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)

C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred during the period in which the expenses represented by E were recognized

D = the total amount of principal indebtedness due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action

E = the portion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Loan

However, in the event that the portion derived from the calculation represented by:

 

[1-

  (A+B+C) ]
  (A+B+D)

 

is a negative number, the value of:

  (A+B+C)   
  (A+B+D)   

shall be deemed to be 1 and accordingly the value of X shall be zero.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-41


EXHIBIT 2.9

INTEREST INCOME AS A RECOVERY

Pursuant to Section 2.9(d) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan which may be included as a Recovery subject to the limit in Section 2.9(e). All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.9 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.

X = ((A + B +C)/D) * E

Where:

X = the allowable proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution on the Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to Section 2.9(d) provided that such portion may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of E .

A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)

B = the total amount of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)

C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income represented by E was recognized

D = the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all Failed Bank Charge-Offs and Charge-Offs as described at A and B ) due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action

E = the total amount of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to the Shared-Loss Loan

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-42


EXHIBIT 5.2

 

LOGO    FDIC as Receiver of:    FDIC completes
   Fund No:    ####

Section 1: Payment Summary

   Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:    date

For Commercial and Other

   Beginning of this Shared-Loss Period:    3/31/2010

Shared Loss Agreement

   End of this Shared-Loss Period:    6/30/2010

For Commercial and Other Shared Loss Agreement

 

1. Is FDIC coverage rate based solely on commercial losses?

     Yes      

2. Are assets that were fully charged off at closing treated differently in this agreement?

     No      

        If the answer to #1 is no, then enter the following:

      If the answer to #1 is No, and the answer to #2 is Yes, then enter the following:

3. Single Family: Inception to date. Covered Losses, net of Recoveries

     —         4. Single Family: Inception-to-date Recoveries from fully charged off assets

        3a. Securities: Inception-to-date. Covered Losses, net of Recoveries

     —         4a. Securities: Inception-to-date Recoveries from fully charged off assets

 

This section calculates covered losses during this period:    All Previous Certificates      This Certificate      Inception to Date  

5. Total Covered Loss (Gain) Amount

     0         0         0   

6. If answer to 2 is Yes, then add back Recoveries From Fully Charge Off Assets

     0         0         0   

7. Equals: Total Covered Losses subject to standard loss share treatment

     0         0         0   

 

 

This section calculates the payment amount:    Net Loss     Recoveries from
Fully Charged Off
Assets at Close
(not applicable)
    Total Due From
(to) FDIC
 
     1st Tranche
(First Loss  Tranche)
    2nd Tranche
(Below  Stated
Threshold)
    3rd Tranche
(Above  Stated
Threshold)
     

8. Maximum amount eligible for payment within each tranche

     100        200        n/a       

9. FDIC’s Applicable Loss Share Percentage

     0     50     95     50  

10. Beginning Balance: Amount of each tranche already filled from previously reported losses

     —          —          —         

11. New Covered Losses (Gains) under standard loss share incurred during period

     —          n/a        n/a       

12. Covered Losses (Gains) applicable to each tranche during this period (on this Certificate)

     —          —          —         

13. Distribution of Net Losses across tranches after the Certificate

     —          —          —         

14. Covered Losses (Gains) applicable to each tranche during this period (on the Cert.)

     —          —          —          —       

15. Amount Due From (to) FDIC for this Certificate

     —          —          —          —          —     

 

This section contains writing instructions of Intergovernment Payout and Collection:    Preparer signature:      X                                    

9-Digit ABA Number

         Preparer name:   

Account Number

           

Account Name

           

Further Credit Account

         Officer signature:      X                                    

Further Credit Name

           

OBI

         Officer name:   
         Officer title:   
         Bank Name:   
         Bank Address:   

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-43


LOGO

   FDIC as Receiver of:    FDIC completes   
   Fund No:    ####   

Section 2: Quarterly Summary

   Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:    date   

For Commercial and Other

   Beginning of this Shared-Loss Period:    3/31/2010   

Shared Loss Agreement

   End of this Shared-Loss Period:    6/30/2010   

 

             Cumulative at
beg of Quarter
     This Quarter
            Commercial Real
Estate Loans
     C&I Loans      ORE & oth
repo assets
     Consumer
Loans
     Other
Loans
     Investment
in Subs
         1    

PART A. Opening/Closing/Net Shared-
Loss Asset Balances

      Constr & Dev      Other                    
1.  

Opening Balance

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
2.  

Adjustments:  a) Transfers

        0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

                       b) Reclassifications

        0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

                       c) Assets dropped from loss share

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

                           d) Other

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

3.  

Adjusted Opening Balance

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
4.  

Add:  a) Assumed Commitment Advances

     0         0         0         0            0         0         0      
 

          b) Permitted Advances

     0         0         0         0            0         0         0      
 

          c) Capitalized Expenses

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
5.  

Less:  a) Prin Collections (amort/prepayments)

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

          b) Paid in full

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

          c) Sales (qualifying or non-qualifying)

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

          d) Charge-Offs (excluding accr int)

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

          e) Qualifying loss on sales

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
6.  

Net (Reduction)/Increase Amount

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

7.  

Closing Balance

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      

PART B. Charge-Offs, Recoveries &
Reimbursable Expenses

                                                            
8.  

Charge-offs: a) Principal (from 5d and 5e)

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

                     b) Accr Int (up to 90 days)

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

9.  

Total Charge-Offs

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
10.  

Less: a) Recs From Fully CO Assets*

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

         b) Other Recoveries

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

11.  

Net Charge-Offs/(Recoveries)

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
12.  

Add: a) Reimb Exps from Fully CO Assets*

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
 

         b) Other Reimbursable Expenses

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
13.  

Less: Offsetting Income

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
14.  

Total Covered Loss (Gain) Amount

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0      
Memo Items:                           
15.  

Gross Recoveries this period

                          
16.  

Gross Recoveries from Fully Charged Off Assets this period*

                          
17.  

Total number of assets under loss share

                          

 

* = as of the beginning of this Loss Share agreement.

Page 2 of 3

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-44


LOGO    FDIC as Receiver of:    FDIC completes
   Fund No:    ####
Section 3: Quarterly Summary    Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:    date
For Commercial and Other    Beginning of this Shared-Loss Period:    3/31/2010
Shared Loss Agreement    End of this Shared-Loss Period:    6/30/2010

Number of Loans / Properties

 

     Performing      Delinquent      In
Foreclosure
     Repossessed
Assets*
     Total  
        30-59 days      60-89 days      90 + days           

Construction & Development

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

C&I

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Consumer Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

$ Balance (000s)

 

     Performing      Delinquent      In
Foreclosure
     Repossessed
Assets*
     Total  
        30-59 days      60-89 days      90 + days           

Construction & Development

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

C&I

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Consumer Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

 

* ORE for CRE loans; other types of repossessed assets for other types of loans.
Note:     Investments in subsidiaries are excluded.

Page 3 of 3

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-45


Certificate — Section 3

Quarterly Performance Status Summary

For Commercial and Other Shared Loss Loans

 

FDIC as Receiver of:

   FDIC completes

Fund No:

   FDIC completes 10xxx

Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:

   FDIC completes

Beginning of Shared-Loss Period:

   date 1

End of Shared-Loss Period:

   date 2

Number of Loans / Properties

 

     Performing      Delinquent      In
Foreclosure
     Repossessed
Assets*
     Total Non-
Accrual  Loans
     Total      A± Since Last
Quarter
 
        30-59 days      60-89 days      90 + days                 

Construction & Development

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Comm Real Estate

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

C&I

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Consumer Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Loans

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

$ Balance (000s)

 

     

Performing

     Delinquent      In
Foreclosure
     Repossessed
Assets*
     Total Non-
Accrual  Loans
     Total      A± Since Last
Quarter
 
        

30-59 days

     60-89 days      90 + days                 

Construction & Development

    0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Comm Real Estate

    0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Comm Real Estate

    0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

C&I

    0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Consumer Loans

    0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

Other Loans

    0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

    0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0         0   

 

* ORE for CRE loans; other types of repossessed assets for other types of loans.

Page 3 of 3

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-46


SCHEDULE 4.15B

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE

COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

Schedule to be provided by the Receiver post Bank Closing.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-47


SCHEDULE 4.15D

SHARED-LOSS SUBSIDIARIES

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

C-48


List of Omitted Schedules

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the following schedules to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated October 21, 2011, by and among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver Of Community Banks of Colorado, Greenwood Village, Colorado, Bank Midwest, National Association and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have not been provided herein:

Schedules

2.1(a) Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

3.5(l) Excluded Securities

3.5(m) Excluded Loans

7 Calculation of Deposit Premium

The registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements

Version 3.2 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement

July 15, 2011

  

Community Banks of Colorado

Greenwood Village, Colorado

59

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION COPY

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 20, 2009, by and between NBH Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor entity thereto, the “ Company ”), and FBR Capital Markets & Co., a Delaware corporation, as the initial purchaser/placement agent (“ FBCM ”), for the benefit of FBCM, the purchasers of 50,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and any additional Shares purchased pursuant to the additional allotment option set forth in the Purchase/Placement Agreement, consisting of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), as participants (“ Participants ”) in the private placement by the Company of the Common Stock (the “ Offering ”), and the direct and indirect transferees of FBCM, and each of the Participants.

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement (the “ Purchase/Placement Agreement ”), dated as of October 12, 2009, by and between the Company and FBCM in connection with the purchase and sale or placement of the Common Stock (plus an additional 7,500,000 shares to cover additional allotments, if any). In order to induce FBCM to enter into the Purchase/Placement Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights provided for in this Agreement to FBCM, the Participants, and their respective direct and indirect transferees. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase/Placement Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Accredited Investor Shares: Shares initially sold by the Company to “accredited investors” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act) as Participants.

Affiliate: As to any specified Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding, with power to vote, ten percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other Person, (ii) any Person, ten percent or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held, with power to vote, by such other Person, (iii) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person, (iv) any executive officer, director, trustee or general partner of such Person and (v) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee or general partner. An indirect relationship shall include circumstances in which a Person’s spouse, children, parents, siblings or mother, father, sister- or brother-in-law is or has been associated with a Person.


Agreement: As defined in the preamble.

Board of Directors: As defined in Section 6(a) hereof.

Business Day: With respect to any act to be performed hereunder, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, Boston, Massachusetts or other applicable places where such act is to occur are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close.

Closing Date: October 20, 2009 or such other time or such other date as FBCM and the Company may agree.

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock : As defined in the preamble.

Company: As defined in the preamble.

Controlling Person: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

End of Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(b) hereof.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission pursuant thereto.

FBCM: As defined in the preamble.

FINRA: The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, formerly the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

Holder: Each record owner of any Registrable Shares from time to time, including FBCM and its Affiliates to the extent FBCM or any such Affiliate holds any Registrable Shares.

Indemnified Party: As defined in Section 7(c) hereof.

Indemnifying Party: As defined in Section 7(c) hereof.

IPO Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus: As defined in Section 2(c) hereof.

Liabilities: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

Nominee: As defined in Section 3(c) hereof.

Offering: As defined in the preamble.

Participants: As defined in the preamble.

 

-2-


Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other legal entity.

Proceeding: An action, claim, suit, proceeding (including without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition) or demand, whether commenced or, to the knowledge of the Person subject thereto, threatened.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in any Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus at the “ time of sale ” within the meaning of Rule 159 under the Securities Act and all other amendments and supplements to any such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such prospectus.

Purchase/Placement Agreement: As defined in the preamble.

Purchaser Indemnitee: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

Qualified Investment Transaction: As defined in the Company’s amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Registrable Shares: The Rule 144A Shares, the Accredited Investor Shares and the Regulation S Shares, together with the shares of Common Stock issued to FBCM and any officers and directors of the Company prior to the Offering, and that will be issued to certain directors and officers of the Company in the Offering pursuant to a directed share program, upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto, including upon the transfer thereof by the original Holder or any subsequent Holder and any shares or other securities issued in respect of such Registrable Shares by reason of or in connection with any stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any exchange for or replacement of such Registrable Shares or any combination of shares, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, or any other equity securities issued pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Common Stock, until the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the resale of such share has been registered pursuant to the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Registration Statement filed in connection therewith, (ii) the date on which such shares either have been transferred pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect) or are freely saleable, without condition, including the current public information requirements, pursuant to Rule 144 and are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market or a similar national securities exchange or (iii) the date on which such shares are sold to the Company.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 2(f) hereof.

Registration Expenses: Any and all fees and expenses incident to the Company’s and FBCM’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation: (i) all Commission, securities exchange, FINRA or other registration, listing, inclusion and filing fees; (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with international, federal or state securities or blue sky laws (including, without limitation, any registration, listing and filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Shares and the preparation of a blue sky memorandum and

 

-3-


compliance with the rules of FINRA); (iii) all expenses of preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, duplicating, printing, delivering and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, certificates and any other documents relating to the performance under and compliance with this Agreement; (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing or inclusion of any of the Registrable Shares on any securities exchange pursuant to Section 5(n) of this Agreement; (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of this Agreement); (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel for the Holders reasonably selected by the Company (such counsel, “ Selling Holders’ Counsel ”); and (vii) any fees and disbursements customarily paid in issues and sales of securities (including the fees and expenses of any experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement); provided , however , that Registration Expenses shall exclude brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Shares by a Holder.

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company that covers the resale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement.

Regulation 5: Regulation S (Rules 901-905) promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such regulation.

Regulation S Shares: Shares initially resold by FBCM pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement to “non-U.S. persons” (in accordance with Regulation S) in an “offshore transaction” (in accordance with Regulation S).

Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 144A: Rule 144A promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 144A Shares: Shares initially resold by FBCM pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement to “qualified institutional buyers” (as such term is defined in Rule 144A).

Rule 158: Rule 158 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

 

-4-


Rule 159: Rule 159 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 405: Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 415: Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 424: Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 429: Rule 429 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 433: Rule 433 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

Selling Holders’ Counsel: As defined in Subpart (vi) of the definition for Registration Expenses.

Shares: The shares of Common Stock being offered and sold pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase/Placement Agreement.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(a) hereof.

Special Election Meeting: As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

Suspension Event: As defined in Section 6(b) hereof.

Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(b) hereof.

Trigger Date: As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

Underwritten Offering: A sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for re-offering to the public.

 

-5-


2. Registration Rights

(a) Mandatory Shelf Registration . As set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Company agrees to file with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of the consummation of a Qualified Investment Transaction (but in no event later than the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the consummation of a Qualified Investment Transaction) a shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company providing for the resale of any Registrable Shares pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time by the Holders (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the initial filing thereof (and in any event within (i) if the Shelf Registration Statement is reviewed by the Commission, the earlier of (x) one hundred eighty (180) days following the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement and (y) ten (10) Business Days after the Company is notified by the Commission that the Commission has completed such review and is willing to declare such Shelf Registration Statement effective and (ii) if the Company is notified by the Commission that the Shelf Registration Statement is not going to be reviewed by the Commission (and not subsequently notified that the Commission has reversed its decision), twenty (20) Business Days after the Company is notified by the Commission that such Shelf Registration Statement will not be reviewed). Any Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering, a direct sale to purchasers or a sale through brokers or agents, which may include sales over the internet) by the Holders of any and all Registrable Shares.

(b) IPO Registration . If the Company proposes to file a registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act providing for the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock (the “ IPO Registration Statement ”), the Company will notify each Holder in writing of the proposed filing and afford each Holder an opportunity to include in the IPO Registration Statement all or any part of the Registrable Shares then held by such Holder, if such registration is permitted by such form. Each Holder desiring to include in the IPO Registration Statement all or part of the Registrable Shares held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Shares such Holder wishes to include in the IPO Registration Statement. Any election by any Holder to include any Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement will not affect the inclusion of such Registrable Shares in the Shelf Registration Statement until such Registrable Shares have been sold under the IPO Registration Statement.

(i) Right to Terminate IPO Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw the IPO Registration Statement initiated by it and referred to in this Section 2(b) prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Shares in such registration; provided , however , the Company must provide each Holder that elected to include any Registrable Shares in such IPO Registration Statement prompt written notice of such termination or withdrawal.

 

-6-


(ii) Right to Receive Additional Notice . In the event the IPO Registration Statement is not declared effective within ninety (90) days following the initial filing of the IPO Registration Statement, unless a road show for the Underwritten Offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement is actually in progress at such time, the Company shall promptly provide a new written notice to all Holders giving them another opportunity to elect to include Registrable Shares in the pending IPO Registration Statement. Each Holder receiving such notice shall have the same election rights afforded such Holder as described in clause (b) above.

(iii) Selection of Underwriter . The Company shall have the sole right to select the managing underwriter(s) for its initial public offering, regardless of whether any Registrable Shares are included in the IPO Registration Statement or otherwise; provided , however , that the Company shall grant FBCM a right of first refusal to act as a book runner in the initial public offering of its securities.

(iv) Shelf Registration not Impacted by IPO Registration Statement . The Company’s obligation to file the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof shall not be affected by the filing or effectiveness of the IPO Registration Statement.

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of Selling Holders’ Counsel or the consent of the managing underwriter in connection with any Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares, and each Holder represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and any such underwriter, it will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 (an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. The Company represents that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus will not include any information that conflicts with the information contained in any Registration Statement or the related Prospectus, and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when taken together with the information in such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) Underwriting . The Company shall advise all Holders of the underwriter for the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement. The right of any such Holder’s Registrable Shares to be included in the IPO Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Shares in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Shares through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting and complete and execute any questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, custody agreements, securities escrow agreements and other documents, including opinions of counsel, reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting, and furnish to the Company such information as the Company may reasonably request in writing for inclusion in the Registration Statement; provided , however , that no Holder shall be required to make any

 

-7-


representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law. The IPO Registration Statement shall include all Registrable Shares requested by the Holders to be included therein in accordance with Section 2(b). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be included, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Shares) from the IPO Registration Statement and Underwritten Offering, and any shares included in such IPO Registration Statement and Underwritten Offering shall be allocated first , to the Company, and second , to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Shares in such IPO Registration Statement (on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Shares then held by each such Holder who is requesting inclusion); provided , further , however , that the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the IPO Registration Statement shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company held by (i) officers, directors, other employees of the Company and consultants and (ii) other holders of the Company’s capital stock with registration rights that are inferior (with respect to such reduction) to the registration rights of the Holders set forth herein, are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration; provided , further , however , that Holders of Registrable Shares shall be permitted to include Registrable Shares comprising at least 25% of the total securities included in the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement.

By electing to include the Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement, the Holder of such Registrable Shares shall be deemed to have agreed not to effect any public sale or distribution of securities of the Company of the same or similar class or classes of the securities included in the IPO Registration Statement or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act, during such periods as reasonably requested (but in no event for a period longer than thirty (30) days prior to and sixty (60) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement) by the representatives of the underwriters, if an Underwritten Offering, or by the Company in any other registration.

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter(s), delivered at least five (5) Business Days prior to the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement. Any Registrable Shares excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration.

(e) Expenses . The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration of the Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of Registrable Shares sold in such registration) of all discounts and commissions payable to underwriters or brokers and all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

(f) Executive Bonus . If the Company does not file a Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares within one hundred eighty (180) days after the consummation of a Qualified Investment Transaction, other than as a result of the Commission

 

-8-


being unable to accept such filing (a “ Registration Default ”), then, each of James G. Connolly, James B. Fitzgerald, Thomas M. Metzger and Donald Gaiter, if employed by the Company and owed a performance bonus, shall immediately forfeit 50%, and shall thereafter forfeit an additional 10% for each month the Registration Default continues, of any performance bonus that would otherwise be payable to him during that fiscal year (or to which he became entitled as a result of performance during that fiscal year), whether under an employment agreement with the Company, a bonus plan or any other bonus arrangement, including any bonus compensation for which payment would otherwise be deferred until after that fiscal year. No bonuses, compensation, awards, equity compensation or other amounts shall be payable or granted in lieu of or to make Messrs. Connolly, Fitzgerald, Metzger and Gaiter whole for any such forfeited bonuses.

 

3. Special Election Meeting.

(a) If a Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares has not been declared effective by the Commission on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the filing of such Registration Statement (the “ Trigger Date ”), a special meeting of stockholders (the “ Special Election Meeting ”) shall be called in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company, provided that Holders of two-thirds of the outstanding Registrable Shares may waive the requirement to hold a Special Election Meeting. The Special Election Meeting shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable following the Trigger Date but in no event more than forty-five (45) days after the Trigger Date.

(b) Purposes of Meeting . The Special Election Meeting shall be called solely for the purposes of: (i) considering and voting upon proposals to remove each then-serving director of the Company; and (ii) electing such number of directors as there are then vacancies on the Board of Directors of the Company (including any vacancies created by the removal of any director pursuant to Section 3(b)(i) hereof). The removal of any director pursuant to Section 3(b)(i) hereof shall be effective immediately upon the receipt of the final report of the Inspector of Elections for the Special Election Meeting of the result of the vote on the proposal to remove such director.

(c) Nominations . Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors of the Company at the Special Election Meeting may only be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) upon receipt by the Company of written notice of Holders entitled to cast, or direct the casting of, not less than 20% of all the votes entitled to be cast at the Special Election Meeting and containing the information specified in the Company’s Bylaws. Each individual whose nomination is made in accordance with this Section 3(c) is hereinafter referred to as a “ Nominee .”

(d) Procedure for Stockholder Nominations . For nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before the Special Election Meeting by Holders pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof, the Holders must have given notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 10th calendar day after the Trigger Date. Such notice shall include each such proposed Nominee’s written consent

 

-9-


to serve as a director, if elected, and shall specify, in addition to any information required by the Company’s Bylaws:

(i) as to each proposed Nominee, the name, age, business address and residence address of such proposed Nominee and all other information relating to such proposed Nominee that would be required, pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision), to be disclosed in a contested solicitation of proxies with respect to the election of such individual as a director; and

(ii) as to each Holder giving the notice, the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest of the Company that are owned by such Holder, beneficially or of record.

(e) Notice . Not less than fifteen (15) nor more than twenty-five (25) days before the Special Election Meeting, the Secretary of the Company shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at, or to receive notice of, such meeting at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the share transfer records of the Company, notice in writing setting forth (i) the time and place of the Special Election Meeting, (ii) the purposes for which the Special Election Meeting has been called and (iii) the name of each Nominee.

 

4. Rules 144 and 144A Reporting

With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Shares to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

(a) use commercially reasonable efforts to make and keep current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

(c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Shares, if the Company is not required to file reports and other documents under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, it will make available other information as required by, and so long as necessary to permit sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A and, in any event, shall make available (either by mailing a copy thereof, by posting on the Company’s website, or by press release or by such other means that the Company reasonably believes to be a reliable means of communication) to each Holder a copy of:

(i) the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting

 

-10-


principles in the United States, accompanied by an audit report of the Company’s independent accountants, no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company;

(ii) the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in a manner consistent with the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements, no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company; and

(iii) any other information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act;

(d) the Company shall hold, a reasonable time after the availability of such financial statements (and in any event within sixty (60) days after the applicable fiscal quarter end and ninety (90) days after the applicable fiscal year end) and upon reasonable notice to the Holders and FBCM (either by mail, by posting on the Company’s website, or by press release), an investor conference call to discuss such financial statements, which call will also include an opportunity for the Holders to ask questions of management with regard to such financial statements, and for the first four fiscal quarters following the Closing Date, will also cooperate with, and make management reasonably available to, FBCM personnel in connection with making Company information available to investors; provided , however , that if the Company’s Board of Directors determines in good faith after receiving the advice of legal counsel that such a call would be inadvisable due to the provisions of the Securities Act or Exchange Act or other applicable law including as a result of any proposed financing, acquisition, merger or other significant transaction involving the Company, the Company may delay such call but only for so long as and to the extent reasonably required by the Securities Act or Exchange Act or other applicable law; provided further that the Company shall not suspend such call for more than twenty (20) days; and

(e) at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Shares, to furnish to the Holder promptly upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company and take such further actions, as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such Registrable Shares without registration.

 

5. Registration Procedures

In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to any registration pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause to be effected the registration of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act to

 

-11-


permit the sale of such Registrable Shares by the Holder or Holders in accordance with the Holder’s or Holders’ intended method or methods of distribution, and the Company shall:

(a) (i) notify FBCM and Selling Holders’ Counsel, in writing, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to filing a Registration Statement, of its intention to file a Registration Statement with the Commission and, at least five (5) Business Days prior to filing, provide a copy of the Registration Statement to FBCM, its counsel and Selling Holders’ Counsel for review and comment; (ii) prepare and file with the Commission, as specified in this Agreement, a Registration Statement(s), which Registration Statement(s) shall (A) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith and (B) be reasonably acceptable to FBCM, its counsel and Selling Holders’ Counsel; (iii) notify FBCM and Selling Holders’ Counsel in writing, at least five (5) Business Days prior to filing of any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement and, at least three (3) Business Days prior to filing, provide a copy of such amendment or supplement to FBCM, its counsel and Selling Holders’ Counsel for review and comment; (iv) promptly following receipt from the Commission, provide to FBCM, its counsel and Selling Holders’ Counsel copies of any comments made by the staff of the Commission relating to such Registration Statement and of the Company’s responses thereto for review and comment; and (v) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable after filing and to remain effective, subject to Section 6 hereof, until the earlier of (A) such time as all Registrable Shares covered thereby have been sold in accordance with the intended distribution of such Registrable Shares, (B) such time as all of the Registrable Shares are eligible for sale without any volume or manner of sale restrictions or compliance by the Company with any current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor or analogous rule) under the Securities Act; (C) there are no Registrable Shares outstanding and (D) the second anniversary of the initial effective date of such Registration Statement (subject to extension as provided in Section 6(c) hereof and the condition that the Registrable Shares have been transferred to an unrestricted CUSIP and are listed or included on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market, pursuant to Section 5(n) of this Agreement, or on an alternative trading system with the Registrable Shares qualified under the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of all fifty (50) states); provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to cause the IPO Registration Statement to remain effective for any period longer than ninety (90) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement (subject to extension as provided in Section 6(c) hereof); provided , further , that if the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act and becomes eligible to use Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement form under the Securities Act, the Company may, upon thirty (30) Business Days prior written notice to all Holders, register any Registrable Shares registered but not yet distributed under the effective Shelf Registration Statement on such a short-form Shelf Registration Statement and, once the short-form Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, de-register such shares under the previous Registration Statement or transfer the filing fees from the previous Registration Statement (such transfer pursuant to Rule 429, if applicable) unless any Holder registered under the initial Shelf Registration Statement notifies the Company within fifteen (15) Business Days of receipt of the Company notice that such a registration under a new Registration Statement and de-registration of the initial Shelf Registration Statement would interfere with its distribution of Registrable Shares already in progress, in which case the Company shall delay the effectiveness of the short-form Registration Statement and termination

 

-12-


of the then-effective initial Registration Statement or any short-form Registration Statement for a period of not less than thirty (30) days from the date that the Company receives the notice from such Holders requesting a delay;

(b) subject to Section 5(i) hereof, (1) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period described in Section 5(a) hereof; (ii) cause each Prospectus contained therein to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 or any similar rule that may be adopted under the Securities Act; and (iii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof;

(c) furnish to the Holders, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares; the Company consents, subject to Section 6 hereof, to the use of such Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, by the Holders, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Shares covered by any such Prospectus;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, or obtain exemption from registration or qualification for, all Registrable Shares by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as FBCM or any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing, keep each such registration or qualification or exemption effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective pursuant to Section 5(a) and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Shares owned by such Holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 5(d) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(e) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement to be registered and approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Shares;

(f) (i) notify FBCM and each Holder promptly and, if requested by FBCM or any Holder, confirm such advice in writing (A) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (B) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any Proceeding for that purpose, (C) of any request by the Commission or any other federal, state or foreign governmental

 

-13-


authority for (1) amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or (2) additional information, and (D) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made); and (ii) at the request of any such Holder, promptly to furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchaser of such securities, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(g) make every reasonable effort to avoid the issuance of, or if issued, to obtain the withdrawal of, any order enjoining or suspending the use or effectiveness of a Registration Statement or suspending the qualification of (or exemption from qualification of) any of the Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable;

(h) upon request, furnish to each requesting Holder of Registrable Shares, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(i) except as provided in Section 6 hereof, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(f)(i) hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Shares, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(j) if requested by the representative of the underwriters, if any, or any Holders of Registrable Shares being sold in connection with such offering, (I) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or such Holders indicate relates to them or that they reasonably request be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(k) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and the underwriters a signed counterpart, addressed to each such Holder and the underwriters, of: (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company customary for underwritten public offerings, dated the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the underwriters; and (ii) a “comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement

 

-14-


and the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such Registration Statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such Registration Statement (and the Prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and such other financial matters as the underwriters may reasonably request and are customarily obtained by underwriters in underwritten offerings;

(l) enter into customary agreements (including in the case of an Underwritten Offering, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other action in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the distribution of the Registrable Shares included in such Registration Statement and, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, make representations and warranties to the Holders covered by such Registration Statement and to the underwriters in such form and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings for companies of a similar business and size and confirm the same to the extent customary if and when requested;

(m) make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders and the representative of any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement and any special counsel or accountants retained by such Holders or underwriters, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representatives, the representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants in connection with a Registration Statement; provided , however , that such records, documents or information that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies such representatives, representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants are confidential shall not be disclosed by such representatives, representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants unless (i) the disclosure of such records, documents or information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such records, documents or information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) such records, documents or information have been generally made available to the public; provided , further , however , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall not provide any material non-public information to any Holder without such Holder’s prior consent;

(n) use its commercially reasonable efforts (including, without limitation, seeking to cure any deficiencies cited by the exchange or market in the Company’s listing or inclusion application) to list or include all Registrable Shares on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market;

(o) prepare and file in a timely manner all documents and reports required by the Exchange Act and, to the extent the Company’s obligation to file such reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act expires prior to the expiration of the effectiveness period of the Registration Statement as required by Section 5(a) hereof, the Company shall register the Registrable Shares under the Exchange Act and shall maintain such registration through the effectiveness period required by Section 5(a) hereof;

 

-15-


(p) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Shares, not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(q) (i) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, (ii) make generally available to its stockholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, earnings statements covering at least twelve (12) months that satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) thereunder, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and (iii) not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus to which any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by any Registration Statement shall have reasonably objected on the grounds that such Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, such Holder having been furnished with a copy thereof at least two (2) Business Days prior to the filing thereof;

(r) provide and cause to be maintained a registrar and transfer agent for all Registrable Shares covered by any Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(s) in connection with any sale or transfer of the Registrable Shares (whether or not pursuant to a Registration Statement) that will result in the securities being delivered no longer being Registrable Shares, cooperate with the Holders and the representative of the underwriters, if any, to facilitate (unless any Registrable Shares shall be in book-entry only form) the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Shares to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive transfer legends (other than as required by the Company’s amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation) and to enable such Registrable Shares to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or the Holders may request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of the Registrable Shares;

(t) in connection with the initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, cooperate with FBCM in connection with the filing with FINRA of all forms and information required or requested by FINRA in order to obtain written confirmation from FINRA that FINRA does not object to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements (or any deemed underwriting terms and arrangements) relating to the resale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, including, without limitation, information provided to FINRA through its COBRADesk system, and pay all costs, fees and expenses incident to FINRA’s review of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related underwriting terms and arrangements, including, without limitation, all filing fees associated with any filings or submissions to FINRA and the reasonable legal expenses, filing fees and other disbursements of FBCM and any other FINRA member that is the Holder of, or is affiliated or associated with an owner of, Registrable Shares included in the Shelf Registration Statement (including in connection with any initial or subsequent member filing);

 

-16-


(u) in connection with the initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, provide to FBCM and its representatives, the opportunity to conduct due diligence, including, without limitation, an inquiry of the Company’s financial and other records, and make available members of its management for questions regarding information which FBCM may request in order to fulfill any due diligence obligation on its part;

(v) upon effectiveness of the first Registration Statement filed under this Agreement, take such actions and make such filings as are necessary to effect the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act simultaneously with or immediately following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; and

(w) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter,” if applicable) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA.

The Company may require the Holders to furnish to the Company such information regarding the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing or as shall be required to effect the registration of the Registrable Shares, and no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling stockholder in any Registration Statement and no Holder shall be entitled to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof if such Holder does not provide such information to the Company. Any Holder that sells Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement or as a selling security holder pursuant to an Underwritten Offering shall be required to be named as a selling shareholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers. Each Holder further agrees to furnish promptly to the Company in writing all information required from time to time to make the information previously furnished by such Holder not misleading.

Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(f)(i)(C) or 5(f)(i)(D) hereof, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(x) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Commission or any rules, regulations or guidance thereof sets forth a limitation of the number of Registrable Shares or other shares of Common Stock permitted to be registered on a particular Shelf Registration Statement (and notwithstanding that the Company used diligent efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all or a greater number of Registrable Shares), the number of Registrable Shares or other shares of Common Stock to be registered on such Shelf Registration Statement will be reduced as follows: first, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the shares of Common Stock to be included by any Person other than a Holder; second, the Company shall

 

-17-


reduce or eliminate any shares of Common Stock to be included by the Company; and third, the Company shall reduce the number of Registrable Shares to be included by all other Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of unregistered Registrable Shares held by such Holders, subject to a determination by the Commission that certain Holders must be reduced before other Holders based on the number of Registrable Shares held by such Holders. In the event the Company amends the Shelf Registration Statement or files a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission, as promptly as allowed by Commission any rules, regulations or guidance thereof, one or more Shelf Registration Statements to register for resale those Registrable Shares that were not registered for resale on the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

6. Black-Out Period

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 6 and a good faith determination by a majority of the independent members of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) that it is in the best interests of the Company to suspend the use of the Registration Statement following the effectiveness of a Registration Statement (and the filings with any international, federal or state securities commissions), the Company, by written notice to FBCM and the Holders, may direct the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable (but in no event for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any rolling twelve (12) month period commencing on the Closing Date or more than sixty (60) days in any rolling ninety (90) day period), if any of the following events shall occur: (i) the representative of the underwriters of an Underwritten Offering of primary shares by the Company has advised the Company that the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement would have a material adverse effect on such Underwritten Offering of primary shares; (ii) a majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that (A) the offer or sale of any Registrable Shares would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company, (B) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (C) either (1) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of the proposed transaction or information, (2) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate the proposed transaction, or (3) the proposed transaction renders the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or (iii) a majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith, after the advice of counsel, that it is required by law, rule or regulation, or that it is in the best interests of the Company, to supplement the Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in order to incorporate information into the Registration Statement for the purpose of: (A) including in the Registration Statement any prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (B) reflecting in the prospectus included in the Registration

 

-18-


Statement any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement or any misstatement or omission in the prospectus (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (C) including in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Registration Statement compatible with the Company’s best interests, as applicable, so as to permit the Holders to resume sales of the Registrable Shares as soon as possible.

(b) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Registration Statement (a “ Suspension Event ”), the Company shall give written notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to FBCM and the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing and the Company is using its best efforts and taking all reasonable steps to terminate suspension of the use of the Registration Statement as promptly as possible. The Holders shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies (other than permanent file copies) then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Shares at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement (or such filings) following further notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and FBCM in the manner described above promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice pursuant to this Section 6, the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume sales.

 

7. Indemnification and Contribution

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder of Registrable Shares and any underwriter (as determined in the Securities Act) for such Holder (including, if applicable, FBCM), (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) any such Person described in clause (i) (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “ Controlling Person ”), and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees,

 

-19-


representatives and agents of any such Person or any Controlling Person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above may hereinafter be referred to as a “ Purchaser Indemnitee ”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, actions, out-of-pocket expenses, and other liabilities (the “ Liabilities ”), including without limitation and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing for, pursuing or defending any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Purchaser Indemnitee, joint or several, directly or indirectly related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any preliminary Prospectus or any other document used to sell the Shares, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Purchaser Indemnitee furnished to the Company or any underwriter in writing by such Purchaser Indemnitee expressly for use therein. The Company shall notify the Holders promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any Proceeding (including any governmental investigation), or litigation of which it shall have become aware in connection with the matters addressed by this Agreement which involves the Company or a Purchaser Indemnitee. The indemnity provided for herein shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Purchaser Indemnitee.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Shares is participating, such Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and the respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, representatives and agents of such Person or Controlling Person to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Purchaser Indemnitee, but only with reference to untrue statements or omissions or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in such Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any preliminary Prospectus. The liability of any Holder pursuant to this paragraph shall in no event exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder from sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any preliminary Prospectus.

(c) If any Proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation) shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the commencement thereof (but the failure to so notify an Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 7, except to the extent the Indemnifying

 

-20-


Party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give such notice), and the Indemnifying Party, upon request of the Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and any others the Indemnifying Party may reasonably designate in such Proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by such counsel related to such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such Proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary, (ii) the Indemnifying Party failed within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action to assume the defense and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, (iii) the Indemnifying Party and its counsel do not actively and vigorously pursue the defense of such action or (iv) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and Indemnifying Party, or any Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been reasonably advised by counsel that, either (A) there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party or (B) a conflict may exist between such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume nor direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of such Indemnified Party; it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such Proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related Proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all such Indemnified Parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by those Indemnified Parties who sold a majority of the Registrable Shares sold by all such Indemnified Parties and any such separate firm for the Company, the directors, the officers and such control Persons of the Company as shall be designated in writing by the Company). The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify any Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 7 is for any reason held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein (other than by reason of the exceptions provided therein) or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, then each Indemnifying Party under such paragraphs, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits of the Indemnified Party on the one hand and the Indemnifying Party(ies) on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Liabilities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not

 

-21-


permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party(ies) and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and any Purchaser Indemnitees on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by such Purchaser Indemnitees and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if such Indemnified Parties were treated as one entity for such purpose), or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 7(d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any Liabilities referred to in Section 7(d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses actually incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, in no event shall a Purchaser Indemnitee be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Purchaser Indemnitee from sales of Registrable Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Purchaser Indemnitee has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. For purposes of this Section 7, each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) FBCM or a Holder of Registrable Shares shall have the same rights to contribution as FBCM or such Holder, as the case may be, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) the Company, and each officer, director, partner, employee, representative, agent or manager of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any Proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 7 or otherwise, except to the extent that any party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability which the Indemnifying Parties may otherwise have to the Indemnified Parties referred to above. The Purchaser Indemnitees’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares sold by each of the Purchaser Indemnitees hereunder and not joint.

 

-22-


8. Market Stand-off Agreement

Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares then owned by such Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) for a period of sixty (60) days following the effective date of an IPO Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided , however , that:

(a) the restrictions above shall not apply to (i) Registrable Shares sold pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement, (ii) shares of common stock purchased by such Holder in such initial public offering and (iii) shares of common stock purchased by such Holder following the completion of such initial public offering;

(b) all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding shares of Common Stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock of the Company enter into similar agreements;

(c) the Holders shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer or director that entered into similar agreements (with such proportion being determined by dividing the number of shares being released with respect to such officer or director by the total number of issued and outstanding shares held by such officer or director); provided , that nothing in this Section 8(c) shall be construed as a right to proportionate release for the executive officers and directors of the Company upon the expiration of the sixty (60) day period applicable to all Holders other than the executive officers and directors of the Company; and

(d) this Section 8 shall not be applicable if a Shelf Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act has been declared effective prior to the filing of an IPO Registration Statement.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the securities subject to this Section 8 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares and such other securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

9. Termination of the Company’s Obligation

The Company shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Shares proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to this Agreement if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Shares proposed to be sold by a Holder (i) may be sold without registration under the Securities Act and (ii) are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

 

-23-


10. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Shares ( provided , however , that for purposes of this Section 10, Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to the terms hereof, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of its securities will not reduce the amount of Registrable Shares of the Holders that is included, or (b) to have its securities registered on a registration statement that could be declared effective prior to, or within one hundred eighty (180) days of, the effective date of any registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

11. Miscellaneous

(a) Remedies . In the event of a breach by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or, in the case of FBCM, in the Purchase/Placement Agreement, or granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to seek specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. Subject to Section 7, the Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Shares; provided , however , that for purposes of this Section 11(b), Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding. No amendment shall be deemed effective unless it applies uniformly to all Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to or departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of a Holder whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders may be given by such Holder; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the first and second sentences of this paragraph.

(c) Notices . All notices and other communications, provided for or permitted hereunder, shall be made in writing and delivered by facsimile (with receipt confirmed), overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by telegram:

 

-24-


(i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares to the Company; and

(ii) if to the Company, at the offices of the Company at 101 Federal Street, Suite 1900, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention: James G. Connolly (facsimile: (617) 342-7080); with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019, Attention: David E. Shapiro, Esq. (facsimile: (212) 403-2314).

(iii) if to FBCM, at the offices of FBCM at 1001 Nineteenth Street North, Arlington, Virginia 22209, Attention: William Ginivan, Esq. (facsimile (703) 469-1140); with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, 101 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Suite 900, Washington, D.C. 20001, Attention: Jonathan H. Talcott, Esq. (facsimile (202) 712-2856).

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment or assumption, subsequent Holders. The Company agrees that the Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder by FBCM and the Company, and each Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder; provided , however , that such Holder fulfills all of its obligations hereunder.

(e) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(f) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING

 

-25-


BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(h) Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(i) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Purchase/Placement Agreement, is intended by the parties hereto as a final expression of their agreement, and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.

(j) Registrable Shares Held by the Company or its Affiliates . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Shares is required hereunder, Registrable Shares held by the Company or its Affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

(k) Adjustment for Stock Splits, etc . Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares, then upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination, or stock dividend of such shares, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination, or stock dividend.

(l) Survival . This Agreement is intended to survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase/Placement Agreement. The indemnification and contribution obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Company’s obligations under Section 2 of this Agreement.

(m) Attorneys’ Fees . In any action or Proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the prevailing party, as determined by the court, shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-26-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

NBH HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ James B. Fitzgerald

  Name:   James B. Fitzgerald
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
FBR CAPITAL MARKETS & CO.
By:  

/s/ James R. Kleeblatt

  James R. Kleeblatt
  Vice Chairman

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

Exhibit 4.3

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of July 20, 2011, to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2009 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), by and between NBH Holdings Corp. (together with any successor entity thereto, the “ Company ”) and FBR Capital Markets & Co.. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 11(b) of the Registration Rights Agreement provides for the amendment of the Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with the terms set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, Holders beneficially owning a majority of the outstanding Registrable Shares (excluding Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by an Affiliate of the Company) have consented in writing, effective as of May 20, 2011, to the adoption of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Section 1.1 Section 2(a); Mandatory Shelf Registration . The first sentence of Section 2(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement shall be replaced and as amended shall read in its entirety as follows: “As set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Company agrees to file with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event later than March 31, 2012) a shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company providing for the resale of any Registrable Shares pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time by the Holders (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”).”

Section 1.2 Section 2(f); Executive Bonus . Section 2(f) of the Registration Rights Agreement shall be replaced and as amended shall read in its entirety as follows: “If the Company does not file a Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares before March 31, 2012, other than as a result of the Commission being unable to accept such filing (a “ Registration Default ”), then, each of James B. Fitzgerald, Thomas M. Metzger and Donald Gaiter, if employed by the Company and owed a performance bonus, shall immediately forfeit 50%, and shall thereafter forfeit an additional 10% for each month the Registration Default continues, of any performance bonus that would otherwise be payable to him during that fiscal year (or to which he became entitled as a result of performance during that fiscal year),


whether under an employment agreement with the Company, a bonus plan or any other bonus arrangement, including any bonus compensation for which payment would otherwise be deferred until after that fiscal year. No bonuses, compensation, awards, equity compensation or other amounts shall be payable or granted in lieu of or to make Messrs. Fitzgerald, Metzger and Gaiter whole for any such forfeited bonuses.”

ARTICLE II

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 2.1 No Further Amendment . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Registration Rights Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions, and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment is limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to any other term or condition of the Registration Rights Agreement or any of the documents referred to therein.

Section 2.2 Effect of Amendment . This Amendment shall form a part of the Registration Rights Agreement for all purposes, and each party thereto and hereto shall be bound hereby. From and after the execution of this Amendment by the parties hereto, any reference to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be deemed a reference to the Registration Rights Agreement as amended hereby.

Section 2.3 Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

Section 2.4 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Amendment is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each party hereto as of the date first above written.

 

NBH HOLDINGS CORP.
By:    /s/    James B. Fitzgerald
  Name: James B. Fitzgerald
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement

Exhibit 10.2

NBH HOLDINGS CORP.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(Effective as of October 20, 2009)

 

1. Purpose

The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers, employees, directors and/or consultants and to provide a means whereby officers, employees, directors and/or consultants of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain Common Stock ownership, or be paid incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and promoting an identity of interest between shareholders and these persons.

So that the appropriate incentive can be provided, the Plan provides for granting Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards, Stock Awards and Stock Bonus Awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

 

2. Definitions

For purposes of this Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

(a) “162(m) Effective Date” means the first date on which Awards granted under the Plan do not qualify for an exemption from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code on account of an exemption, or a transition or grandfather rule.

(b) “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified entity, any other entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with such specified entity.

(c) “Applicable Exchange” means the Nasdaq or such other securities exchange as may at the applicable time be the principal market for the Common Stock.

(d) “Award” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Stock Award or Stock Bonus Award granted pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

(e) “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic document or agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of a specific Award.


(f) “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning given in Rule 13d­3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(g) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(h) “Cause” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (i) “Cause” as defined in any employment, consulting or similar agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates to which the applicable Participant is a party (an “Individual Agreement”), or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or if it does not define Cause: (A) the willful or gross neglect by a Participant of his employment duties (other than as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury) as determined by the Committee; (B) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by a Participant; (C) conduct by a Participant that is injurious to the Company or an Affiliate, or an act of fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation or breach of a fiduciary duty against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Committee; (D) a breach by a Participant of any nondisclosure, non-solicitation or noncompetition obligation owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or (E) the failure of a Participant to follow instructions of the Board or his direct superiors. Notwithstanding anything in Section 4(d) of this Plan, following a Change in Control, any determination by the Committee as to whether “Cause” exists shall be subject to de novo review.

(i) “Change in Control” shall, unless in the case of a particular Award where the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise or contains a different definition of “Change in Control,” for the purpose of this Plan, be the first to occur following the Effective Date of:

(i) the acquisition by any individual, entity or Group (a “Person” (as defined in Section 2(ii) below) of Beneficial Ownership of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise or settlement of any similar right to acquire such common stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”), or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (II) any acquisition directly from the Company, (III) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate or (IV) any acquisition by any Person that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iv) of this Section 2(i);

(ii) individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at

 

2


least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination), shall be an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii) approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”) or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”) is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination.

The Company’s closing of a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act shall in no event, by itself, be deemed a Change in Control for purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement.

(j) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto, the Treasury Regulations thereunder and other relevant interpretive guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service or the Treasury Department. Reference in the Plan to any specific section of the Code shall be

 

3


deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations and guidance under such section.

(k) “Committee” means a committee of at least two people as the Board may appoint to administer the Plan or, if no such committee has been appointed by the Board, the Board. On and after the time that the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, unless the Board is acting as the Committee or the Board specifically determines otherwise, each member of the Committee shall, at the time he takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan, be an Eligible Director; provided that the mere fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

(l) “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any stock into which such common stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged.

(m) “Company” means NBH Holdings Corp., or its successor.

(n) “Date of Grant” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization or, if there is no such date, the date indicated on the applicable Award Agreement.

(o) “Disability” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Company or an Affiliate having cause to terminate a Participant’s employment or service on account of “disability,” as defined in any existing Individual Agreement, or, in the absence of such an Individual Agreement, a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced or, as determined by the Committee, based upon medical evidence acceptable to it. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, Disability shall mean Permanent and Total Disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and, with respect to each Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the foregoing definition shall apply for purposes of vesting of such Award, provided that such Award shall not be settled until the earliest of: (i) the Participant’s “disability” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) the Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (iii) the date such Award would otherwise be settled pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement.

(p) “Disaffiliation” means a Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s ceasing to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of a public offering, or a spin-off or sale by the Company, of the stock of the Subsidiary or Affiliate or a sale of a division of the Company and its Affiliates).

(q) “Effective Date” means October 20, 2009.

 

4


(r) “Eligible Director” means a person who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation and (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; provided , however , that clause (ii) shall apply only on and after the 162(m) Effective Date and only with respect to grants of Awards with respect to which the Company’s tax deduction could be limited by Section 162(m) of the Code if such clause did not apply.

(s) “Eligible Person” means any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any prospective employee and consultant who has accepted an offer of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, who are or will be responsible for, or contribute to, the management, growth or profitability of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(t) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(u) “Fair Market Value” means current or prospective (i) on the Effective Date, the price per share of Common Stock paid by investors in the Company and (ii) as of any subsequent date, the closing price of the Common Stock on any national securities exchange or any national market system (including, but not limited to, The NASDAQ National Market) on that date, or if no prices are reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such prices of the Common Stock are so reported. If the Common Stock is not then listed on any national securities exchange but is traded over the counter at the time determination of its Fair Market Value is required to be made, its Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the average between the reported high and low sales prices of Common Stock on the most recent date on which the Common Stock was publicly traded. If the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its Fair Market Value is made, the Board shall determine its Fair Market Value in such manner as it deems appropriate (such determination to be made in a manner that satisfies Section 409A of the Code (to the extent applicable) and in good faith as required by Section 422(c)(1) of the Code), which shall be based on the advice of an independent investment banker or appraiser recognized to be an expert in making such valuations.

(v) “Group” shall have the meaning given in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

(w) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan that is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and that in fact so qualifies.

(x) “Investment Transaction” means a transaction in which the Company acquires control of, or makes a noncontrol investment in, a banking institution (including any savings association or similar financial institution) within the United

 

5


States, provided that a noncontrol investment will not qualify as a Investment Transaction unless the Company obtains a board seat or other governance rights pursuant to a shareholder rights or similar agreement.

(y) “Investment Transaction Deadline” means October 20, 2011, or such later date as may be approved by the stockholders of the Company.

(z) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan that is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(aa) “Option” means an Award granted under Section 7.

(bb) “Option Period” means the period described in Section 7(c).

(cc) “Option Price” means the exercise price for an Option as described in Section 7(a).

(dd) “Parent” means any parent of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(ee) “Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to Section 6.

(ff) “Performance-Based Restricted Awards” means Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units awarded to a Participant pursuant to Section 9, the grant of which is contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals, and/or the vesting of which is subject to a risk of forfeiture if the specified Performance Goals are not met within the Performance Period.

(gg) “Performance Goals” means the performance objectives of the Company or an Affiliate during a Performance Period or Restricted Period established for the purpose of determining whether, and to what extent, Awards will be earned for an Award Period or a Restricted Period. To the extent an Award is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, (i) the Performance Goals shall be established with reference to one or more of the following, either on a Company-wide basis or, as relevant, in respect of one or more Affiliates, Subsidiaries, divisions, departments or operations of the Company: earnings (gross, net, pre-tax, post-tax or per share), net profit after tax, EBITDA, gross profit, cash generation, unit volume, market share, sales, asset quality, earnings per share, operating income, revenues, return on assets, return on operating assets, return on equity, profits, total shareholder return (measured in terms of stock price appreciation and/or dividend growth), cost saving levels, marketing spending efficiency, core non-interest income, change in working capital, return on capital, and/or stock price, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary, Affiliate, division or department of the Company and (ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations. Such Performance Goals also may be based upon the attaining of specified levels of Company, Subsidiary, Affiliate or

 

6


divisional performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other entities, divisions or subsidiaries.

(hh) “Performance Period” means that period of time determined by the Committee over which performance is measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment value of, any Performance-Based Restricted Award.

(ii) “Person” shall mean an individual or a corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, organization, business, trust, or any other entity or organization, including a government or any subdivision or agency thereof.

(jj) “Plan” means this NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

(kk) “Qualified Investment Transaction” means an Investment Transaction that, together with any other Investment Transaction (including any follow-on investments in or contributions to the capital of any businesses in which the Company previously invested in connection with an Investment Transaction), represents total capital deployed (measured in each case as of the time of the relevant Investment Transaction) of at least $274,953,713.25.

(ll) “Restricted Period” means, with respect to any share of Restricted Stock or any Restricted Stock Unit, the period of time determined by the Committee during which such Award is subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9.

(mm) “Restricted Stock” means shares of Stock issued or transferred to a Participant subject to forfeiture and the other restrictions set forth in Section 9.

(nn) “Restricted Stock Award” means an Award of Restricted Stock granted under Section 9.

(oo) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a hypothetical investment equivalent to one share of Stock granted in connection with an Award made under Section 9.

(pp) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(qq) “Stock” means the Common Stock or such other authorized shares of stock of the Company as the Committee may from time to time authorize for use under the Plan.

(rr) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(ss) “Stock Award” means an Award of the right to purchase Stock under Section 11 of the Plan.

 

7


(tt) “Stock Bonus” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

(uu) “Stock Option Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and a Participant who has been granted an Option pursuant to Section 7 that defines the rights and obligations of the parties as required in Section 7(d).

(vv) “Strike Price” means, in respect of an SAR, (i) in the case of a Tandem SAR, the Option Price of the related Option, or (ii) in the case of a Free-Standing SAR, the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant.

(ww) “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity during any period in which at least a 50% voting or profits interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any successor to the Company.

(xx) “Termination of Service” means the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, or performance of services for, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant’s employment with, or membership on a Board of the Company and its Affiliates terminates but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a nonemployee director capacity or as an employee, as applicable, such change in status shall not be deemed a Termination of Service. A Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate or a division of the Company and its Affiliates shall not be deemed to incur a Termination of Service if, as a result of a Disaffiliation, such Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division ceases to be a Subsidiary, Affiliate or division, as the case may be, and the Participant immediately thereafter becomes an employee of (or service provider for), or member of the Board of, the Company or another Subsidiary or Affiliate. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall not be considered Terminations of Employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, “Termination of Service” shall mean a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A of the Code.

(yy) “Vested Unit” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9(d).

 

3. Effective Date, Duration and Shareholder Approval

The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date. The validity and exercisability of any and all Awards granted pursuant to the Plan on and after the 162(m) Effective Date is contingent upon approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the shareholder approval requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the shareholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(i) of

 

8


the Code; provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained.

The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Expiration Date”); provided , however , that the administration of the Plan shall continue in effect until all matters relating to Awards previously granted have been settled. Awards outstanding as of the Expiration Date shall not be affected or impaired by termination of the Plan.

 

4. Administration

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or such other committee of the Board as the Board may from time to time designate. The Committee may only act by a majority of its members then in office, except that the Committee may, except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange, allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the power to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, Stock, other securities, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) establish any “blackout” period that the Committee in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action specified under the Plan or that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Subject to Section 2(h), unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time

 

9


and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award and any shareholder.

(d) The terms and conditions of each Award, as determined by the Committee, shall be set forth in an Award Agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant receiving such Award upon, or as promptly as is reasonably practicable following, the grant of such Award. The effectiveness of an Award shall not be subject to the Award Agreement’s being signed by the Company and/or the Participant’s receiving the Award unless specifically so provided in the Award Agreement. Award Agreements may be amended only in accordance with Section 16 hereof. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any term of an Award Agreement conflicts with any provision of the Plan that specifically pertains to Section 409A of the Code, the provision of the Plan shall govern.

(e) No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder.

 

5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan

The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Awards and/or Stock Bonuses to one or more Eligible Persons; provided , however , that:

(a) Subject to Section 13, the aggregate number of shares of Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted under the Plan is 5,750,000 shares. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be granted pursuant to Options is 4,025,000. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be granted pursuant to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units is 1,725,000. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be granted pursuant to Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be 4,025,000 shares;

(b) To the extent that any Award is forfeited, or any Option and the related Tandem SAR (if any) or Free-Standing SAR terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, or any Award is settled for cash, the shares of Stock subject to such Award not delivered as a result thereof shall again be available for Awards under the Plan;

(c) If the Option Price of any Option and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to any Award are satisfied by delivering shares of Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of Stock issued net of the shares of Stock delivered or attested to shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum numbers of shares of Stock available for delivery under the Plan. To the extent any shares of Stock subject to an Award are not delivered because such shares are withheld to satisfy the Option Price (in the case of an Option) and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to such Award, such shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Stock available for delivery under the Plan;

 

10


(d) Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued Stock, Stock held in the treasury of the Company, Stock purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing;

(e) On and after the 162(m) Effective Date, no person may be granted Options or SARs under the Plan during any calendar year with respect to more than 4,025,000 shares of Stock; provided that such number shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 13, and shares otherwise counted against such number, only in a manner that will not cause the Awards granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code; and

(f) On and after the 162(m) Effective Date, with respect to awards of Performance-Based Restricted Awards, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, no person may be granted Performance-Based Restricted Awards, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan during any calendar year with respect to more than 1,725,000 shares of Stock; provided that such number shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 13, and shares otherwise counted against such number, only in a manner that will not cause such Performance-Based Restricted Awards, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

6. Eligibility

Participation shall be limited to Eligible Persons who have entered into an Award Agreement or who have received written notification from the Committee, or from a person designated by the Committee, that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.

 

7. Options

The Committee is authorized to grant one or more Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options to any Eligible Person; provided , however , that no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is not an employee of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code). Each Option so granted shall be subject to the following conditions, or to such other conditions as may be reflected in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(a) Option Price . The Option Price per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock at the Date of Grant.

(b) Manner of Exercise and Form of Payment . No shares of Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Option Price therefor is received by the Company. Options that have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written notice of exercise to the Committee accompanied by payment of the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in cash and/or shares of Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Stock in lieu of

 

11


actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided that such shares of Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest, and have such other characteristics as may be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. In addition, the Option Price may be payable by such other method as the Committee may allow, including by way of a “net exercise” pursuant to which a Participant, without tendering the Option Price, is paid shares of Stock representing the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the shares of Stock as to which the Option is being exercised over (ii) the aggregate Option Price.

(c) Vesting, Option Period and Expiration . Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “Option Period”); provided , however , that notwithstanding any vesting dates set by the Committee, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the exercisability of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of any such Option other than with respect to exercisability. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof which become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires.

(d) Stock Option Agreement — Other Terms and Conditions . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement. Except as specifically provided otherwise in such Stock Option Agreement, each Option granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Each Option or portion thereof that is exercisable shall be exercisable for the full amount or for any part thereof.

(ii) The Option Price for each Option exercised shall be paid for in full at the time of the exercise. Each Option shall cease to be exercisable, as to any share of Stock, when the Participant purchases the share or exercises a related SAR or when the Option expires.

(iii) Subject to Section 12(l), Options shall not be transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him.

(iv) Each Option shall vest and become exercisable by the Participant in accordance with the vesting schedule established by the Committee and set forth in the Stock Option Agreement.

(v) At the time of any exercise of an Option, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, require a Participant to deliver to the Committee a written representation that the shares of Stock to be acquired upon such exercise are to be acquired for investment and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof and any other representation deemed necessary by the Committee to ensure compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Upon such a request by the Committee, delivery of such representation(s) prior to the delivery of any shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be a

 

12


condition precedent to the right of the Participant or such other person to purchase any shares. In the event certificates for Stock are delivered under the Plan with respect to which such investment representation has been obtained, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed on such certificates to make appropriate reference to such representation and to restrict transfer in the absence of compliance with applicable federal or state securities laws.

(vi) Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he makes a disqualifying disposition of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including any sale) of such Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date the Participant acquired the Stock by exercising the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by it, retain possession of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option as agent for the applicable Participant until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Stock.

(e) Incentive Stock Option Grants to 10% Shareholders . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7, if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Participant who owns stock representing more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary, the Option Period shall not exceed five years from the Date of Grant of such Option and the Option Price shall be at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value (on the Date of Grant) of the Stock subject to the Option.

(f) $100,000 Per Year Limitation for Incentive Stock Options . To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

8. Stock Appreciation Rights

Any Option granted under the Plan may include SARs, either at the Date of Grant or, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, by subsequent amendment (SARS that are granted in conjunction with an Option are referred to in this Plan as “Tandem SARs”). The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option (SARS that are granted independent of any Option are referred to in this Plan as “Free-Standing SARs”). An SAR shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee shall impose as set forth in an Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) Vesting, Transferability and Expiration . Tandem SARs shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option.

 

13


Free-Standing SARs shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire in accordance with a vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as established by the Committee and reflected in an Award Agreement.

(b) Automatic exercise . If on the last day of the Option Period (or in the case of a Free-Standing SAR of an option, the period established by the Committee after which the SAR shall expire), the Fair Market Value exceeds the Strike Price, the Participant has not exercised the SAR or the corresponding Option, and neither the SAR nor the corresponding Option has expired, such SAR shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such last day and the Company shall make the appropriate payment therefor.

(c) Payment . Upon the exercise of an SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price. The Company shall pay such excess in cash, in shares of Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Fractional shares shall be settled in cash.

(d) Method of Exercise . A Participant may exercise an SAR at such time or times as may be determined by the Committee at the time of grant by filing an irrevocable written notice with the Committee or its designee, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

(e) Expiration . Except as otherwise provided in the case of Tandem SARs, a SAR shall expire on a date designated by the Committee that is not later than ten years after the Date of Grant of the SAR.

 

9. Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units

(a) Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .

(i) The Committee shall have the authority (A) to grant Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Persons, (B) to issue or transfer Restricted Stock to Participants and (C) to establish terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, including (i) the Restricted Period, (ii) the time or times at which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be granted or become vested, including upon the attainment of performance conditions (whether or not such conditions are Performance Goals) or upon both the attainment of performance conditions (whether or not such conditions are Performance Goals) and the continued service of the applicable Participant and (iii) the number of shares or units to be covered by each grant.

(ii) Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b), the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. The Award Agreement for Restricted Stock shall specify whether, to what extent and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive

 

14


current or deferred payments of cash or Stock dividends on the class or series of Stock that is subject to the Restricted Stock, including whether any such dividends will be held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock or held subject to meeting Performance Goals, subject to Section 12(e) below in the case of dividends settled in Stock.

(iii) Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the applicable Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:

Transfer of this certificate and the shares represented hereby is restricted pursuant to the terms of the NBH Holdings Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated as of                      , between NBH Holdings Corp. and                      . A copy of such Agreement is on file at the offices of NBH Holdings Corp.

The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the applicable Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.

(iv) No shares of Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. The Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units shall specify whether, to what extent and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive current or deferred payments of cash, Stock or other property corresponding to the dividends payable on the Stock, including whether any such dividends will be held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock Units or held subject to meeting Performance Goals, subject to Section 12(e) below in the case of dividends settled in Stock.

(b) Restrictions .

(i) Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement: (A) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement and (B) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement and, to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company and all rights of the Participant to

 

15


such shares and as a shareholder shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(ii) Restricted Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(iii) The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date of the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are granted, such action is appropriate.

(c) Restricted Period . The Restricted Period of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall commence on the Date of Grant and shall expire from time to time as to that part of the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units indicated in a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(i) Restricted Stock . Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock and/or the satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals, the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b) and the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(ii) Restricted Stock Units . Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his beneficiary, without charge, one share of Stock for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit (“Vested Unit”); provided , however , that, if explicitly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part Stocks in lieu of delivering only shares of Stock for Vested Units or (ii) delay the delivery of Stock (or cash or part Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Vested Unit.

(e) Applicability of Section 162(m) . With respect to Performance-Based Restricted Awards made on and after the 162(m) Effective Date and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, this

 

16


Section 9 (including the substance of the Performance Goals, the timing of establishment of the Performance Goals, the adjustment of the Performance Goals and determination of the Award) shall be implemented by the Committee in a manner designed to preserve such Awards as such “performance-based compensation.”

 

10. Stock Bonus Awards

The Committee may issue unrestricted Stock, or other Awards denominated in Stock (valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of payment), under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Stock Bonus Awards under the Plan shall be granted as, or in payment of, a bonus, or to provide incentives or recognize special achievements or contributions. With respect to Stock Bonus Awards made on and after the 162(m) Effective Date and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish and administer Performance Goals in the manner described in Section 9 as an additional condition to the vesting and payment of such Stock Bonus Awards. The Stock Bonus Award for any Performance Period to any Participant may be reduced or eliminated by the Committee in its discretion.

 

11. Stock Awards

(a) General . Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan at any time and from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date. Each Stock Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall be executed by the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall specify the terms and conditions of the Stock Award, including without limitation the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Stock Award, the purchase price for such shares of Common Stock and the deadline for the purchase of such Shares.

(b) Purchase Price; Payment . The price (the “Purchase Price”) at which each share of Common Stock covered by the Stock Award may be purchased upon exercise of a Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. The Company will not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing Stock purchased under this Section 11 unless and until it receives full payment of the aggregate Purchase Price therefor and all other conditions to the purchase, as determined by the Committee, have been satisfied. The Purchase Price of any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award must be paid in full at the time of the purchase.

 

12. General

(a) Additional Provisions of an Award . Awards to a Participant under the Plan also may be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to Awards granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines appropriate including, without limitation, (i) provisions for the forfeiture of or restrictions on resale or other disposition of shares of Stock acquired under any Award, (ii) provisions giving

 

17


the Company the right to repurchase shares of Stock acquired under any Award in the event the Participant elects to dispose of such shares, (iii) provisions allowing the Participant to elect to defer the receipt of payment in respect of Awards for a specified period or until a specified event, provided such provisions comply with Section 409A of the Code and (iv) provisions to comply with federal and state securities laws and federal and state tax withholding requirements. Any such provisions shall be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Privileges of Stock Ownership . Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Stock that are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that person.

(c) Conditions for Issuance . The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (i) listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such Stock on the Applicable Exchange; (ii) any registration or other qualification of such Stock of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification that the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and (iii) obtaining any other consent, approval or permit from any state or federal governmental agency that the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

(d) Tax Withholding .

(i) A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any shares of Stock or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Stock or other property) of any required income tax withholding and payroll taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding and taxes.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability (but no more than the minimum

 

18


required withholding liability) by (A) delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant, provided that such shares of Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have such other characteristics as may be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability.

(e) Limitation on Dividend Reinvestment and Dividend Equivalents . Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment, and the payment of Stock with respect to dividends to Participants holding Awards of Restricted Stock Units, shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Stock are available under Section 5 for such reinvestment or payment (taking into account then-outstanding Awards). In the event that sufficient shares of Stock are not available for such reinvestment or payment, such reinvestment or payment shall be made in the form of a grant of Restricted Stock Units equal in number to the shares of Stock that would have been obtained by such payment or reinvestment, the terms of which Restricted Stock Units shall provide for settlement in cash and for dividend equivalent reinvestment in further Restricted Stock Units on the terms contemplated by this Section 12(e).

(f) Claim to Awards and Employment Rights . No employee of the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate.

(g) Designation and Change of Beneficiary . Each Participant may file with the Company a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided , however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his estate.

(h) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants . If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf

 

19


of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(i) No Liability of Committee Members . No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his behalf in his capacity as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or willful bad faith; provided , however , that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(j) Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(k) Funding . No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, no trust shall be funded with respect to any such Award if such funding would result in taxable income to the Participant by reason of Section 409A(b) of the Code and in no event shall any such trust assets at any time be located or transferred outside of the United States, within the meaning of Section 409A(b) of the Code.

(l) Nontransferability .

(i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a

 

20


Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards other than Incentive Stock Options to be transferred by a Participant without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award Agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to:

 

  (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”);

 

  (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his Immediate Family Members;

 

  (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the Participant and his Immediate Family Members; or

 

  (D) any other transferee as may be approved either (1) by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion or (2) as provided in the applicable Award Agreement;

(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of this Plan and any applicable Award Agreement.

(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in this Plan, or in any applicable Award Agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award Agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or

 

21


would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the termination of the Participant’s employment by, or services to, the Company, or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(m) Section 409A of the Code . It is the intention of the Company that no Award shall be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and to the extent that the Committee specifically determines otherwise as provided in this Section 12(m), and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly. The terms and conditions governing any Awards that the Committee determines will be subject to Section 409A of the Code, including any rules for elective or mandatory deferral of the delivery of cash or Shares pursuant thereto and any rules regarding treatment of such Awards in the event of a Change in Control, shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code that has been granted to a Participant who is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) on the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, any payments (whether in cash, Shares or other property) to be made with respect to such Award upon the Participant’s Termination of Service shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Termination of Service and (ii) the Participant’s death.

(n) Reliance on Reports . Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any person or persons other than himself.

(o) Relationship to Other Benefits . No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(p) Additional Compensation Arrangements . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.

(q) Subsidiary Employee . In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the Shares, if any, covered by the Award to the Subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the Subsidiary will transfer the Shares to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the

 

22


Plan. All Shares underlying Awards that are forfeited or canceled should revert to the Company.

(r) Foreign Employees and Foreign Law Considerations . The Committee may grant Awards to Eligible Persons who are foreign nationals, who are located outside the United States or who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, or who are otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan, and, in furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures or subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such legal or regulatory.

(s) No Contract of Employment . The Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment, and adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.

(t) Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates.

(u) Pronouns . Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women.

(v) Titles and Headings . The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

(w) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13. Changes in Capital Structure

(a) In the event of a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation, or similar event affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (A) the aggregate number and kind of Stock or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (B) the various maximum limitations set forth in Section 5 upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain

 

23


types of Awards, (C) the number and kind of Stock or other securities subject to outstanding Awards and (D) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation, (1) the cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for payments of cash, property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Awards, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion (it being understood that in the case of a Corporate Transaction with respect to which stockholders of common stock receive consideration other than publicly traded equity securities of the ultimate surviving entity, any such determination by the Committee that the value of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall for this purpose be deemed to equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration being paid for each Share pursuant to such Corporate Transaction over the exercise price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall conclusively be deemed valid); (2) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company) for the Stock subject to outstanding Awards; and (3) in connection with any Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of Awards, or replacement of Awards with new awards based on other property or other securities (including, without limitation, other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate or division or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate or division following such Disaffiliation (as well as any corresponding adjustments to Awards that remain based upon Company securities).

(b) In the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, separation, spinoff, reorganization, extraordinary dividend of cash or other property, share combination, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Company (each, a “Stock Change”), the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (ii) the various maximum limitations set forth in Section 5 upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards, (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards and (iv) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) The Committee may adjust in its sole discretion the Performance Goals applicable to any Awards to reflect any Stock Change and any Corporate Transaction and any unusual or nonrecurring events and other extraordinary items, impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles or as identified in the Company’s financial statements, notes to the financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis or the Company’s other SEC filings; provided that with respect to Awards granted on and after the 162(m) Effective Date that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, such adjustments or substitutions shall be made only to the extent that the Committee determines that such adjustments or substitutions may be made without causing the Company to be denied a tax deduction on account of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

 

24


(d) Any adjustment under this Section 13 need not be the same for all Participants.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 13 to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; (ii) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 13 to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that, after such adjustment, the Awards either (A) continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code or (B) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; and (iii) in any event, neither the Committee nor the Board shall have the authority to make any adjustments pursuant to this Section 13 to the extent the existence of such authority would cause an Award that is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code to be subject thereto.

 

14. Effect of Change in Control

(a) Impact of Event/Single Trigger . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement and subject to Sections 12(l) and 13, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control:

(i) any Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding that are not then exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested;

(ii) the restrictions, including the Restricted Period, which may differ with respect to each grantee, and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable; and

(iii) all Restricted Stock Units shall be considered to be earned and payable in full, and any restrictions shall lapse and such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled as promptly as is practicable in the form set forth in the applicable Award Agreement; provided , however , that with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the settlement of each such Restricted Stock Unit pursuant to this Section 14(a)(iii) shall not occur until the earliest of (A) the Change in Control if such Change in Control constitutes a “change in the ownership of the corporation,” a “change in effective control of the corporation” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the corporation,” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code (each, a “409A Change in Control”) and (B) the date such Restricted Stock Units would otherwise be settled pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement;

(iv) with respect to Performance-Based Restricted Awards, the Committee may in its discretion provide that all incomplete Performance Periods in effect on the date the Change in Control occurs shall end on the date of such Change in Control and, if the Committee exercises such discretion, the Committee

 

25


shall (A) determine the extent to which Performance Goals with respect to each such Performance Period have been met based upon such audited or unaudited financial information then available as it deems relevant and (B) cause to be paid to each Participant partial or full Awards with respect to Performance Goals for each such Performance Period based upon the Committee’s determination of the degree of attainment of Performance Goals; provided , however , that with respect to any Performance-Based Restricted Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the payment of each such Award pursuant to this Section 14(a)(iv) shall not occur until the earliest of (1) the Change in Control if such Change in Control constitutes a 409A Change in Control and (2) the date such Award would otherwise be settled pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement;

(v) the Committee may in its discretion, and upon at least 10 days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event; and

(vi) the Committee may also make additional adjustments and/or settlements of outstanding Awards as it deems appropriate and consistent with the Plan’s purposes.

(b) The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. The Company agrees that it will make appropriate provisions for the preservation of Participants’ rights under the Plan in any agreement or plan that it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets.

 

15. Nonexclusivity of the Plan

Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

16. Amendments and Termination

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including as necessary to prevent Awards granted under the Plan on and after the 162(m) Effective

 

26


Date from failing to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code); and provided further that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary, except such an amendment made to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code, Applicable Exchange rules or accounting rules. On and after the 162(m) Effective Date, in no event may any Option or Free-Standing SAR granted under this Plan be amended, other than pursuant to Section 13, to decrease the exercise price thereof, cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new Option or Free-Standing SAR with a lower exercise price, or otherwise be subject to any action that would be treated, for accounting purposes, as a “repricing” of such Option or Free-Standing SAR, unless such amendment, cancellation or action is approved by the Company’s shareholders.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements . The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award Agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award Agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that (i) any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary and (ii) no such amendment shall cause any Award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

*      *      *

As adopted by the Board of Directors of NBH Holdings Corp. as of the

20 th day of October, 2009.

 

27

Exhibit 10.3

VALUE APPRECIATION INSTRUMENT AGREEMENT

This VALUE APPRECIATION INSTRUMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 22, 2010, is by and between NBH Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in its capacity as Receiver (the “FDIC”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, FDIC and Hillcrest Bank, National Association, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Bank”) is entering into that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “P&A Agreement”) pursuant to which Bank shall purchase and assume certain assets, deposits and certain other liabilities of Hillcrest Bank, Overland Park, Kansas (the “Failed Bank”) from FDIC, as Receiver ; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the bid of the Company and the Bank to acquire the Failed Bank, FDIC is entitled to receive a value appreciation payment as provided in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required by law to be closed or a day on which the principal office of the FDIC is closed.

“Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Determination Price” shall mean, in respect of each Unit:

(i) if a Public Float Event occurs, the Company’s two (2) day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) per Unit as of the date of the Exercise Notice;

(ii) if a Sale Event occurs, the value of the consideration received per Unit upon the closing of such Sale Event.

“VAI Right” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).


“Exercise Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e).

“Exercise Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c).

“Exercise Price” means $18.65 per Unit subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.

“Expiration Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(d).

“FDIC” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Initial Public Offering” shall mean the first underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company after which it will both (i) trade on a national securities exchange (which includes, but is not limited to, NYSE, NASDAQ and NYSE Amex Equities) and (ii) have a post-offering public float in excess of Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000).

“Public Float Event” shall mean the increase of the Company’s public float to more than $50 million for a consecutive 30 trading-day period by means of an Initial Public offering or appreciation of market price.

“Sale Event” shall mean a business combination in which the Company is designated as the selling entity or a disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

“Tangible Book Value” shall mean the quotient of tangible common equity divided by the Company’s total common shares outstanding.

“Term” shall mean the period commencing on the Initial Exercise Date and ending on the earlier of the first anniversary of a Public Float Event or October 22, 2012.

“Transfer” shall mean any transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, or hypothecation of, creation of a lien or other encumbrance or security interest in or upon, or other disposition of, the VAI Right.

“Trigger Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

“Trigger Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

“Unit” shall mean an accounting device which mirror’s one share of the Company’s common stock.

“VWAP” means the Volume Weighted Average Price for a trading day displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on the Bloomberg Page for the Company (or its equivalent successor page if such page is not available) for such trading day. If the Bloomberg Page or the Bloomberg VWAP is not available for a trading day, “VWAP” shall mean the volume weighted average price of Company common stock for

 

-2-


such trading day, as determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by the Company based on available trading information for the Company’s common stock.

2. VAI Right .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event (as defined below), FDIC will have the right (the “VAI Right”) which may be exercised in whole or in part, at any time during the Term in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.

(b) Adjustments for Stock Splits . The number of Units to which the VAI Right relates shall be appropriately adjusted, as determined by the managing board of the Company, to reflect fully the effect of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Units), reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof and prior to the Expiration Date.

3. Exercise of VAI Right .

(a) Conditions to Exercise . The VAI Right shall become exercisable only upon the earlier of the consummation of (i) a Public Float Event, or (ii) the closing of a Sale Event (any such event in clause (i) or (ii), a “Trigger Event”).

(b) Exercise Notice . Within five (5) Business Days of the consummation of a Trigger Event, the Company shall send FDIC a written notice stating that a Trigger Event has occurred (a “Trigger Notice”). Such Trigger Notice shall be delivered either in person or by overnight courier.

(c) Exercise Period . The VAI Right may be exercised at any time commencing on the date of the Trigger Notice (the “Initial Exercise Date”) and continuing until the expiration of the Term at which time the VAI Right or any unexercised portion thereof will be extinguished.

(d) Manner of Exercise . In order to exercise the VAI Right, FDIC shall deliver to the Company a written notice in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), at any time on or after the date on which the VAI Right becomes exercisable as provided in Section 3(c).

(e) Settlement of Right; Payment by Company . After receipt of the Notice in the manner set forth above, on the first business day following the Exercise Date, the Company shall deliver to the Holder an amount, in cash, equal to the product of (i) the number of Units with respect to which the VAI Right was exercised and (ii) the Determination Price minus the Exercise Price (“the Settlement Price”).

(f) Alternative Consideration Fee . In the event that a Trigger Event does not occur prior to the expiration of the Term or a Trigger Event occurs but the FDIC does not exercise the VAI Right, then on the Expiration Date the Company shall pay the FDIC a cash fee equal to the product of (i) the number of Units and (ii) Determination

 

-3-


Price minus the Exercise Price; provided that the Determination Price for the Alternative Consideration Fee shall be equal to the product of (x) the Company’s Tangible Book Value as of the most recent quarter prior to Expiration Date and (y) the prevailing average price to tangible book multiple of the components underlying the Nasdaq Bank Index at such date.

4. Transfers Prior to Exercise Date . FDIC may Transfer its right, title and interest in and to the VAI Right without the consent of the Company (provided that FDIC shall notify the Company in writing prior to the any such Transfer) at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

5. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, legatees, successors and permitted assigns.

6. No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its operating agreement or through any consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of FDIC against impairment.

7. Notices . Any notice, demand or request which may be permitted, required or desired to be given in connection with herewith shall be given in writing and directed to the parties hereto as follows:

if to FDIC, to:

Manager, Special Programs

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

550 17th Street, NW (Room F-7028)

Washington, D.C. 20429-0002

Attention: Philip Mangano

E-mail Address: PMangano@fdic.gov

with a copy to: Senior Counsel

FDIC Legal Division

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Special Issues Unit

3501 Fairfax Drive (Room E-7056)

Arlington, Virginia 22226

 

-4-


if to the Company, to:

NBH Holdings Corp.

Two International Place, Suite 3202

Boston, MA 02110

Attn: James B. Fitzgerald

Notices shall be deemed properly delivered and received when delivered to both the primary notice party and copied parties (i) if personally delivered, upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery, (ii) if sent by a commercial overnight courier for delivery on the next business day, on the first business day after deposit with such courier service (or the third business day if sent to an address not in the United States), or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, five (5) days after deposit thereof in the U.S. mail. Any party may change its address for delivery of notices by properly notifying the others pursuant to this Section 7. For the avoidance of doubt, email notices shall not be deemed proper delivery for purposes of this Agreement.

8. Amendment . This Agreement may be modified or amended only by an instrument in writing, duly executed by the Company on the one hand, and the FDIC, on the other hand.

9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and, insofar as there may be no applicable federal law, shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Each of the Company and FDIC agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal courts located in the State of New York for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Company and FDIC at the addresses in Section 7 above. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and FDIC hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

10. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall not affect the other provisions, but such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to render it valid or enforceable, preserving to the fullest extent permissible the intent of the parties set forth herein.

11. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

12. Counterparts; Facsimile . For the convenience of the parties, any number of counterparts hereof may be executed, each such executed counterpart shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission of any signed original

 

-5-


counterpart and/or retransmission of any signed facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be deemed the same as the delivery of an original.

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the P&A Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules of each of the foregoing) contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

NBH Holdings Corp.
By:  

/s/ G. Timothy Laney

  Name:   G. Timothy Laney
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Daniel M. Bell

  Name:   Daniel M. Bell
  Title:   Attorney in Fact


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: NBH Holdings Corp.

 

RE: Election to Exercise Value Appreciation Instrument

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Value Appreciation Instrument Agreement, hereby irrevocably exercises its Right under such Value Appreciation Instrument with respect to the Units set forth below.

 

   Number of Units:    ________
   Exercise Date:   

                     , 201     

(If a date is not designated, the Exercise Date is date the Company receives this Notice)

   Wire Transfer Instructions:   
  

Bank Name:

  

 

  

ABA Routing#:

  

 

  

Beneficiary Name:

  

 

  

Beneficiary Account #:

  

 

  

Bank Contact:

  

 

  

Phone:

  

 

  

Beneficiary Contact:

  

 

  

Beneficiary Phone:

  

 

HOLDER:

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:                        , 201     

Exhibit 10.4

VALUE APPRECIATION INSTRUMENT AGREEMENT

This VALUE APPRECIATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of July 22, 2011, is by and between NBH Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in its capacity as receiver (the “FDIC”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, FDIC and Bank Midwest, National Association, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Bank”) is entering into that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “P&A Agreement”) pursuant to which the Bank shall purchase and assume certain assets, deposits and certain other liabilities of Bank of Choice, Greely, Colorado (the “Failed Bank”) from the FDIC; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the bid of the Company and the Bank to acquire the Failed Bank, FDIC is entitled to receive a value appreciation payment in respect of one hundred thousand (100,000) Units as provided in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Business Day” means any day commencing at 9 A.M., Eastern Standard Time and ending at 5 P.M., Eastern Standard Time, that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required by law to be closed or a day on which the principal office of the FDIC is closed.

“Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Determination Price” shall mean, in respect of each Unit:

(i) if a Public Float Event occurs, the Company’s two (2) day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) per Unit for the two (2) trading days immediately prior to the day of FDIC’s delivery of the Exercise Notice to the Company;

(ii) if a Sale Event occurs, the value of the consideration received per Unit upon the closing of such Sale Event; or


(iii) if the Alternative Consideration Fee is assessed, the value per Unit is equal to the product of (x) the Company’s Tangible Book Value per common share as of the most recent quarter prior to the expiration of the Term and (y) the prevailing average price to tangible book multiple of the components underlying the Nasdaq Bank Index at such date.

“Exercise Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(d).

“Exercise Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c).

“Exercise Price” means $17.95 per Unit.

“Failed Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“FDIC” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Initial Exercise Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c).

“Initial Public Offering” shall mean the first underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company after which it will both (i) trade on a national securities exchange (which includes, but is not limited to, NYSE, NASDAQ and NYSE Amex Equities) and (ii) have a post-offering public float in excess of Fifty Million United States Dollars ($50,000,000).

“Public Float Event” shall mean the increase of the Company’s public float to more than Fifty Million United States Dollars ($50,000,000) for a consecutive 30-trading-day period by means of either (i) an Initial Public offering or (ii) appreciation of market price of shares of the Company.

“Sale Event” shall mean a business combination in which the Company is designated as the selling entity or a disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

“Settlement Price” means the Determination Price minus the Exercise Price.

“Tangible Book Value” shall mean the quotient of tangible common equity divided by the Company’s total common shares outstanding.

“Term” shall mean the period commencing on the Initial Exercise Date and expiring on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of a Trigger Event or (ii) July 22, 2013.

“Transfer” shall mean any transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, or hypothecation of, creation of a lien or other encumbrance or security interest in or upon, or other disposition of, the VAI Right.

“Trigger Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

-2-


“Trigger Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

“Unit” shall mean an accounting device which mirror’s one share of the Company’s common stock.

“VAI Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“VAI Right” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“VWAP” means the Volume Weighted Average Price for a trading day displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on the Bloomberg Page for the Company (or its equivalent successor page if such page is not available) for such for the two (2) trading days immediately prior to the day of FDIC’s delivery of the Exercise Notice to the Company. If the Bloomberg Page or the Bloomberg VWAP is not available for a trading day, “VWAP” shall mean the volume weighted average price of Company common stock for such trading day, as determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by the Company based on available trading information for the Company’s common stock.

2. VAI Right .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event (as defined below), FDIC will have the right (the “VAI Right”) which may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the Term in accordance with the provisions of Section 3, to receive a payment in cash or in stock (the “VAI Payment”) in respect of one hundred thousand (100,000) Units, in the aggregate, as follows: (1) if payment in cash is elected, the VAI Payment shall be equal to the product of (i) the Settlement Price per Unit and (ii) the number of Units in respect of which the VAI Right is being exercised as set forth in the applicable Exercise Notice, or (2) if payment in stock is elected, the VAI Payment shall be the number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to (X) the product of (i) the number of Units in respect of which the VAI Right is being exercised as set forth in the applicable Exercise Notice and (ii) the Settlement Price per Unit, divided by (Y) the Determination Price as defined in clause (i) or clause (ii) of the definition of “Determination Price.”

(b) Adjustments for Stock Splits, etc . The number of Units to which the VAI Right relates shall be appropriately adjusted, as determined by the managing board of the Company, to reflect fully the effect of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Units), reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof and prior to the expiration of the Term.

3. Exercise of VAI Right .

(a) Conditions to Exercise . The VAI Right shall become exercisable, in whole or in part, only upon the earlier of the consummation of (i) a Public Float Event, or (ii) the closing of a Sale Event (any such event in clause (i) or (ii), a “Trigger Event”).

 

-3-


(b) Trigger Notice . Within five (5) Business Days of the consummation of a Trigger Event, the Company shall send FDIC a written notice stating that a Trigger Event has occurred (a “Trigger Notice”). Such Trigger Notice shall be delivered either in person or by overnight courier pursuant to Section 7 below.

(c) Exercise Period . The VAI Right may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time commencing on the delivery date of the Trigger Notice (the “Initial Exercise Date”) and continuing until the expiration of the Term at which time the VAI Right or any unexercised portion thereof shall be extinguished.

(d) Manner of Exercise . In order to exercise the VAI Right, FDIC shall deliver to the Company a written notice in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), at any time on or after the date on which the VAI Right becomes exercisable as provided in Section 3(c). Such Exercise Notice shall be delivered either in person or by overnight courier pursuant to Section 7 below.

(e) Settlement of Right; Payment by Company . After receipt of the Exercise Notice in the manner set forth above, on the first Business Day following the Company’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, the Company shall deliver to the FDIC or any other holder of the VAI Right as a result of a Transfer, the VAI Payment in the form that such holder may elect pursuant to section 2(a).

(f) Alternative Consideration Fee . In the event that a Trigger Event does not occur prior to the expiration of the Term or a Trigger Event occurs but the FDIC does not exercise the VAI Right, then upon the expiration of the Term, the Company shall pay the FDIC a cash fee equal to the product of (x) the number of unexercised Units and (y) the Settlement Price per Unit. For purposes of this Section 3(f), the Settlement Price shall be calculated based on a Determination Price as defined in clause (iii) of the definition of “Determination Price.”

4. Transfers Prior to Exercise Date . FDIC may Transfer its right, title and interest in and to all or part of the VAI Right without the consent of the Company (provided that FDIC shall notify the Company pursuant to Section 7 below prior to the any such Transfer) at any time prior to the expiration of the Term.

5. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, legatees, successors and permitted assigns.

6. No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its operating agreement or through any consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of FDIC against impairment.

 

-4-


7. Notices . Any notice, demand or request which may be permitted, required or desired to be given in connection herewith shall be given in writing and directed to the parties hereto as follows:

if to FDIC, to:

Manager, Special Programs

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

550 17th Street, NW (Room F-7028)

Attention: Philip Mangano

Washington, D.C. 20429-0002

E-mail Address: PMangano@fdic.gov

with a copy to:

Senior Counsel

FDIC Legal Division

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Special Issues Unit

Attention: David Gearin

3501 Fairfax Drive (Room E-7056)

Arlington, Virginia 22226

E-mail Address: DGearin@fdic.gov

if to the Company, to:

Chief Financial Officer

NBH Holdings Corp.

2 International Place, Suite 2302

Attn: Jim Fitzgerald

Boston, MA 02110

E-mail Address: jfitzgerald@nationalbankholdings.com

Notices shall be deemed properly delivered and received when delivered to both the primary notice party and copied parties (i) if personally delivered, upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery, (ii) if sent by a commercial overnight courier for delivery on the next Business Day, on the first Business Day after deposit with such courier service (or the third Business Day if sent to an address not in the United States), or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, five (5) days after deposit thereof in the U.S. mail. Any party may change its address for delivery of notices by properly notifying the others pursuant to this Section 7. For the avoidance of doubt, e-mail notices and notices sent via facsimile shall not be deemed proper delivery for purposes of this Agreement.

8. Amendment . This Agreement may be modified or amended only by an instrument in writing, duly executed by the Company on the one hand, and the FDIC, on the other hand.

 

-5-


9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and, insofar as there may be no applicable federal law, shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Each of the Company and FDIC agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal courts located in the State of New York for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Company and FDIC at the addresses in Section 7 above. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and FDIC hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

10. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall not affect the other provisions, but such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to render it valid or enforceable, preserving to the fullest extent permissible the intent of the parties set forth herein.

11. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

12. Counterparts; Facsimile . For the convenience of the parties, any number of counterparts hereof may be executed, each such executed counterpart shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission of any signed original counterpart and/or retransmission of any signed facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be deemed the same as the delivery of an original.

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the P&A Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules of each of the foregoing) contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

NBH Holdings Corp.
By:  

/s/ G. Timothy Laney

  Name:   G. Timothy Laney
  Title:   Chairman

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE

CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF BANK

OF CHOICE, GREELY, COLORADO

By:  

/s/ Frederick J. Ozyp

  Name:   Frederick J. Ozyp
  Title:   Receiver-in-Charge

[Signature Page to Value Appreciation Instrument Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: NBH Holdings Corp.

 

RE: Election to Exercise Value Appreciation Instrument

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Value Appreciation Instrument Agreement, hereby irrevocably exercises its Right under such Value Appreciation Instrument with respect to the Units set forth below.

 

   Number of Units:    _________
   Exercise Date:   

                     , 201     

(If a date is not designated, the Exercise Date is date the Company receives this Notice)

   Wire Transfer Instructions:   
  

Bank Name:

  

 

  

ABA Routing#:

  

 

  

Beneficiary Name:

  

 

  

Beneficiary Account #:

  

 

  

Bank Contact:

  

 

  

Phone:

  

 

  

Beneficiary Contact:

  

 

  

Beneficiary Phone:

  

 

HOLDER:

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:                        , 201     

Exhibit 10.5

VALUE APPRECIATION INSTRUMENT AGREEMENT

This VALUE APPRECIATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 21, 2011, is by and among NBH Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Bank Midwest, National Association, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Bank”), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in its capacity as receiver (the “FDIC”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, FDIC and the Bank is entering into that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “P&A Agreement”) pursuant to which the Bank shall purchase and assume certain assets, deposits and certain other liabilities of Community Banks of Colorado, Greenwood Village, Colorado (the “Failed Bank”) from the FDIC; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the bid of the Company and the Bank to acquire the Failed Bank, FDIC is entitled to receive a value appreciation payment in respect of one hundred thousand (100,000) Units as provided in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Business Day” means any day commencing at 9 A.M., Eastern Standard Time and ending at 5 P.M., Eastern Standard Time, that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required by law to be closed or a day on which the principal office of the FDIC is closed.

“Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Determination Price” shall mean, in respect of each Unit:

(i) if a Public Float Event occurs, the Company’s two (2) day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) per Unit as of the date of the Exercise Notice;

(ii) if a Sale Event occurs, the value of the consideration received per Unit upon the closing of such Sale Event; or


(iii) if the Alternative Consideration Fee is assessed, the value per Unit is equal to the product of (x) the Company’s Tangible Book Value per common share as of the most recent quarter prior to the expiration of the Term and (y) the prevailing average price to tangible book multiple of the components underlying the Nasdaq Bank Index at such date.

“Exercise Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(d).

“Exercise Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c).

“Exercise Price” means $18.93 per Unit subject to adjustments as set forth in this Agreement.

“Failed Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“FDIC” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Initial Exercise Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c).

“Initial Public Offering” shall mean the first underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company after which it will both (i) trade on a national securities exchange (which includes, but is not limited to, NYSE, NASDAQ and NYSE Amex Equities) and (ii) have a post-offering public float in excess of Fifty Million United States Dollars ($50,000,000).

“Public Float Event” shall mean the increase of the Company’s public float to more than Fifty Million United States Dollars ($50,000,000) for a consecutive 30-trading-day period by means of either (i) an Initial Public offering or (ii) appreciation of public market price of shares of the Company.

“Sale Event” shall mean a business combination in which the Company is designated as the selling entity or a disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

“Settlement Price” means the Determination Price minus the Exercise Price.

“Tangible Book Value” shall mean the quotient of the Company’s tangible common equity divided by the Company’s total common shares outstanding.

“Term” shall mean the period commencing on the Initial Exercise Date and ending on the later to occur of (i) the first anniversary of a Trigger Event or (ii) October 21, 2013.

“Transfer” shall mean any transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, or hypothecation of, creation of a lien or other encumbrance or security interest in or upon, or other disposition of, the VAI Right.

“Trigger Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

-2-


“Trigger Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

“Unit” shall mean an accounting device which mirror’s one share of the Company’s common stock.

“VAI Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“VAI Right” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“VWAP” means the Volume Weighted Average Price for a trading day displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on the Bloomberg Page for the Company (or its equivalent successor page if such page is not available) for such trading day. If the Bloomberg Page or the Bloomberg VWAP is not available for a trading day, “VWAP” shall mean the volume weighted average price of Company common stock for such trading day, as determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by the Company based on available trading information for the Company’s common stock.

2. VAI Right .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event (as defined below), FDIC will have the right (the “VAI Right”) which may be exercised in whole or in part, at any time during the Term in accordance with the provisions of Section 3, to receive a payment in cash or in stock (the “VAI Payment”) in respect of one hundred thousand (100,000) Units, in the aggregate, as follows: (1) if payment in cash is elected, the VAI Payment shall be equal to the product of (i) the Settlement Price per Unit and (ii) the number of Units in respect of which the VAI Right is being exercised as set forth in the applicable Exercise Notice, or (2) if payment in stock is elected, the VAI Payment shall be the number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to (X) the product of (i) the number of Units in respect of which the VAI Right is being exercised as set forth in the applicable Exercise Notice and (ii) the Settlement Price per Unit, divided by (Y) the Determination Price as defined in clause (i) or clause (ii) of the definition of “Determination Price” as defined in clause (i) or clause (ii) of the definition of “Determination Price.”

(b) Adjustments for Stock Splits, etc. The number of Units to which the VAI Right relates shall be appropriately adjusted, as determined by the managing board of the Company, to reflect fully the effect of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Units), reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof and prior to the expiration of the Term.

3. Exercise of VAI Right .

(a) Conditions to Exercise . The VAI Right shall become exercisable, in or in part, only upon the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Public Float Event, or (ii) the closing of a Sale Event (any such event in clause (i) or (ii), a “Trigger Event”).

 

-3-


(b) Trigger Notice . Within five (5) Business Days of the occurrence of a Trigger Event, the Company shall send FDIC a written notice stating that a Trigger Event has occurred (a “Trigger Notice”). Such Trigger Notice shall be delivered pursuant to Section 7 below.

(c) Exercise Period . The VAI Right may be exercised in whole or in part at any time commencing on the delivery date of the Trigger Notice (the “Initial Exercise Date”) and continuing until the expiration of the Term at which time the VAI Right or any unexercised portion thereof shall be extinguished.

(d) Manner of Exercise . In order to exercise the VAI Right, FDIC shall deliver to the Company a written notice in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), at any time on or after the date on which the VAI Right becomes exercisable as provided in Section 3(c). Such Exercise Notice shall be delivered pursuant to Section 7 below.

(e) Settlement of Right; Payment by Company . After receipt of the Exercise Notice in the manner set forth above, on the first Business Day following the Company’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, the Company shall deliver to the FDIC or any other holder of the VAI Right as a result of a Transfer, the VAI Payment in the form that such holder may elect pursuant to Section 2(a).

(f) Alternative Consideration Fee . In the event that a Trigger Event does not occur prior to the expiration of the Term or a Trigger Event occurs but the FDIC does not exercise the VAI Right, then on the expiration of the Term the Company shall pay the FDIC a cash fee equal to the product of (x) the number of unexercised Units and (y) the Settlement Price per Unit. For purposes of this Section 3(f), the Settlement Price shall be calculated based on a Determination Price as defined in clause (iii) of the definition of “Determination Price.”

4. Transfers Prior to the Expiration of the Term . FDIC may Transfer its right, title and interest in and to all or part of the VAI Right without the consent of the Company (provided that FDIC shall notify the Company pursuant to Section 7 below prior to the any such Transfer) at any time prior to the expiration of the Term.

5. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, legatees, successors and permitted assigns.

6. No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its operating agreement or through any consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of FDIC against impairment.

 

-4-


7. Notices . Any notice, demand or request which may be permitted, required or desired to be given in connection with herewith shall be given in writing and directed to the parties hereto as follows:

if to FDIC, to:

Manager, Special Programs

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

550 17th Street, NW (Room F-7028)

Attention: Philip Mangano

Washington, D.C. 20429-0002

E-mail Address: PMangano@fdic.gov

with a copy to:

Senior Counsel

FDIC Legal Division

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Special Issues Unit

3501 Fairfax Drive (Room E-7056)

Attention: David Gearin

Arlington, Virginia 22226

E-mail Address: DGearin@fdic.gov

if to the Company, to:

Chief Financial Officer

NBH Holdings Corp.

2 International Place, Suite 2302

Boston, MA 02110

Notices shall be deemed properly delivered and received when delivered to both the primary notice party and copied parties (i) if personally delivered, upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery, (ii) if sent by a commercial overnight courier for delivery on the next Business Day, on the first business day after deposit with such courier service (or the third Business Day if sent to an address not in the United States), or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, five (5) days after deposit thereof in the U.S. mail. Any party may change its address for delivery of notices by properly notifying the others pursuant to this Section 7. For the avoidance of doubt, email notices and notices sent via facsimile shall not be deemed proper delivery for purposes of this Agreement.

8. Amendment . This Agreement may be modified or amended only by an instrument in writing, duly executed by the Company on the one hand, and the FDIC, on the other hand.

 

-5-


9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and, insofar as there may be no applicable federal law, shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Each of the Company and FDIC agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal courts located in the State of New York for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Company and FDIC at the addresses in Section 7 above. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and FDIC hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

10. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall not affect the other provisions, but such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to render it valid or enforceable, preserving to the fullest extent permissible the intent of the parties set forth herein.

11. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

12. Counterparts; Facsimile . For the convenience of the parties, any number of counterparts hereof may be executed, each such executed counterpart shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission of any signed original counterpart and/or retransmission of any signed facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be deemed the same as the delivery of an original.

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the P&A Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules of each of the foregoing) contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

NBH Holdings Corp.
By:  

/s/ G. Timothy Laney

  Name:   G. Timothy Laney
  Title:   C.E.O.
Bank Midwest
By:  

/s/ G. Timothy Laney

  Name:   G. Timothy Laney
  Title:   Chairman
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF COMMUNITY BANKS OF COLORADO, GREENWOOD VILLAGE, COLORADO
By:  

/s/ Terry B. Knapper

  Name:   Terry B. Knapper
  Title:   Receiver

[Signature Page to Value Appreciation Instrument Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: NBH Holdings Corp.

 

RE: Election to Exercise Value Appreciation Instrument

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Value Appreciation Instrument Agreement, hereby irrevocably exercises its Right under such Value Appreciation Instrument with respect to the Units set forth below.

 

  Number of Units:    __________
  Exercise Date:   

                     , 201     

(If a date is not designated, the Exercise Date is date the Company receives this Notice)

  Wire Transfer Instructions:
 

Bank Name:

  

 

 

ABA Routing #:

  

 

 

Beneficiary Name:

  

 

 

Beneficiary Account #:

  

 

 

Bank Contact:

  

 

 

Phone:

  

 

 

Beneficiary Contact:

  

 

 

Beneficiary Phone:

  

 

HOLDER:

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:                        , 201     

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

NBH Holdings Corp.:

We consent to the use of our reports dated September 28, 2011, with respect to (1) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition of NBH Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Stockholders’ Equity and Other Comprehensive Income, and Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, and for the period from June 16, 2009 (date of inception) through December 31, 2009; (2) the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank Midwest, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of December 10, 2010; (3) the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Hillcrest Bank, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of October 22, 2010; and the use of our report dated November 14, 2011, with respect to (4) the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed of Bank of Choice by Bank Midwest, N.A. (a wholly owned subsidiary of NBH Holdings Corp.) as of July 22, 2011, incorporated herein by reference and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

(signed) KPMG LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

November 14, 2011